OPE ORE) Pa tinec) Vay Way ECU dy on) oN ee ‘ MAD BR} sii UR An) TEL ta, sch oty on ives ae ve . a: " ui A on Nat Bi at SRG ry tt i diay WAGit a aren, is NN SR MEN Te rN ihe tt) a Se rn mate = si rt ah sin ie son at Bratt) rie % ie yb Hayes ¥ A ey ck anyone i x “ Re Xi ey sah ibang SLY IOM nse i Nie i ghey H ms Tad it eaeeieaeate ae AR THY he aera favs uae ¥ AREA : vere Were ia posit Me Peering Rrnelaest Mee ne Gh Mia bt a Nay A. ‘et veal sae wa ‘fy nt: ue o ‘ Ga ie Sena Peni err ntie my ‘e it of ri KEN ee saa cee ae Roerie ve tie ey thle ot “ WN “ wa a ne ent Sema dei Rien A UOT zi ae ancien Vhs oy iy ‘ BAT Ih Vilas i ik SRR IIR as si Onn Ls whe) 4 Rte RIN 4a. Dx Cries Miicats aS MUS) SA * Pt See ths eas eae esas 4 cy a A ry a co mn ui ite great ney ae ts hs i We _ in . SA BA bees ai * Ange Bh} ty a8 ih iy eats fe : ie ee Af ee ats ae Mata) aa pense ; 0 Ley oe he aa 3 Menage ay,» patient want Ti asin 4) f a ie ; nek anv, . yh 92 y ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America VORUNE «TV, 1904 EDITORIAL BOARD J. H. COMSTOCK, L. O. HOWARD, ITHaca, N. Y. WASHINGTON, D. C. C. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, GUELPH, ONTARIO, CANADA. Boston, MAss. C. W. JOHNSON, P. P. CALVERT, Boston, MAss. PHILADELPHIA, PA. V. L. KELLOG, J. W. FOLSOM, STANFORD UNIVv., CAL. URBANA, ILLS. HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, COLUMBUS, OHIO. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS, OHIO ow =) ZANVIOT ) M4; ees ~lonal MusevSz ny \ CONTENTS OF VOLUME Iv. Notes on African Myrmeleonidae. NATHAN BANKS..............00c0eceeeuee 1 The Lithobiomorpha of the Southeastern States. RaLtpH V. CHAMBERLIN... 32 Notes on the Synonomy of the Genera Included in the Tribe Lachninae. PETipus pee VRE SIO Semterstaye arse ha = Lan eWS yo ota: abat ath atescti ove echaial cre lavetelayescel ss aces Ja. e's aratelacetsre 51 Summary of the Food Habits of American Gall Midges. E. P. FELt......... 55 The Structure and Systematic Importance of the Spermatophores of Crickets. Ji IPS ISSR Anaad AE bee One RaCtn te Pac eo aoried GO Sen Ct ASS 63 Notes on the Life History of the Larch Case-Bearer (Coleophora Laricella). GENIN Vom LORRI G Keo varete ices ss later ce aueCsicute ers a ieiaiescievs leloisioyait/aldie.e signe Cet ee 68 Further Biological Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle Leptinotarsa 10-lineata Say. A. A. GrRAULT and JAMES ZETEK.............000-e0005 71 Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting. J. G. SANDERS..................20005. 84 Mayflies of Fall Creek. ANNA H. MORGAN..............00see0eeeeees Soeur 93 Announcements of Further Results Secured in the Study of Muscoid Flies. (Cadély WOR EMD sot gab os 6 GOS CALE ADR OO rE ROCIBEIEAS Oca cen Ee isn 127 Robberflies of the Genera Promachus and Proctacanthus. J. S. HINE....... 153 Locomotion of the Larva of Calosoma Sycophanta. A. F. BurGEss.......... 178 INGtesmourthe Ream Sli pam e. WWHBSUER 0. u)sjc1alcysie sls ois ooze olelercisia oie glee, els 181 The Mechanism in the Hatching of the Walking Stick Diapheromera Hemoratawsaye) ddd Pande. C. SEVERING « Yicjeme ds coe adie csc cnet 187 Some Suggested Rules to Govern Entomological Publications. T. D. A. (COCKE REET ery etme tis tect tel siare a ii aids oi ste sie Gara slau disjersarale elapse divid tie ee ts 192 The Composition of Taxonomic Papers. R.A. MUTTKOWSKI................ 194 The Structure of the Central Nervous System of Corydalis Larva. Woullg TEITMIOR oe ensks cant Sito GAS TORO OIE Ce ec oISIS CIES era ie Sica rea 219 A Structural Study of the Caterpillars Il. The Sphingidae. W.T.M. Fores 261 Some Notes on Heredity in the Coccinellid Genus Adalia, Mulsant. Mrriam ike TRAE. y.6 consi oO he Hod OPIOID aac OO eT a HB Lar Ore 6 On ce ee 283 Specific Characters Used in the Genus Pseudococcus. P. E. SMITH.......... 309 Corrections to my paper in the June (1911) Issue of the AnNats. C. H. PRUNING ENO MEME n ee ee siaelies ocala) aiaveyerapehe'e/ aco) ter sjansPerayaeae ararerae lols Gis ols 604 328 Monograph of the Gall-Making Cynipidae (Cynipinae) of California. iD), “IN, TMA n sek actos URGE co DO oe ODS TOD t co 6A aaa 331 The Genera Hypera and Phytonomus in America North of Mexico, E.G.Tirus 383 Monee ghey tw. ~The Entomological Society of America. FOUNDED. 1906. yt OFFICERS 41941. President—HERBERT OSBORN, ... 210200204006. svetebene ones Columbus, Ohio_ _ First Vice-President—LawRENCE BRUNER.:.,..%... Dah Lincoln, Nebraska Second. Vice-President—A. D. MacGmuivRave seb: Ithaca, New York ' “ Secretary-Treasurey—A. D, MACGULLIVRAY, so. 2.00. selene rar Ithaca, New: York » Executive Committee—THE Orricers, and J. H. Comstock, W.M. WHEELER, ~ Jj. B. Smrra, °C: J. S. Betaune, | HENRY SKINNER, A.D. Hoprins. ) | Committee on Nomenclature—H. T. FERNALD, E. Py Fett, TD. A.-CockERELL, ‘Price’ List. of Publications. Annals, Vols. I; II and III, complete; each...) 2.0.70... Us WS cies «$3.00 Annals, Vols. Land IT, Parts 1, 2 and'4, secig hence ane ma hae ore 1,00) Annals, Vols. I and I], Part.3, each © 2.20.20). ey Reerbceee AR E A pips oo ee ies .50 rs Y y REPRINTS. FROM VOLUME 1. ‘ “Proceedings of first three meetings; Constitution, By-Laws and List of Mem- © aa BY ieee siti lass oes MA AL TET o> SSNS hale eatin eck Petes Wer ede ee. Firaly eg. scone -WHEELER, WM..M:-—Polymorphism of Ants... : ie esate MR earl tls 330 -OszorN, Herpert—The Habits of Insects asa Factor in Classification......... :20 > SEVERIN, H. H: anp. Severin, H, C.—Anatomical and Histological Studies ‘of the Female Reproductive Organs e the American-Saw fly, Cimbex * Americana, Wesehi et iat ey eC ese Ass RU ie ae Rene oI ee aaa. 25 Pet, E. P.=-Some Problems in WNaatclatade: BB AES SAIN Say ae eateee 0) * Hammar, A. G.—On the Neryous System of the Larva of Corydalis SERGE De) .25 BRADLEY, Je C.—A_ case. of Gregarious' Sleeping Habits among Aculeate hig i Piven opeerar sy ohn BAUD.) ema oa ica metantn Sn ete piNteAte Ul ate Caalthy bike ark RTE RRIR -10 Davis, J: J.—Notes dn, the Life History. of. the Leafy Dimorph: of ‘the Box- elder Aphid, Chaitophorus negundinis Thos! 2.202. 0.00 bees ceca ee oe 10. HAMBLETON, J. C.+The Genus Corizus, with a Review: of the North and Middle American Species, ti 2 y/o Are Ads view eels semen hiss 4d app epang bee) CeaD Grraurt, A. A:—Biological Notes'on Colorado Potato Rertlesc son) hoe ane “20> Le 9 GIRAULT, AL. A—A Monographie Catalogue of the Mymarid Gents Alaptus... .25 ‘SEVERIN, H. H. anp Severin, \H. C.—Internal Organs of Reproduction of Rhea Te eee WEL Vicia hors ote Aa aye cic ie a Rath ptm ta Maiclhw Nantin Oe RMIAE yo a dce ees 157 ‘SmitH,; C-P.—A Preliminary Study of the Aranez ThE OR of California... .75° Davis, J. J.—Studies on Aphididae... 12... 0 e.en ees SE Where RUDD cisrence tye apne 20) 2 ’Ruey, W. A—Muscle Attachment of'Insects........ A Rare LARS call PS Hog dye NEEDHAM, J. C.—Critical Notes on the Classification of the Corduliinae haf Mate COdomataioscn. dcwcdidivy bemcis tea epee tet oa te mitinialany a dis dc Hee O vig a accly 6 AS. Howarp, L. O--A Key. to the Stra of Prospaltella with Table of Hosts and Descriptions of Four New Species. 0.5.56 sei ee ee be eect een sie'e\i, toh} Hoop, J. D.—Two New Species of Idolothrips. ...2...00.. 6c ee ete cee Ae ie oy @ : ~ Address > ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. } ANNALS The Entomological Society of America Volume I V NIACRIGEH 19 151 Number | NOTES ON AFRICAN MYRMELEONID. By NatHAN Banks. The following article is based largely on the collection of African Myrmeleonidz of the Berlin Museum, which the cura- tor, Dr. R. Heymons, wished me to work out for them. Mr. Esben Petersen has kindly loaned me his collection of Abyssin- jan Myrmeleonide, which contains several species previ- ously unknown to me. My own collection contains a num- ber of species, principally from South Africa from Dr. H. Brauns’ duplicates from the Petersen collection, and material purchased from dealers. There are many other species recorded from Africa. Some of these are probably synonyms of well-known species. I have made a new arrangement of the genera, and given tables to species as far as possible. Much of the Berlin Museum material is from German East Africa (D. O. Afrika), but a valuable specimens are from Ger- man Southwest Africa (D. S. W. Afrika), from Kamerun and Togoland. ' The types of the new species, except where otherwise indi- cated are in the Berlin Museum. TABLE OF GENERA OF AFRICAN MYRMELEONIDA. 1. In the hind wings but one (rarely two) cross-veins before the origin of the radial sector; the anal usually ends in the margin (Dendroleonine)... . 11 In the hind wings four or more cross-veins before the origin of the rz diz il sector; the anal often runs into the cubital fork (Myrmeleonine)...... 2, In the hind wings the anal is not connected directly to the hind margin is cross-veins, but to the post-anal by a series of cross veins; wings heavy ily marked; pronotum very much broader than long (Palparini) Rees Aare 3 In hind-wings the anal vein is connected directly to the hind-margin by several eross-veins (Myrmeleonini) ........0. 1... eect tee 6 3.. Two or more series of costal cells nearly to the base of wing....... Stenares But one series of costals, except near the stigma....... Ys eer: , ARP NVEXarOlr SUD COStat: INCTASSAte. |. Weis aos Selelene ss» Pamexis Pe GMsdMCOSTANMOLRMTICLASSALC ss 1, aiyit ieee eBid s sun tie leek ae elle tclee yo 5 10. UH 13. 14. 16. Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Antenne not their diameter apart at base; the basal joint with long bristles Palpares Antenne more than diameter of basal joint apart; smaller species. . Tomatares Spurs longer than the basal joint of tarsus, which is very short............ 7 Spurs not longer than the basal joint of tarsus, which is longer than the SECOMA GING 4 22 stars seeke mean wete te ciety he eee in ces eR ee 9 Body very hairy; legs very short; spurs much curved.................... 8 Body but little hairy; legs more slender; spurs nearly straight; a line through the wapicall) partecof myn es4 ae meiee we arte siser< eisetcte Myrmecelurus Costa} series! "double ye z.cerae weuco natn te eee cis to eres hana ae Syngenes Costall Sseries scin pl evn enn jn aro ee ard a tage ae erate Acanthaclisis The branches of radial sector are bent to form a straight line through the middle of the apical part of the wing; basal joint of the tarsus about as lone: yas athe. sapicall jai, aaeect he Pee invattien.. « aetperetns wetnelatelnte Nesoleon Novsuchline*throughpthie ninessnma sneer m tiene cassie aie tae eee ene co 10 In fore wings the radial sector arises before the cubital fork; many costals before) the ‘stigma: ane iicrossetlystrt meena rite iorciat Hagenomyia In fore-wings the radial sector arises much beyond the cubital fork; costals are enostly simple’ Wie. cape ck rechten ete aN Cee oe ace Myrmeleon (a) A series of cross-veins before the radial sector are crossed; very large SPECIES 2 aaiiar omar ree teeper atone ae Sa STE Genes eae subgenus Macroleon Splirsspresentvand ydistings. 225. wvoeutneraciees stents alee beasts ice tree eas 12 No spurs: ess very slenderesay soc sie. cise cameo se tees Gymnocnemia hegs) oft tiswail) glenethes 59-5).% Aan dee ee ns Ror ne ie Gymnoleon The forks of cubitus in the fore-wing are parallel for a distance, and the anal is'*aiso ;parallel. to. silienty:i. can ones ete eee eaeaiee Creagris The forks of cubitus diverge, and the anal is not parallel to the upper branch, and’ to the lower only for a short distance. ..5. 0... .06--+ sess ces eee 13 Joints 2, 3, and 4 of tarsus very long, each as long as basal joint. . ..Megistopus Joints 2 and 3 very short, but little longer than broad.................... 14 Legs very slender; the tibie I and II as long or longer than femora I and IT; basal tarsal joint nearly as long as apical; spurs as long as two iene antenne very slender; wings broad and much marked (Dendroleoni)... .15 Legs shorter; the tibix I and [I shorter than fernora I and II, the basal tarsal joint plainly shorter than the apicai (Nemoleonini)................... 16 Wings especially hind pair very strongly ‘alcate at tip; first joint of tarsus longer than: athe, Hast..." .25,- cca vecsiacrch Sivas ot ace ee Cymothales Wings hardly faleate; the branches of radial sector bent to form a straight line through the middle of apical half of wings.............. Dendroleon In hind-wings the anal does not run directly to the margin but bends upward making a long curve; the radial sector arises before cubital fork in both WADE S ote eps cn Spools wi ene mnie a spe EaaeT ae on ec ee eee Echthromyrmex In hind-wing the anal runs directly to the hind margin.................... 17 Spurs but little longer than the long first joint of tarsus; first branch of radial sector arises beyond end of the anal vein...................... Nemoleon Spurs longer than the first tarsal joint, which is short.................... 18 Spurs as long as three or four joints of tarsus................... Formicaleon Spurs not so long, about as long as two tarsal joints........... Macronemurus Under Stenares I have placed Crambomorphus. Both are hardly more than subgenera of Palpares. Symmathetes is united with Palpares. A species of Glenurus is described from Africa, but from the figure it is a Dendroleon; the genus Palpari- dius, lately described by Peringuey, appears to be identical with Echthromyrmex. The Centroclisis of Navas I consider the same as Acanthaclisis. 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 3 Palpares Rambur. Of this genus there are about forty named species from Africa; doubtless there are several more. They are the grandest and most beautiful insects of the family, if not of the entire Neuropteroid series. Their marking are however, variable, as may be easily seen from even a small series of specimens. I have tabulated thirty-four of the species, but a few are perhaps synonyms. Type—P. libelluloides. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. 1. Hind-wings black, except seven or eight small spots...................... 2 Hind-wings much more pale, only with dark bands........................ 3 2, iind=wings very darrow; lanceolate.............26s2 cctecnes eet karrooanus Hand-wings' broad mop lanceolate... ccs le csjee es cec eels c cece ee ue voeltzkowi 3. Fore-wings with a complete band across before middle.................... 4 Fore-wings without complete band before middle, outer margin of wings SAE CEL yg SIMU Aen © ober Caen tatters hercvartasistatoces OA aeeyetcpatestevsiaschcte wleee eae 4. Outer margin of wings sinuate; very large species (Symmathetes)......... 5 Outer margin of wings not sinuate, rather small species........... ovampoanus 5. Basal band of fore-wings reaches hind margin, apical spot divided; hind- wings with the stigmal spot furcate in front, apical spot divided... .gigas Basal band of fore-wings does not reach hind margin, apical spot not divided; hind-wings with the stigmal spot not furcate in front, apical spot not ivacletingn DL MRCMree PTE Homa ta cise ccisieretiatel sre aaicsars¥ecckot meses sie meestus 6. A large dark spot over the cubitus in the hind wings..................... 21 Not more than a dot over the forking of cubitus, although a dark spot may be TREE TER cc, ice oeeue his ORS CIRIIG CR PRE Oa a ASI EES chee io a oe 7 Pe MMW MOSM WALvCOMPleLe ANUS)... ales sis cc82 s< nivalis cei cvalpelsclee «lovaceaete once 8 Hindkwingsiwithoutsconplete: DandS.). 5.52... ss cle claac-ioe scmanesssasee’ 13 8. Fore-wings densely reticulate with black, but leaving three clear yellow bands. flavofaciatus and genialis Fore-wings without three clear yellow bands....................0.2.005- 9 9. Median band with a projection toward the cubital fork, or else a separated spot near by, the stigmal band with an upward projection as well as one ofS enol A aaeocnininle nD OTRE EMCO TIDES Mone See Eee SOR Cen naar 10 INKOnE oy tna hel faa is Seen ug MS ORC il ICI CSO REI IORE oSot Rec enti lL 10. Median band of hind-wings connected to the stigmal, and median has a pro- (ECtiOn es tOwmanc met oitalla fOr. ccc Ae eine ossis teres ce cyapalersencsines es latipennis Median band well separated from stigmal, and a spot near cubital fork sepa- PAPC MOM MMe MET ATL aie 2) -ictslcyeicie sore ai slo erase ein eres tells oie inclemens 11. Median and stigmal bands of hind wings well separated.......... insularis Median and stigmal bands connected or nearly so......................-- 12 12. Apical spots of both wings divided so as to form an anterior and posterior LUC AEG URC LG nea eer ppt ate stasis accra errata crate ios oe aeerayey vrei oe elegantulus PAPC ASP OUS MUO LMS OM WAC Ach cicstas.« athe 6) ctssee- sje sie eobts eyecenevertkelaieioi «roid amitinus 13. Wings with all small spots, no large ones; legs yellow............. sparsus Wires svar eel eRe NS OUS sos gear )5 w)njerejcieiesn ramseieiaisrele @)efe)excleve) (0) -ie/iplovs » = 14 14. Outer margin of both wings very narrowly black; no marks between median ancicl Siisracil Solos) wal Wore ysy aos ge tus eho obs Acurcn sok Ha poeeanee 15 Outer margin of wings with dots or spots; some marks between median and Soicte Se LSMimMME ONE WOMESeyciaidie'e > 01+ + slalelei «hala njajercielw cvers/eievs eels ».0 ele 16 je wAy talack. vband below jantennee.:.... 5.0.0... 020 ewe egrotus (tessellatus) INia) joillzelte Topanavely ore oh oehatr(s\obal: = ean EOD Ee tec Ice a ee ee tigris 16. Median spot of hind-wings not reaching one-half way across wing; in fore- wings the median and stigmal spots are small.....................04. 17 Median spot of hind-wings reaches one-half way across wing.............. 18 4 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 17. Legs yellowish; few small spots in fore-wings; (female)........ submaculatus Legs blackish, more small spots in fore-wings, (male, probably same as subsiacwlabus) = tet) soe nine cl mete hic notte ren ictel mice Dena area nyicanus 18. In fore-wings the median spot is barely larger than the numerous other spots. pardaloides In fore-wings the median spot is much larger than the many small spots... .19 19. Many small spots in the basal part of the hind-wings............. furfuraceus Few, if any, small spots in the basal part of the hind wings............... 20 20, . Wargers Spotsmot broken ypymuchses. 4. eesseia- eee heen mee tristis Smaller, wings shorter, and appendages shorter, stigmal spot of hind-wings MOTE? broken Ip Hs,2 Tas oleae efsese een etale eter pines foe startle ee interioris 21. Basal spot of hind-wings reaches nearly to base of wings.................. 22 Basal spot of hind-wings not reaching toward base ................-..005- 23 22. Basal spot large and angulate, also large stigmal spot.......... immensus Basal spot in form of a streak, also other streaks................... radiatus 23. Median band of fore-wings very small, reticulate, with darker edges, fore- wing's (often: srellowish).A <4 i misccstas an ceva ee tera aeitoein he iclataae cia eee 24 Median band of fore-wings distinct, reaching one-half way across wing... .27 24. Median and stigmal spots of hind-wings connected; but few small spots in thie forewings ick sas: Pre fees eae Va eetiole eis ehe er Simacaeee ioe stuhlmanni Median and stigmal spots not connected, more small spots in the fore-wings. 25 25. Hind part of fore-wings not tessellate with dark spots............ dubiosus Hind part of fore-wing tessellate with dark spots...................-..5. 26 26; | Hore-winlps snobs Very, sy Cllowaslis camer sunelaptetaistrtere terran te stale saeco speciosus Bore-wings «plainly pyell owaShiag rcs neti lea tee eet ieee caffer 27. Median band of hind-wings bent inward behind; stigmal spot broader behind thanun"tront, and meaches ainditmeironian., «ey niepacitee cece ers ee eee 28 Median band not bent inward at tip; stigmal spot not reaching hind margin and! narrow behind); *sotsG.. mad cea = Beate eh ts a ere See een aoa 32 28. Wings broad; median band of hind-wings does not reach the hind margin. hispanus Wings usually narrow, median band of hind-wings reaches hind-margin. .. .29 29. Apical mark of hind wings connected to the stigmal...................05. 30 Apical mark of hind-wings not connected to stigmal; two yellowish spots on fronto of. thes pronatiumis 2. esuc. -cuscem eee tne ace cee me meee 31 30. But lightly marked, stigmal spot of fore-wings larger, from Madagascar. . martini More heavily marked, stigmal spot smaller; from South Africa (may be same) cataractae 31. No small spots between median and stigmal spots in fore-wings. ...damarensis Many small spots between median and stigmal spots in the fore-wings.... formosus 32. Stigmal spot of hind-wings connected to a large spot just before it .. .cephalotes Stigmal spot of hind-wings without a spot just before it.................. 33 33. Stigmal spot of hind wings reaches across wing, in fore-wings nearly across; median spot of fore-wings very narrow..................- . .percheroni Stigmal spot of hind-wings and fore-wings not near across wing. . .libelluloides Palpares formosus n. sp. Head black, clypeus yellow; pronotum black, with two yellow spots in front; rest of the thorax black, with several pale spots through the middle; legs black; abdomen pale, darker toward tip. Wings very slender; forewings densely spotted with small brown dots, but a narrow angulate median band crosses the wing, the stigmal spots small, and a rather large preapical spot. Hindwings with a large spot over the fork of the cubitus, an angulate median band crosses the wing to the hind margin, leaving two small hyaline spots on the hind margin; a stigmal band crosses the wing, leaving one hyaline spot on the hind margin, 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide on and it has an inner projection toward the median band; a transverse, preapical band, connected each side around the tip and thus enclosing a hyaline spot. Expanse SO mm. From Willowmore, Cape Colony, 20 Febr. (Dr. Brauns). Similar to P. damarensis McLach., but with more slender wings; the forepair with spots all over the surface, not clear between the median and stigmal bands. (Banks coll.) Acanthaclisis Rambur. This genus is related to Myrmeleon, but distinguished by the very heavy legs, and the much curved or rather geniculate spurs; the body and legs are extremely hairy; the antenne are rather close together at base; the wings in most forms have a line through the apical part of the wings formed by the bending of the branches of the radial sector, and there is a similar line through the cubital area formed by the bending of the branches of the upper cubitus. Type—A. occitanica. The genus Syugenes formed for A. debilis Gerst, is scarcely more than a subgenus; it has many of the costal crossveins crossed.* The genus Centroclisis is, I think, a synonym of Acanthaclisis, its type species agreeing closely with my speci- mens of A. distincta. Quite a number of species have been described from Africa; Dr. Van der Weele examined Gerstaecker’s types and placed most of them as synonyms of other forms; I have seen only a few of the species, and the following table is based partly on the descriptions. 1. Costal area with many of cross veins crossed (Syngenes)....... longicomis Costal area with most of cross-veins simple or forked....... Roneekera eee Tae 2. A black streak through middle of fore-wings................. lineatipennis Nionblaekestreallcyin Tone-wim sir tit, ove s\siecNane a’as ealelais oh «dele shel sipuaretase cp e'ed 3 EMS TGR Ne MLV CUB EC i. rinneeteherg ene fe eraysus see eeietay NS catia orale rete one dasymalla DDMESMACHICII ALC Mer pea eet: tee ote Meo cites errata Seevcrcs bale Ws iota eestig ahetelciele 4 APR HOnOMeOTuIS Wat a CIStINnGt SPOt sac. tr tielen se clets sete viele mashunensis HG ricKOlmert on GUSm unmet ce dk nace. Tex) dalere Ueiebielers «ice cereal eiceie lest era nc 5. Various patches of white cross-veins in both wings; many small dark dots; larger ones along upper edge of cubitus, especially at end........... gulo Few patches of white cross-veins; less marked with dark, wings rather more PAC UIG IE ORS Sk A Agee co Roe eC O IDS e UIs BACT ELIOT OR cit Cees ca are 6 6.—Costal series almost all simple; pronotum not so plainly lineate with black. . distincta Costal series mostly forked; pronotum very distinctly lineate with black. . baetica * A. americana, A. fallax have many costals forked; A. japonica, A. horrida, and some Australian species have many costals crossed. 6 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Acanthaclisis betica Rambur. Not before recorded from Africa; in the Petersen coll. a specimen from Oran, Algeria agrees with Spanish specimens. Myrmecelurus Costa. This genus is related most closely to Nesoleon, but separated from that as well as from Myrmeleon by the longer spurs; there is a line through the apical part of the wing. There are several species recorded from Africa, but I have seen but one which is new. The Myrmeleon tristis has been referred to this genus, but is nearer to Myrmeleon, and is better placed in a new genus. Type—M. flavus (=trigrammus). Myrmecezlurus subcostatus n. sp. Pale yellow; no mark between antennz, and only very faintly on each side on the anterior part of vertex; antenne pale brownish; pro- notum with a black line each side not reaching either margin, and a median black dot on front margin; three black lines on rest of thorax, the median one nearly complete (single on the scutelli), the lateral ones interrupted, some dark lines over base of coxz I and II; abdomen with a dark median stripe from base to tip, and a dark stripe each: side on the venter. Wings hyaline, venation yellowish, the subcosta very strongly marked with black nearly to the stigma; the black extending up on each costal crossvein; the radial sector much marked with black, and at tip with a black streak extending out over the end of radius toward the tip of wing; some dark dots on origin of branches of cubitus, and a few others near middle of wing. In the hind-wings the subcosta and radius are marked near base, and to a lesser degree on the radial sector and cubitus, and a few veins near middle of wing. Pronotum much broader than long, rounded in front. Wings rather broad near tip; about seven or eight crossveins before radial sector, and about ten branches to the radial sector; costals simple; hind-wings a little narrower but scarcely more acute than the fore-wings. Expanse 58 mm. From Erythraea (Kristensen coll.); types in coll. Banks and Petersen. Nesoleon Banks. This genus is near Myrmeleon, having several crossveins before origin of the radial fork in hind wings, but a single costal series, and the spurs no longer than basal tarsal joint. There are from 6 to 10 crossveins before radial sector (more than in Myrmeleon, and the spurs or one of them is much shorter than the basal tarsal joint, which is nearly as long as the apical joint; the antennez are wide apart at base. The wings are broad and 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide : 7 subfalcate at tip, and differ at once from Myrmeleon in having a line through the apical part of each wing, partly formed by the bent branches of the radial sector. Type—JN. braunsi Bks. i Winestwathilarreiblack:spotsy.22 005... ose. os tree we oe wees Pasteravete ot fiele/oeett se 2 Mange withonlvasmealit black manksis caivcks).ca Sonos os Ae ataidcrens Slee 6 3 2. Wings almost all black, more than apical half of hind-wings black, only the Sizpmanandmranm amical sSpot paler ifr cucieu weiese «wh = Heyelaes wis leleiee braunsi Wings mostly pale, less than apical half of hind-wings black, large stigmal ARCH APIGc MSO USE Palme etary at. ric cicyoyaycterae eevee ciate visieic eithaeters vis boschimanus SAIN OMITI ROLE UE LIME batt) ets Kee eh darag dia) sen syarsier cee evane, s cielevctausne alot lesa oacteidge classe slater 4 Interantennallimear Ky Gis titi Cacti fice nc recieyse setts < ats \aie eels ma-cye aleislesarcle re 5 4. Pronotum with three dark stripes (unnamed species from Kamerun, but one specimen) 2 dale he ORSUE SRO CORI RENoE oe SEE ye, ok RE a sp. 5. Pronotal stripes slender and broken; wings rather narrow; a dark spot at the base of the stigma, one at end of the cubital fork, and one over cubitus and median near their ends; elsewhere but little marked....... trivirgatus PRronotal Stripes plaimvand Completed. 2 oie .1-e,cn)enc ecient cses stems: 6 6. Wings rather evenly marked all over with small blackish spots at the forks of the veins; the outer gradates not more prominent than other veins, nor a mark at the end of the cubital fork. .......2.5.0.....+. punctatissimus Wings motevenlyimarkedialll"over: cers ec.n\t cute vidteiesss «sls Qaies share ah acre ale 7 7. Wings almost all hyaline, only faintly marked and then most noticeable near the outer apical margin; stigma darker at base................ pallens Wings unevenly marked, the stigma with a prominent dark spot at base, the outer gradates marked, and a pale unmarked streak beyond it, no promi- DENMSPGeaAmengnOn CUMLbAlTOLG. wee wen <2 jeper-czs i oh oiemoln es sis mysteriosus Similar to N. mysteriosus, but the wings not much marked, except at the gradate series, and near the end of the anal vein, thus two oblique lines on each fore-wing; stigma dark at base; longitudinal veins of wings strongly saath cc(ale ea Scot bolt des ree cis nee 2 och ea ae eC ae er variegatus Nesoleon braunsi Banks. I have seen only the types from Willowmore, Cape Colony, (Dr. Brauns). Nesoleon boschimanus (Peringuey). Head black; a large pale spot each side on face; vertex pale, with black dots, three in each of three rows, median spots sometimes con- nected; pronotum with broad median black, and two narrower stripes each side, the median continued back over the thorax, and the lateral also continued, but in a broken and branched form; abdomen black, some of the segments beyond middle are pale at tip; femora brown; tibize pale, with a black tip, and on front and middle pair a median band also; tarsi, except basal joint, mostly black; spurs weak, hardly more than one-half the length of the basal tarsal joint. Wings moderately broad, about as in N. mysteriosus; apex acute; venation interrupted black and white; forewings with larger spots along hind and outer margin, a sub-basal spot, a larger oblique median spot, a larger stigmal spot, sloping inward, a spot behind this one; hind wings pale on basal three-fifths; two small spots near disc of wing, then a broad prestigmal band, narrowed in the middle, and broadened behind and reaching out- ward to near tip of wing, a prominent spot beyond the stigma, nearly 8 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, connected to the large black spot behind it. Seven cross-veins before radial sector in hind wings; eight branches to radial sector in both pairs; abdomen shorter than wings. Expanse 40-45 min. From Deutsch Sud. W. Afrika; Grootfontein, Okahandya, and Gr. Namalaut. Nesoleon mysteriosus (Gerst.). From various places in D. O. Afrika (Berlin Museum); and Mt. Algego, Uganda (Banks coll.) Nesoleon variegatus (Klug). From Harrar, Abyssinia (Petersen and Banks coll.) Nesoleon trivirgatus (Gerst.) From Grootfontein, D. S. W. Afrika. This may be but a pale form of NV. variegatus. Nesoleon punctatissimus (Gerst.) From Windhoek, Reitfontein and Reheboth, D. S. W., Afrika, and Lindi, D. O. Afrika. This may be the Myrmeleon lanceolatus Rambr. Nesoleon pallens. (Klug). Several specimens collected by Kristensen in Erythrea I believe are this species; there is some variation in length and breadth of wing and one specimen has the wings about as Klug figures, but the abdomen does not show the transverse dark marks, nor does Klug’s description mention them, so I presume the figure is too highly colored in this respect. Klug’s species is surely a Nesoleon as he shows plainly in his figure the fine line in the apical venation of the forewings. Hagenomyia new genus. This genus agrees in general with Myrmeleon; there are sev- eral crossveins before the radial sector in the hind wings; the spurs are no longer than the first tarsal joint; which is longer than the second; the antenne are wide apart at base; and there is no line through the apical part of the wings; it differs from Myrmeleon in the much broader wings, in having the radial sector of forewings arising before the cubital fork, and in having many costals before the stigma crossed. Type—Myrmeleon tristis Hagen. 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 9 Hagenomyia tristis (Hagen). This is very common in many parts of Africa; I have seen specimens from Argabba, Tewe, N. Usambara, Kamerun, Togo, Kongo, Tanganyika, Sansibar, Angola, Madagascar, and various places in D. O. Afrika (Berlin Museum), Erythraea, Abyssinia, and Abutshi, Niger (Banks coll.) Myrmeleon Linnacus. In this genus there are several crossveins before the radial sector in both wings, the anal is connected to margin; there is no straight line through the apical part of the wings, the basal joint of tarsus is much shorter than the apical joint and the spurs are not or but a little longer than the basal joint; the costals are simple, the cubital forks diverge, and the wings are usually narrow. Type.—Myrmeleon formicarium Lann. There are two subgenera; Myrmeleon and Macroleon, the latter with large species, mostly broader wings, and with several of the crossveins before the radial sector crossed; the type of this subgenus is M. (Myrmeleon) validus McLach. Many species have been described from Africa, several of which probably do not belong to the genus as here restricted, and others are perhaps synonyms of some of the common species. Those that I have seen are tabulated below. 1. Fore-wings with an oblique dark mark up from the end of the anal vein, and dark spots on the cubitus and median near the tip; pronotum dark. alcestris INGSI1C Inlet cigs KGa remnant eng meee ese geime Meet ize anew eee ea ot,t) pRtetaee a ere 2 2. Outer apical margin of both wings narrowly dark; pronotum dark........ formicaroides Outer apical margins not dark:................ BR mets hee en eae 3 3. A large dark cloud before and beyond the large white stigma......... lynceus INORSte hr elot cepa rss eer nb an ats ace PAT ace a pa teit mate hse cali amass sees 4. Abdomen plainly banded with pale; pronotum dark, indistinctly marked.. 6 Abdomen not plainly banded with pale; pronotum pale yellowish, at least on SUL S eee ale L PRIN TR eee tne eee a ca oops yote Maveiy ME ee wel hateit isla Sorcha s 5 5. A simple, narrow median dark stripe on the pronotum............ medialis A simple median, and a lateral stripe for most of the distance on pronotum. . doralice A broad median stripe furcate in front on the pronotum........... furcatus A broad median dark stripe on pronotum, serrate on the sides and occupying ELS POM DCMS IT PACO Mine rate a cio ayatateiclefacctaystIS arelcyetttePeyernue tye nis ahsrcteue * lethifer 6. Size small, stigma barely distinct; no series of crossed veins before radial sector in fore-wings, cubitus marked with hlack and white....... obscurus Size very large, stigma plainly white; a series of crossed veins before radiz ul SECTORIMOLe-WwineS (NMIACTOICOM)Necevicls assis cet cyerhetel ss le nei clelele ote cine 7. Wing tinged throughout with a vinous color.................... validus \iiAGny eS) TaOye, teiveyeral yl Nano Goo piano LUO Or ddan. mein gd cle Aaah oan 8 8. Interantennal mark includes a pale spot below antenne; black on clypeus; MLoOuOLUMEwIbOiVe pale SPOtS 2.4... sa selec es an ee quinquemaculatus Interantennal mark not complete below, but with a deep median indentation of pale; hardly black on clypeus; larger and with narrower wings...... atlas 10 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Myrmeleon obscurus Rambur. Widely distributed in tropical and South Africa. Specimens have been examined from Harrar, Abyssinia (Petersen coll.); Tamatave and Vohemar, Madagascar, (Banks coll.) and Erythrza; from Bagamoyo and Lindi, D. O. Afrika, Windhoek, D.S. W. Afrika, Livingstone, S. Afrika, and Kamerum (Berlin Mus.). Myrmeleon lethifer Walker. From White River, Transvaal, Kibwezi, Brit. O. Afrika, and Kwidjwi, Ost Afrika. M. nigridorsis Kolbe is the same species. Myrmeleon doralice n. sp. Face yellow, a large shining black interantennal mark, curving evenly downward on the face, and above reaching to middle of vertex, with a median extension on vertex, and a black streak each side; anten- ne rather long, blackish, tip paler, pronotum longer than broad, nar- rowed in front, pale yellow, a median black stripe, widest in front, and a curved black streak each side from behind the transverse furrow; rest of thorax with middle black spot, and oblong spots over the base of wings, a basal median black spot on the scutelli; pleura black through the middle; abdomen shorter than wings, black, tips of segments nar- rowly pale, sides pale; legs pale yellowish, tips of tibize rather darker, tip of last tarsal joint black; spurs not as long as basal tarsal joint, which is much shorter than the apical joint. Wings hyaline; venation pale yellowish, subcosta, radius, and cubitus marked with dark, stigma hardly distinct. Wings rather slender, acute at tips; about 10 cross- veins in forewings before radial sector, 6 in hind wings, 10 branches of radial sector; in the forewings the first fork of radial sector is so con- nected up to the radius as to appear as a distinct sector of the radius, thus apparently two radial sectors. Expanse 60 mm. From Windhoek, D. S. W. Afrika. Myrmeleon alcestris n. sp. Head mostly black, margin of face yellow, a median yellow spot on the clypeus, two dots between the antennz, and the orbits yellowish; a pale stripe across vertex in front, a large yellow spot each side, and three longitudinal submedian lines on the vertex pale, a spot each side on occiput pale; basal joints of antennze pale, with dark rings, rest dark brown; pronotum short, a median dark streak, a spot near each anterior corner, and a larger spot in each hind corner, dark; rest of thorax dark, with indistinct black marks, and the hind margins of the segments pale; coxe black, femora black, except pale base, tibize pale, heavily spotted or streaked with dark; tarsi pale brownish, tip of last joint black; spurs not as long as basal tarsal joint, which is about two thirds as long as the 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 11 apical joint. Wings hyaline; venation black and white, the crossveins with black dots, the longitudinal veins with longer black streaks, a black spot at the base of the stigma, an oblique blackish cloud up from the end of the anal vein, and a spot over cubitus and median at the usual point for such spot. Wings slender, acute at tips; 7 cross-veins before radial sector in forewings, 5 in hind wings; 10 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 54 mm. From Reitfontein, D. S. W. Afrika. Myrmeleon medialis n. sp. Head with a large black interantennal mark reaching down over most of the face and up to the vertex, a dark mark on clypeus, in middle connected upward to the interantennal mark; vertex with a double median spot in front, a small median one behind, and a long one each side, black; antenne dark brown, short; pronotum but little longer than wide, pale, with a broad median brown stripe; thorax pale, with some large median black spots, and one over base of each wing, pleura with a broad broken black streak; abdomen black, with short white hairs, not as long as wings; legs pale, rather more brownish toward tips, with black bristles, tarsi quite long, first joint hardly as long as second and third together, fifth one and a half times as long as the first, spurs not as long as the first joint. Wings hyaline, venation pale yellowish, subcosta slightly marked with black, stigma barely distinct. Wings long and slender, forewings sub-falcate at tip, about 9 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, and 6 in hindwings; 10 branches of radial sector in both wings. Expanse 60-68 mm. From Natal and Georgetown, Cape Colony. Myrmeleon furcatus n. sp. Head pale yellow, a black mark at base of each antenne, and a median vertical line; a broad, dark band above antennz; vertex with a pair of broken submedian stripes, a broader short: stripe each side behind, with lateral projections toward eyes, and a lateral spot in front; antennee with a brown mark on basal joint; a narrow brown ring on second joint, beyond that brown; pronotum pale, with a broad med- ian dark stripe, furcate in front; a short dark stripe on each hind corner; rest of thorax dark, with hind margin of meso- and meta-thorax pale, a narrow pale line on each lateral lobe of the mesothorax, a spot on each lateral lobe of the metathorax, and the scutelli with a pale dot each side, and sometimes other spots; abdomen dark, pale at tip; legs pale, a dark line on the tibiz, and a streak near tip of femora; spurs as long as the first tarsal joint, which is not as long as the next three together, and shorter than the last joint. Wings hyaline; venation pale, subcosta, radius and cubitus interrupted with dark, also slightly on the radial sec- tor, stigma dark, with a darker spot at base. Wings long, acute at 12 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, tips, the hind pair almost subfalcate at tip; about eleven crossveins before the radial sector in forewings, six in ‘hind’ wings; about twelve branches to radial sector in each wing. Expanse 73 to 90 mm. From Erythrea (Kristensen coll.). Types in collections of Banks and Petersen. Myrmeleon lynceus Fabr. From Victoria, Kamerun, and a smaller specimen from Togo. The M. leucostigmatus Weele, from Kamerun, is a synonym. Myrmeleon formicaroides Weele. One specimen from Misahohe, Togo. Myrmeleon quinquemaculatus Hagen. A common African species, specimens from Ginda (Petersen coll.), Kilimandjaro (Banks coll.) and various places in Togo and D. O. Afrika. M. polyzones Gerst. and M. rapax Kolbe are synonyms as already stated by Van der Weele. Myrmeleon validus McLachlan. From Tamatave, Madagascar (Banks coll.). Myrmeleon atlas n. sp. Similar to M. 5-maculatus, but much larger. Face yellow, with a median black spot below, the interantennal mark is not complete below, but indented with the pale reaching up between antennz, and the mark is not continued all around the lower edge of the antennal socket; marks of vertex similar to those of M. 5-maculatus; the pronotum shows a large pale median spot in front, and at each upper corner, with a narrow extension backward; the abdominal segments are pale only near middle (not to base as in 5-maculatus); the legs yellowish brown, not plainly marked. Wings much more slender than in M. 5-maculatus, especially the hind pair, and more falcate at tip; venation mostly dark, subcosta and radius plainly interrupted with pale; stigma not very distinct; there is a longer series of crossed veinlets before the radial sector in forewings than in M. 5-maculatus. Expanse 126 mm. From Kwidjwi, Ost Afrika. Gymnoleon new genus. But one crossvein before radial sector in the hindwings,. several in forewings; costal series simple, cubital forks not very much divergent; antenne rather close together at base; pro- notum slender; no spurs; legs of moderate length, the last joint of tarsus as long as the basal joint. Type—G. exilis n. sp. By absence of spurs it is related to the genus Gymnocnemia, but differs at once in the very much shorter and stouter legs- 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 13 Gymnoleon exilis n. sp. Face pale yellow, a large black interantennal mark, a row of spots across the vertex, the middle one the largest; pronotum pale yellowish, a pair of black submedian stripes, not quite parallel, and a lateral stripe each side; rest of thorax pale, with a pair of dark submedian lines, broken, but extending over the scutelli, a lateral dark line over base of wings; abdomen rather pale, with darlx stripe on each upper side; legs pale, middle and apical mark on tibize, except the hind tibize have only the apical mark, tips of tarsal joints black. Wings hyaline, venation mostly brown, but the longitudinal veins are interrupted with pale, many of the cross-veins with a pale dot or space; many of the forks in posterior and outer part of fore-wings have a black dot, a larger spot near end of anal vein, and faintly dark at anastomosis of cubitus and median, this last mark is more prominent in the hind-wings, often elongate. Wings rather slender, acute at tips, the hind pair plainly longer than the forewings, narrower and subfalcate at tips; about seven crossveins before radial sector in forewings, about 8 branches of radial sector in each wing, in forewings the anal vein ends before the origin of first branch of radial sector, and the forks of cubitus are plainly diver- gent. The pronotum is longer than broad, and broadest behind; the abdomen is much shorter than the wings. Expanse 45 mm. From Ari Ugri, Erythraa (Kristensen coll.) and from Lindi, D. O. Africa (Berlin Mus.). Type in coll. Banks; cotypes in coll. Petersen and in Berlin Museum. Gymnoleon elizabethe n. sp. Face yellow, a black band below the antennze reaching above them, the vertex broadly rounded in front and dark brown, back of vertex gray, with two rows of blackish dots, front of vertex with a median furrow making the front plainly bilobed; antennz brown, tip paler, pronotum short, dull blackish, a faint paler spot each side in front, and one or two in the middle; thorax brown, indistinctly marked with pale; a deep black band on metanotum; abdomen blackish; legs short, yellow-brown, with black marks on tibie, hind tibia only at tip, tarsi mostly dark brown, except the basal joint of hind tarsus which is yellow; no spurs; basal joint of tarsus as long as second and third-together. Wings with black and white venation, on radius the black and white are in long streaks, elsewhere in short spots, along cubitus and its fork are several small clouds of brown, and a longer oblique mark on cubitus and median near their tip, stigma dark at base, and a cloud near end of anal and cubital fork. Wings slender, subfalcate at tips, anal and cubital fork in forewings run parallel for a distance longer than width of wing, the cubital fork nearly parallel to the cubitus; twelve branches of radial sector in each wing; in apical part of wings the longitudinal veins are very close together. Expanse 52 mm. From Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony, 25 Jan., (Brauns), (coll. Banks). 14 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Creagris Hagen. This genus is known by the parallel forks of the cubitus in the anterior wings; there are but two rows of cells between the forks and these are separated by a nearly straight vein; the anal vein also runs parallel to the cubital forks for some distance. Type—C. plumbeus Oliv. Many species are known by the names, but several of these names apply to variations of C. plumbeus. Whether these forms should be kept distinct or all united under the one name must be determined by larger collections from representative parts of Africa. The forms I have examined are distinguished as follows: kp AWenationnaaleptniaar cede yu... Fats 2th are opece a oe ne mestetete ects arsine nite ee manera 2 Venationimarked..with black and swhite...53 020s... dan 2 Uke samesis ele on Sere 5 2; Apextofabind-wiags with’ atfuscaus streak, 2.5 see cc che ole auctor. 3 ABEXtOh, brad Swans cAMP CE oo ca) stesc: )c:chataretssnpers, gue e e/esnlouatete lovee ps ueneerticy ceete 4 Se sWienyy glar mer gSmeGres nse Ss snc dace She ae oc Resnick eee eee diana WPECIES, wOly SIUG Erte eSIZe:. 2.1, 28. miley sbole tages cniedotel ol aye cieeehenettads o) Tema nubifer 4. Pronotum with indications of two narrow submedian lines; femora dotted ANE LACKS = met tintcci tie cite eine ato $8 Seay eG tae EL see Cy ee ene murinus Pronotum with a median stripe or absent; femora scarcely dotted with black. africanus 5. Wings with black longitudinal streaks....................20005 nigrostrigatus Wine siwibhout (Streaks) 75 he) cai). RSet mtinte eset icjem leprae ew ae Me eee 6 6. Four large black spots along the radial sector in the fore-wings.... pretiosa NoyWsuchilargetspotsy it wiry de-vesiytee s «cis Sater ae ae ema a OR ee eer vf ie Notblacksband sbelow vanbennce ses. sii cocci diate meiein ose eet rain eee 8 A black band below antenne, vertex with a frontal ridge, venation strongly marked with (blackevand, white ..2 3. un ve. s essere seen. aegyptiacus 8. An oblique dark mark at end of anal vein in fore-wings; venation very plainly marked! with sblacle wand: whites. 6). -jc..cie cis Per ce verso cecispeime ete mortifer No marks on wings; venation only faintly marked with dark and pale.... plumbeus Creagris pretiosa n. sp. Face pale, a median vertical black line, and a brown spot under each antenna; antennz brown, base yellowish; vertex with a black band in front, a row of connected black dots, and behind are six separated black dots, the submedian ones being longitudinal; pronotum gray, black on the sides and a submedian pair of black stripes, broadest in front; thorax gray, black marks on the lateral lobes and the usual black band on the mesonotum; abdomen black above, pale beneath. Legs brown, with much gray hair, femur I black on inner tip, tibia I black in middle and near tip, middle leg similar, hind legs paler, the tibiz black only at tip, all tarsi black, except yellow on basal and most of apical joint of tarsus [. Wings hyaline, venation black, interrupted with pale, the cross-veins mostly wholly black; four large black spots along the radial sector of forewings, another smaller at base of the stigma, a black streak along base of the cubital vein, small black spots at forking of cubitus and farther out on cubitus, one on a crossvein connecting median to the first branch of the radial sector, and one at 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 15 end of the anal vein, the outer gradate veins form a black line parallel to the outer margin; hindwings with a black spot at the base of the stigma one on a crossvein below and a little before it, and two faint ones on other crossveins from radial sector to radius, another near the end of the cubitus. Forewings broad, acute at tip, almost falcate, the costal margin at base plainly concave, the anal runs parallel to the fork of cubitus for much less than the width of the wings. Hind wings narrow, subfalcate at tip; eleven branches:of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 78 mm. From Deutsch Ost Afrika, Bex Lindi. (Berlin Museum). Creagris diana Kolbe. Of this magnificent species there are specimens from Lindi, and Mohorovi, D. O. Afrika. Peringuey’s recent species, C. inclitus, seems to be the same form; his description agrees ewith the East African specimens. Creagris nubifer Kolbe. Specimens from Lindi, D. O. Afrika; Bismarcksburg, Togo, and from Harrar, Abyssinia (Petersen coll.). Peringuey’s recent C. proximus from South Africa agrees with these speci- mens. Creagris plumbeus (Oliv.) Specimens from Morocco, agree with the European form; they have a median dark stripe on the pronotum, and the long- itudinal veins are faintly marked with dark. Also known from Algeria. Creagris murinus (Klug). Egypt (Petersen coll.). The median marks on the pronotum are in form of two approximate dark lines; the venation is wholly yellowish. On Klug’s plates it is figured as M. syriacus, but in text described as M. murinus. Creagris africanus (Rambur). From D. O. Afrika, Sansibar, Victoria Nyanza, and D. S. W. Afrika (Outyo). The legs are less marked than in C. murt- nus, the median stripe on the pronotum is often absent, and the wings are plainly more acuminate at tips than in C. murinus. Peringuey’s species, C. pseudoplumbeus from South Africa seems to be the same species. It is probable that this and C. murinus are but varieties of C. plumbeus; C. luterpennis, C. lanceolatus Rbr., and C. lupinus Oliv., are also closely related if not identical, and McLachlan suggests that several of Wal- ker’s Indian species also belong to C. plumbeus. 16 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Creagris mortifer (Walk.) From Daressalam; Reitfontein, D. S. W. Afrika (at light), and Abyssinia. Probab y occurs over most of Africa. Creagris #gyptiacus (Rambur). From Egypt (Petersen coll.); Bagamoyo and Korogue, D. O. Afrika, also Madagascar. Also widely spread in Africa. Peringuey has recently described four other species from South Africa. One, C. angustipennis, may belong to the genus, but the three other species (C. damarinus. C. mashunus and C. bechuanus) are said to have the spurs no longer than the first joint of tarsi; since all the species of Creagris known to me have spurs as long as three or four joints, I can hardly believe that these three species really belong to Creagris. Formicaleon n. gen. This genus, of the general appearance of Myrmeleon, is at once distingiushed therefrom by having but one crossvein before the radial sector in the hindwings, and by the antenne being close together at base; from the allied genera, Nemoleon and Macronemurus, it is separated by the longer. spurs. The genus Formicaleo Leach was made for Myrmeleon for- micarius, which was already the type of Wyrmeleon; therefore, I am compelled to make a new name for the Formicaleo that is used by Hagen and Brauer. The type is Myrmeleon tetragrammuicus Fabr. There are many species in the African fauna, the few I have seen may be separated as follows: 1. Two broad black stripes on the yellow pronotum, and the lower sides black, antennz long and slender, wings rather broad, most of the cross-veins LOWE irc pate Er aletal tents oats rete Nand ae tc oer he meet a ne at 2 Not two broad black stripes on a yellow pronotum./.................... 3 2. Two cross-veins before radial sector in the hind-wings, stigma rosy. .idoneus But one cross-vein before radial sector in the hind-wings; stigma white.... lethalis 3. Hind-wings with a dark streak in apical part; pronotum pale, with incomplete otha ew lhe ( sy ees We Eryn Ac ee AAG bocls Twas yon Seo e Dado ab oeUIar harpalyce No, Streak: miublie: hind-win esis. costae ele is tere Odio tA antes oer acta on enaee 4 4. Four dark spots just behind the radius in each fore-wing........... hese ING IstGhi), SPOES Tei ieee ate cue tol s 5s Ie bIp stuns ote Ome Tere eect mere ctetere sce ate oleate 5. Hind part of fore-wings with many small dark spots; pronotum dark, with twordarker Stipes antenn echonim ameter it ance see meee lepidus (NIG DTo RE, Sane Reo OT COS ae onG Sac ct a eet oR Be era or one 6 6. Pronotum with a broad median black stripe, and oblique black line in apical DATPROL DUE tOLE“WL AS...) .5. eeydaran tater tnme aiaeteepe sare ecko fe olass steve SO nae ilione Pronotum\andiwings not Soumianked) 5. nee wie dee esis steele oo eee ae 7 7. Gradates in fore-wings margined with brown; larger species, expanse 80 mm. alcione Gradates of fore-wings not margined; smaller species, expanse about 50 mm. persephone 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide Gg Formicaleon harpalyce n. sp. Head yellow, a black mark under each antenna, a large interan- tennal mark, mostly above the antenne, two bands across vertex made up of spots, a median spot behind and one each side on occiput; antennze yellowish, tip darker, basal joint with dark mark below; pronotum broad, yellowish (or reddish), two black marks on front margin, a sub- median pair of stripes behind, the posterior side margins broadly behind, and a spot each side on the transverse furrow black; rest of thorax pale, with black marks, mostly over base of wings, metascutellum with a pale median line; abdomen shorter than wings, dull black; legs pale reddish yellow, spurs curved, the first pair as long as four joints. Wings hyaline, venation pale, longitudinal veins not interrupted with dark, or very faintly so, some crossveins, especially costals partly dark, stigma yellowish (or reddish); hind wings with a long brown streak from the anastomosis of cubitus and median outward toward tip of wing. Wings slender, acute at tips, hind wings falcate at tip; about 8 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, 12 or 13 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 70 to 80 mm. From West Africa, Bismarcksburg, Togo. Formicaleon alcione n. sp. Face pale yellowish, black band below and above antenne, a trans- verse frontal band on vertex, and spots more or less connected in a row behind; antennez pale, annulate with brown, tip dark; pronotum broader than long, dark, three ill-defined pale stripes, the median more narrow; thorax pale, marked with dark, scutelli with a double dark spot; abdomen shorter than wings, blackish, pale each side near tip; legs pale, femora spotted with black, especially near the tip, tibia with bands above near base and tip, tips of tarsi black; the tarsi short, last joint nearly as long as other joints together, spurs as long as four joints. Wings hyaline, venation black and white, not dotted, but in long streaks, a spot at base of stigma, and two spots (smaller) beyond on the radius, the outer gradates very irregularly, but plainly dark, and a faint dark streak up from end of anal vein; hind wings with stigmal spot, and two beyond dark, also one on the anastomosis of cubitus and median. Wings very long and slender, acute at tips, hind wings falcate at tip, 7 or 8 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, 14 or 15 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 75 mm. From Mohorovi, D. O. Afrika, and one marked ‘‘Key. Frustorpher.”’ Formicaleon idoneus n. sp. Face pale, a large black interantennal mark, reaching below the antenne where it is deep and shining, paler above toward vertex, two rows of transverse spots on the vertex, the hind row with a projection each side behind; antenne long, pale on base, and annulate with brown, 18 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, beyond and at tip darker brown; pronotum broader than long, yellowish, with two broad black stripes and the lower margins black; rest of thorax pale, striped and spotted with black, scutelli mostly pale, the mark over base of the forewings includes two pale spots; abdomen shorter than wings, brownish, paler on basal half and there with lateral black line; legs pale, anterior femora and tibize dotted with black, tip of tarsi black, apical joint of tarsus nearly as long as others together, spurs about as long as four joints. Wings hyaline, stigma rosy, longitudinal veins black and white, radial sector and branches and most of the crossveins black. Wings rather broad beyond middle, tips acute, hind wings sub- faleate; 8 crossveins before radial sector in forewing, two in hindwing, 13 branches of radial sector in both wings. Expanse 85 mm. From Langenburg, D. O. Afrika. In general similar. to F. lethalis, having broad wings and slender antenne, but the two crossveins before radial sector in hindwing distinguish it. Formicaleon ilione n. sp. Face pale, a vertical black line between bases of antennee; a broad deep black band above antennz; two, rather curved, bands on the vertex, connected in middle by dark, and the posterior one extended behind in middle; pronotum with a broad black median stripe, broken up behind into lateral projections, a spot each side near front on the trans- verse groove, and the posterior sides black; rest of thorax mostly black, with a broad pale stripe each side, sides of scutelli pale; abdomen black, each segment (beyond the basal) with a pale stripe each side, connected in front of the dorsum, venter rather pale, the pleuree of thorax heavily streaked with black, leg short, hairy; femora thick, with many white hairs and bristles and a few black ones, anterior femora mostly black, others paler, especially below, front and middle tibiz with two black bands, hardly visible in hind tibiz, tarsal joints tipped with black, very short, the basal especially so, the fifth as long as all others together, spurs longer than three joints. Wings with the longitudinal veins heavily marked with black and white, the costals and many crossveins mostly black, black spot at base of stigma, a long curved prominent black stripe over the gradates toward tip of wing, and a short, oblique mark upward from near the end of the anal vein; hindwings less marked, the anal vein wholly, and the median vein on the basal third very pale yellowish, other veins marked slightly with black. Wings not very long, quite broad at stigma, hind pair much narrower, both pairs acute and subfalcate at tip, the outer margin being slightly concave, seven cross-veins before origin of the radial sector in the forewings, ten to eleven branches of the radial sector in each wing. Expanse 60 to 65 mm. From Harrar, Abyssinia (Kristensen collector), types in collections Banks and Petersen. 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 19 Formicaleon persephone n. sp. Face pale yellow, a black band below antennz and one above, two transverse rows of spots on the vertex; antenne pale, annulate with with brown; pronotum broader than long, dull blackish, a faint median pale line and an indistinct outer pale stripe each side; rest of thorax dark, marked a little with pale, posterior margin of anterior lobe of mesothorax pale; abdomen blackish, a pale spot above before middle of each segment; legs pale, hind femora and tibize with blackish dots, front femora darker, tibiae with basal and apical dark mark, and tips of tarsi black; apical joint of tarsus not as long as the others together, spurs as long as four joints, curved. Wings extremely slender, fully six times as long as broad, acute at tips; venation mostly black, the radius mostly pale, the subcosta interrupted black and white, cubitus with longer streaks of black and white, cross-veins on large patches are pale, the gradates black, a black spot at base of stigma and over union of subcosta and radius; 7 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, about 11 branches of radial sector in each wing. Expanse 50 mm. From Thies, Senegal. Its small size and very narrow wings separate it from all others. Formicaleon hesione n. sp. Face pale, a black band below and one above antenne, pale between, vertex brown, three double black spots behind in a transverse row, and in front of these are two others, submedian; antennz pale, annulate with brown; pronotum broader than long, dark, a median pale line, and a large anterior spot each side, not clearly outlined, but reaching backward; rest of thorax dark, marked with pale, especially on the scutelli; legs short, pale, tibiae marked with brown above near base and at tip, tips of tarsi dark, dark dots on hind femora, black hairs below on femora and tibize I, tarsi short, apical joint about as long as others together, spurs as long as four joints, curved; abdomen shorter than wings, blackish, a pale spot above before the middle of each segment, apical segment with a pale spot each side near tip. Wings hyaline, venation black and white, some large patches of white veins, costals black at each end, four spots behind radius, one before radial sector, one on origin of radial sector, one on first branch of radial sector, and one near stigma, the stigma with basal black mark, and a spot on radius beyond, a short oblique mark over end of anal vein, and the outer gradates plainly black, also a spot over the first crossvein between cubitus and cubital fork; in hind wings a spot at base of stigma, one just behind radius near by, and one on radius beyond stigma. Wings very slender, acute at tips, 7 cross veins before radial sector in forewings, about 10 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 58 mm. From Nssanakang, Kamerun. In general appearance it is very much like Nemoleon 4-maculatus from East Africa, but the gradates are more plainly marked, and the tarsi are very different in structure. 20 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Formicaleon lethalis (Walker.) Specimens from Bagamoyo, Madagascar, Natal, and Mhon- ta, D. O. Afrika. Recorded from various places in East Africa. The F. leucospilos Hagen is the same species. Formicaleon lepidus (Kolbe). From Langenburg, D. O. Afrika, and Erythrea, (Petersen coll.). Nemoleon Navas. This genus has but one crossvein before the radial sector in the hindwings; the antenne are not their diameter apart at base; the first joint of tarsus is about as long as the last joint, and the spurs about as long as this first tarsal joint. The wings are slender, with a single costal series. Type—Myrmeleon arenarius. 1. Wings with some dark spots... PFS ee a. eee : cea Wings without dark spots Hos ie ae eee - : ae PER A ee 2) spurs seand) clawsvublachk:.cris/.- 14am reirs SAO ate nee pans Spurs) and! claws, reddishy 20.) ; . filiformis 3. Outer gradates in fore-wings form a prominent oblique dark stripe . pardalice SG PIMA a Sa Aes, dae eae eee ..quadrimaculatus A black dot at end of anal vein in fore-wings, and one near end of median WHEE ben OimS (bes CUDINIS i. ci eee Setgiarty E _. alcidice Nemoleon alcidice n. sp. Face pale, a dark brown band over base of antenne, and two nar- row brown bands on the vertex, made up of conjoined spots; antenne pale, the second joint dark above, the tip also dark; pronotum pale, a brown spot on each side margin; and two black dots on each side, one on the transverse groove, the other behind it on the hind margin; rest of thorax dark on sides, but only faintly marked in the middle, not plainly on the scutelli; abdomen dull black, last segment slightly paler at tip, all white haired. Legs slender, pale, distinctly dotted with black on the femora and tibiz, and at tips of tarsal joints, claws long, reddish, as also the spurs, which are as long as the first tarsal jomt, and this as long as the next three together, apical joint nearly as long as the basal, both black and white bristles on the legs. Wings hyaline; venation pale, interrupted with black, fore-wings with an oblique black mark near end of anal vein, a roundish, black spot near end of median at its connection with the cubitus, one black spot on the union of subcostal and radius, and two beyond on the radius, the outer one the larger; the anal vein pale, but its branches marked with black on the margin. Wings long and slender, acute at tips; seven crossveins before the radial sector in forewing, nine branches of the radial sector in each wing. Hindwings mostly unmarked. Expanse 58 mm. From Erythrea (Kristensen coll.). Type in coll. Petersen; (cotype in Banks coll.); a poor specimen from Duma, Kamerun, June (Berlin Museum). 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 21 Nemoleon pardalice n. sp. Face pale, a dark band under and between antennz, two narrow bands on the vertex, made up of black spots, and behind a pair of sub- median marks; antennae brown, except the pale base; pronotum dark, with a pale spot each side in front, and a pale streak behind; thorax dark, a pale spot each side on the anterior lobes, and on scutelli, posterior margin of the anterior lobe and of the mesothorax pale, two pale marks on the metanotum; femora mostly dark, but white-haired, tibiz with basal and preapical dark bands, and tips of tarsal joints dark; spurs not as long as the basal joint, which is about as long as the next two together, apical a little longer than the basal. Abdomen black, white- haired, tip pale. Wings hardly hyaline; venation mostly dark, the subcosta, radius, and cubitus, marked with white, some crossveins white, and some white on branches of the radial sector, median vein wholly black; many veins bordered with black, especially the crossveins in hind part of wings, also the outer gradates, which form a long oblique line, and the veinlets obliquely above the end of the anal vein, the origin of the radial sector, an oblique vein before it, one oblique vein con- necting it to the radius, and where it bends up toward the radius near the stigma, also black; the stigma dark; some small cross-veins beyond the stigma in the costal area are bordered with black; in the hindwings the subcosta black and white, the other veins mostly black, the forks of veinlets near the outer hind margin are dark, and also above the radius near tip of wing with dark spots on the forks. Wings rather short, and broad; forewings hardly acute at tips, hindwings plainly so; six crossveins before origin of radial sector in the forewing, one of them oblique, about eight branches of radial sector in both pairs, all costals simple. Abdomen much shorter than wings; vertex high and convex in a ridge, pronotum about as long as broad. Expanse 40 mm. From Erythrea (coll. Kristensen), type in collection Peter- sen. Nemoleon 4-maculatus n. sp. Head pale, a black mark each side under antennz along the side of the eyes, a black band above antenna, emarginate above in middle, two rows of black: spots on vertex, six in each row, more or less connected in pairs; antenne pale, annulate with brown; pronotum slender, nar- rowed in front, dull black, a median pale stripe from before middle to tip, and a stripe each side pale; rest of thorax dull black, with a few yellowish spots; abdomen about as long as wings, black, with white hair, tips of segments with a yellow spot above; legs pale, marked with black, long black bristles and white hairs, tips of tibiae and tarsi black, femora with black near middle, at least above; basal joint of tarsus as long as last, spurs a little longer than first joint. Wings hyaline, marked with black, venation black and white, forewings with four black spots behind radius, one before origin of radial sector, one on origin of radial sector, one a little beyond first branch of radial sector, and one near the 22 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, stigma; base of stigma black, a narrow streak up from end of anal vein, spot at anastomosis of cubitus and median, and two dots on radius beyond stigma; many crossveins are black, but there are large patches where all are white, two of these near middle of wing and one oblique below the stigma; hind wings with spot at base of stigma, and a spot behind radius black, some of the same large patches of white crossveins as in the forewings. Wings very slender, acute at tips, 7 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, about 9 or 10 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 58 mm. One from Langenburg, Nyassa-See, and one from Zanzibar. Nemoleon filiformis (Gerst.). From Bismarckburg, Togo, and Nssanakand, Kamerun. Nemoleon kituanus (Kolbe). From Peleki, Kwidjwi, D. O. Afrika. ° Macronemurus Costa. This genus is similar to Formicaleon, but the spurs. are shorter. The antenne are close together at base; the pronotum is very narrow when compared with the head; and the antenne are rather long and slender. There are two types of venation; one in which the forks of cubitus are much divergent, and the wings are broader, and the radial sector arises barely beyond the forking of cubitus. This is the typical section. The other group has narrower wings, the radial sector arises much beyond the forking of cubitus, and the cubital forks are nearly parallel approaching the condition of Creagris; the species M. tolanthe, and M. melanthe described below belong to this section. Type of genus—WM. appendiculatus Costa. The species here recorded may be separated by the following table: 1. Hind-wings with an apical brown streak; cross-veins all dark; pronotum with ATIC STI IP ES ras ta ctor geese ste ane Soper tee ie petots eee tee eee ease eee a striola Hind-wings with the outer apical margin dark; a dot at end of anal and on anastomosis of cubitus and median in the fore-wings............ iolanthe 5 Hind wings without streak or dark margin: ioe. cee oa ee wees eee 2 Fore-wings with many large black spots (about 24) and four or five near ADER AOL LG Oe, Mimics WATE te ei nee aManet ste Mntanst eet te iteee arte terse pulchellus \inbapepeinwehy atelsnralechg=(24 saatthdidseltagres aren nisn onic ADOC COR pOD MUG Daa To -.3¢ 3 3. Radius and subcosta unmarked; cross-veins nearly all pale; no spots on wings; jorMoyalOlsleate Wank nthe pede RAO obpoeiooudos aadoe aapano SS melanthe Radius and subcosta black and pale alternately..................-seeeee: 4 4. Pronotum pale, with three entire, black stripes; gradate veinlets marked; many cross-veins are margined with brown at their junction with the Moya tevi)i6 (oboe alex (stun Sa Ce a ne Ae ae Arn OU Cro O co ACoTCL Sra loranthe Pronatim mot somankedr.. 215 1 ee eira sc ee sisi sia nisl sata galeyan oignarelomeaee 5 to 1911] Notes. on African Myrmeleonide 23 5. All the cross-veins are margined with brown; pronotum pale, with lateral dark stripe, and three dark spots in the middle.-................. ianthe Allveross-veimns not marpined With) DrOWn. 0... 6a. ccte = e ge cesigee seis 6 6. A median forked stripe on pronotum; cross-veins nearly all dark; stigma BOviLY free mM MMe PEMA Ta ste ea Pay na aTe SYA Pe elelivEs oil fanshars ch te wslsb Olah of weaves taaforsel> tinctus Womnedian torked stripe, oni the pronotum.. .... 2. fi. ces cece eee neeas of Pronotum yellow, with two spots at front margin and a median one behind, and a narrow stripe each side dark; nearly all cross-veins dark . ..euanthe Pronotum mostly dark............... see tee Pe eer 8 8. Pronotum dark with a narrow, pale, median line..................chloranthe PN GUMS ON ame CE erp statet os assyevsia wretefula) Winiele (siete s,s, « 9. A black dot at end of anal vein, and one at base of stigma; pronotum all Garici(abnOKen SPECIMEN SEEN) ke). meme. c vise knfe safe a> Goole biel series vere ele sp. No dots on wings; pronotum marked with pale, (a ‘broken specimen seen). .sp. I Macronemurus striola Kolbe. From Bagamoyo, and Lindi, D. O. Afrika; the former specimen is small, and slightly marked, but does not seem to differ in structure. Macronemurus tinctus Kolbe. From Peleki and Netron See, D. O. Afrika, and Kuiiui, East Africa. Macronemurus chloranthe n. sp. Face yellow, a black band below and a broader one above antenne, two rows of dots on the vertex, the hind one curved; antenne slender, broadly annulate with brown; pronotum fully as long as broad, sides subparallel, dark, a narrow, median pale line, anda pale sinuate stripe each side, a black dot each side on the transverse furrow, thorax dark, black on middle of metanotum, and some faint pale marks in front; abdomen blackish, a pale yellowish streak each side above on middle of each segment, shorter than wings; legs pale, femora darker near tip, tibize with subbasal and apical marks brown, joints 2, 3, 4, and apical part of 5 black, legs white-haired, a few black bristles, apical joint of tarsus much longer than broad, spurs fully as long as two joints. Wings hyaline, venation black and white, usually in long streaks, especially prominent on subcosta, radius, and cubitus, a dark spot at base of stigma, and the crossvein below it black, outer gradates dark and spot at end of anal vein; in hind wings with spot at stigma; wings slender, acute at tips, 7 erossveins before radial sector in forewings, 8 branches to radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 46 mm. From Okahanda, S. W. Afrika. Macronemurus iolanthe n. sp. Face yellow, interantennal mark and the vertex all black; antennz long, brown, tip darker; pronotum a little longer than broad, narrowed in front, dull blackish, with faint median pale line, and a broader pale mark on each side, indistinct in some lights; thorax and abdomen black, latter with white hairs, apical segment pale; abdomen of female shorter than wings; legs with mostly black femora, anterior pairs paler in front, 24 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, tibize I and II blackish above, tarsi long, but apical joint much longer than basal, spurs about as long as two joints. Wings hyaline, outer margin near tip fumose, more prominent in hind wings, a spot on fork of cubitus, one below stigma, two on radius beyond stigma, one at anastomosis of cubitus and median, and an oblique one at end of anal vein, black, some small dots along anal vein beyond its middle; hind wings unmarked, venation mostly pale, the subcosta, radius, and cubitus faintly dotted with dark. Wings long and slender, acute at tips, 7 crossveins before radial sector, 10 or 11 branches of radial sector in both pairs; the anal (in forewings) runs parallel to cubital fork for some distance, six or seven cross-veins between them. Expanse 64 mm. From Bismarckburg, Togo. Macronemurus melanthe n. sp. Face yellowish, interantennal mark and vertex entirely black; antennze brown, darker at tips; pronotum a little broader than long, dull yellowish brown, with indistinct dark marks, a pair in front, a pair behind, and the outer posterior edges black; thorax mostly black; abdomen blackish; legs pale, femora and tibize dotted with red brown, tarsi long and slender, last joint as long as the first three joints, spurs only a little longer than basal joint. Wings hyaline, venation pale, almost unmarked, stigma not distinct. Wings long and slender, acute at tips, 6 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, 11 branches of radial sector in both pairs; in forewings the anal vein runs parallel to the cubital fork farther than in other species (except iolanthe), there being five to seven crossveins between them. Male abdomen is longer than the wings, the appendages rather long, but not one-half as long as the penultimate joint. Expanse 58 mm. From Bismarckburg, Togo. Macronemurus euanthe n. sp. Head yellow, a black band above and below antenne, a narrow trans- verse line across front of vertex, and a curved row of six small dark spots behind, behind this a median spot; antennz rather long, pale, faintly annulate with brown, pronotum not much broader than long, pale yellowish, two submedian spots on front margin, a median spot behind, and a stripe each side, brown, the latter not reaching front margin; thorax yellow, spotted with dark, anterior lobe with two spots and the anterior margin dark, scutelli with median dark stripe, and dark streak over base of wings; abdomen shorter than wings, dark, pale on base, white-haired; legs pale, some dots on the hind femora, a sub-basal and apical mark above on tibiz I and II, and tip of tarsus dark, long erect bristles on femora and tibiz, last joint of tarsus nearly as long as the others together, spurs as long as three joints (leg I) or two joints (leg III). Wings hyaline, nearly all crossveins dark, and margined with pale brown, longitudinal veins pale, the radius and cubitus with dark dots; in hind wings the crossveins not margined, but some dark dots 1911} Notes on African Myrmeleonide 25 near apical margin. Wings rather slender, forewings acute at tips, hind wings subfalcate; 7 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, 9 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Male abdomen longer than wings very slender, appendages filiform, about as long as the penultimate joint. Expanse 45 mm. From Reitfontein, D. S. W. Afrika, (at light). Macronemurus ianthe n. sp. Very similar to M. euanthe, the same spotting of pronotum and thorax; the head has the interantennal mark reaching farther up on the vertex so there is no line across the vertex and in place of the row of spots is an anchor shaped mark, and a dot each side adjoining the eye; abdomen yellowish brown, white-haired; legs as in M. euanthe, the spurs hardly longer than two joints; wings as in M. euanthe, but all cross-veins are more heavily bordered with brown, the subcosta, radius, and cubitus are prominently white and black; in hind wings many crossveins, espec- ially in the posterior part of wings, are margined with brown, the sub- costa, radius, and cubitus white and brown; stigma yellowish. Wings slender acute at tips, 7 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, 10 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 56 mm. From Langenburg, D. O. Afrika. Macronemurus loranthe n. sp. Head yellow, a large black interantennal mark extending below antenne and much above, and on middle above it is connected to a me- dian dark stripe which extends to the back of head, a brown spot each side on vertex; antennae brown; pronotum much broader than long, yellow, a broad median and a lateral stripe each side dark brown, each continued back on the mesothorax, the lateral ones furcate behind; a median stripe on metanotum, and a furcate mark over base of wings; pleura with a broad interrupted brown streak. Abdomen slender, in male longer than wings, and with appendages nearly as long as last segment, pale brown, a faint pale mark each side near base of segments, sometimes in form of a streak. Legs pale yellow, the tibia with basal and apical dark spot above, tip of tarsus dark, and dark dots on femur, last tarsal joint nearly as long as the others together, the spurs nearly as long as three joints. Wings hyaline, venation pale, marked with brown at connection of all veins, thus making many small dots all over the wing, more prominent along cubitus and on outer gradates, stigma pale, no basal spot; hind wing with these small spots along the hind and apical margins; the subcosta and radius interrupted with brown. Wings rather broad at stigma, acute at tips, hind wings sub-falcate at tip; 5 to 7 crossveins before radial sector in forewing, 12 branches to radial sector in both pairs, in forewings a few of the costals before stigma are forked. Expanse 50 to 57 mm. From Bismarckburg, Togo, and the Togo Hinterland. 26 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV,. Macronemurus pulchellus n. sp. Face pale, a black dot between antenne, a dark band above antenne, and a spot each side on posterior part of vertex; antennze pale brownish; pronotum yellowish, unmarked, except a black dot each side on hind margin and a black mark in posterior corners; the outer part of pronotum before the groove is rather darker than the middle; rest of thorax pale: yellow, black on sides, and across the anterior lobe, two spots on the metathorax black, scutelli wholly pale; abdomen black, segments. broadly pale behind, tip and most of the second segment pale; legs long and slender, hind femora deep-black, tibia lined near the tip below, anterior femora with an outer black line, spurs as long as two tarsal joints, the basal joint very short, the apical nearly as long as all others together. Wings hyaline; forewings heavily maculate with many quite large black marks, and some near the apex of the hindwings; costal area of forewings unmarked, about 24 spots over rest of surface, mostly over a crossvein, and roundish or elongate in shape; the elongate ones mostly near and at right angles to the hind margin; hind-wings with four or five such spots near the apex and toward hind margin; venation mostly pale; stigma not very dark. Wings rather slender, acute at tip; fore- wing with about five crossveins before radial sector, nine branches to: radial sector in each wing; abdomen shorter than wings. Expanse 65 mm. From Erythrea (Kristensen coll.); type in coll. Petersen. Cymothales Gerst. The radial sector of hind wings arises near base, with but one crossvein before it; the wings are rather broad in the stigmal region, and more or less falcate at tip, the hind pair usually strongly falcate; the cubitus in hind wings is scarcely forked, or the fork so weak as not differing from the other veinlets from cubitus to the margin; the anal also weak. The antenne are very slender, and rather wide apart at base; the legs are extremely slender, the basal tarsal joint longer than the apical; spurs as long as two joints; the tibiz longer than the femora; the prothorax is long and slender. Type—C. mirabilis Gerst. The species can be separated by this table: 1. Middle band of fore-wings plainly divided into two spots................. 2: Middle band of fore-wings undivided, at least one connection............. 4 2. This band only narrowly divided; the apical mark of fore-wings is very broad, and hardly at all broken up by pale spots...................> liberiensis This band is broadly divided; the apical mark broken up by pale spots.... 3: 3. Femur I black, and black-haired; antenne mostly pale; a spot on fore-wings before the stigma, and one near middle of hind margin of each wing.... speciosus Femur I not black-haired; and only with a few pale dots......... eccentros. 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide DT Pen OAK eck wath MeTTOW PALE LIMES 8 ais stic< cals sfafecu ah erento Siete eietee es 5 Thorax pale, with a median black stripe over meso and metathorax; the spot on hind margin of hind wings is connected along the margin to the apical SHG, JL sg sous dolled Oe 6 nla F OO ICOLC Coe REE Ree acne ere delicatus 5. Antenne pale, except basal joint and ‘the CIP icxsreu ete We see Gtlcis Antenne dark for one-third way out. 2 eneras Bei shes stein eed e ieanO 6 Continentalespecimens sinc.e.7e.1 +e. «- Bhat On eae -.... mirabilis Malclalra Scat Ss PECUMCOS rca uc ection ce arti d) sells, «sma sy « A nets in Re tenoe bouvieri Cymothales liberiensis Weele. From Longji and Victoria, Kamerun; I have one from Sierra Leone. Cymothales mirabilis Gerst. From Bismarckburg, Togo, and Abyssinia (Petersen coll.) Known from several other localities in Africa. Cymothales speciosus Gerst. One from Amani, D. O. Afrika. Cymothales sp. A broken specimen from Kongo, appears to be a new species related to C. delicatus. Cymothales delicatus n. sp. Face pale, a curved brown mark on each side, a band below antenne, above brown and on the front part of the elevated portion, vertex with six brown spots in a transverse row in front, and three larger spots in a row behind, each of the latter are nearly double; antenne with dark mark on basal joint, and a dot each side on the second joint, beyond black for about five or six joints, and then white for three joints, then brown to the tip; pronotum pale with a median stripe brown, and a brown curved line each side in front; rest of thorax dark brown, with a white stripe each side; abdomen pale brown; legs pale, femora mostly brown, especially above, tibize with brown dots. Wings hyaline, vena- tion mostly pale, but the veins in dark spots are dark; forewings with a basal spot, with an outer extension behind; a median spot from radius to the median vein nearly square, and narrowly connected to a brown V-mark behind it; a long brown stigmal mark, extending obliquely inward, not so well defined, to near the median vein; slightly behind it begins an oblique, brown streak which extends to the hind margin and in front points toward the tip of the wing; around the tip are several dark spots, but not very distinct, the whole apical area is slightly fumose; the costal area has several of the crossveins marked with brown. Hind wings with a basal brown spot over origin of the radial sector, one on a crossvein from radius to radial sector, about seven crossveins beyond the basal one, another toward the stigma, and one under stigma, the apical part above radius mostly dark, but a narrow apical pale streak, hind margin toward tip has two well separated brown spots, the outer one is connected by brown along the hind margin to the brown at tip, the 28 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, short veinlets along the hind margin are mostly dark. Wings broad; the forewings hardly falcate at tip; the hind pair but little longer than front wings, falcate at tip, but not as strongly so as in C. mirabilis; about four crossveins before the radial sector in the forewings, about eight branches to radial sector in each wing, the sixth branch is soon forked, otherwise venation much as in other species. Expanse 68 mm. From Kongo, West Africa, in coll. Banks. Echthromyrmex McLach. (Palparidius Peringuey.) Antenne hardly diameter of basal joint apart, not very long; legs rather short, basal joint short, apical as long as others together, the spurs nearly as long as two joints, tibie shorter than femora; pronotum very short; male appendages extremely long. Wings rather broad; costals simple, one crossvein before radial sector in the hind wing, in forewings the first branch of radial sector arises barely before the cubital fork. In hind wing the cubital bends upward and then downward to the anasto- mosis with the median, the anal parallels it so that the cubital fork is indistinct. Type—E. platypterus McLach. I have not seen the type species, and the above description is taken from the species described below which I believe is congeneric; at least it agrees with McLachlan’s description, and is remarkable in having, as he said, the “‘postcosta simple”’ (= cubitus); in this feature it is related to the South American genus Dimares, and the markings of the wings are also similar to that genus. The genus, Palparidius, recently described by Peringuey is the same, without doubt; it has no very close relation to Palpares. Echthromyrmex fascipennis n. sp. Face yellowish; a transverse brown mark on face, a large brown interantennal mark slightly pointed below on the middle, and extending up in front of the vertex, which is bilobed; four pale brown marks on vertex in a curved row; antenne dark brown; pronotum very short, nearly twice as broad behind as long, much narrowed in front, pale, with a median black stripe, and an oblique lateral one each side, many minute black points at base of bristles; rest of thorax black, a broad pale stripe over middle behind the anterior lobe, and including a median dark stripe; thorax at base of wings pale; abdomen dark, a pale median and a lower lateral stripe, all very narrow toward tip; appendages yel- lowish, blackish near base below; legs yellowish, rather short and heavy, not very hairy, basal tarsal joint barely longer than the second, apical as long as others together, spurs straight, nearly as long as two joints. * 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonide 29 Wings hyaline, with large black marks; forewings with dots along the upper edge of the subcosta along both sides of the cubitus, to the fork, and along the lower branch of the fork; many dots near the posterior and outer margin; two oblique narrow black bands, both begin at the radius, one before the middle and one beyond the middle, this latter is broken near tip, and reaches in a line to the hind margin; an oblique apical streak black, and including several white crossveins, a dark mark before and one beyond the white stigma. Hind wings with some dots along the subcosta, a rather broad oblique dark band before the middle, beginning at the radius and with a curved tip, not reaching across wing; a large dark spot before the stigma, and behind it on the hind margin are two narrow upward streaks, the inner one forked, a short apical dark streak, and some dark dots along the outer margin; venation of both pairs mostly pale, except dark spots on the radial sector and cubitus. Wings rather broad, not very long, not acute at tips; three or four cross- veins before radial sector in forewing, about nine branches to radial sector in each wing, the anal region of both pairs is very broad, in the hind wing the post-anal extends out quite a- long distance, and has five branches to the margin. Abdomen shorter than the wings (in the male), the male appendages are extremely long, fully one-half as long as the abdomen, curved downward, and parallel. Expanse 76 mm. From Okahanda, Deutsch Sud-West Afrika, (Berlin Mu- seum). Peringuey has recently described* two species which are closely related to FE. fascipennis. He made for them a new genus, Palparidius, but his figure shows it is the same as Echthromyr- mex. His P. capicola has the stigmal mark of the hind wings entire, not broken up into three spots as in E. fascipennis; his P. concinnus has this stigmal mark broken up, but the median band is very narrow, and not hooked at end; there are several other differences in maculation. The male appendages of E. fascipennis appear to be much longer than in either of Perin- guey’s species. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I AND II. Fig. 1. Myrmeleon alcestris. Fig. 13. Nemoleon pardalice. Fig. 2. Macronemurus ianthe. Fig. 14. Formicaleon ilione. Fig. 3. Myrmeleon furcatus. Fig. 15. Myrmeleon medialis. Fig. 4. Gymnoleon exilis. Fig. 16. Nesoleon boschimanus. Fig. 5. Myrmeleon doralice. Fig. 17. Nesoleon punctatissimus. Fig. 6. Nemoleon alcidice. Fig. 18. Creagris pretiosa. Fig. 7. Myrmeleon obscurus. Fig. 19. Macronemurus melanthe. Fig. 8. Formicaleon harpalyce. Fig. 20. Nemoleon quadrimaculatus. Fig. 9. Macronemurus euanthe. Fig. 21. Echthromyrmex fascipennis. Fig. 10. Macronemurus chloranthe. Fig. 22. Echthromyrmex fascipennis. Fig. 11. Formicaleon ideonus. Fig. 23. Macronemurus loranthe. Fig. 12. Macronemurus loranthe. * Annals South African Museum, V, p. 43, 1910. ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. 1V, PLATE I. NI & 5 a 5 Nathan Banks. PLATE II. IV; VOL. ANNAIS E. S. A. Nathan Banks. THE LITHOBIOMORPHA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN STATES. By RareH V. CHAMBERLIN, Provo, Utah. In this paper is summarized our present knowledge of the genera and species of the Lithobiomorpha occurring in the extensive region lying south from Kentucky and the Virginias and east of the Mississippi river. The great majority of the records given are based upon collections made by the author himself in the summer of 1910, during which season all of the states in the territory indicated, excepting Florida, were visited. The southern portion of Georgia and the coastal region of this state and of the Carolinas were not covered. Some species additional to those here listed are likely to be found in these sections. The season was favorable for mem- bers of this group; and it is felt that the great majority of the more widespread forms were secured. In this connection it may be noted that in the case of most of the species specimens were taken in a considerable number of localities and that all the species previously recorded were again found excepting two from southern Georgia and Florida, where, as before mentioned, collections were not made. Of especial interest are the genera Buethobius and Wato- bius, here erected for the first time, and Zygethobius, previously established by the author for a species occurring in the high mountain ranges of the western Unites States. The finding of a second species of Zygethobius in the mountainous section of this southeastern region fulfills what had been anticipated as likely. The three genera named are annectant and must alter to a considerable degree some prevalent conceptions as to affinities within the suborder. The genera recognized in the present paper may be separated as follows: KEY TO GENERA. a. Legs bearing bristles only, no articular spines present excepting sometimes one at distal end of tibia of all but last pairs of legs but this usually re- placed by an acutely pointed process. b. First leg-bearing segment with a pair of spiracles. c. A single pair of ocelli; tarsi of first thirteen pairs of legs undivided, those of the last two pairs biarticulate....Lamyctes Meinert. bb. First leg-bearing segment without spiracles. c. Tarsi of first thirteen pairs of legs undivided, those of the last two pairs biarticulates ocellimnonen es. .545) ssa Buethobius gen. nov. 32 1911] Lithobiomorpha of Southeastern States 33 ee. Tarsi of all legs biarticulate; ocelli present. d. A single pair of ocelli present; an acutely pointed process at distal end of tibia; reproduction seemingly partheno- genetic, no males occurring... .Zygethobius Chamberlin. dd. A number of pairs of ocelli present, forming a patch on each side of the head; a spine at distal end of tibia; PHALES OCCURDIMIP = cry. = 2 ; . .Watobius gen.nov. aa. Legs provided with articular spines as well as with bristles; no acute process at distal end of tibia on cephalic side. b. Coxal pores in a single series ................. ...Lithobius Leach. bb. Coxal pores scattered or in several series........ Bothropolys Wood. Genus Lamyctes Meinert. 1. Lamyctes tivius sp. nov. Slender, widest at tenth dorsal plate, very gradually attenuated cephalad, more abruptly caudad. Dorsum yellow to light brown, the head, prehensorial feet and ulti- mate segments darker; antennae and legs yellow. Antennae of moderate length, composed of twenty-eight to thirty- one articles; first two articles long, the third and fourth very short, the fifth and sixth longer, the seventh and eighth again very short, the ninth longer, the tenth and eleventh in turn shorter, the twelfth and subse- quent articles comparable to the ninth, or the thirteenth and fourteenth m some reduced; this alternation of pairs of shorter articles with longer ones in proximal portion of antennae apparently constant in this species. A single pair of large ocelli. Prosternal teeth 2+2, small, or 3+3, the outer one on each side smallest. Angles of none of the dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores small, round, 2, 3, 3, 3. Y Anal legs long and slender, the joints of tarsus especially so; pre- femur long, clearly more slender proximally than that of the penult pair, clavately enlarged distad; tibia of nearly uniform diameter throughout length, the first tarsal joint of similar shape and length but more slender. (See Pl. 3, fig. 2 cf. also figs. 1 and 3). Claw of gonopods entire. Basal spines 2+2, rather stout, the inner considerably smaller. Length 6-7.5 mm. Localities.—Byram and Holly Springs, Miss.; New Orleans, ae. jackson, Ala... Atlanta, Ga. Hot .Springs, N. C. 2. Lamyctes tivius var. pius, var. nov. Agreeing in general with the species as above described but conspicuously longer and more robust, the length of spec- imens examined lying between 9 and 9.5 mm. Color uniformly darker. Locality—Hot Springs, N. C. 34 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Genus Buethobius gen. nov. First leg-bearing segment without spiracles. Ocelli none. Tarsi of the first thirteen pairs of legs undivided, those of the fourteenth and fifteenth pairs biarticulate. Legs without true spines. Tibiae of the first thirteen pairs of legs with an acutely pointed process at distal end on cephalic side like that of Lamyctes and Zygethobius. (See Pl. 4, fig. 1). Apparently only females found and the reproduction parthenogenetic. Type.—Buethobius oabitus sp. nov. 3. Buethobius oabitus sp. nov. General color yellow or light yellowish brown; the head and pre- hensorial feet and in some the ultimate segments clear orange; antennae and legs clear yellow. Rather slender, for most of length parallel sided. Narrowed over a few segments behind head and more abruptly at caudal end. Antennae long, reaching the ninth body segment; composed of thirty-six articles of which those beyond the second are rather short, uniform. Prosternal margin wide; teeth 3+38, very small. Ocelli none. Angles of none of the dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores round, moderate in size; 3, 3, 3, 34, 4, 4, 4. Legs of the first thirteen pairs each ending in three claws; those of the fourteenth and fifteenth pairs with the claws single. Anal legs long and slender. Claws of gonopods undivided; basal spines 2+-2. Length 10-12 mm.; width at the tenth plate 1.3-1.4 mm. Locality.—Byram and Canton, Miss. Genus Zygethobius Chamberlin. Sub-genus Zantethobius subgen. noy. Angles of the sixth, seventh, ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. Type.—Zygethobius pontis, sp. nov. The previously described species, Z. dolichopus Chamb., the type of the genus, may be placed in a subgenus Zygethobius sens. str. 4. Zygethobius pontis sp. nov. Moderately robust; strongly narrowed caudad and cephalad of the tenth dorsal plate, the first leg-bearing segment especially narrow. Dorsum in color somewhat chestnut, with a narrow median longitu- dinal stripe blackish, the first segment darker than the others; head deep to blackish brown; prehensorial feet and antennae reddish, the 1911} Lithobiomorpha of Southeastern States $13) latter becoming paler, yellowish, distad; venter yellowish to light brown, the caudal plates reddish; legs brown, paler proximally than dis- tally; last pairs of legs darker, blackish proximally, pale distad. Antennae very long; composed of forty-three articles which are short. The ocelli of the single pair very large. Prosternal teeth 3+3. Angles of the sixth, seventh, ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores 3, 4, 4, 4. The process at distal end of anterior pairs of legs apically acutely spinescent. (See Pl. 4, fig. 2). Anal legs long and slender. Claw of gonopods entire; basal spines 2+2. Length ad 10.5 mm.; width of tenth plate 1.6 mm. Localities—Johnson City, Tenn.; Natural Bridge, Va. Genus Watobius gen. nov. First leg-bearing segment without spiracles. A number of pairs of ocelli present, these forming a patch on each side of the head as in Lithobius, a caudal one in the place of the so-called single ocellus in the latter genus and the others toward the base of the antenna. Tarsi of all legs biarticulate. Legs without true spines excepting one at distal end of tibia of anterior legs in place occupied by the process in the preceding genera. Fifth joint in penult legs of male greatly enlarged, the anal (in type) not modified. Both sexes occurring. Type.—Watobius anderisus sp. nov. 5. Watobius anderisus sp. nov. Slender, attenuated from the tenth dorsal plate cephalad; more abruptly caudad. ; Brown, the ultimate segments often darker; head and prehensorial feet conspicuously darker, deep brown or brownish black; antennae brown, pale distad; legs light brown, the posterior pairs having a pur- plish tinge, the anal and penult pairs abruptly pale distad of the femur, the tibiae in the penult legs especially pale. Angles of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. Antennae short; in most composed of twenty-two articles, in some of but twenty; articles decreasing in length gradually and uniformly from the first to the penult. Ocelli on each side composed of one large posterior one, in place of the single one in Zygethobius, etc., and of eight smaller ones in a patch arranged in three series; thus, 1+3, 3, 2. Prosternal teeth 2+-2. Angles of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. 36 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Coxal pores small, 2, 2, 2, 2. All legs with three claws excepting those of the ultimate pair which seem to have the exterior accessory claw but to lack the inner one. Anal legs of male moderately and uniformly crassate; the penult legs with the fifth joint strongly enlarged and somewhat flattened dorso- ventrally, complanate above or weakly depressed, complanate and weak- ly furrowed beneath. (See Pl. 3, figs. 4 and 5). Claw of female gonopods tripartite; basal spines 2+2. Length 7.5-9.5 mm. Localities.—Thomasville and Anniston, Ala.; Tallulah Falls and Bremen, Ga. Genus Lithobius Leach. Several of the species listed under this genus below conform to Monotarsobius as defined by Verhoeff in having the anterior tarsi (those of the first thirteen pairs of legs) undivided whereas those of species belonging to Lithobius proper have the tarsi all biarticulate. However, this character seems variable to such an extent that it is difficult to place some species upon this basis; hence, it seems best not to maintain it until some correlated characters, if such exist, shall be worked out. Those species which have the anterior tarsi clearly undivided are specially indicated below. : 6. Lithobius coecus Bollman. 1888. Lithobius coecus, Bollman, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci.. p. 111. Locality.—Saluda, N. C. The only other known locality for this species is that at which the types were collected, Beaver Creek, Tenn. 7. Lithobius tuobukus sp. nov. Light brown to yellow, the posterior segments often darker; head concolorous with body or often a darker, reddish brown; antennae light brown proximally, paler distad; legs light brown, the posterior pairs yellow, especially bright distad. Antennae short or moderate; articles 25-29, all except the first few moderate or short in length. Prosternal teeth mostly 5+5 or 6+6, small, even. Ocelli compactly arranged in an oblong patch in three series; thus 1+4, 5, 4, a total of 14. None of the dorsal plates with the posterior angles produced. Coxal pores rather small, round, 3, 4, 4, 3. Last two pairs of coxae ae laterally, the last setts pairs dorsally. Spines of the first legs 2, 2, 1; of penult 1, 3, 3, 2, the claw single; of the anal 1, 3, 3, 2, the claw also single. ivy) ~I 1911] Lithobiomorpha of Southeastern States In the male the anal legs are moderately crassate, especially the third and fourth joints; the fourth joint is flattened or somewhat excavated dorso-mesally and is often produced at distal end into a lobe » extending mesad and bearing at its apex a spine directed caudad, but in many this lobe is absent. (See Pl. 3, fig. 7). Claw of the gonopods in female entire; spines 2+2. Length 9.5-12 mm. Localities—Brown’s Summit, N. C.; Natural Bridge, Cha- tham, and Lynchburg, Va.; White Suplhur, W. Va.; Hot Springs, Linville Falls, Asheville, N. C.; Greenville, S. C.; Russellville, Johnson City and Unaka Springs, Tenn.; Lexington, Ky. Very close to species 12 but the penult legs with only one claw instead of with three. Mr. Bollman mentions no modi- fication in the anal legs of the male of L. proridens nor does the specimen listed below under this species present such. The only course open at present, therefore, seems to be to sep- - arate the present species from proridens and possibly to assume, judging from localities given for proridens, that Bollman has included the two species under one name. 8. Lithobius watovius sp. nov. General color yellow; head, prehensorial feet and posterior segments darker, orange; antennae and legs yellow. Antennae short, composed of twenty articles which, excepting the first two and the ultimate, are moderately short. Prosternal teeth 2+2 or 3+3, the outer tooth on éach side weak or obsolete. Ocelli about four, arranged in one or two series; thus 1+2, 1. Angles of none of the dorsal plates produced. Tarsi of the first thirteen pairs of legs undivided, those of the last two pairs biarticulate as usual (Monotarsobius). Coxal pores 1 (2), 2, 2, 2. Ultimate pair of coxae laterally armed, the last three pairs dorsally armed. Spines of the first legs 0, 2, 1-1, 2, 1, (2); of penult 1, 3, 3, 0, without supplementary claw; of anal 1, 3, 1, 0, also without supplementary claw. Anal and penult legs in the male uniformly crassate. Length 6.7 mm. (larger specimen). Locality.—Byram, Miss. Two males were taken. 9. Lithobius paitius sp. nov. Dorsum pale brown; head and posterior segments darker, dark orange; legs greyish, except the caudal pairs which are bright yellow, with the brush of hairs on anal legs of male red proximally and yellow distad; antennae grey to dull yellow; venter pale grey to greyish yellow. 38 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Antennae short, consisting mostly of twenty-four articles which are short excepting the first two and the ultimate. Ocelli small, in a small patch; in number about seven, arranged thus, 1+3, 3. Prosternal teeth 2+2. Angles of none of the dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores 2, 4, 4, 3, small. Last pair of coxae laterally armed, last two pairs dorsally armed. Tarsi of the first thirteen pairs of legs undivided (Monotatsobius). Spines of the first legs 0, 1, 1; of the penult 1, 3, 2, 1, without supple- mentary claw; of anal 1, 3, 2, 0, also without supplementary claw. In the anal legs of the male the fourth joint is strongly swollen and provided at proximal end with a lobe on dorso-mesal surface from the posterior surface of which springs a dense brush of very long hairs which projects beyond the caudal end of the joint. (See Pl. 3, fig. 6). In the female the claw of the gonopods is bluntly tripartite, the lateral lobes being not much lower than the middle one; basal spines as usual, 2+2. Length 6.5-7 mm. Locality.—Catawba, N. C.; Unaka Springs, Tenn. 10. Lithobius watsuitus sp. nov. Dorsum light brown; head much darker, reddish brown or chestnut; prosternum colored like head, but its feet pale distad; antennae dark brown, paler distad; venter with the anterior plates commonly with purplish tinge; most legs light yellowish brown, but the caudal pairs darker, brown, excepting tarsi which are light. Antennae short; composed of thirty to thirty-two articles which, beyond the third are short and compactly united. Ocelli about eight, arranged in two series; thus 1+4, 3. Prosternal teeth, 2+2. Angles of none of the dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores small and round, 2, 3, 3, 3-3, 3, 3, 3. Ultimate coxae laterally as well as dorsally armed. Spines of the first legs 1, 2, 1; of penult 1, 3, 3, 1, one supplementary claw present; of anal 1, 3, 2, 0, the claw single. Anal and penult legs in the male crassate, especially so the fourth joint which is somewhat flattened dorso-ventrally and is longitudinally weakly furrowed. Length 7.5—9 mm. Localities.—Atlanta, Ga.; Natural Bridge, Va. The speci- men from Virginia differs in having the spines of the anal legs 1, 8}, 2 dk, mineiaerrcl oni ale sis Ob 1911] Lithobiomorpha of Southeastern States 39 11. Lithobius bilabiatus Wood. 1867. Lithobius bilabiatus, Wood, Proc. Phil. Acad. Sci., p. 130. 1887. Lithobius tuber, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., p. 256, Localities—Canton and Byram, Miss. This species is found in the states along the Mississippi river from the Gulf to Wisconsin and Minnesota. It seems to be most abundant in Illinois and Iowa. 12. Lithobius proridens Bollman. 1887. Lithobius proridens, Bollman, American Naturalist, p. 81. 1887. Lithobius proridens, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., p. 258. Locality.— Watervalley, Miss. One male agreeing fully with the original description. Previously reported from Indi- ana (type locality), Washington, D. C.; Arkansas, and Ten- nessee (Knoxville, Mossy Creek). 13. Lithobius branneri Bollman. 1888. Lithobius branneri, Bollman, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., p. 107. 1888. Lithobius branneri, Bollman, Proc. U. S. N. M., p. 111, 112, 342. Localities.—Brookhaven, Miss. (var. a); Maplesville, Ala.; Atlanta, Ga. (var. b); Catawba and Brown’s Summit, N. C.; Asheville, N. C. (var. c); Russellville and Unaka Springs, Tenn. (author). Also Knoxville, Beaver Creek, and Mossy Creek, Tenn. (J. C. and C. B. Branner, seq. Bollman). Several closely related varieties are represented in the material here referred to this species. The incompleteness of the original description must make it doubtful which variety is typical until the types are re-studied. The species has the anterior tarsi undivided (Monotarsobius). 14. Lithobius lundii Meinert. 1886. Lithobius lundii, Meinert, Myr. Mus. Haun., III p. 111. 1887. Lithobius lundii, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., p. 111. Localities.—Lula and Tallulah Falls, Ga.; Taylor’s, S. C.; Asheville and Hot Springs, N. C.; Johnson City and Unaka Springs (and also Beaver and Mossy Creeks, seq. Bollman), Tenn.; Natural Bridge. Va. This species, originally described from New York State, ranges into the southern states along the uplands. 40 Annals Entomological Society of America. [Vol. IV, 15. Lithobius exiguus Meinert, var. 1886. Lithobius exiguus, Meinert, Myr. Mus. Haun, ITI, p. 110 (11) . 1911. Lithobius exiguus, Chamberlin, Canad. Ent. Localities.—Longbeach, Brookhaven, Canton, Jackson, and Holly Springs, Miss.; Selma (var. b), Thomasville, Morgan, and Birmingham, Ala.; Jackson, Tenn.; Lexington, Ky.; Lynch- burg, Va. ; A widespread species occurring commonly under leaves and sticks and among stones along streams in Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa, and neighboring states as well as throughout the region covered in the present paper. 16. Lithobius elattus Bollman. 1888. Lithobius elattus, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., XI, p. 348. Localities.— Johnson City and Russellville, Tenn.; Chatham, Lynchburg, Natural Bridge, and Balcony Falls, Va. (also Marksville, Va., and Washington, D. C., seq. Bollman); White Sulphur, W. Va. The specimens listed here differ somewhat from those described by Bollman in one or two particulars but probably represent the same species. 17. Lithobius aureus McNeil. 1887. Lithobius aureus, McNeil, Proc. U.S. N. M., p. 327. Locality.—Pensacola, Fla. (seq. McNeil). The two speci- mens upon which this species was based lack the anal legs. As a result it is difficult to identify the species from the pub- lished description. 18. Lithobius pinguis Bollman. 1888. Lithobius pinguis, Bollman, Entom. Americana, IV, p. 7. Localities—Hudsonville, Miss.; (Little Rock, Ark., the type locality, seq. Bollman). Because of the incompleteness of the original description and the fewness of the specimens upon which based the refer- ence of the specimens in hand to this species is provisional. It is possible that the following species may have to be merged with the present one; but in view of the important differences between the specimens of L. euthus and Mr. Bollman’s des- cription, this union at present seems impossible. 19. Lithobius euthus Chamberlin. 1904. Lithobius euthus, Chamberlin, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil., p. 652. Localities—Byram, Canton, and Gulfport, Miss. 1911} Lithobtomorpha of Southeastern States 41 20. Lithobius cantabrigensis Meinert. 1885. Lithobius cantabrigensis, Meinert, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., Op. Law. 1888. ee cantabrigensis, Bollman, Proc., U. S. N. M., XI, Bocalines:——-Greenvilleye. Cy Saluda, IN. ‘€.. Balcony Falls, Va.; Russellville, Tenn.; (also Beaver and Mossy Creeks, Tenn., seq. Bollman). Described originally from Mass., the only other recorded locality. “The species seems to have a strong tendency toward the formation of local varieties. 21. Lithobius cantabrigensis var. suitus, var. nov. Dorsum brown; the head and posterior segments darker, reddish; antennae pale distally; legs pale brown, the posterior pairs darker but with their distal joints distinctly lighter. Antennae moderate, composed of from twenty-nine to thirty-two articles. Ocelli about eight or nine arranged in two or three series; thus, 1-4, 4, or 1-+3, 3, 1. Prosternal teeth 2+2. Angles of the eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced or -these in some nearly straight. Coxal pores round, 3, 4, 4, 3. Posterior coxae unarmed. Spines of the first legs 0, 0, 1-0, 1, 1; of the penult 1, 3, 2, 1-1, 3, 3, 1, with two claws; of the anal, 1, 3, 2, 0, with two claws. Gonopods in the female with the claw tripartite or almost bipartite in some through reduction of one lateral lobe. Length 7-9 mm. Localities—Hot Springs, N. C.; Birmingham, Ala. The anterior tarsi in part seem consolidated or undivided, but the form scarcely would conform to Monotarsobius. 22. Lithobius cantabrigensis var. zinus var. noy. Color brown; head and posterior segments darker, not reddish; antennae dark, paler distally. Antennae composed mostly of from twenty-eight to thirty-one articles, more rarely thirty five or even thirty-seven. Ocelli eleven to sixteen, arranged in three or four series; thus, 1-+-4, 4, 4, 3-1-++8, 4, 3. Ultimate coxae laterally armed. Spines of the first legs 1, 1, 1-1, 2, 1; of penult legs, 1, 3, 3, 1-1, 3, 3, 2, with two claws; of the anal legs 1, 3, 2, 0-1, 3, 2, 1, likewise with two claws. 42 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV,. In the male the anal and penult legs moderately crassate, the fourth joint in the anal ones larger and somewhat complanate dorsally. Length 8-10 mm. Localities —Talapoosa and Bremen, Ga.; Anniston, Ala. (variant); Brown’s Summit, N. C.; Chatham, Natural Bridge, and Lynchburg, Va. 24. Lithobius atkinsoni Bollman. 1887. Lithobius atkinsoni, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., X, p. 625. 1888. Lithobius atkinsoni, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., XI, p. 349. Bremen, Atlanta, Lula, and Tallulah Falls, (also Macon, seq. Bollman), Ga.; Taylor's, Greenville and Seneca, S. C.; Saluda and Hot Springs (also Balsam seq. Bollman), N. C. The localities here indicated are all those thus far recorded for this species. 24. Lithobius naiwatus sp. nov. Brown; the head and posterior segments darker; antennae pale dis- tad; legs yellowish to whitish brown; the anal and sometimes also the penult legs dark purplish brown or purplish black, with the distal joints pale. Antennae of moderate length or short; composed of thirty-two to thirty-five articles of which most of the first ten are of medium length and those more distad short. Ocelli about thirteen, compactly arranged in three straight series; thus, 1+5, 4, 3. Prosternal teeth 2+2. Posterior angles of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores small, round, 4, 5, 5, 4. Last two pairs of coxae armed laterally, last three pairs armed dorsally. Spines of first legs, 1, 2, 1-2, 2, 1; of the penult legs 1, 3, 2, 1-1, 3, 2,0, with two claws; of the anal legs 1, 3, 3, 2, with a single claw. Anal and penult legs in male moderately crassate, without special lobes or processes. Claw of the gonopods in the female tripartite; basal spines 2+2, conical, the inner smaller. Length 11-13 mm. Localities.—Saluda, Catawba, and Linnville Falls, N. C.; Landrum, S. C.; Tallulah Falls, Ga.; Unaka Springs, Tenn.; Lexington, Ky. (var.) 25. Lithobius forficatus (Linneus). 1758. Scolopendra forficata, Linneaus, Syst. Nat., I, p. 638. 1815. Lithobius forficatus, Leach, Tr. Linn. Soc., XI. 1821. nec Lithobius spinipes Say, Journ. Acad. Sci. Phil., II, p. 108. 1845. Lithobius americanus, Newport, Tr. Linn. Soc., XIX, p. 365. 1911] Lithobiomorpha of Southeastern States 43 Localities—Greenville, S. C.; Asheville and Hot Springs, N. C.; Lynchburg and Balcony Falls, Va.; White Sulphur, W. Va.; Fulton and Lexington, Ky. The range of this species, so abundant in the north, is carried southward into our present territory by the mountain ranges. It has not previously been reported from the Caro- linas or other points so far south in this district. 26. Lithobius celer Bollman. 1888. Lithobius celer, Bollman, Entom. Amer., IV, p. 7. 1909. nec. Lithobius celer, Chamberlin, Ann. Ent. Soc. America, p. 190. Locality —Fulton, Ky. . bo = Lithobius oedipes Bollman. 1888. Lithobius oedipes, Bollman, Entom. Amer., IV, p. 8. Locality.— Mississippi. 28. Lithobius manegitus sp. nov. Dorsum dark brown; head darker, nearly mahogany, the antennae similar proximally but becoming paler or rufous distad legs brown above, mostly paler ventrally, and the posterior pairs mostly pale distad. Antennae moderate; composed of twenty articles which decrease in length from the second distad to the penultimate. Ocelli in a patch situated apparently closer than usual to the base of antenna; in number about nine, arranged in three series; thus 1+3, 3, 2. Prosternal teeth 2+2; a characteristic stout spine uniformly present on each side ectad of the outer tooth. Angles of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores round, in number 5, 5, 5, 4. Last two pairs of coxae armed laterally; only the ultimate coxae armed dorsally. Spines of the first legs 1, 2, 1-2, 2, 1; of the penult 1, 3, 3, 2, with two claws; of the anal 1, 3, 3, 1, provided also with two claws. In the male the anal legs are crassate and the tibia or fifth joint is conspicuously furrowed lengthwise dorsally toward the exterior side, the furrow being fringed on each side by a dense growth of hair, the hair longest at posterior end (See Pl. 4, fig. 7). The penult legs more crassate than the anal, the fourth and fifth joints most enlarged; the fifth joint or tibia furrowed from end to end along the meso-ventral surface and excavated on this surface at the distal end where there is a process bearing a conspicuous brush of hairs which projects mesad (See Pl. 4, figs. 4, 5 and 6.) The gonopods of female with the claw entire; basal spines 2+-2, conical, the inner the smaller. Length 15-17 mm. 44 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Localities—Hot Springs, Catawba, Saluda and Linville Falls, N. C.; Johnson City, Unaka Springs and Altapass, Tenn. Very close to L. oedipes Boll., but differing markedly in characters of the anal and penult legs of the male. 29. -Lithobius tabius sp. nov. Brown; head and commonly also the first dorsal plate darker, chestnut; antennae dark, pale distad; legs a much paler brown, the pos- terior pairs darker with the distal joints pale. Antennae short; composed of about thirty-three articles. Ocelli sixteen, arranged in four series; thus, 1+4, 4, 4, 3. Prosternal teeth 2+-2. Angles of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced, those of the sixth and seventh excised or obliquely truncate. Coxal pores round, 4, 4, 4, 3. Last two pairs of coxae laterally armed, last four pairs armed dor- sally. Spines of first legs 1, 2, 1; of the penult 1, 3, 2, 1, with two claws; of the anal 1, 3, 3, 2, with two claws. Claws of the gonopods in female tripartite. Length 10.5 mm.; width at tenth dorsal plate 1.5 mm. Locality.—Johnson City, Tenn. In many points very similar to arienus, carolinae, etc., but the angles of the sixth and seventh dorsal plates not at all produced. 30. Lithobius simitus sp. nov. Brown; the head and posterior plates reddish, the former paler cephalad of the frontal suture; antennae dark brown, pale distally; legs whitish brown, the tarsi clear yellow, the posterior pairs darker, the anal pair yellow distad of the femur; venter light brown, darker caudad, the anterior plates with purplish tinge. Antennae short, composed of twenty-seven to thirty-two short articles. Ocelli arranged in two series, about eight in number; thus, 1+4, 3. Prosternal teeth 2+2. Angles of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. Coxal pores small, 2, 3, 3, 3. Last two pairs of coxae armed laterally, last three pairs armed dorsally. Tarsi of the first thirteen pairs of legs imperfectly divided in part but suture mostly plainly evident. Spines of the first legs 0, 0, 0-0, 0, 1; of the penult 1, 3, 2, 0, with two claws; of the anal 1, 3, 2, 0, a supplementary claw likewise present. Claw of the female gonopods bipartite; basal spines 2+2, conical. Length 7—7.5 mm. Locality.—Grenada, Miss. Two female specimens. 1911] Lithobiomorpha of Southeastern States 45 31. Lithobius transmarinus Koch. 1862. Lithobius transmarinus, Koch, Die Myriopodeongattung Litho- bius. p. 31. . Lithobius mordax, Koch, ibid. p. 34. 1872. Lithobius mordax, Meinert, Myr. Mus. Haun., II p. sag 1875. Lithobius transmarinus, Stuxberg, Ofvers. af K. Vet. Akad. Forh. no. 3, pp. 26 and 32. ——. Lithobius mordax, Stuxberg, ibid., pp. 27 and 32. 1887. Lithobius mordax, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., p. 263, ete. . Lithobius transmarinus. Bollman, ibid., p. 626, eae 1893. Lithobius spinipes, Bollman, (of Say??), Bull. U. S. N. M., 46, p. 146. 1896. Lithobius mordax var. Louisianae, Brolemann, Ann‘ Soc. Ent. de France, p. 48. ——. Lithobius transmarinus var. permatus, Brélemann, ibid., p. 48. Localities. ee euknaren. Fernwood, Holly Springs, Bee, Canton, Biloxi, Ocean Springs, and Longbeach, Miss.; New Orleans, La.; Jackson, Mobile, and Salem, Ala. Apparently Koch based his description of transmarinus upon a female while his description of mordax is clearly that of the male. The differences pointed out between the anal legs of these two forms are essentially secondary sexual characters as found in male and female of the present species, although the longitudinal furrows on the mesal surface of the sixth and seventh joints in the female vary in development and may be deeply impressed in some, in others evident upon one or the other of the joints alone, or may be quite absent as seems to be more commonly the case in the males. Similarly Brélemann (Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., 1896, pp. 48-49) in arguing for the dis- tinctness of transmarinus and mordax relies almost wholly upon secondary characters and does not inform us as to whether he is speaking of male or female. He says: ‘‘Pour ce qui est des deux espéces de Koch, il me semble qu’il ne peut y avoir de confusion, puisque le 4e article des pattes anales des mordax est trés court, trés renflé, parcouru en dessus par un profond et large sillon, ce qui n’est nullement le cas chezle transmarinus.”’ But this is true only of males while the females conform to Broélemann’s transmarinus, which must accordingly be regarded as the same species. 32. Lithobius xenopus Bollman. 1888. Lithobius xenopus, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., XI, p. 350. Locality —Tallulah, Ga. (L. M. eee 33. Lithobius vorax Meinert. 1872. Lithobius vorax, Meinert, Myr. Mus. Haun., II, p. 292. 1875. Lithobius vorax, Stuxberg, Ofvers. af k. Vet. Akad. Forh. no. 3, p. 26 and 32. 1885. Lithobius latzeli, Meinert, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., X XI, p. 175. 1887. Lithobius clarus McNeil, Proc. U. S. N. M., X, p. 326. —. Lithobius tyrannus, Bollman, ibid., p. 636. AG Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Localities. Byram, Fernwood, Watervalley, Canton, Holly Springs, Grenada, Jackson, Biloxi (type locality), Longbeach and Ocean Springs, Miss.; Pensacola, Fla. (clarus McNeil); Jackson and Birmingham, Ala.; Brown’s Summit, N. C.; Crandall, Marksville and Luray, Va. (latzeli, seq. Meinert and Bollman.) There is marked variation in this species in the development of the claws of the penult legs. There is a distinct anterior or third claw in the specimens from some localities (such as Holly Springs, Fernwood, Longbeach, Miss., and Jackson, Ala., etc.) which seems to be especially well developed in younger or smaller specimens (cf. clarus McNeil) but which is readily broken off and tends in older specimens to become relatively reduced, obsolete or absent. Because of this it would seem justifiable to regard clarus as having been based upon small specimens of this species since no other difference appears in the description given. Specimens from North Carolina and Virginia seem to show a tendency for the coxal pores to be round or oval rather than strongly transverse more frequently than in specimens from the Gulf region; but there are no con- stant differences in this respect and both extremes with inter- mediates are to be found in the more southern localities. Hence, no grounds in this direction appear why L. latzeli should be kept apart from vorax. The longitudinal sulcus which Meinert mentions as occurring on the ventral surface of the third and fourth joints of the anal legs in latzeli is present in all specimens of vorax. The sulcation on the mesal surface of the tarsal joints of anal and penult legs mentioned by Bollman as dis- tinctive of his tyrannus is present in most specimens of vorax. The articles of the antennae vary greatly in number with the size of the individual, from twenty-six or twenty-seven in young specimens fourteen or fifteen millimeters in length to above forty in the largest adults. The average number in medium size adults would seem to be about thirty-five or thirty-six. 34. Lithobius underwoodi Bollman. 1888. Lithobius underwoodi, Bollman, Proc. U.S. N. M., XI, p. 350. Localities.—Maplesville, Selma, Morgan, Thomasville, Jack- son, and Anniston, Ala.; Atlanta, Tallulah Falls, (and Macon, type locality, seq. Bollman), Ga.; Landrum and Seneca, S. C. Especially abundant in Alabama where it seems to be the most common of the larger species. 1911} Lithobiomorpha of Southeastern States AT 35. Lithobius rex Bollman. 1888. Lithobius rex, Bollman, Procl U. S. N. M., XI, p. 350. Locality.—Tallulah, Ga. (L. M. Underwood). 36. Lithobius carolinae sp. nov. Medium or slender. Dorsum brown to brownish yellow; head much darker, chestnut; prosternum dark brown; antennae bark brown, pale or rufous distally; legs light brown or yellow, the posterior pairs darker but light distally; venter pale. Antennae short; composed of thirty to thirty-five articles. Ocelli about ten or twelve, arranged in three series; thus, 1+4, 3, 3. Prosternal teeth 2+2. Angles of the sixth, seventh, ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates produced. ; Coxal pores 3, 4, 4, 3, round. Last two pairs of coxae laterally armed, last three pairs dorsally armed. Spines of first legs 0, 0, 1; of penult 1, 3, 2, 1, with two claws; of the anal 1, 3, 2, 0, or rarely 1, 3, 2, 1, also with two claws. Claws of gonopods in female tripartite; basal spines 2+-2. Length 8-9.5 mm.; width of tenth dorsal plate 1.2—1.5 mm. Localities.—Asheville and Hot Springs, N. C.; Landrum and Taylor’s (var.), S. C.; Russellville, Tenn. This species would seem to be related to L. juventus of Bollman, but the sixth dorsal plate has the posterior angles more or less produced and the spining of the legs is constantly different. 37. Lithobius arienus sp. nov. Robust. Dorsum brown; head together with anterior and posterior plates darker, not reddish; antennae brown, darkened distad; legs pale yellow, the posterior pair darker; venter pale, the prosternum and posterior plates slightly darker. Antennae moderately long; composed of thirty-four articles. Ocelli compactly arranged in four longitudinal series; thus 1+4, 4, 3, 3, a total of fifteen; ocelli of the two upper rows larger. Prosternal teeth 2+2. Sixth, seventh, ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates with the posterior angles produced. Coxal pores ad 3, 4, 4, 3, round. Last two pairs of coxae laterally armed, the last three pairs dorsally armed. Spines of the first legs 0, 1, 1; of the penult 1, 3, 3, 2, armed with two claws; of the anal 1, 3, 2, 1, also armed with two claws. Length 11.5 mm.; width of tenth plate 2 mm. 48 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Locality.—Hot Springs, N.C. One male. Very close to carolinae but conspicuously larger and more robust and differing in the spining of the legs, in the ocelli, in coloration, etc. Genus Bothropolys Wood. But one species of this genus occurs in the United States east of the Rocky Mountains.—B. multidentatus. 38. Bothropolys multidentatus Newport. 1845. Lithobius multidentatus, Newport, Tr. Linn. Soc., XIX, p. 365. 1862. Bothropolys nobilis, Wood, Journ. Acad. Sci. Phil. V, p. 15. 1865. Bothropolys multidentatus, Wood, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., XIII, p. 152. 1875. Lithobius multidentatus, Stuxberg, Ofvers. af k. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1887. Lithobius multidentatus, Bollman, Proc. U. S. N. M., p. 263. Localities. —Canton, Fernwood, and Byram, Miss.; Maples- ville and Jackson, Ala.; Catawba, N. C.; Russellville, Tenn.; White Sulphur, W. Va.; Chatham and Balcony Falls, Va. This species is widespread in the southern states though apparently not so common as farther north. In the section from Virginia to New York state, etc., it is abundant as it is also in corresponding latitudes farther west. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Fic. 1. Left anal leg of Lamyctes fulvicornis from the exterior. From specimen 9.6 mm. in length taken at Haugen, Wisconsin. Fic. 2. Left anal leg of Lamyctes tivius sp. nov. From a specimen 6.6 mm. in length taken at Jackson, Ala. Same magnification as preceding. Fic. 3. Left anal leg of Lamyctes pinampus. | From a specimen 8.6 mm. long taken at Claremont, Cal. Same magnification as the preceding. Fic. 4. Right anal leg of Watobius anderisus. Specimen from Thomasville, Ala. Fic. 5. Right penult legs of Watobius anderisus. Same specimen as preced- ing. Fic. 6. Left anal leg of Lithobius paitius sp. nov., dorsal aspect. Fic. 7. Left anal leg of Lithobius tuobukus sp. nov., dorsal aspect. PLATE 4. ; Fic. 1. Right leg of the fifth pair of Buethobius oabitus sp. nov., cephalic aspect Fic. 2. Right leg of the fifth pair of Zygethobius pontis sp. nov. Fic. 3. Right leg of the fifth pair of Watobius anderisus sp. nov., cephalic aspect Fic. 4. Left penult leg of Lithohius manegitus sp. nov., ventral aspect. Fic. 5. Left penult leg of Lithobius manegitus sp. nov., dorsal aspect. Fig. 6. Left anal leg of Lithobius manegitus sp. nov., dorsal aspect. Fic. 7. Prosternum of Lithobius manegitus sp. nov., ventral aspect. ANNALS E. S. A. Vou. IV, PLate III. R. V. Chamberlin. ANNALS E, S. A. Vou. IV, PLATE IV. R. V. Chamberlin. NOTES ON THE SYNONYMY OF THE GENERA INCLUDED IN THE TRIBE LACHNINI. H. F. WIitson, Oregon Agricultural College. In taking up the preliminary work on what I term the sub- family Lachninae it is very hard to ascertain the correct stand- ing of several of the genera in the tribe Lachnini both from a standpoint of literature and classification. ; Beginning with the original description of the genus Lachnus the author will discuss the later genera as erected and invites further discussion in order that the correct generic names may be used in the future. The genus Lachnus Burmeister. Illiger is credited with the genus, but in reality it belongs to Burmeister and was published in 1835 in his Handbuch der Entomologie, p. 91. “3 (13) Gatt Lachnus II. Aphis autor. Eh. Fuhler deutlich sechsgliederig, kurzer als der Leib. Das erste und zweite Glied kurz und dick, das dritte sehr lang, das vierte 2-3 kurzer, das funfte etwas langer als das dritte, das sechste klein, zuges- pitzt bei einigen Arten wie am Ende zusammen geschnurt und scheinbar ein eigenes Glied bildend. Flugel mit starker Randrippe. Hinterleib ohne Honigrohren hochstens mit zwei Hockern an deren Stelle.”’ Under this genus Burmeister gives seven species as follows: 1. Lachnus lapidarius, (Fab.), which appears to be an unrecognizable species. 2. Lachnus fagi, (Linn.), which is now the type of the genus Phyllaphis Koch.! 3. Lachnus quercus, (Linn.), which is now the type of the genus Stomaphis Walker.” 4. Lachnus fasciatus, Burmeister, which Del Guercio has recently placed in his Genus Lachniella.* 5. Lachnus Punctatus, Burmeister, which up to the present time has not been definitely recognized (may be viminalis Boyer).* (?) Koch, Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, 1857, p. 248. Walker, The Zoologist, 1870, Vol. 28, p. 2000. “Redia,’’ 1909, Vol. 5, fasc. 2, pp. 173-359. Boyer, Ann's Ent. Soc. France, 1841, p. 184. HGS) RO) = 51 52 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Then he mentions A phis pini aut. and A phis betulae autor to go in this genus but as no reference is made to any one author neither species can have a valid standing in this genus. As one of the species originally cited under the genus must hold for the type of that genus then must one of the four valid species be that type. Two of the four are unquestionably removed as types of the genera Phyllaphis and Stomaphis, thus leaving only two for the genus Lachnus. Lachnus punctatus if found to be distinct is the only species which has not been definitely recognized and placed in a differ- ent genus by the later writers, and it is the only species left for the type of the genus.’ Unless this species is located the genus Lachnus must revert to the group containing L. fasciatus Burm. as a type. A careful study of Lachnus viminalis Boyer, Boyer’s descrip- tion of that species, and Burmeister’s description may (?) show that L. viminalis Boyer is identical with L. punctatus Burm. In that case Lachnus will be definitely established with L. fasciatus as the type. If not then what is the genus and what species can we refer to that genus? On the other hand in 1908 Mordilko® used L. viminalis Boyer to form a new genus Tuberolachnus. Should this species prove to be L. punctatus then L. fasciatus Burm. must be the type of the genus Lachnus Burm., as it is the only species of those cited by Burmeister left in that genus. Since L. fasciatus, according to Del Guercio at aut., is a valid species I hold that this species under the existing conditions must hold as the type. The next genus taken up in this tribe was Cznara Curtis, as follows: The genus Cinara Curtis. type A. pint Linn.? He includes A. roboris Linn. 5. April, 1910. Entomological News. The author gave Lachnus punctatus as the type of the genus Lachnus because it seemed to be the only species which was left for that genus, and at that time I was unaware of the fact that Mordwilko (Annuaire Musie Zoologique de L’Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Vol. 13, 1908, p. 374) had used Lachnus viminalis as the type of his genus Tuberolachnus. It is impossible, however, with the present knowledge of the two above species to more than place Lachnus punctatus as a doubtful synonym of L. viminalis for Lachnus punctatus apparently cannot be clearly determined, and Boyer’s description of L. viminalis is too clear to be put aside. 6. Annuaire Musie Zoologique de L’Academie Imperials des Sciences, vol. 13, 1908, p. 374. 1911] Notes on Synonymy of Lachnini 53 This genus was formed in 1835 by Curtis, section 576, Vol. 12, of his British Entomology. He places two species in the genus, Aphis pini Linn.?, and Aphis roboris Linn. The first he gives as the type, but as he places a question mark after Linn., the species is not valid, and A. roboris Linn. which he describes in full is the type of the genus? The generic names erected for that species since that time are synonyms?’ He gives the figures of the adults, some of the parts, and also gives a good description. The synonymy of this genus would then be Cinara Curtis 1835 Pterochlorus Rondani 1848.8 Dryobius Koch 1855 Loc. cit. Dryaphis Amyot*® which Del Guercio Loc. cit. p. 262 has given genus rank never was a genus name until given that rank by Del Guercio. If we were to accept Amyot’s names which were mononomials and in this case means ‘Oak Aphid”’ there would never be an end to the changing of names. The late workers on the Hemiptera refuse to look upon the work of Amyot except as a curiosity. The next genus to be formed in the Lachnus group was Stomaphis Walker loc. cit. with A. quercus Linn. as the type and there is no discussion necessary on this genus name as it is well established. Mordilko loc. cit. in 1908 deemed it necessary to erect two new genera in this group, Schizolachnus Mord. with A. tomentosus DeGeer as the type and Tuberolachnus Mord. with Lachnus viminalis Boyer as the type. In 1909 Del Guercio loc. cit. has placed both of the above species in the genus Lachnus regardless of the fact that neither were in the original genus and he removes to other genera all of the original included species. If it is true that L. viminalis Boyer and L. tomentosus DeGeer are both in the same genus then must Tuberolachnus be the genus name with Schizolachnus as asynonym and L. viminalis Boyer as the type. __ 7. The question of the validity of this genus rests upon the fact that Curtis did not give roborus as the type and the other species is questioned. The author then concludes that the genus is in question and cannot be placed as a valid genus. 8. Esapodi afidicidi in Nuove Ann. di Sci. Nat. Bologna, 1848. 9. Ann. Soc. Ent. France vol. 5, ser. 2, p. 481, 1847. 54. Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, In 1909 five new genera were formed in this group, one of which must be a synonym and a second which would accord- ing to the reasoning of this article also be a synonym. The genera are Eulachnus Del Guercio (loc. cit.), the type of which probably should be E. Agilis (Kalt.) Lachniella Del Guercio (loc. cit.), the type of which is not set, and is, I consider, a synonym of Lachnus? Essigella Del Guercio (loc. cit.) with E. californicus (Essig) as the type. Davisia Del Guercio (loc. cit.) L. longistigma Monell as the type and which is a synonym of the following genus. (Nov. 13, 1909). Longistigma Wilson ', type L. caryae Harris which I have published as synonymous with L. longistigma Monell and L. platinicola Riley. (Nov. 1, 1909.) According to the evidence shown here using Del Guercio’s arrangement to generic characters, the correct synonymy is as follows: 1. Trama Heyden type T. troglodytes Heyd. 2. Stomaphis Walker type S. Quercus (Linn). 3. Plerochlorus Rondani Syn. Cinara Curtis? Syn. Dryobius Koch. Syn. Dryaphis Kirk type P. roboris (Linn.) 4. Essigella Del Guercio type E. californicus (Essig.) Longistigma Wilson Syn. Davisia Del Guercio type L. caryae (Harris). 6. Tuberolachnus Mord. ? Syn. Schizolachnus Mord. type T. viminalis (Boyer). Lachnus Burmeister. Syn. Lachniella Del Guercio Type L. fasciatus Burm. 8. Eulachnus Del Guercio type E. Agilis (Kalt). In the December, 1910, issue of the ANNALS the author published a paper on the genera of the subfamily A phidinae and wishes here to note two corrections. The type of the genus Illinoia should read m. liriodendri Monell. The type of the genus Hyalopterus Koch should read A. pruni Fab. instead of aurantiae Koch. 10. Can. Ent., vol. 41, p. 385, 1907. or “I SUMMARY OF FOOD HABITS OF AMERICAN GALL MIDGES. By E. P. Fett, Albany, N. Y. Our understanding of this group will be much clearer if we recall that it is an offshoot from the Mycetophilidae, the species of which subsist largely upon decaying vegetable matter or low forms of vegetable life. The family Itonidae, better known as the Cecidomyiidae, has attained its present large proportions not by reason of strength, great resistant powers or unusual fecundity, but through an amazing adaptability. We find larvae in decaying vegetable matter, in dead wood, on fungus, affecting all parts of a very great variety of the higher plants and presenting thereupon almost every conceivable grade in the development of the gall, living as parasites at the expense of very small insects or even preying upon their near allies. Broadly speaking, taxonomic studies in this family show at least a moderately close relationship between speciali- zation in structure and divergence in the food habits from those of ancestral forms. We have no firsthand knowledge of the food habits of the tribe Lestremiinariae, though there is every reason to believe that there is substantial agreement in this regard with Euro- pean species, which have been reared from decaying vegetable matter. We can supply a little definite information respecting the food habits of the tribe Campylomyzariae, since representatives of several genera have been reared. Mycophila fungicola, an undescribed species, referable to a new genus was reared from fungus, while Monardia lignivora Felt was obtained in consid- erable numbers from the fungous-affected heartwood of white pine. Cordylomyia coprophila is an undescribed species refer- able to a genus which will be erected shortly. It was reared from manure. These few records show that this compara- tively generalized tribe subsists upon fungi, fungous-affected wood and certain forms of vegetable matter. These food habits agree in general with those of European species, and further observa- tions will doubtless show that members of the tribe as a whole, depend for nourishment on the lower plants or upon the tissues 55 56 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, of the higher plants after invasion by fungi or the commence- ment of decay. The subfamily Heteropezinae comprises a number of remark- able, and taxonomically speaking, ancient forms. The-species live largely, if not exclusively, in ligneous tissues in the incipient stages of decay. Miastor larvae, presumably those of M. amer- icana Felt were found in numbers in the moist, partially decayed inner bark and sapwood of chestnut. The majority of the European species studied, develop under practically similar conditions. Our title implies a limitation to gall-making forms. This is true of the vast majority of the members of this family, though not applicable to the two subfamilies just discussed or to the lowest tribe of the Itonidinae now under considera- tion. The members of this tribe, the Epidosariae, distinctly allied with the more generalized forms in this family by the presence of a well developed crossvein and yet exhibiting a connection with the higher forms because of the universal presence of highly specialized circumfili, do not produce galls but live in dead, frequently dried, woody tissues. The detection of the larvae is consequently difficult and, as a result, rearings have been comparatively few. Winnertzia pinicorticis Felt was obtained by Mr. Pergande from the bark of Pinus inops. The genus Colpodia, with its remarkably long, narrow wings, probably lives in dead wood, a habit known to be true of Asynapta saliciperda Felt which was reared from old Rhab- dophaga batatas O. S. galls on willow. The most generalized of the true gall-making forms are probably found in the tribe Dasyneuriariae, the genus Rhab- dophaga Westw. being the less specialized of this group. A study of this genus shows at once a marked partiality to Salix, a genus placed rather low in the series of flowering plants, and the production thereupon of a number of comparatively simple deformities such as bud and subcortical galls. It is pre-emi- nently a genus of the willow. Dasyneura Rond. comes next. An examination of the records shows that a large proportion of the species live in comparatively simple leaf and bud galls on various genera of the higher flowering plants, an interesting exception being the remarkable D. flavotibialis Felt which was reared from decaying wood, while D. rhois Coq. was obtained from a root gallon Sumac. The peculiar Lasiopteryx 1911] Food Habits of American Gall Midges 57 coryli Felt was reared from leaf folds on hazel, Corylus virginica. An undescribed species of Cystiphora Kieff. was reared from a very inconspicuous swelling on Viburnum leaves. A departure from the normal food habit in this tribe is seen in Coccidomyia pennsylvanica, an undescribed species belonging to a new genus and reared from Lecanium scales. This series of generalized gall-making forms is continued in the tribe Oligotrophiariae, separated from the preceding only by the simple claws. The more generalized genus, Phytophaga Rond. exhibits a connection with the preceding tribe in the possession by P. destructor Say., of claws with rudimentary teeth. As is well known, it hardly makes a gall, depending for protection upon the leaf sheath. P. ulmi Beutm. occurs in the buds of elm, P. violicola Coq. curls the leaves of violet, while several species of this genus typified by P. rigidae O. S. live upon Salix, making galls similar to those produced by spe- cies of Rhabdophaga. Janetiella asplenifolia Felt was reared from a fleshy fold on the midvein of sweet fern, while J. brevi- cauda Felt was obtained from the typical gall of Lasioptera vitis O. S. on grape. The genus Oligotrophus Latr. is repre- sented by the European O. betulae Winn., which affects the seeds ‘of birch, while O. salicifolius, an undescribed species produces a flattish, ovoid gall on Salix leaves. The genus Rhopalomyia Rubs. contains a large number of species and exhibits a marked partiality for Solidago, producing upon various species of this plant genus a considerable number of flower and bud galls, the large rosette deformities of apical buds being characteristic. A few species of this genus also occur upon the allied aster and Artemisia. The larger species of Sackenomyia Felt are re- stricted to Salix, while one small species at least, has been reared from Viburnum. Walshomyia Felt is found in the fruit of Juniperus. The tribe Lasiopterariae exhibits a high degree of specializa- tion in venation at least, and we find in this group a marked restriction in food habits. The genera Lasioptera Meign. and Neolasioptera Felt live almost exclusively in subcortical stem galls, a large proportion of the species occurring upon Solidago, though a considerable variety of other plants are subject to attack. Asteromyia Felt, like the two preceding genera, exhibits a marked preference for Solidago, though a number of species occur upon aster. It is noteworthy that a large major- 58 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, ity of the galls produced by this genus are of the apparently fungous-affected blister type. The highly specialized Clinor- hyncha Loew is represented in America by several species probably restricted to the florets of Yarrow, Thoroughwort and presumably Chrysanthemum. The peculiar Campto- neuromyia adhesa Felt has been reared from oval, adherent galls between Solidago leaves, while C. rubifolia Felt was. obtained from a marginal leaf roll on blackberry. The tribe Asphondyliariae is a rather highly specialized group, the species living mostly in buds. This is particularly true of Asphondylia H. Lw., a genus practically confined to: buds and apparently not closely restricted in food habits, since different species have been reared from a considerable variety of plants. Schizomyia Kieff. is allied to the preceding genus and the several species reared were obtained from buds; such as S. coryloides Walsh and Riley from an apical leaf bud gall on grape, and S. pomum Walsh and Riley from a nutlike polythalamous grape gall, evidently a modified bud. 5S. rivinae Felt was reared from bud galls on Rivina. Cincticornia Felt appears to be restricted to leaf galls on Quercus, the largest and perhaps most characteristic being that produced by C. pilulae Walsh. A series of rearings have resulted in obtaining a number of species, all from various leaf galls on this plant genus. The tribe Itonidinariae comprises a large assemblage of highly specialized forms, easily divided by the circumfili into: two groups, namely the bifili and trifili, The former is repre- sented by Endaphis Kieff. first recorded as an .endoparasite on Aphididae and reared by us from mite infested foliage. Contarinia Rond. also belongs in this subtribe and, as is well known, displays a marked preference for bud and fruit structures, C. johnsoni Sling., C. virginianeae Felt, C. rumicis H. Lw., C. sor- ghicola Coq. and C. pyrivora Riley, all being representative in food habit. Thecodiplosis Kieff. is closely allied to the preceding and is represented in America by T. quercifolia Felt reared from oak, T. ananassi Riley reared from a twig gall on Taxodium, and T. liriodenri O. S., inhabiting a blister gall on tulip leaves. Dentifibula Felt, also in this subtribe, has at least one species, D. cocci Felt, which is zoophagous. 1911] Food Habits of American Gall Midges 5 vo} The subtribe trifili comprises the remainder of the genera in the family. The genus Bremia Rond., representated by sev- eral American species, is probably phytophagous. Aphidoletes Kieff. contains several American species, a few of which at least are known to prey upon Aphididae. It is possible that our American species of Lobodiplosis Felt, Coquillettomyia Felt, and Karschomyia Felt have habits similar to those of the allied Mycodiplosis Rubs., the majority of the species of which appear to subsist upon fungi, though one, M. acarivora Felt preys upon Tetranychus. Youngomyia Felt displays a preference for the buds of various plants. Species of Clino- diplosis Kieff. have been reared from leaf galls on scrub oak, Spiraea, Carya, and from roots of Cattleya. It is probable that the species occurring on hickory leaves is an inquiline. The genus Caryomyia Felt comprises a number of homogeneous forms producing a considerable variety of galls on hickory leaves. We have yet to obtain undoubted evidence that mem- bers of this genus live upon any other plant. Prodiplosis floricola Felt has been reared from enlarged blossoms of spiraea and clematis. Arthrocnodax Rubs. is represented by several American forms, A. apifila Felt occurring in bee hives and prob- ably subsisting upon organic debris, though subsequent inves- tigations may show it to be predaceous. Hormomyia H. Lw. comprises a number of large forms usually found in the vicinity of swamps and presumably living mostly on sedges or allied vege- tation. Four species, hardly typical of the genus, namely H. crataegifolia Felt, H. canadensis Felt, H. clarkei Felt and H. ver- ruca Walsh have been reared from leaf galls respectively, on Crataegus, Amelanchier, Spiraea and Salix. The European Monarthropalpus buxi Lab., producing an oval swelling upon the leaves of Box has been recently detected in this country. Giar- domyia menthae Felt was reared from a pustule-like gall in the axil of the leaf of Mentha canadensis. Lestodiplosis Kieff. is represented by a large series of mostly spotted-winged midges which have been reared from a considerable variety of plants. The larvae of some at least, are known to be zoopha- gous and it is probable that most of the reared American forms prey upon the larvae of gall-making midges. The genus Itonida Meign,. better known as Cecidomyia Meign., comprises a large number of forms inhabiting for the most part, flower, bud and leaf galls on the higher flowering plants, though I. 60 Annals Entomological Society of America. [Vol. IV, resinicola O. S. and I. resinicoloides Wlms. occur in exuded pitch masses on pine, while I. tritici Kirby is well known as a species of prime economic importance. A study of our records from a botanical aspect reveals several facts of interest. We note first that American gall midges live at the expense of some 177 plant genera belonging to 66 plant families. They afford support to some 538 species of gall midges representing 44 genera. These forms are known to inhabit 44 fruit (botanically speaking), 146 bud, 218 leaf, 130 stem, and 4 root galls. The paucity of root galls must be attributed in a measure to the difficulty of finding them. In addition to the above some five species were reared from unknown plants and eleven zoophagous species belonging to three genera, making a total of 47 insect genera comprising some 554 species, 441 of these having been reared from either plants or animals. Reference to our records shows that the Compositae supports a very large fauna, 22 of its genera afford- ing sustenance to 118 species of gall midges belonging to some 15 genera. The majority of these midges, 55 species occur in bud, 32 in leaf, 30 in stem, while 5 inhabit fruit galls. The Salicaceae, represented only by Salix and Populus, supports some 59 species of gall midges referable to 15 genera, by far the greater number occurring upon Salix. As in the Compositae, a large proportion, 21 species occur in bud, 15 in leaf and 21 in stem galls, only 1 living at the expense of the fruit. The Rosaceae appeats to be the next plant family favored by gall midges, 10 genera being sub- ject to attack by 48 species of midges, assignable to 14 genera, 3 species inhabiting fruit, 12 bud, 25 leaf and only 3, stem galls. The Gramineae, despite its numerous genera and wide distribution has but 18 genera at present known to support some 25 species of midges representing 12 insect genera, 8 species occurring in fruit and 17 in stem galls. This is prob- ably only a small proportion of the forms occurring upon grasses. Our record for the Cyperaceae is even more unsatisfactory, only one species, presumably inhabiting a stem gall being known. The paucity of records in both of these families is probably due to the difficulty of finding the galls. There isa close paral- lelism between the Juglandaceae and the Fagaceae, two genera in each being affected by gall midges. Juglans and Castanea are known to be infested by one and three species respectively, 1911] Food Habits of American Gall Midges 61 while Carya and Quercus are subject to attack by 25 and 21 species, the former affording support to representatives of 5 and the latter to species belonging to 7 genera. These two trees are likewise comparable in that each supports but one species in the fruit, while by far the greater majority of the midges, namely 23 and 18 respectively, produce leaf galls. The large family Leguminosae has 13 genera which support some 5 genera of gall midges referable to 20 species, 3 living in fruit, 3in bud, 6in leaf and Sin stem galls. Only 6 genera in the Urticaceae are attacked by gall midges belonging to 4 genera representing 8 species, 2 living in bud, 9 in leaf and 6 in stem galls. In the Vitaceae, Psedra, and Vitis support some 12 genera of gall midges representing 17 species; 4 inhabit bud, 12 leaf and 1 root galls. By far the great majority of the species, 15, occur upon Vitis. The large family of Labiatae supports some 6 genera representing only 13 species, the Caprifoliaceae, 8 genera comprising 14 species, and the import- ant Pinaceae 6 genera and 14 species. The above record, while dealing with a much larger number of species than we have been accustomed to think occurred in this family, shows that in all probability there are many forms yet to be discovered. Comparing the above data with recently summarized records* it will be seen that the food habits of some 420 European gall midges representing 43 genera are unknown. The Pinaceae afford sustenance to 11 species belonging to 4 genera, a condi- tion closely paralleled in this country. The European Grami- neae support some 20 gall midges representing 7 genera, a show- ing somewhat below what obtains in America. Conversely, the European records for the Cyperaceae include 4 genera and 9 species, while in this country but one species has been reared from Scirpus. The European Salicaceae supports some 30 species of midges belonging to 6 genera, 5 of these occurring on poplar. There appear to be no species affecting the Juglan- daceaein Europe. There are nearly as many genera and species, 20 and 7 respectively, occurring upon the Fagaceae in Europe as in America, though the distribution is different, since Fagus supports 5 species referable to 3 genera and Quercus has only 14 species representing 4 genera, a marked contrast to condi- tions obtaining in this country. There is a pronounced differ- *1999, Houard, C. Les Zoocecidies des Plantes d’Europe. 62 Annals Entomological Society of America — [Vol. IV, ence in the European Rosaceae, especially marked in Spiraea with its 2 genera and 5 species, contrasting strongly with our 8 genera representing 11 species. A still greater difference is found in the Vitaceae, the European Vitis supporting but 2 genera and 2 species, while our American vines afford sustenance to 12 genera represented by 15 species. The European fauna of the Compositae is also much less, namely some 67 species representing 10 genera as compared with our 118 species assign- able to 15 genera. This large discrepancy is accounted for in great part by the enormous fauna of the Solidago and the num- erous species occurring upon aster; plant genera which in Europe support only one genus and one species. THE STRUCTURE AND SYSTEMATIC IMPORTANCE OF THE SPERMATOPHORES OF CRICKETS. J. P. JENSEN. In several groups of animals, we find that the spermatozoa are held in packets or masses, and in some such as the Cephalo- pods, there is high specialization of the spermatophore, as the organ is called, in which the spermatozoa are contained. Among the insects, only representatives of a few groups form spermatophores, but when present they are beautiful and inter- esting structures and those formed by the gryllids or crickets are especially so. While engaged in research work on crickets in the Entomo- logical Laboratory of Cornell University, I noticed one day that a female Gryllus had a small pear-shaped organ attached between the ventral surface of the base of the ovipositor and the posterior end of the 8th abdominal sternite (Fig. 1). This structure did not seem to be part of her own body and as I did not at the time know anything about spermatophores, I was very much puzzled by it. After investigating the literature I found that I had happened to collect the specimen before the spermatophore had dropped off, and upon examining several males, I found a similar organ in situ in most of them, just out- side of what was considered the genital opening and covered by the ends of the posterior sclerites. Crickets, such as members of the genera Gryllus, Nemobius and Oecanthus are very difficult to classify and I had encoun- tered considerable difficulty in obtaining good specific charac- ters. More with a view of determining whether the spermato- phores might not assist me in classifying them, than expecting to make any morphological discoveries, I commenced to study them somewhat thoroughly. The literature was searched for accounts of copulation in these and related insects and five references were found. Ser- ville stated that in copulation the female Gryllus mounts the body of the male, as in the Oecanthids. Peytoureau said that in the Locustidae the transfer of spermatozoa takes place by means of a pear-shaped spermatophore that is transferred to the 63 64 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, female in copulation. Packard mentioned that in the two fami- lies of Gryllidae and Locustidae this was true and that especi- ally Gryllus had been noticed to have this habit. Gillette in 1904 gave an excellent illustrated account of the structure and transfer of the spermatophores of the Western Cricket, Anabrus simplex, family Locustidae, and the most complete was found to be an account by Lespes in 1855, who not only noticed care- fully the complete process of copulation but by dissection he determined how the spermatophores were developed and to some extent the function of the parts of the spermatophore. After relaxing some of my specimens of Gryllus, I dissected out the spermatophores in several males to gain a good knowl- edge of their structure. The spermatophore proper (Fig. 2, A) is attached to a handle-shaped part (Fig. 2, B) possessing five lateral hooks, three in front and two behind. The function of these hooks was not understood at the time but will appear later. A long whip-like part (Fig. 2, C) is attached to the dorsal side of the handle. Many males were examined and a sperma- tophore was almost always found present. This isin accordance with Lespes’ observations, who found that a new spermato- phore was completely formed in about one hour and that each female copulated several times during the egg-laying season. To determine the function of the parts, the female that had this organ still attached was after relaxation carefully dissected. The function of the hooks on the handle was readily found to be for attachment. The anterior part of the handle was found to be inside of the vaginal opening and the three anterior hooks held it firmly in place. The two at the posterior end also curve up and serve to hold it firmly in place by clasping to some extent the basal part of the ovipositor. After removing the bulb of the spermatophore, I attempted to remove the handle, but the anterior hooks held too firmly, part of it broke off but the whip- like structure remained attached and when pulled out, showed that it had extended a considerable distance up the passage ~ and as will soon be shown this would indicate that the sperma- theca is quite far removed from the external opening. By mounting in glycerine and using high power the true relation of the whip-like part to the handle was made out, and also the nature and function of the former structure. It is attached somewhat nearer the spermatophore body than the middle of 1911] Spermatophores of Crickets 65 the handle and is continued as a dorsal thickening of the handle into the narrow cylindrical attachment between the handle and the bulb. It is in fact a duct, whose cavity can be traced from a point some distance inside the bulb (Fig. 2, D) to its outlet at the end of the whip. This was proven by embedding the tiny structure in paraffin and taking microtome sections of it (Fig. 3 and 4), from the far- ther end of the handle to almost the tip of the thread. The outside wall is rather gelatinous and soft, but a cylindrical, central core (Figs. 3 and 4, B) of very hard, apparently chiti- nous, material has the tiny duct in its center (Figs. 3 and 4, C) and in the sections this duct had not been flattened in the least. The very firm walls are no doubt for the purpose of preventing flattening or deformation, which might compress the duct and prevent the passage of the spermatozoa. Last summer I again had opportunity to witness the courting and mating of Oecanthis fasciatus, and the process was very much the same as described by the writer in the Canadian Entomologist, Jan., ‘09. Then, however, I had missed the transfer of the spermatophore and after killing this female I removed the organ and mounted it in the usual way under a cover glass in canada balsam. Watching it under low power of the microscope I succeeded by judicious pressure, in causing the spermatozoa to flow out of the end of the “‘thread.”” This was final proof that this part of the organ is for conducting the spermatozoa to the spermatheca. Lespes in his account, some- how seems to have overlooked the fact that this thread-like structure is a duct, likely due to the minuteness of the duct itself, which when highly magnified, reminds one of a fine capillary tube. He calls it a horny thread, ‘‘file corné.’’ In fact he does not attempt to explain the structure at all, nor how the spermatozoa enter the vagina of the female from the sper- matophore after it has been placed in position. As before mentioned, the various species of crickets are very difficult to determine and thé spermatophores may in the future be of considerable importance for definitely defining the species. For instance, Minnesota specimens of Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burm. vary considerably in general coloration and size from the Eastern specimens, but the spermatophores examined were all exactly alike. Lespes described and figured the respective spermatophores of the common European species, Gryllus 66 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, sylvestris, G. campestris and G. domesticus, and they differ very markedly from one another. Oecanthis fasciatus Fitch and O. quadripunctatus Beut. are the same species as gradations in the antennal markings show very nicely when one has consid- erable material. Whether the spermatophores further verify this, I have not as yet been able to definitely determine but it appears to me that the spermatophores of insects are worthy of considerable more attention than has been devoted to them in the past. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. All figures magnified, 3 and 4 highly. Fic. 1. Attachment of spermatophore to female Gryllus pennsylvanicus. A, bulb of spermatophore; B, 8th abdominal sternite; C, ovipositor. Fic. 2. Spermatophore of G. pennsylvanicus, magnified. A, bulb; B, handle; C, thread-like part (Lespes ‘‘file corne’’); D, duct; E, cross-section shown in Fig. 3; F, cross-section shown in Fig. 4. Fics. 3 and 4. Cross-sections of thread at E and F in Fig. 2. A, gelatinous outside wall; B, hard core; C, duct. VoL. IV, PLATE V, ANNALS E. S. A. J. P. Jensen. NOTES ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF THE LARCH CASE- BEARER (COLEOPHORA LARICELLA.) GLENN W. HERRICK. This is an European insect that is gradually becoming quite widely distributed in the northeastern United States and parts of Canada. It is also evidently causing considerable injury to larch trees wherever it is present. It was first noted in this country by Dr. Hagen, who, in 1886, recorded it as seriously injuring the European larches on an avenue in Northampton, Mass. In 1905, Dr. Fletcher recorded its injuries to larches in Canada and in 1906 Miss Patch says that the case-bearers have been present in certain counties in Maine and “although minute they have been present in such enormous numbers that larch trees have often been, during the past three summers, eaten bare of green early in the spring.’’ The insect has been present on the larches. in the vicinity of Ithaca for several years, and undoubtedly does con- siderable injury every season. The small green leaves are devoured in early spring as fast as they push out, and on many trees the green tissues are eaten out and the leaves left pale and bleached in early spring. As soon as the buds begin to break in the spring, the dark brown, cigar-like cases that have been lying quietly attached to the branches all winter, become suddenly animated and commence crawling to the tender green leaves. In the spring of 1910 we found them active and feeding by the 16th of April. Each larva selects a leaf and soon eats a circular hole through the epidermis, thus gaining access to the tender tissues within. Then holding its case at right angles to the leaf and never releasing hold of its case it mines to the right and left of the opening as far as it can reach. The mined portion of the leaf assumes a bleached appearance and the whole tree soon shows the effect of the injuries if the larvae are abundant. Observations would seem to indicate that the larvae molt just before leaving their winter quarters on the branches. This point, however, must await another season for definite determination. The cases of the larvae are enlarged after they have been feeding a few days by slitting the old case and inserting a piece of leaf in the slit and fastening it in with 68 1911} Life-History of the Larch Case-Bearer 69 silk. One larva must attack a great number of the small young leaves, for in cases observed the larvae were not abundant enough to do the damage they did unless each case-bearer attacked and injured several leaves. As bearing on this point I selected a branch 6 inches long and found that it bore 24 whorls of leaves, one whorl, at this particular stage, contain- ing 54 small leaves and other nascent ones in the center that could not be counted. If we take 54 leaves as the average, the branch bore 1296 leaves that were of a size to be attractive to the larvae. On this branch were 10 case-bearers. They had injured every leaf on the branch except those in the last whorl evidently having begun near the base of the branch and worked outward. These ten larvae had probably attacked and injured over a thousand leaves the majority of which, of course, were small. On April, 26th I found the first pupa in the breeding cages. When ready to pupate, the larvae attach their cases securely to the branches or to the leaves often in clusters of 4 or 5. A favorite place for attachment seems to be the center of a whorl of leaves. The period of pupation, in the breeding cages at least, proved to be from two to three weeks. We found moths emerging in the insectary May 11, 13, 15, 16 and on. The moths begin pairing in a few days after emergence | and on May 31, their pinkish-red eggs were found deposited on leaves in the breedings jars. The eggs are shaped as though moulded in a tea-cup with many ridges radiating from the upper and smaller end, for they are glued to the leaves by their bases. On June 6th, in the field, an abundance of moths were found and many of them were pairing. Some had probably emerged a few days earlier. On June 10th I found eggs on the leaves in abundance but there were still many pupae in cases showing that the moths emerge over a long period. The eggs are evidently placed indiscriminately on either side of the leaves. On June 28th and 29th the eggs were found hatching in the field. The egg-shells remain glued to the leaf and show no rupture of any kind for the emergence of the larva. Investi- gation shows that the larva bores through the base of the egg- shell and goes directly through the epidermis into the leaf beneath the egg. Here the larvae live mining in the tissues of the leaf but growing very slowly. The excrement of the tiny 70 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, larva is packed behind it in the mine. Here the larvae live until September. Owing to our absence from the University during the first part of September, we are unable to say at just what date the larvae first began to leave their mines and make their cases. On my return on the 15th of September many of them were found in their tiny cases feeding on the leaves. From this time on through September opportunity was given to observe them making their cases. In most instances, at least, they clean out their mines and pack the excrement in the outer end of it near the tip of the leaf. When the burrow is clean enough to suit them they cut off the tip of the leaf containing the excrement, which falls to the ground out of the way, and then they cut off enough of the leaf contain- ing the clean part of the mine to make them a case of the desired length. The larvae now feed on the leaves of the larches until the latter part of October when they migrate to the branches and go into hibernation. FURTHER BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE COLORADO POTATO BEETLE, LEPTINOTARSA 10-LINEATA* (SAY), INCLUDING OBSERVATIONS ON THE NUMBER OF GENERATIONS AND LENGTH OF THE PERIOD OF OVIPOSITION. II, ILLINOIS. By A. A. Girautt and JAMES ZETEK, Office of the State Entomologist of Illinois. In presenting for publication the results of a third successive year’s observations on the biology of this insect made in the latitude of Urbana, Illinois and supplementing those made in Georgia in 1906 (Girault and Rosenfeld, 1907) and in Ohio in 1907 (Girault, 1908), it becomes necessary to state that little or no progress has been made in regard to the continuity of observation and experiment, so that they should still be classed as desultory. The observations were made in the open or east insectary of this office at Urbana under as normal conditions as possible, but during odd hours and without previous fore- thought or planning and subject to much neglect at a critical time toward the last. They are presented, therefore, mainly to add to the sum of biological data on this insect, which in the end may lead to the discovery of important laws. At present, however, they form but a small beginning and cover but one or two biological fac- tors; as they supplement to a large degree the observations made in Ohio (Girault, 1908), they are presented in the same general manner. Those who gather data of this kind cannot help being impressed by our poverty in this respect and by the urgent necessity of accuracy in observation, to the minute as regards time and to the fraction of a degree as regards temperature, though it is true that such errors as occur should be chance errors, hence negligible. And most decidedly other factors should be taken into consideration, for in matters of this kind, * This may seem a trivial matter but consistency demands that the specific name of this insect be written as it was originally by Say; I see no necessity for change or reason therefor and certainly stability in nomenclature is not aided by making one. See articles 15 and 19, The International Code of Zoological Nom- enclature as Applied to Medicine (Stiles, 1905). If a change was necessary the form x-limeata would seem preferable to the other, being less radical. A. A. G. 71 ie Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, we cannot foresee of what great importance the most trivial observations may become in the future and there is, doubtless, more than one cause for variability in periods of development. SUMMARY. The following paper merely contains additional biological data along the same lines as those presented previously, obtained during the season of 1908, together with an account of the breeding of adults in confinement which resulted in reproduc- tion by the second generation of adults under adverse condi- tions. This reproduction by the second generation of adults apparently, was further hindered by actual starvation and was scanty, but the behavior of the beetles would lead to the belief that they were both willing and eager to reproduce. The fact is clearly shown that reproduction occurred with a pair of normal adults of the second generation, a result contrary to what we understand to be the meaning brought out by Tower (1906), discussed previously (Girault, 1908). We do not, however, make any claims, but the evidence is sufficient to establish the fact that exceptionally the adults of the second generation in normal beetles do develop the germ-cells before a period of hibernation. THE EGG. 1. Length of Stadium.* The duration of embryonic development was determined for about nine hundred cases during the breeding season and the results are tabulated in Table I. The separate lots were confined as previously, in darkness. In every case recorded the time is actual, unless noted to the contrary. By comparing these records with those given by Girault (1908, Table I, p. 156), differences are noticeable in regard to the duration of the stage at the same approximate dates for the two latitudes; witness Lot I of the two tables. We should expect to find here a corresponding difference in the temperatures. * This term is used in preference to instar which was originally proposed to designate the insect itself at any stage or period of development, as the egg instar, third larval instar and so on, just as we say the larva, caterpillar, pupa or imago. we 1911] Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle 73 TABLE I. Ot ~ DURATION OF THE EGG STADIUM, URBANA, ILL., SEASON 1908. Deposited Hatched Duration ai g i a ees : % os Remarks. ‘iS ee | 2A. A “I ve) | o ve) o 2 bse ei Sohaleuhel ce te Vale 8 B| 2 | ieee ae healers es a Sa a al m |poss | Pair No. 3 Hib. adults ..] 1 58 | May | 29 | 11:45a.m.| June | 5] 9:45a.m.| 6 s 3 ny ae ae 49 5 30 1:30 p. m. 6 | 11:30 a.m, 6 = 1 i 3 18 | June] 4] 7:00p.m.| “ 9} 7:00p.m.| 5 id 1 Ly 4 48 & 8 | 10:45a.m.| “ 14} 6:30p.m.| 6 © 1 & 5 43 rs 9 | 3:00 p.m. | 2 16 | 12:00 m. 7 id 3 = 6 33 Soph Pele: 1:00 p. m. + 18 5:45 p.m.| 6 is 1 60 | July | 6] 1:15 p.m.| July | 11 | 7:00p.m.] 5 £ 1 58 ‘ 8 | 3:00p.m.| “ 13 5:00 p.m. | 5 i 1 43 8 8 | 4:30p.m.} “ 13 1:00 p. m. 4 od 1 56 Ls 103) 2:00; p. mi.) > * 4 9:00 p.m. | 4 o 3 40) |fe= 10 | 1:45p.m.| “ | 15 | 11:30.a.m.} 4 ng 1 32 5 11 4:00 p.m. | “ 16 9:00 p.m. | 5 is 3 28% || 14 | 2:330p.m.} “ 19 | 7:00p.m.|] 5 ) 1 80 Ls 14 2:30 p. m i. 19 6:00a.m.| 4 £ 1 83 i 18 | 3:15 p.m . 24 8:00a.m.] 5 & 3 ll os 9 | 3:30 p.m ; 25 6:00 a, m 5 : 1 BSr ore 19 | 12:30 p.m 3 24 | 5:00 p.m 5 - 3 51 = 23 | 11:30 a, m & 27 | 12:00 m. 4 a pi} 38 | Aug. 4 | 10:00a.m.) Aug. | 9 9:00 a, m 4 ks 2 26 om 5 | 10:30a.m.), “ 10 | 2:00 p.m 5 ! 3 41 bs 5 | 10:30 a. m & 10 | 3:00 p.m 5 | But first attention should be drawn to the fact that there exists variation in the duration of embryonic development for batches of eggs deposited at the same time, hence subject to the same environmental factors including temperatures. Thus in lots 13 and 14 (Table I), from different parents, deposited at the same time on June 14 hatched at different times on June 19, lot 14 hatching 13 hours earlier than lot 13. And in lots 8 and 9; although there is a difference of an hour and a half between the times of deposition, the times of hatching diverge still more being separated by four hours and the lot deposited last hatched first. These lots were from the same parent. But contrary to this, in lots 10 and 11 deposited by different parents within 45 minutes of each other, the lot deposited first hatched first, the times of hatching being 143 hours apart. However, lots 20 and 21 deposited by different parents at the same time hatched within an hour of each other. The data are insufficient but parentage apparently does not account for the variation between batches of eggs deposited simultaneously and we must state tentatively that it is inherent and hence subject to the laws of chance or else there are factors involved which have escaped detection. We think this variation is inherent and 74 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, hence limited or continuous and with sufficient data could be plotted in the same way as other continuous variations. It is of the same nature, apparently, as individual variations in the duration of postembryonic stadia, a matter of common obser- vation and which are not controlled by temperature within certain time limits, nor by food. As found previously, the daily average effective temperature increases as the period of embryonic development decreases and conversely. But for equal periods of development as shown in foregoing, equal amounts of temperature were not necessary, as witness lots 1 and 2, 7 and 12 and lots 13 and 21; also lots 9, 11 and 19. For a degree of temperature (effective) there appears to be a variable amount of growth or development, which as yet remains unpredictable; it is a specific, or maybe generic, characteristic. 2. Number of Eggs Deposited. The data obtained on this point but serve to confirm what is stated by Girault (1908, p. 157 ff.) in a previous paper and also to increase the maximum number observed to be deposited by several hundred. The data were derived mainly by keeping in confinement three pairs of hibernated beetles captured early in the season while mating in a potato field and one or two pairs of the succeeding generations. The total number of eggs deposited, the rate of deposition and other related points for the pairs of the several generations are brought out in Table IT presented herewith. The records fall short of what actually would have been the totals for the generations, as toward the second week in August the adult beetles were much neglected and finally died of starvation. The effect of this lack of nour- ishment on the second generation (or parents of the third gener- ation) was especially noticeable, for although mating occurred freely throughout the different lots, oviposition occurred but once and most of the beetles disappeared into the soil for hiber- nation nearly as soon as their food was discontinued. The results indicate, however, that the first generation of adults are capable of as large an amount of reproduction as are the hibernated beetles and that the second generation of adults (or parents of the third generation) were willing or able to reproduce. The three pairs of the hibernated beetles were obtained from a potato field in Urbana captured while mating at 11 TABLE II. Nums Mass ) No. Men Pair No. 1. Date 1 ; 2 E 3 5 4 S 5 - 6 {dd & vi z 8 . .m. 9 4 Im. 10 Y pect 11 3: .m. 12 «— Al,, 3580\p. m. 13 « 18, 2:00 p.m. 14 ey NE LAB e ssh 15 7, e.00ip.an. 16 OF 22 oUpy tid. 17 “28, °9:00'p: m- 18 & 24, 2:30\ p.m. 19 «26, 1:00 p.m. 20 * 26, - 4:00 p.m. 21 « 28, 3:00 p. m. 22 «30, 10:00 2. m. 23 July 1, 1:30 p.m. 24 5 3, 2:45 p.m. 25 = 4, 2:50 p.m. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | 47 48 | 49 50 No. of batches... Av. per batch...... Daily av... TABLE II. NumBeEr or Eccs DEPOSITED IN CONFINEMENT B - ag’ Hibernated Adults. : ; oS e Generation II. Parents 3d Gen. Ist Mating observed: { mating observed First mati bs June 23, 9 a. m. mila kg metal A No May 23, ll a.m. | May 27, 7:30 p. m. Aug. 11,3 p. m. Pair No. 1. | Pair No. 2. No}. Pair No. 3. on Pair No. 2 & 9 eae aera Eggs Suerte Eggs 1 May 23, 7:00 p.m. 73 | May 23-27 8 | May 28, 1:30 p.m. i—a,m. | 52 Aug. 11, 10.00 a, m. 3 2 ®e SOP en:00 pray 27 305 11:00:52. 25 29) 11:45\a. m. 58 8, 3:00 p.m. 58 « 12,—:— p. m. 9 3 June 1, 2:00 p.m. 50 #305 6:00p. mH. 22 ES 2906" S:00ipy an. 11 8, 4:30 p. m. 43 4 Ls 3, —i— a. m. 38 June 1, 1:00 p. m. Se 80 130 hpy anys 49 9, 2:00 p.m. 53 My « 4,—i— a.m. 62 e 2, 2:00 p. m. 46 June -1y 1:30)pe ims 64 SO 2: 00ip. ms 56 6 i 4, 7:00 p. m. 18 % 4, 12:00 Ni 53 e 2, 2:30 p. m. 38 « 10, —:— p. m. 30 7 “« 5, 12:00 NM. : 4 ,: hf 10:30 a. m. a x 2 afan p. m. oo i Ne ei Papert 8 bj 6, —:— a. m. a A oe , 10:00 a. m. , 4:00 p.m. 9 a 7, 11:00 . m. 49 S 6,—:— a. m. 23 a 6, 11:00 a. m. 36 : « 12,—:— a. m. 41 10 os 8, 10:45 a. m. 48 e 7, 11:30\a..m.: 42 « 1 6,—:— p. m, 9 Poe toy. :00i 0,0. 14 11 « 9, 3:00'p. m. 43 peels 3 a at xt tee a.m. ES ' ye saat ore a #11, 3:30 p.m. 24 «~~ 9, 3:30'p. m. . , 7:30 p. m. i , 12:30 p. m. B LS 3 300 sy a, 35 © 10), 73:00 a m. 23 «8, 12:30'p. m. 39 +* 16, 8:00\p. m. 80 14 « 14, 4-6 p.m. 34 #12, 0:00 pam 51 : 9,2:30-4:30 p.m 56 £9 17), 12300) Mi. 64 15 bee mat reign an 1 > 13, 8:00) p. ms 32 « 10, 4:00 a.m. 48 b Pe Coc loipa dit. 83 C "41:30 37 «~~ 14, 10:00.a. m: 6 © 1, 3:45 p.m 21 S19), 12:30'p, mm 53 = 17 <« 33° oom, | 38 “ 20, 3:00p.m. | 13 “ 12) 100p.m. 3 « 91/1130a.m. | 88 5 18 > DAS 280i py ma. 21 91, 1:20) pam. 40 a Is;, 2:45 p.m: 45 ,“ 21-22, a.m. 40 ‘ 19 * ~ 96, 1:00)p..m. 36 CaP saO: ph ane 49 « 14, 4-6 p.m. 31 ¥-S 62:00 ps tn: 6 20 « 26, 4:00 p. m. 32 Het o3 on ONO eer 36 * 16, 1:30 p.m. 33 Cr) (iS (Te igh a ae 9 21 #28) (3300p. in. 26 6 24 1:30.) mo. 29 inlet (7 1 } : 26, 12:00 M. 30 22 «80; 10:00.2. m. 30 «28, 2:20) p.m. 14 PVA PIER i shyne als 36 27, 10:00 a, m. 26 93 July 1, 1:30 p.m. 42 “ 99° 3:00 p. m. 24 « 92’ 1:30 p.m. 21 24 “ 2:45 p. m. 31 July — 1, 10:00 a. m. 10 « 93) 1:10 p.m. 41 } 25 “ 4, 9:50 p. m. 31 « 2, —:—p. m. 30 “ 96, 5:30 p. m. 8 26 ; eee 20 p. m. 2 | July 4, 3:30 ay 28 , :<0 p. m. ‘i ‘ 5 fe : 38 « 7%, 3:00:p. m. 42 a , 2:00 p. m. 46 29 z 9, 11:45 a. m. 41 y 9, 1:30 p. m. 34 30 ES 10y) 1:00 pam. 4 10). 1245: p.m. 40 31 o> 12) sO380a2-m. 14 eee 2200) pach 29 32 e425) 1:00). m. 8 Pr 12. '9:001a;.m: 10 j 33 «14. 2:30pm. 28 Brads 12680.).,m, 28 { 34 | ye te, 2:00 Mi, 37 “14, 5:00 p.m. 33 j 35 se 7, Mie45 eam. 45 « “15, 3:00 p. m. 32 36 « 18,,10:30 a. mi. BY . a a EVeysely 4 ; C2196 130 pam, i p.m. ag pe eae) z mm. 31 Boe 95, sola. ma. 51 39 | « 25, 10:00 a. m. 10 Sie 202-15 00 70 40 #25), 10:30/a. mm. 21 «26, 4:00 p.m. 7 41 Aug. 2, - be oA Brit p. m. a | bs 3, , 10:00 a. m. re ay 4, 10:00 a, m. 38 Aug. 2, 10 44 } ky 5, 10:30 a. m. 26 a 3,—i— p. m. 17 45 $ 6, —:— p. m. 22 : 4,—:— p. m. 19 46 ts 7, 11:00 a. m. 19 : 5, 10:30 a. m. at | 47 “ 11) 10:00 a. m. 1 ; m. | 21 | 48 «16; —!— p.m. 4 : ; =p | ae 49 if fan 9 : a “f 50 i -m._| vel . — - J ————— = } vii ee 104( Rotal 3.33,» srs ieee | obo) 2 aa SS | 902 Total... ssc. cal 2862 rc sorms pelos . Total... | ) | | Average, 1280.6 | / | e oS Pea 1!) No. of batches ....... | 22 | No.ofbatches........) 2 es oan ee Beane te tee a “98°37 on ee |31.6 | Av, per batch........ ay. | Agrees bebe ets). 8 | eters Re a Ei atiielip aera. 1 1640. | Daily av... :...- iii| 20:76 | Daily Av... | 52 aily av... or 1911] Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle 7 A. M., May 23 (pairs No. 1 and 2) and at 7:30 P. m., May 27, 1908 (pair No. 3) and confined with food immediately after capture. The single pair of the first generation resulted from a mass of 60 eggs deposited by hibernated beetles and taken from the field on May 23, 1908 and the single repro- ducing pair of the second generation are direct descendants of the pair of the first generation. In the case of an extra cage containing a large number of adults collected in the field during the latter part of July, a female was observed to deposit a mass of 103 eggs, the largest single mass of eggs yet recorded. In another case, the rate of Oviposition was timed; a female deposited in succession in a single mass in the usual manner 64 eggs in a period of time occupying 3200 seconds or 53 1-3 minutes. The rate of deposi- tion was regular, each single, deposit requiring 50 seconds—40 seconds to pass the egg and to fasten it and about 10 seconds to obtain position for the next deposit. Attention is called to the rapid deposition of the single pair of the first generation, having a daily rate of deposition of 52 eggs and on a single day (July 8) depositing as many as 153 eggs in three separate batches, averaging 51 eggs each. THE LARVA. 1. Duration of Larval Stadia. We were able to make more observations concerning this phase of the beetle’s life during 1908 than at previous times. The records for the first fifteen lots in the annexed table (Table III) comprise single larvae of the same age and parentage, that is, they are all from the same batch of eggs, hatching at the same average time but confined separately each individual ecdysis being recorded. Lot No. 16, comprising 45 larvae, was from the same mass of 60 eggs as the larvae of lots No. 1-15, but upon hatching were confined together on their food. With them, the first ecdysis became general at 4 Pp. M., May 29; the second ecdysis began at 7 Pp. M., May 31, but was not general until 2:30 P. M., June 1, and was completed at 6 P. M., June 1, occupying a period of 23 hours. On June 3, the larvae were large, plump and healthy, eating voraciously, but only 30 in number, 15 having died. The third ecdysis began at 5 P. M., June 4, e002 “6r AML CED ES [los palojugq ‘duiay Ajrep aseivay aAT~aya Te}OL “Iyey seaidaq dua} sarqoayq “Iyeyq seaidaq 6} 8 9| ¢ 9 | 2 Sqlt| & “el| € ies a) & (3 £ £ £ & £ & aunf|sqcT) ¢ manIpers jo juoryeinq “We 009 “F “WB 086 ‘Fb “UEP OSG F H BER w uw uw I ON seg J “uaH|wd 00g “Ely w ul ur =] ‘vep}° ONAN om _ FRARRRRRR ERE EE ANBAR ANRANGAANAAA A NONAS {(eanzeu) | = “WW 00:21 “63 | adeIBAY J 0} ‘J 00°6 ‘OTe » 2 00'6 “PL t » “C00:T “81 £ » ‘d 00:2 ‘IT on ‘eogg ‘2 Aint “eB OO:1T 23 ABW “asRIDAY CI-[ jure OOFTT ‘1g APN | | @ ‘8S ow € | € |'ur-d 00: ‘2 on T | @ jar do: 02 on 9} &| ‘N00 ‘3 » | AL | & |W ‘2 QO: ‘OI on 1 | @ \w'd 00: ‘et «Aqn{) 9f | @ | a 'e gO “g aunf gz) @ jut dg “P| & ‘$n. |\49T] 3 [Ure C0: ‘g aunt) 7 | @ jar “d 00: ‘dg paid! 1 | ¢ |*urd go: Loe on NPY | Ur -d OF: (4 ee Z |W eB 00: aunt Z ule og: 9 eunf paid Z | urd Qo: eT ” @ ju d 00: » |% @ jvurd og: ” 8 | @ \ar-d 00: eunfi2qg | % judg ” _L| & jar -d 00: % aunf “ure OT pard|%01) % | wt “4 00: paid g} @ ju sd og: Sori gle pez ecin0=6 Ble TIT wnrpe3s BG IT wriprig siskpoq pg id sIskpoq PZ WINIPeIS jo uorzeiIndg T wnrpeig SISApoY 45] peyowH ‘SO61 ‘SNOILVYANAL) INAMAAMIGQ] YOA VIGVLS IVAUV] AO NOILVANCG TI] Wilavi Amat OFOaa - aeAIeT “ON ‘ON "407 1911] Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle ~I ~I and was general at 8 A. M., June 5, concluding at 2 Pp. M., June 5, occupying a period, of 21 hours. But 18 larvae suc- cessfully survived the ecdysis. Entering the soil for pupation began on June 7, at 4:30 A. M. and all larvae had entered by June 8, 7 p. mM. Table III summarizes. 2. Number of Ecdyses. There can be no doubt but that the normal number of larval ecdyses, excluding pupation, is three and as additional evidence we have observed this number in two hundred and the fifty cases during the season without a single exception for whole number. The question may be considered as settled. 3. Duration of the Larval Stage. There being no data concerning this point other than what are already included in Table III, it is unnecessary to repeat them here, but reference should be made to the column of sums of that table. THE PUPA. 1. Duration of Pupal Stage. Table IV summarizes sufficiently well all of our data for 1908 concerning this phase of the beetle’s life cycle. SABLE LV: DURATION OF PUPAL STAGE, ACTUAL TIME IN SOIL, SEASON 1908. eveth Time i il. Lot No. . es Sum of Effective Noe Pane Entered Soil. Adults Emerged pecaaineates Days. | Hours. Fahr. 1 Is June 7, 4:30 a.m. June 21, 1:30 p.m. 14 9 | 418.4° 6 1 ze 8, 7:00 p.m. s 22, 6:00 a. m. 13 11 383,2° 7 1 za 7, 4:30 a.m. a 19, 4:00 p.m. 12, | 11% 307 .5° 8 ut “ 7. 4:30 a.m. iM 21, 1:30 p.m. 14 9 418.4° ll 1 S 8, 7:00 p.m. bd 22, 1:00 p.m. 13 18 396.6° 12¢ 1 s 7, 4:30 a.m. ¥ 21, 1:30 p.m. 14 9 418,4° 16 45 4 7, noon : 22, noon 15 444.2° 17a oe July 19, 7:00 a. m. July 30, 6:00 p.m. 11 9 425 .9° 18b xa z 24, 8:00 a. m. Aug. 4, 7:00 p.m. 1 11 450.6° 19¢ 58 my 25, 9:00 p. m. bs 6, 7:00 a.m. 11 10 404.5° 20d 43 ¢ 24, 11:00 p. m. G 4, 8:30 a.m. 10 91% | 396.4° 2le 56 £ 25, 11:00 p. m. we 5, 12:15 p. m. 10 1314 | 397.4° 22 32 «27, 6:00 a.m . 6, 6:00 p. m. 10 2 | 410.6° * These numters correspond with the lots in Table III. ¢ Average of Lots No. 1 to 12, 13 days, 191% hours. 78 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, THE ADULT. 1. Length of Life in Confinement. a. In Pairs Normally Reproducing. The data obtained on this point are scanty and much vitiated by the fact that the lots were neglected too soon to obtain normal results, but they supplement to some extent the data obtained in 1907 tending to support the theory that the average duration of life of normally reproducing adults is two months or more. The average here is 1.8+ months, the data however being insufficient. TABLE V. | No. Length of Life | ivi Date of Death, 1908. is Lot No. | Individuals. | Source. Date Confined, 1908 Months | (Emergence. ) Male | Female Male Female Male | Female I. Hibernated 1 1 1 GancE NRCC CO SOP CAE stnresk a WHEN 25} June 4* July 7 0.4 15 2 1 1 Potato field,mating. lla. m., May 23 Aug. 167 Aug. 167 2.8+) 2.8+ r 2 r 1 1 7:30 p.m.,May 27 July 26 Aug. 16 1.96 | 2.66-+ . Gen. 1 1 1 Hibernated edults June 23 G Aug. 16¢ Aug. 16t 1.8+] 1.8+ (nature Ill. Gen, II Many | Many Pair No. 1, Gen I. July 30—Aug. 8 Augustt Augustt 0.5+} 0.54 ae: Escaped. } Liberated. t Starved and entered hibernation. “ 2. Length of the Period of Oviposition. As with the previous section, the results here are abnormally short in point of duration for the reasons given. They are merely tabulated therefore, without further comment. TABLE VI. LENGTH OF THE PERIOD OF OVIPOSITION. DIFFERENT GENERATIONS, 1908. First Eggs Last Eggs Length of Period of Generation No. First Mated. Deposited. Deposited. Oviposition, Days. Hibernated— aim Nowile sania le cas 1la.m., May 23 7 p.m., May 23 2:50 p.m., July 4 424 Pair INOnaones nn nctos 1l a. m., May 23 May 25* August 16, p. m. 83 Pair No. 3..........| 7:30 p.m., May 27} 1:30 p.m., May 28| August 12, p.m. 76 I—Pair No. 1...........| 9a.m., June 23 July 8, a. m. 10 a. m., July 27 20+ Ti —PairND. ACs eee Aug. 11,3 p.m. Aug. 11, 10 a.m. Aug. 12, p. m. 1+ * Average time of a period of 4 days. 1911] Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle 79 3. Mating. The observations on this habit are also limited, but those matings actually observed are summarized in Table VII. In a single case, the time actually involved from beginning to end of the act was obtained, being three and one-half hours (10:30 A. M. to2 Pp. M., June 18, Pair No. 3, hibernated adults.) TABLE VII. FREQUENCY OF MATING IN REPRODUCING PAIRS. DIFFERENT GENERATIONS, 1908. | * Male escaped. + Male died July 26. } Male entered soil for hibernation. ° Only observed mating; hibernation followed within 10 days. Mating was observed during the following hours of the day: Practically at any hour between 7 A. M. and 11 P. M., more commonly at 9, 10 and 11 A. M. and 1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 P. M. or at fractions of those hours. The function was observed most commonly at 9 and 10 A. M., over 31 per cent of the 58 times the act was observed being either at or between those two hours. Fifty per cent of the observed matings occurred in the morning and fifty per cent. in the afternoon or evening. Ob- servations were continued throughout most of the night, up at least until midnight, commencing again at six o'clock in the morning. es Le \ 53 Be | 35 NaNO EY |: eee Generation | Pair : a us Sse | ag No. No. First Mating Subsequent Matings Last Matings | _ » re 6 53) oS | §5S)| BS QQ | - S05 Fon ie o ° ie} Pal 5:2 ge Para | Hibernated 1 lla.m., May 23 |{May 28, 30, 31...... \| June 4* 6 12 42+ | 25 [bs eR) Rares meena | | (May 27, 30........ | | June 2, 4, 21 os 2 1la.m., May 23 |; July 1, 23, 26, 28....>| August 11 jy ealiy 80 83 48 |Aug.3,4,5,5, .. | | Rist ce deen eae | Nao tae dawe desk | 3 7:30 p. m., May 27 |} June 3, 4, 10, 13, 18, July 18 17t 52 76 | 50 | 18, 20, 24, 24 7 | | [July ST Re en yea ly ae I 1 | 9a.m., June 23 ee lentiyss haga 15 204+ | 922 la Aug. 3, 3 p.m. lc Aug. 9, 4 p.m. 1d Auge. (0\a. ane Ate 4b, 6...-00---.) Aug. 74/9/a. m:ft 5 316 AP j IL 2d Aug. 9, 10 a. m.° Aug. 11, 12......:...} Aug. 18, 3p. m. 4 4 ee | 2 3d Aug. 9, 6:30 a. m.° | le | Aug. 11° Vale e neces oncuee Aug. 14 |, 28 3 if Aug. 11 f ! 80 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 4. Potency of Fertilization. As concerns this point, it was noticed in the case of the hiber- nated pairs, and with these pairs only was opportunity presented to gather any data bearing on the question, that the female of Pair No. I continued to deposit fertile ova for one month after the absence of the male (June 4, 7 P. M., to July 4, 2:50 Pp. M.); and that the female of Pair No. 3 deposited fertile ova for seventeen days after the death of her mate. No other data were obtained. 5. Number and History of Generations Reared in the Laboratory. Our data here are also meagre, but they certainly do tend to uphold the opinion that the adults of the second generation (or parents of the third generation) are at least able, if not willing, to reproduce and hence the observations of last year (Girault 1908) are upheld and Tower's (1906) dictum that ‘“The second generation does not develop the germ-cells nor show any reproductive activity until after it has passed through a period of hibernation or aestivation’’ becomes in our minds less and less authoritative. These beetles of the second gen- eration with us certainly showed reproductive activity, if repeated matings can be called such, and one pair, even under very adverse conditions—starvation—deposited fertile eggs, which surely must be conceded to be reproduction which cannot of course take place without development of the germ-cells. The beetles with us this year plainly showed symptoms of what we would call eagerness and ability to reproduce. These beetles were those of the second generation, as will be shown in the fol- lowing brief historical sketch, and were normal in every way, that is to say, did not represent any special race of the species. On May 23, 1908, or at the earliest possible date, 60 eggs of the species were collected from a potato plant in a small plot of potatoes at Urbana, Illinois and brought to the laboratory to comprise the first generation or descendants of the hiber- nated adults.' The larvae came to maturity early in June and pupated and eleven adults emerged between June 21 and June 23. They were confined together with food. On the latter date'a pair were found mating and were at once isolated as the parents of the second generation.* From this pair of adults of the first generation, there were taken for the special *The others were accidentally poisoned with arsenate of lead. 1911] Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle $1 purpose of rearing a sufficient quantity of the second generation, six lots or batches of eggs numbered froma tof. In all 49 adults were obtained from the six batches. For clearness, the batches are treated in detail: (1) Batch a, consisting of about 20 (number unknown) eggs hatched at 6:30 a. M., July 7, the resulting larvae entering the soil for pupation at the average time of 7 A. M., July 19 and on July 30 and 31, 4 adults were obtained. These were at once fed and at 3 p. M., August 3, a pair were observed mating and were isolated. This pair continued to mate until 9 A. M., August 7, the © entering the soil shortly afterward; with them mating was observed five times, but no oviposition occurred. In the meantime, the two remaining beetles had hibernated (August 8), the mated female following a week later. Hibernation induced by star- vation due to lack of time in which to feed the beetles. (2) Batch b, consisting of 60 eggs came to larval maturity at 8 A. M., July 24, and on August 4 and 5, two adults were obtained comprising the whole survival. These were males and hiber- nated on August 22. (3) Batch c, 58 eggs, came to larval maturity at 9 p. M., July 25, and gave from August 5 to 7, 4 adults which were placed on food as they emerged. A male died on August 8 and a pair were mating at 4 P. M, August 9; this pair was then isolated. On August 11 at 10 A. M., 3 eggs were deposited which proved to be fertile; mating was again observed at 3 p. M. the same day and at the same hour on August 12; later the same day (12) 9 eggs were deposited on a leaf, which also proved to be fertile; another mating was observed at 9 A. M., August 13, but thereafter no other matings were observed and further reproduction did not occur. The remaining adult died on August 22, but the mated pair remained alive without food until August 25, when the cage was broken up. Oviposition and mating in spite of insufficient food. (4) Batch d, 43 eggs, came to larval maturity at 10 p. M., July 24, and on August 4 from 7 to 10 a. M., 11 adults were obtained, the total survival. On August 9, 3 pairs observed mating were isolated but other matings did not occur with them nor oviposition, caused as we have reason to believe, by the neglect to supply food. Thus, on August 13 the third pair had entered the soil for hibernation and two days later the second pair had done likewise; the first pair remained on top of the soil until August 25, 82 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, when they were killed and removed. Of the remaining five adults, two had died by August 11 and the three others hiber- nated on August 22. (5) Batch e, 56 eggs, came to larval maturity at the average time of 11 P. M., July 25, and gave 24 adults from August 4 to August 6, which were confined together with food. But a single pair was isolated, observed mating on August 11, though previously, mating had occurred promiscuously. This pair was neglected after isolation and no further reproductive activity occurred; on August 13 at 9 A. M., the male entered the soil for hibernation and on August 25 the pair were removed still alive. Of the remaining 22 beetles, 4 hibernated on August 11 at 9 A. M. and by August 22, all had disappeared beneath the soil, two having died there. No reproduction, but during the period of feeding, after several days, mating was frequent and promiscuous and there is good reason for believing that reproduction was prevented by actual starvation at a critical period. (6) Batch f, 32 eggs, arrived at larval maturity at the average time of 6 A. M., July 27, and gave 4 adults August 7 and 8; on August 11, a mating pair of this lot were isolated and the remaining two also paired. The first pair mated again on August 13 and August 14 but no oviposition followed and they were removed on August 25, after days of. starvation. The second pair had hibernated by August 22, without depositing eggs and with no further observed matings. : In general it may be stated that the adults of the second generation just after emergence fed voraciously for several days and then began to mate as though eager to reproduce and one pair acutally deposited fertile eggs, insuring at least a por- tion of a third generation. It was at this time in their lives, just following the period of heavy feeding and the beginning of mating that stress of other work caused the food to be neg- lected and after August 8, the beetles were starving and were forced to hibernate. Incidentally, it was also true that their food-plant in nature was also very scarce at this time, so even if at large, it is not unreasonable to suppose that these beetles of the second generation would have been forced into hiberna- tion before reproduction could begin, though willing and able to reproduce. What little evidence we have gathered this year forces us to conclude that the second generation of adults exceptionally are both willing and able to reproduce, merely 1911] Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle 83 supplementing what was previously indicated to be true in 1907. The evidence of course is gross in nature, for we did not actually examine the mated females in any case for sperma- tozoa, so that in the majority of cases, actual mating is open to question. It is needless to say that this should have been done. But in at least one case we are sure that both mating and repro- duction occurred as fertile ova were deposited. In regard to the séasonal history in 1908, the second genera- tion was obtained nearly a month earlier than that obtained in 1907, so that there was ample time for a third generation. The following table summarizes the generations reared in con- finement. TABLE VIII. GENERATIONS REARED IN THE LABORATORY, URBANA, ILLINOIS, 1908. Generation | | eee (Oa. Effective No. Eggs Deposited. Adults Out. | | Temp Sums, Days | Hours | Degrees F. I. May 21* June 22 32 | : 948. 2°* II. Lot a July 2t July 30, 11 p. m. 28 12 | wf, b. July 6, 1:15 p. m. August 4, 7 p. m. 29 534 1062.3° C. July 8, 3 p. m. August 6, 7 a. m. 28 16 1056.6° d July 8, 4:30 p. m. August 4, 8:30 a, m. 26 16 | afer e July 10, 1 p. m. August 5, noon. 25 23 76.92 f, July 11, 4 p.m. August 7, 6 p. m. 27 2 1909.9° III. August 11 and 12. Not reared to maturity + Aparotmintads fatehed iis m., May Die } Approximated; hatched 6:30 a. m., July 7. LITERATURE REFERRED TO. 1905. Stiles, Charles Wardell, Bull. No. 24, Hygienic Laboratory, Public Health and Marine-Hospital Service of the United States, Treasury Department, Washington, D. C 1906. Tower, William Lawrence. An investigation of evolution in chrysomelid beetles of the genus Leptinotarsa. Publication No. 48, Carnegie Institu- tion of Washington, Washington, D. C. 1907. Girault, Alexandre Arsene and Arthur H. Rosenfeld. Biological notes on the colorado potato beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata (Say), with technical description of its stages. Psyche, Cambridge, Mass., XIV, pp. 45-57. ‘ 1908. Girault, Alexandre Arsene. Further biological notes on the colorado potato beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata (Say), including observations on the number of generations and length of the period of oviposition. Annals Ent. Society of America, Columbus, Ohio, I, pp. 155-178. MINUTES OF THE MINNEAPOLIS MEETING. The Fifth Annual Meeting of the Entomological Society of America was called to order at 10:45 A. m., December 27, 1910, in the School of Mines Building, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, by the President, Dr. John B. Smith. In the absence of the Secretary, Professor J. G. Sanders was elected Secretary pro tem. Announcements. Professor F. L. Washburn moved that the chair appoint a committee of three to confer with a similar committee from the Association of Economic Entomologists concerning the organiz- ation of an Entomological Employment Bureau or Clearing House. It was agreed that the organization of such a body would facilitate the securing of available men for entomological work. Several expressed favorable opinions concerning this proposition. The following papers were presented: Notes on the Tingid Leptobyrsa explanata Heid., by E. L. Dickerson; read by the Secretary. Notes on Sanninoidea exitiosa by Dr. J. B. Smith. Discus- sion by Mr. R. L. Webster, asking if any tables of head widths of various larval instars of this species had been published. He reported that such measurements constituted a very good method of identification. “The Structure of Spermatophores in Crickets,’”’ by Mr. J. P. Jensen. Read by the author. (Published in March ANNALS.) Dr. Smith asked if studies had been made of the copulatory organs in various species. Mr. Jensen replied that comparative drawings of a large number of individuals of the same species had been made, likewise of different species. He also reported that Nemobius fasciatus var. vittatus had been found in large numbers digging in loose soils, securing and destroying eggs of Melanoplus bilineatus. He considered this insect as undoubted- ly a considerable factor in the control of Melanoplus. Dr. Smith questioned: ‘‘Is not such the general habit of some Orthoptera?’’ Was answered by Professor Bruner, ‘Many Orthoptera are largely carnivorous.” Professor Oestlund invited members to visit and inspect his collection of Aphididae. 84 1911] Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting 85 The Society then adjourned until 1:30 P. M. The President appointed the following committees when the Society reconvened: Committee on Employment Bureau to confer with similar Committee from the Association of Economic Entomologists: Messrs. F. L. Washburn, Herbert Osborn, and Henry Skinner. Nominating Committee: Professors E. D. Sanderson, H. E. Summers and R. L. Webster. Auditing Committee: Professors Lawrence Bruner and J. G. Sanders. The following papers were read: “The Biological Survey of the Insect Life of Kansas’’ by Professor S. J. Hunter. ‘An Experimental Study of the Death-Feigning Habit of Belostoma (Zaitha) flumineum and Nepa apiculata Uhler,” by H. C. and H. H. Severin. Discussed by E. C. Cotton with the remark that the weevil Apion segnipes which worked in border pea-pods in Tennsesee was unable to free itself from the pod but is released automatically by the sudden opening of the pod. The Apion when disturbed under such conditions does not feign death, but if handled later it feigns death. “Announcement of Further Results Secured in the Study of Tachinidae and Allies,’’ by C. H. T. Townsend, Piura, Peru. This paper was read in part by the Secretary. (To be pub- lished in June ANNALS.) The ‘‘ Report of the Committee on Nomenclature” was written by Professor T. D. A. Cockerell with H. T. Fernald and E. P. Felt and was read by the Secretary. After some discussion, Prof. H. E. Summers moved to receive the report, order it printed and consider it at a later date. Carried. The Society then adjourned until Wednesday at 9:00 A. M. At 9:00 a. m., December 28, the Society was again called to order by the President, Dr. Smith, and the following reports presented: The Report of the Editor of the ANNALS, Professor Herbert Osborn, was presented and on motion of Professor Lawrence Bruner, was accepted. The Report of the Auditing Committee on the accounts of the Editor was presented by Professor Lawrence Bruner and accepted. He also reported on the accounts of the Treasurer for the Committee and they were accepted subject to correction, 86 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, The Report of the Secretary of the Executive Committee was presented and accepted and is given in full later. The following paper was read: “Some Suggested Rules to Govern Entomological Publi- cations,’ by T. D. A. Cockerell, read by the Secretary. Sev- eral suggestions were made by Dr. Wolcott concerning entomo- logical publications, as follows: That it is the privilege of contributors to demand proof of their papers, but it is also obligatory that corrected proof be returned as soon as possible. Likewise, it was remarked that contributors could not expect manuscripts to appear in print on extremely short notice, as is frequently the case, but should expect their papers to take their turn. The Nominating Committee reported as follows for officers for 1911: President—PROFESSOR HERBERT OSBORN. First Vice President— PROFESSOR LAWRENCE BRUNER. Second Vice President—PRoFEssor A. D. MACGILLIVRAY. Secretary-Treasurer—PROFESSOR A. D. MACGILLIVRAY. Additional Members of the Executive Committee: Professor J. H. Comstock Dr. W. M. WHEELER Dr. J. B. Situ, Dr. H. SKINNER, PROFESSOR C, J. S. BETHUNE, Dr. A. D. Hopkins. It was moved by Professor M. H. Swenk that the Secretary be instructed to cast a unanimous ballot for the officers nomi- nated. y Professor E. D. Sanderson moved that a vote of thanks from the Society be extended to Professor Herbert Osborn, Manag- ing Editor, for his faithfulness and especial care in the publica- . tion of the ANNALS. Professor T. B. Symons moved that a vote of thanks be extended to the authorities of the University of Minnesota for their kindness in offering the use of the School of Mines Building for the Meetings of the Society. On motion of Professor T. B. Symons, the Society adjourned to meet in joint session with the Association of Economic Entomologists in the afternoon. The Annual Public Address was given in the Handicraft Guild Hall at 8:00 Pp. M., by Professor F. L. Washburn: The Typhoid Fly in the Minnesota Iron Range. 1911] Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting S7 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. December 27, 1910. The Executive Committee met in the corridor of the Hotel Dyckman at 10:00, with the following members present: Profess- ors Smith, Bruner, Osborn, and Sanders. The following busi- ness was transacted: List oF MEMBERS DECEASED DURING THE YEAR Ending November 30, 1910. F. A. Herrick, New Brighton, Pa. G. A. West, Urbana, III. G. W. Peck, Roselle Park, N. J. Rev. J. L. Zabriskie, Brooklyn, N. Y. Henry Ulke, Washington, D. C. The following were elected to membership in June, 1910: E. M. Walker, C. R. Alexander, Edward E. Philips, Miss A. C. Stryke. Alvin R. Cahn, The following were elected by the Executive Committee: Henry E. Ewing, Miss E. I. McDaniel, M. D. Leonard, F. H. Shoemaker, R. D. Whitmarsh, W. R. McConnell, E. W. Stafford, W. R. Thompson, E. O. Essig, D. Finkelstein, H. R. Jennings, C. R. Plunkett, George G. Becker, E. W. Scott. The following resignations have been accepted and member- ship terminated: C. C. Adams, F. W. Powers, J. S. Faaborg, W. G. Wright. A Mares. The Secretary-Treasurer reported a list of eighty members, who, according to the rules of the Society, had been dropped for the nonpayment of dues. The Executive Committee referred this matter back to the Secretary and authorized him to write a personal letter to each. The Treasurer presented the following report of receipts and disbursements for the year ending November 20, 1910. 88 ‘Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, RECEIPTS: > Balance forward. . : ot wate rcia at, Avia $ 38.32 Received from H. Osborn, ‘subscriptions. nears Arn ustany aran a 109.05 Cash: received for dues; 1910-72-52. - MSs ieehs nea: ech LORRU Cash receityedwWforiduestpasts i. 51220 n str ae emt etc eile ci vie = 80.00 396.70 Cash received‘for subscritpions, 1910.0 ra eee ee $243.00 Cash received for subscriptions, past.................... v2) 8:90 $301.90 EMOsborny Novis TOMO 2 wee ALD Oe ORE : 135.07 SLObal pret. sews c sae ei cope Oe ears MAES rao: - $981.04 DISBURSEMENTS: Bor ANNALS; “Deéc:,0” 1909; 1000S) eee ene eee, ores os $182.70 Marehy 1910) 0800.2) ote eer rehrts cat. hicrc: 192.68 ‘Funie;> SOLO BOOS cincde semen clotions sc 170.23 ————_ | ep sn-0- Includes reprints, etc., clerical, typewriting..<.\...v2-...6-.....-2---+ 37.40 Postage, Stamped envelopes cand Sten sien oot nmar ate pete alts iene 22.21 Halftones: ANNALS .%.0,20 Ab tgs aise eee eee heh Bh eames were eee er 9.22 Dues, notices; statements.) 40.0 cee] ee eee en Sp sgat. elas!) Express, telegrams, ledger paper, dating aoe bE, Se ae eencrat Seance ee & oie t- 1.60 Excess remittance returned to Akerlind. . Ad ieee. stored ero Seveeariceee pee a la8) Balance‘cash:on. band’: -0.sexhis). oe ccectis oles Cee ar eee Loglse ees OO2.40 TOpalic 2 Aas oii ve So Aen Rate ARR cole e eral ihre ee ee ere aie eee $981.04 Of the $352.49 now on hand $100, the fees from life members, is deposited in the Rothschild Bank of Ithaca where it is drawing 4% interest. There is charged against the Society to offset dues of mem- bers dropped, resigned and deceased, 91 members, $239.85; Charges against ANNALS to offset subscriptions for members dropped, resigned and deceased, $35.00; total, $274.85. These charges reduce the apparent assets for the year con- siderably. Quite a number of these members dropped out last year, but the proper charge was not made on the books. The Secretary was instructed at the Boston Meeting to take a mail vote of all members and fellows of the society as to whether the present arrangement for separate dues and subscriptions to the ANNALS should remain in force, or whether they should be combined into a single fee of two dollars with the provisions that all should receive without further expense the publications of the Society. The result of this vote was as follows: For the amendment 182; against the amendment 18; blanks returned but preference not expressed 2; total 202. While the vote was decidedly in the affirmative, only slightly over one-half of the members voted. J. G. SANDERS, Secretary. 1911] Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting 89 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON NOMENCLATURE. The Committee has received a letter from Dr. C. W. Stiles, of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, stating that it is proposed to work out the correct names of all the animals most intimately connected with man. In the course of this work, it becomes necessary to deal with the insect parasites of man, and it is desired that the list, as finally presented, shall show the correct names as determined under the International Code, and enumerate all the synonyms. Dr. Stiles suggests that this work on the insects shall be under- taken in the first instance. by the Nomenclature Committee of the Entomological Society of America, in correspondence with the like Committee of the Association of Economic Entom- ologists, and such other persons as it may seem desirable to consult. The report so prepared should, it is suggested, be referred to the Committee on Nomenclature of the International Entomological Congress and the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, whence it would pass to the Zool- ogical Congress three years hence. Your Committee is anxious to further these plans, recog- nizing that the proposed list would be of great service. There are, however, some difficulties. The Committee of the Associa- tion of Economic Entomologists was formed for the purpose of determining the common or vernacular names of insects, and has not hitherto concerned itself with scientific nomenclature beyond printing lists of scientific names to accompany and define the common names proposed. Your Committee itself was appointed to discuss nomenclatural questions, for which the data were supposed to be provided, and did not expect to have to report on matters outside of the range of nomenclature. It is obvious that the preparation of a complete and authentic list of the insect parasites of man involves many taxonomic questions to which nomenclature is only secondary. It is not understood whether the list should include only parasites in the restricted sense, but we suppose that in order to be of real value and importance, it should contain the names of various blood- sucking forms, Culicidae, Glossina, etc., etc., which are certainly intimately connected with man. Taking this for granted, we are at once brought into contact with various difficulties, e. g., 90 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. VI, those connected with the proper classification of the Culicidae, and under the circumstances, your committee is wholly unwill- ing to merely compile a catalogue from the literature, correcting any obvious violations of the rules of nomenclature which may be found. Probably the only way in which your Committee could pre- pare a satisfactory work would be through inviting specialists in the different groups of insects to submit their lists, which might be published under the signatures of their authors, and discussed and amended as might seem necessary. For this purpose mere outlines, without details, would usually suffice. If the cooperation of the specialists was freely given, and their proposals were freely discussed for a period, the Committee might then be in a position to bring the results together in a single catalogue. . The Committee would call the attention of entomologists generally, to the importance of preparing lists giving the synonymy and indicating the generic types in their respective groups. Such work would go far toward permanence in generic designation, particularly if of such a scope as to include the genera of an entire faunal region, rather than accepting a continental or national limitation. Such contributions to knowledge should involve assistance from practically all workers in a group and your committee hopes that shortly this will be the general rule. In dealing with various matters, it is occasionally found that the International Code, as at present constituted, is either capable of more than one interpretation, or fails to settle a matter in dispute. We have discussed some of these questions, but at the present time desire only to offer the following sug- gestions for the consideration of the Society. It is to be under- stood that so far as these provisions may be different from or additional to those of the International Code, it is intended that, if they are adopted, they shall be transmitted to the Internation- al Committee, for consideration as amendments to the code. (1) Secondary homonyms, based on invalid combinations, shall not be recognized. This means that if a new species is published as A—b—, and is later wrongly transferred to another genus as B— b—, it is still permissible for an author to describe a new species as B— b—, although he may not 1911] Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting 91 name one A— b— even if the species originally so named has been properly transferred to some other genus. This point is not specifically covered by the International Code, although the spirit of the code seems rather against it. It is however covered by the American Ornithologists’ Union Code (1908 edition, p. lvii), and correspondence shows that it is favored by many entomologists. (2) When an author describes a new species, citing several localities, and not mentioning any one as typical, then any writer following may designate any one of the localities origin- ally given as the type locality, provided always that nothing in the original name or description indicates otherwise. (If the name of the species has reference to any locality or to any collector who collected in only one of the localities cited, this will suffice to fix the type locality from the original publication alone.) The following, formulated by a member of the committee, is now offered for discussion without endorsement, the majority of the committee feeling that it requires further consideration or perhaps amendment. (3) Generic names shall not be considered as validly pub- lished unless the author, at the time of publication, either mentions an included species by its scientific (binominal) name, which name has been validated by a description; or cites a species in such a way that definite reference can be made, following the data given, to a previously published scientific name. It may be held, however, that when a genus is proposed with a description, and a single new species cited as type, the latter without description, then the generic description may cover both, just as if the author had given the whole combina- tion at the beginning, followed by ‘‘n. g. and sp.”’, as is fre- quently done. Differences of opinion exist as to whether the above rule, or the spirit of it, is in accordance with Article 25 of the Inter- national Code. H. T. FERNALD, de Jee, ED eay i DA. ‘COCKERELL. NOTICE TO MEMBERS AND CONTRIBUTORS. . The Annals of the Entomological Society of America will be published by the Society quarterly and will include the Proceed- ‘ings of the Annual meetings and such papers as may be selected a the Editorial Board. - Papers may ‘be submitted. to any hmbratien of the Editorial Board and should be as nearly as possible in the form desired as final, preferably typewritten, and illustrations must be finished ~ complete ready for reproduction. Plates must not exceed 5x7 - inches unless intended to fold... In general, papers to be accepted .. must: be original; complete and previously unpublished and, ex- _ceptin connection withthe proceedings, it will not be the policy ‘to publish preliminary announcements or notes... Authors will be allowed fifty reprints gratis and additional copies at cost to the Society. “Requests for information as to membership and the annual subscription and dues of members may be sent to the Secretary- Treasurer, A. D. MacGillivray, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. t ‘Communications relating to the Annals, and all orders for . separate copies or reprints should be addressed to the Managing -\ Editor or to ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMER- ICA, Biological hahie 0. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. : CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER. -Banxs; NarHan—Notes on African Myrmeleonide- - CHAMBERLIN, RALPH V.—The Lithobiomorpha of ee Southeastern States... 2). 200 Lb ee Wiison, H. F.—Notes on the Synonymy of the Genera ineiuded i in‘the Tribe: Lachnini ss oe se. 22a Feit, E. P—Summary of Food Habits of American Gall. Midges.-.- - Ree y HC per MRC eT ab deer yt, sini ie JENSEN, J. P—The Structure and Systematic Import- ance of the Spermatophores of Crickets..--.---.- Herrick, GLENN W.—Notes on the Life Flistory of the Larch Case-Bearer (Coleophora Laricella,)- - -- Girautt, A. AJ AnD ZeTEK, JAMES—Further Biologi- cal Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle, Leptino- tarsa 10-lineata« (Say) 2-05 ce a. See Oe SANDERS, J. G.—Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting, The regular annual subscription price for the ANNALS is, in the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii and Mexico, $3.00; | Canada, $3.50, other countries, $4.00. Checks, drafts or money -orders should be drawn payable to ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL Society. oF AMERICA, and addressed to Biological Saat P QO. S. U., Columbus, Ohio, U: S. A. par Poi : Sie hi : op a ee ate ‘ 4 i A - nal. Wise A: “Volume IV. / Number 2. ANNALS OF ‘The Entomological Society of America JUNE, 1911 EDITORIAL BOARD jh ‘comsrock, 1. 0, HOWARD, ITHACA, N.Y. 4 ’ WASHINGTON, D.C, ¢. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, ' GUELPH, ONTARIO, CANADA, Boston, Mass. } ; c, W. JOHNSON, P.P. CALVERT, Wy KA ' | Boston, Mass. PHILADELPHIA, Pa, Res Ve L,. REILOGG, J. W., FOLSOM, “ STANFORD Untiv., CAL. URBANA, ILLS. HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, CoLUMBUS, OHIO. rece PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS, OHIO Feed as iecoad class matter Apul 1, 1908, at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, under''the Act of Congress. of March 3, 1879. The Entomological Society of America. FOUNDED 1906. OFFICERS 1911. President—HERBERT OSBORN... 0... ccecseeectateectcsbccensres Columbus, Ohio First Vice-President—LAWRENCE BRUNER. + ....cc¢eecsceeeeees Lincoln, Nebraska Second Vice-President—A. D. MACGILLIVRAY. «... 5. -,2-.e0000s Ithaca, New York Secretary-Treasurer—A. D. MACGILLIVRAY......20eesseeeeecees Ithaca, New York Executive Commiitee—Tue Orricers, and J. H. Comstock, W.M. WHEELER, ; J. B. Sire, C. J. S. BerHune, HENRY Sxrnner, A. D. HopKins. Committee on Nomenclature—H. T. Fernatp, E. P. Fert, T. D. A. CocKERELL, Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, II and III, complete, each... 20.0.2. 000. .008. Eek . $3.00 Annals, Vols. I and Il, Parts 1, 2and 4, each... ....ssces cee e eee de see +. 1.00 ‘Annals;; Vols!) and TT; Part)d,;ea0h isc. zens oh herds ee ds ewien't eis sis pele ie sian DO REPRINTS FROM VOLUME II. Comstock, J: H.—A Note on the Habits of the Wall-bee Chalicodoma Muraria .10 PETRUNKEVITCH, A.—Contributions to Our Knowledge of the Anatomy and Relationships-ob Spidersi: Sen hsoise Pee a TRO ie wee apelin fat elllserele 15 Grrautt, A. ARSENE—A Monographic Catalogue of the Mymarid Genus Camptoptera Foerster, with Description of One New North America Upon) ORR PRA piece RSPR aye 7 Rie a oR WER gL UACo, ALUN Sn Gt liad aN Sag cerns s 15 DAvis, Joun J.—Studies on Aphididae IT... ek Se eee le ele 20 Hirron, Wm11am A.—The Tracheal Supply in the Central Nervous System of the Larva of Corydalis: Comptes, 72a Ah Baltes Alte meets cu Beare a eel 25 NELson, JAS. A.—Evolution and Adaption in the Palpus of Male Spiders...... 15 Wesster, F. M.—Inyestigations of Toxoptera Graminum and Its Parasites .. .25 Hayuurst, PauL—Observations on a Gall Aphid (Aphis Atriplicis L:) ...... “15 Patcu, Epira M.—Homologies of the Wing Veins of the Aphididae Psyllidae, Aleurodidae;/ and: Coccidae? 3°05 is. eRe NS pases civ -ok ae SMe watts obs oa ae .50 Hine, JAMEs S.—Robberflies of the Genus Asilus.. 2.00.0. .0 ee eee eee ete .50 CHAMBERLIN, RatpH V.—Some Records) of North American Geophilidae and Lithobiidae, with Description of New Species........... 02.2 ....065 125 Davis, JoHN J.—Two New Genera and Species of Aphididae, ...........22.. 10 Poutton, Pror. E. B.—Mimicry in the Butterflies of North America......... » .60 TowNSEND, CHAs. H. T.—Descriptions of New Genera and Species of A DEM Ayre SLolaG Seu CNeS PE, ls Negetah yt F Tae al SLUR C AC Fe apie ik oe ed ETE cg 10 CocKERELL, T. D, A.—Fossil Insects from Fiorigsanty 2. iii. ee eee -10 McGrurvray, A. D.—A Synopsis of the North American Species of Scoli- MOTIRUPITIAG 2s hes OM aetna, RT RN a eae INE ca Meee Ola th CAT puccor alate Shi oatababe -.20 HAMBLETON, J. C.—Life History of Coizus Lateralis Say .........-2...-. 606 -10 For Reprints from Volume I, see preceding Number. Address ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Biological Building, O. S. U.; Columbus, Ohio. ANNALS The Entomological Society of America Volume I V: RUNES VON Number 2 MAY-FLIES OF FALL CREEK. By Anna H. MorGan. Limnological Department, Cornell University. The following paper is a preliminary study of the ecology of the May-flies in the streams about Ithaca, N. Y., more especially in Fall Creek. In these, as in most fresh water streams, the nymphs of this order are abundant. In Fall Creek they are the dominant insects of the stream during the months of «\pril, May and June, and by their fine adaptations to diverse environments they offer a satisfying field of study to any brook traveler. The nymphs may be easily secured, but only imagoes exist in most collections, and these usually as dried distorted specimens whose life-histories are little known. The winged or aerial life lasts but a few days at most; the nymphal or aquatic life may extend over two or three years. The imago exhibits great specialization of parts concerned with reproduct- ion and more striking atrophy of other parts than may be seen any where else among insects. Imagoes of all the groups are remarkably alike in superficial appearance. The nymphs, on the other. hand, display a series of adaptations as diverse as their environments. Only by rearing specimens from nymphal to adult life may these two stages be linked together. Many of the life-histories of those species found in Eastern North America have been made known. It has been with the hope of adding to the number of these life-histories, as well as with the purpose of gaining more knowledge of the habits of those already known, that this study has been begun. The earlier American workers, Say, Hagen and Walsh* scarcely took up * Walsh, B. D. On the pupa of the Ephemerinous genus Baetisca Walsh. Proceed. of the Ent. Soc. of Philadelphia. 1864. pp. 200-206. * Walsh, D. B. List of the Pseudoneuroptera of Illinois. Proceedings of the Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 1862. 93 94 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, the rearing of nymphs but by their descriptive work they laid the foundation for the life-history studies which have fol- lowed. Berry{ ’03 reared and described the nymphs of Habro- phlebia americana Banks, (which nymph is not a Habrophlebia but a typical Leptophlebia), Blasturus cupidus Say, and Calli- baetis ferruginea Walsh. A note on the nymphs of the genus Tricorythus was published by Cockerell and Gill ’06{. The largest number of life-histories of Eastern North American forms has been written by Professor James G. Needham in Bulletins 47, 68, and 86 of the New York State Museum, and includes the following species: Bull. 47. Bull. 86. Heptagenia pulchella Walsh. Chirotonetes albomanicatus Needham. Baetis pygmea Hagen. Ameletus ludens Needham. Siphlurus alternatus Say. Choroterpes basalis Banks. Caenis diminuta Walker. Baetis pygmea Hagen. Hexagenia variabilis Eaton. Callibaetis skokiana Needham. Ephemera varia Eaton. Ephemerella bispina Needham. Bull. 124. Caenis allecta Needham. Ephemerella dorothea Needham. Leptophlebia praepedita Eaton. Potamanthus diaphanus Needham. Heptagenia interpunctata Say. Ecdyurus maculipennis Walsh. By Mr. W. E. Howard. Polymitarcys albus Say. With the exception of Callibaetis skokiana, Ephemerella bispina, Ephemerella dorothea, and Potamanthus diaphanus, all of these species have been taken in or near Fall Creek. For some of these further biological data have been secured. In addition to them eight species have been bred which it is believed have not been before recorded. These are all from Fall Creek with the exception of one, Ephemerella cornuta, reared for me by Miss Lucy W. Smith at Salisbury, Connecticut, and here included in the Ephemerella group. The life-histories which are given are those of Iron fragilis, sp. nov., Epeorus humeralis, sp. nov., Ephemerella rotunda, sp. nov., E. tuber- culata, sp. nov., E. cornuta, sp. nov., E. deficiens, sp. nov., E. plumosa, sp. nov., and E. spinosa, sp. nov. The descrip- tion of the female imago has been added to Prof. Needham’s life-history of Ameletus ludens, and the Caenis allecta which he placed provisionally in that genus has on rearing been estab- lished in Tricorythus. { Berry, Edward. New or Hitherto Unknown Ephemerid Nymphs of the Eastern U. S. Am. Natural. Vol. XX XVII, pp. 25-31. 1903. t Cockerell, T. D. A., and Marie Gill. Tricorythus, a Genus of May-flies. Univ. of Colo, Studies, Vol. III. No. 3, 1906. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 95 PHYSICAL FEATURES OF FALL CREEK. The vicinity of Ithaca consists of two highlands between which lies the basin of Cayuga Lake. The west highland known locally as West Hill is a long regular slope, while East Hill upon a terrace of which Cornell University stands, is fur- rowed with gorges made by streams flowing downward to the lake. On the gradual incline of the Eastern highland these streams flow along as quiet meadow brooks, or broadening out over stony beds are caught in a maze of ripply shallows, but on reaching the steep terraces of the highland they plunge down- ward through the narrow gorges by a succession of cascades till they come to the plain below. These streams coming far from their source and fed by many tributary waters are flooded and turbulent in the spring, but gradually dwindle to mere brooklets with trickling falls during the mid and late summer, when the tributaries fail of their supply. Few of the main streams become wholly dry. In March and April rich flora and fauna spring from their banks and waters, while through the dry season they supply enough water for the maintenance of life and the reproduction of another generation. Fall Creek, which bounds the Cornell Campus on the north, is a type of these streams. About one mile east of the campus Fall Creek flows over a broad nearly level bed thickly strewn with flat stones and rocks which project from the water except at periods when the stream is swollen. On one side the creek is bordered by a soft sandy shore, on the other by a shelving ledge. Beyond this point, where the ledge gives place to soft drift, there is a series of permanent pools which mark the entrance of a small tributary spring. A cross section of this upper portion of the stream represents a variety of situations great enough to shelter widely different types of May-fly nymphs. Clinging to the surfaces of the stones in the mid current are the flat nymphs of Epeorus, Iron, Ecdyurus and Heptagenia; clambering in the trash which has collected between the stones are the nymphs of Ephemerella; on the sheltered surfaces or in the quiet border waters are Hep- tagenias about to transform in company with Leptophlebia, Siphlurus, and Ameletus; hidden in the sandy sweeps are Caenis and Tricorythus and burrowing in the soft muck banks are Hexagenia and Ephemera. Changing from this gradual descent 96 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Fall Creek cuts downward through a narrow gorge, widens into the artificial pond known as Beebe Lake, hurries through a deep gorge and over a series of falls, cascades and riffles to the marsh below. This lower creek is inhabited by those true dwellers of the rapids, Chirotonetes albomanicatus and Baetis pygmea. To the north of the lower portion of Fall Creek a small streamlet known as Pleasant Brook follows a parallel course to the lowlands. Its pools and cascades shelter a fauna similar to that of Fall Creek if somewhat less rich. This brook possesses the advantage of small size which makes its study easy. Devoid of tributaries to flood it in time of rain, and shut in by shrubbery, this stream furnished a safe place for the rearing cages of nymphs which were captured in Fall Creek. METHODS OF REARING AND COLLECTING. Rearing and collecting were begun on April 1, and continued to August, 1, after which only irregular collecting trips were made to the Creek. The only satisfactory method of rearing May-flies is one which keeps them in their own environment or in conditions closely imitating it. For this purpose Prof. Needham used a cylindrical cage made of wire cloth with a cheese-cloth cover. Such cages are the most convenient for carrying in a knapsack and many May-flies have been success- fully reared in them. The space within them, however, is small and all surfaces are perpendicular to the water. If the imago becomes entangled, or if it is not strong enough to keep its footing on the upright surface it falls back into the water and drowns, or at least will never be able to transform. When two or three insects are in the same cage, particularly if the cage is in a strong light, there is danger of one or all falling into the water. For these reasons I have designed another cage, which though less conveniently carried about, has the merit of being more roomy and of supplying one slanting surface. This cage may be made of fine copper or galvanized wire cloth. A stiff cloth which will not bend easily will make the best cage. The cages which I used in Fall Creek were about five inches square on the bottom and five inches in height. Such a cage is easily cut and folded from a single piece of wire cloth. In the dia- gram shown in Fig. 2, the continuous heavy lines represent the cut edges, the lighter lines the folded edges of the laps, and the 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 97 dotted lines the angles of the bottom, back, sides, front and cover. The laps on the sides should be folded over the cut edges of the bottom and the front and then securely fastened with solder. The cover may then be pushed down and secured by a wire catch or by a rubber band placed about the cage. When in use a stone should be placed in the bottom of the cage. This will serve the double purpose of keeping the cage upright and of providing a foot hold for the nymphs enclosed within it. In Fig. 1 the completed cage is shown inserted in the water, A represents the stone placed in the cage. ae Ze == ee a im Fig Fig. 1. Cage for rearing May flies, showing position in the water. Fig. 2. Diagram to show construction of cage. It is best not to insert the cage much more than two inches in the water except where a lowering in the stream is expected. Nymphs confined in this cage will naturally crawl up the slop- ing side for emergence and the sub-imagoes will find an easy grade on which to walk up to the light. The sub-imagoes will sit on the under side of the cover, but if it be lifted with some care the insects may be safely transferred from the cage to the collecting box. 98 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Many times nymphs are collected for rearing in places not often visited. Such nymphs may be transported alive in jars of their native water with plants or stones to furnish forage and foot-hold. Fragile forms like Epeorus and Heptagenia may be better carried in a can of cotton or sphagnum thoroughly sat- urated with water. The nymphs should be carefully placed on the surface with a thin, very wet layer above them. [If carried in this way they will arrive at their destination in much more perfect condition than if jostled about in a can of water. Ifa running water aquarium, or better, a convenient small stream is not available, the nymphs brought home for rearing may be placed in flower-pot saucers in which rapid evaporation will keep the water sweet. Small stones projecting from the water should be provided for emerging places. A cylinder of wire cloth with cheese-cloth top may be slipped over the dish so that the sub-imago may be easily caught. In large aquaria where several kinds of insects are kept, eare should be taken to exclude carnivorous beetles, and dragon-fly and damsel-fly nymphs for which May-flies are choice food. May-fly nymphs are mostly herbivorous and need only a supply of diatom-covered stones for forage and some aquatic plants like Chara or Nitella upon which they may depend for foot-hold and hiding. Needless to say the temperature of such an aquarium should be kept as nearly as possible to that of the streams. Of the nymphs which I have endeavored to keep in the aquarium of Cornell University, Blasturus cupidus, Callibaetis fluctuans, and Siphlurus alternatus proved most hardy. These lived from one to four weeks in rather adverse conditions, the water in the aquarium having been treated with aluminum sulphate for drinking purposes. ECOLOGY AND DESCRIPTIONS. The May-flies found during the past summer in or very near the Creek will be grouped under the three family heads given by Prof. Needham in Bull. 86. Notes and description of new species are given under their respective headings. EPHEMERINAE. Polymitarcys albus Say. Two sub-imagoes were captured near night-fall on June 20. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 99 Potamanthus sp. Only two partly grown nymphs of this form were found. Both were taken on June 29 in sandy mud washed by a gentle current. Hexagenia variabilis Eaton. Full grown nymphs of Hexagenia variabilis Eaton the largest of our burrowing May-flies, were found abundantly on the sunny afternoon of May 16 in company with Ephe- merella and the large dragon-fly Cordulegaster. At the place where they were Fall Creek is a leisurely brook meandering through sparse woodland and open meadow, and hemmed in by soft muck banks. In one such area the sloping banks were mined by Hexagenia nymphs, the open burrows showing only two or three inches apart. Most of the burrows were apparent by their round open- ings, but from some hairy caudal setae protruded at full length. When a nymph was pulled out it speedily began to burrow again, placing the forelegs together with the blade-like tarsi held vertically. It next pressed them forward and outward at the same time wedging the head between them in the cavity thus made. This movement was followed by a sudden lurch of the body forward accompanied by wriggling of the abdomen. During these motions the second pair of legs was folded close up to the body, while the third pair was held outstretched ready to brace against the mud. These motions rapidly repeated enabled the nymph to bury itself in a surprisingly short time. Some of the soft ooze taken from where the bur- rows were most numerous was later examined in the laboratory and found to be packed with diatoms. Stomachs of two of the nymphs were found full of silt and diatoms showing that the nymphs had found plentiful forage as they burrowed. Between two and five o'clock of this afternoon about twenty-five sub- imagoes emerged within a few yards distance. They flew up slowly and usually settled on low shrubs. Many were cap- tured on near-by alders two to five feet from the ground where the yellow markings on their bodies and wings made them conspicuous. 100 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Ephemera simulans Walker. No representatives of this genus were collected previous to June 14 when a female specimen was captured at large near upper Fall Creek. From June 23 to 30 full grown nymphs were found about two inches below the surface in a muddy basin connected with the main stream. Near this place a swarm of Ephemera consisting of three to four hundred indi- viduals was dancing about fourteen feet in air at half past seven o'clock in the evening of June 29th. Their steady rising and falling continued over the same area as long as the light kept them visible. One female captured from the swarm was placed on the surface of water in the laboratory. She was unable to fly and lay prone upon the surface. Immediately the last four segments of the abdomen began to move spas- modically and eggs poured forth from the oviducts. At the end of one minute the abdomen was empty, and the glass spread with a single layer of white, firmly adherent eggs, easily distinguished with the naked eye. No Ephemera nymphs were found in the lower Creek up to this time, that cleaner portion being nearly devoid of mud. On the first of July, however, the water in Beebe Lake was allowed to run off, bringing into the Lower Creek large quanti- ties of mud. Three days later the shores below the dam were again examined. Tracks similar to those made by earth-worms covered the bottom near the shore-line. Nymphs were crawl- ing over the surface and setae could be seen projecting from many burrows. From an area of about ten square feet thirty nymphs were removed. HEPTAGENINAE. Represented entirely by dwellers in rapid water, this family is the dominant one in number, and the most homogeneous in nymphal form. It is represented here by four of its six North American genera Heptagenia, Epeorus, Ecdyurus, and Iron, given in order of their relative abundance. As a family the Heptageninae has taken possession of the rapid, thoroughly oxygenated water and the alga-covered stones of the middle stream, apparently coming into the calmer waters only at transformation time. In order to secure and keep this posi- tion against the mechanical force of the water acting upon them 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 101 all alike, they have been forced into a series of similar adapta- tions. The principle feature of these adaptations are: a gen- erally depressed body; dorsally placed eyes and flaring margins to the head; spreading legs with flattened femora and lateral pectinations on the claws; a series of over-lapping gill lamellae, and flat widely diverging caudal setae. Heptagenia interpunctata Say. Five species of the genus Heptagenia were collected and reared during the summer, but only the very common H. inter- punctata will be listed until further work can be done upon them. H. interpunctata was common from April 30, when I found nearly grown nymphs beneath the flat stones in a trib- utary of the creek up to August 1, after which little collecting was done. During this time many emergings were observed, the greater number occurring between two and five o'clock in the afternoon. Ecdyurus maculipennis Walsh. Associated with Heptagenia and Epeorus, but with a pref- erence for more gently flowing water, Ecdyurus maculipennis is a frequent dweller in the quieter border water of swift cur- rents. My first collections are dated June 3. From this date till July 25 it was a common associate of Heptagenia and Epeorus,slightly smaller and a swifter runner than either of them. It also bears transportation and change of water with greater hardiness. Iron fragilis. The nymph of this species was described by Prof. Needham in 1905. In addition to this description there have been but two records of this genus in North America, Iron nitidus,* Oreg. Cal. and I. longimanus,j Colorado. The first nymphs of this species collected during the summer were found on May 9, in Coy Glen, the stream from which Prof. Needham’s speci- mens were taken. Here thick growths of Cladophora and diatoms support an abundant May-fly population. The nymphs live in the swiftest water, on the under side of the stones, in the falls, or on the smooth rock floor. A census of the inhab- * Tron nitidus Eaton. Rev. Monog. 246, 1885. Oreg. Cal. Banks, Cat. Neur. Insects. Am. Ent. Soc. ’07. sea I. longimanus, Eaton, Ent. Mo. Mag. XVIII, 26, 1881. Rev. Monog. 245, 102 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. VI, itants of twenty stones measuring about seven by eleven inches revealed the following inhabitants listed in the order of abun- dance, Simulium, Blepharocera, May-flies (Epeorus, Iron. Baetis), Stone-flies and Parnidae. In competition with such structures as the sucking disks of Blepharocera and the limpet like form of the water-penny (Parnidae), Iron has developed a successful hold fast of its own. The first pair of gill lamellae are very large and scoop shaped with their hinder edges over- lapping the succeeding lamellae, and their front edges meeting beneath the posterior portion of the thorax. The lamellae diminish in width posteriorly and the last pair are incurved beneath the abdomen. The edges of the lamellae have a thick- ened border and when closely pressed to the supporting surface a successful holdfast is formed. This is one of three closely allied genera, Epeorus, Iron, and Rhithrogena, which represent . remarkable modifications for life in rushing water. All three possess closely overlapping gill lamellae and but two caudal setae. The main differences are in the shape of the ventral abdominal disk which in Epeorus is incomplete, the first and last pairs of lamellae being distant; in Iron nearly complete, the first and last pairs of lamellae nearly meeting; in Rhithrogena the disk is completed by the perfect apposition of these lamellae. The mouth-parts (Pl. X, fig. 1) are completely hidden from above by the flaring margin of the head with its bordering fringe of soft hairs. Viewed from beneath the small labrum (PI. X, fig. Ir) may be seen curving downward and backward over the tips of the mandibles and maxillae (md. a. and mx. a) to meet the median flaps of the broad labium (1. 1. e.) The labium is flat and its outer surface (1) fits close down to the surface upon which the insect is foraging. Along the anterior margin of the outer surface of the labial palp is a series of incurving hairs (1. 1. a.), behind these a set of overlapping plates, and still farther backward a single strongly chitinized scraper, (I. c.) On the inner surface of the palp is a semi-circular patch of inwardly directed hairs (1. b.) Closely apposed to the inner surface of the labium is the outer surface of the hypopharynx (fig. 1 hy), made up of two lateral, and one median portion, distinct, except at their bases. The separation of the two lateral portions from the median portion leaves a gutter-like trough between them on the inner side. The labial palpi are freely movable horizontally. They are moved outward, then 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 103 pressed slightly downward and inward when feeding. Some- times the labial palp is slipped between the median (fig. 1, 1. e.) and the lateral flaps (fig. 1, 1. d.), sometimes over the inner sides of both. In the first case the plates on the outer sides of the palp are brushed by the hairs on the inner side of the median flap while the semi-circular patch of hairs (1. b.) on the inner side of the palp is brushed by those on the outer side of the lateral palp. In the second and more frequent case the outer side of the palp is brushed by both flaps and the semi-circular patch of hairs fits into the chitinized gutter on the adjacent surface of the hypopharynx (hy. a.) Directly above the median por- tion of the hypopharynx are the grinding surfaces of the maxillae (mx. b.) with those of the mandibles (md. b.) directly above them. Food scraped inward by the labial palps is evidently deposited beneath the hypopharynx. From here it is probably sucked up into the mouth cavity through the slits between the median and lateral folds. The maxillary palps act in a manner similar to those of the labium, but because of their position above the hypopharynx, they must be able to place the food directly in the mouth cavity. The inwardly curving hairs on the lateral borders of the labrum help to keep the food in the mouth while it is being chewed up. The foregoing observations were made by placing a nymph in a shallow dish of water, throwing a strong light upon it and studying it with a binocular microscope. The nymph was uneasy in this unnatural position and kept its mouth parts continually moving. Nymphs may be studied under more natural conditions if they are placed in a glass-bottomed box with a small amount of forage. The box may be placed upon some support which will elevate it above the table. The bot- tom may then be tilted at any easy angle and the nymphs studied with a hand lens from beneath. Occurrence, habitat. The dates on which nymphs or ima- goes were collected range from May 1 to June 15. These nymphs were all taken in cool, shaded waters and were most abundant during the early part of the season. The data for those reared in cages is as follows: 1 male emerged May 11, a. m., transformed May 13, a.m. Coy Glen. 1 male emerged May 12, a. m., transformed May 14, a. m., Pleasant Brook. 3 females emerged May 30, p. m., transformed June 1, p. m. Pleasant Brook. 1 female, 1 male emerged June 10, a. m., transformed June 12, M. Fall Creek. 104 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, Between the hours of two and four of June 15 about twenty emergings were witnessed from one view-point in a narrow swift portion of Coy Glen Brook. The nymphs popped from the surface of the water and flew unsteadily upward in the sunlight for about 20 or 30 feet when they veered into the tree tops or settled on the side of the gorge. Iron fragilis sp. nov. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae Length of Wing Male imago 7m.m. 21m. m. (hn ssterack Male subimago 6.5 m. m. 14m. m. Female imago 7m. m. 15 m. m. Female subimago 6.05 m. m. 14m. m. Male imago. (Plate X, figs. 2, 3 and 4). (In alcohol). Body extremely delicate and fragile. General hue dull yellowish white, appearing hyaline in segments 2-7 of the abdomen. Eyes, conspicuous, grayish. Head, parchment color with the eyes gray, darker below; antennae, light brown except for white basal segment; ocelli, ringed with conspicuous, broad band of dark brown. Thorax, yellowish shading brownish above, pale below. Pronotum deeply notched behind. The lateral lobes of the pronotum and the median portion of the meso- thorax shaded brown. A sub-triangular area of brown on either side of the median posterior elevations of mesothorax and metathorax. Legs, dull yellowish, the femora with a conspicuous dark brown spot at the middle. Tarsi with joinings and claws brown. Forelegs (Pl. X, fig. 3) longer than the body, its tarsal claws identical with those of the other two. Wings, (Pl. X, fig. 2) hyaline, sub-hyaline near the tip in costal and sub-costal regions. Abdomen. Tergites 1-9 with their posterior borders delicately shaded by transverse bands of brown growing more distinct posteriorly. Sternites, pale. Forceps pale, broad at the base and conspicuous (Pl. X, fig. 4). Setae 2, pale slightly brownish at the base. Male sub-imago. The sub-imago differs most markedly from the imago in the following respects. The forelegs and setae are shorter, the forceps less conspicuous, and the wings are of the usual grayish sub-hyaline appearance. Head with occiput brownish. Bands of ocelli less prominent than in the imago. Thorax, brown, prominent ridges of mesothorax and metathorax shaded with brown, but without definite sub-trangular markings. Pleurae and sternum with ridges shaded brown. Coxae suffused with brown. Abdomen with tergites 1-10 suffused with brown, the transverse band of brown more distinct than in the imago. An irregularly shaped patch of white in the center of each segment near the pleura. The posterior lateral angles of the tergites whitish. Female imago. Body heavier than that of the male, all over dull yellowish color; legs of nearly equal length; setae 2. Head with eyes 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 105 distant and dark grayish, a whitish area of the head showing between them. Thorax, with the pronotum distinctly lined with brown. Sub- triangular areas on mesothorax and metathorax present but less dis- tinct than in the male. Abdomen with tergites shaded with brownish, a distinct transverse band of brown near the posterior border. Sternite 7 produced backward in a rounded lobe whose posterior edge touches that of sternite 8. Sternite 9 produced backward in a lobe with a shal- low median indentation on its posterior margin. Female sub-imago. General color much darker than the male imago. Thorax shaded all over with brown. Sternite 7 produced backward only half the length of sternite 8. The prolongation of ster- nite 9 much less pronounced and its posterior margin barely indented. Epeorus humeralis. (Pl. IX, fig. 1, 2, 7.) The genus Epeorus is represented in Fall Creek by this single species. It is closely allied to Iron but differs from it in the greater distance between the lamellae of the first and last pairs of gills. These nymphs are much larger than those of Iron fragilis, but are harder to transport because of the extreme brittleness of the bases of the lamellae. Occurrence, habitat. Full grown nymphs and imagoes were taken at various dates from May 25 to July 15. This species is very common in the swift waters associated with Heptagenia and Baetis. Epeorus humeralis sp. nov. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae Antennae Male imago 10 m. m. 20.5 m. m. Male subimago Oe QRS ets Female imago Oye 13 i Female subimago OMT te iy) Be Nymph ales ilgl sf Za) dale pao. Male imago. (Pl. IX, fig. 2,7). (Live specimen). General color dull yellowish, becoming sub-hyaline on segments 2-5 of the abdomen. Conspicuous dark brown spots at middle of femora in all winged stages, larger than those in Iron fragilis; the body less fragile than that of the preceding species; the humeral cross vein blackish; the foreleg about three quarters the length of the body. Head, yellowish white; eyes conspicuous olive green, intersected in the lower portion by a brown band, ventral edge margined by a narrow black band border behind, this in turn by a white band of the same proportions; antennae brown, a brown ridge extending from their basal segments to the inner margins of the eyes; carina on middle of front brown; ocelli ringed with olive. Thorax, above yellowish white, translucent; pronotum partially hidden by the eyes, its lateral lobes shaded with dark brown; mesonotum buffy with edges brown and elevations lighter; scutellum fuscous. 106 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Below, pale whitish yellow, mesonotum margined at the apex with a transverse band of brown. Pleurae and coxal areas pale with irregular shadings of dark brown. Legs whitish; coxae with dark brown spot; femora with conspicuous brown spot and a brownish band just before the apex; more distinct on the anterior legs; tarsi with flap and claw similar to that of Iron fragilis (Pl. X, fig. 3) and identical in all three legs. Wings hyaline with the humeral cross vein blackish brown (in all adult stages). Abdomen, pale whitish, translucent on segments 2-5. Tergites with distinct transverse brown pencilings on their posterior borders and a median broken line of brown more distinct on the posterior portions of the tergites. Sternites pale without markings. Forceps pale, (Pl. IX, fig. 2). Setae whitish. Female sub-imago. General color of the body slightly darker than that of the imago. Abdomen darker, less translucent. Wings grayish, sub-hyaline. Thorax with markings less sharply defined and general color darker than that of the imago. Abdomen with the tergites suf- fused with brownish. Female imago. (Live specimen). Forelegs shorter than those of the male. In specimens containing eggs the abdomen is a bright salmon pink, which does not fade readily in alcohol. Head, with eyes similar to those of the male, but smaller and distant being separated by a broad unmarked portion of the occiput. The dark bands of the ocelli are in- complete and a trifle narrower than those of the male. Thorax, with the pronotum exposed showing the prominent median indentation of its posterior margin; an area on either side the median line with a longitudi- nal blotch of brown. _ Abdomen with the tergites slightly darker brown than in the male. Sternite 7 prolonged two thirds the length of sternite 8. Sternite 9 slightly shorter and but shallowly notched on its posterior border. Nymph. (Pl. IX, fig. 1). Body depressed, widest across the meso- thorax gradually tapering to the last abdominal segment. Nymph larger and broader than Iron fragilis with its lamellae flaring; the lamel- lae of the first and last pairs of gills distant from one another and the tracheation of the lamellae conspicuous. Posterior lateral angles of the abdominal segments produced into backwardly directed spines which guard the bases of the lamellae (Pl. IX, fig. 1). Color, olive-greenish blotched and shaded with brown, pale below. Head with eyes and ocelli prominent, the latter with dark lunate bands on their inner margins. Antennae slender and bare. Lateral margins of the prothorax rounded anteriorly, and flaring. Legs flattened with a row of rather long soft hairs on the posterior margins of the femora and tibiae. General shape conical, rounded above, slightly flattened below. Gill lamellae obliquely reclinate with fasciculate filaments on the dorsal side of their bases. Setae 2, about as long as the body. BAETINAE. This heterogenous group was represented in the summer’s collecting by Blasturus cupidus, Leptophlebia praepedita, Leptophlebia mollis, Choroterpes basilis, Callibaetis fluctuans, 1911]. May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 107 Ephemerella excrucians, Caenis hilaris, Siphlurus alternatus, Chirotonetes albomanicatus, Ameletus ludens, Tricorythus allectus, Ephemerella rotunda, sp. nov., E. tuberculata, sp. nov., E. cornuta, sp. nov., E. deficiens, sp. nov., E. plumosa, sp. noy., and E. spinosa, sp. nov. All of these were taken in Fall Creek except the before mentioned E. cornuta. The descriptions of these species of Ephemerella is here given together with that of the female imago which has been added to Prof. Needham’s life-history of Ameletus ludens. Tricory- thus allectus, which was placed in that genus by Prof. Cockerell has been established there by several rearings. Blasturus cupidus Say. From April 20 to May 1 this species was the dominant May- fly of the quiet pools. On April 30 observations were made in a sheltered pool, tributary to Fall Creek. This pool was about fourteen feet long by five feet wide, carpeted with decaying leaves, and bordered on one side by a thick mat of spirogyra. Between 11:30 and 12:30 o'clock in the bright sunlight, about forty nymphs emerged and the sub-imagoes were captured. A few records of individual emergings were taken of which the following is typical. A nymph appeared from beneath some leaves, came close to the surface of the water and swam about there till a stick was found which projected out of it. It imme- diately clambered up the stick, thrust its head out into the air and rested there with its gills motionless, but apparently swal- lowed large gulps of air. Very soon a median split appeared in the mesothorax, widened toward the prothorax and then to the metathorax. The head and eyes of the sub-imago appeared, the mesothorax, then the metathorax, and finally by a sus- stained pull, terminating in a jerk, the wings were extricated from the wing pads and erected. Apparently exhausted by this effort the insect then paused with the posterior portion of the abdomen and the setae still lying loosely in the cast skin. By another jerk the body was wholly freed from the skin. The insect rested an instant upon the water’s surface with its setae held widely divergent and upward, in their natural alert posi- tion. Immediately after this it fluttered upward and settled on a low shrub. The entire time from the appearance of the nymph to the completion of its emerging was ten minutes. Of this period, one minute was occupied in swimming, one in taking in air, and three minutes occurred between the appearance of 108 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, the median slit in the nymphal skin and the complete freeing of the sub-imago. After its first short flight the insect remained on the shrub for about five minutes before disappearing higher up in the air. This custom of resting upon near-by objects is a habit varying with the species and apparently also with weather conditions. For example, sub-imagoes of Chirotonetes albo- manicatus which usually fly upward immediately on emerging in clear weather walk about for a while on the shore, or take very short first flights on dark days. The period of greatest effort during emergence is that which precedes the splitting of the nymphal skin. The splitting is doubtless urged on by the distention of the alimentary canal which is caused by the air or water which has been swallowed. Mating flights of Blasturus cupidus were observed over Fall Creek in the late afternoon of April 31, the height of their transformation season. About thirty individuals flying in close ranks rose and fell at varying altitudes of ten to thirty feet. When at their greatest height they were scarcely dis- tinguishable against the sky, but when they were lowest the forelegs and the setae might be discerned. The forelegs were held stiffly, straight forward from the head, and the setae, projected at a wide angle behind, appearing to vibrate as the insects swung downward. After a few moments of ecstatic rising and falling, one of the individuals flying high in the swarm descended to one of the lowest, coupled with it and veered obliquely downward and across the stream. When about to alight on the opposite shore the two separated, one disappeared and the other turned back and flew close to the surface of the stream frequently brushing the water with the abdomen. Such matings were three times observed. At- tempts to capture a fertilized female failed. The eggs brushed from the abdomen into the rapidly running water were, of course, impossible to find. Leptophlebia. Occurrence, habitat. Nymphs of this genus were found in a greater variety of situations than any other group. While it is for the most part a genus which belongs to the small rills it also takes advantage of the secluded places in the larger streams. Two species were common in this locality. These were Leptophlebia mollis, common after May 20, and L. prae- pedita, collected frequently after May 29. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 109 Leptophlebia praepedita Etn. This species has already been noted by Prof. Needham (Bull. 86, N. Y., State Mus.) This species is diurnal. Companies of them were seen dancing in bright sunlight on the afternoon of May 29, June 3, 20 and 21. A mating flight on May 29 occurred about five o’clock just above a dashing water-fall of Fall Creek. As the swarm rose and fell at alternate heights of ten to fifteen feet their silvery wings and bodies shone in the sunshine like falling snow-flakes. After half an hour of con- tinuous flying and soaring the swarm gradually disappeared. Of the specimens captured all were males. Earlier in the after- noon a similar but smaller swarm was seen flying above a small tributary rill. This swarm did not at any time fly higher than six feet above the water. Practically the whole swarm was captured at one sweep of a large net. Of the captured insects forty were males and one was a female. Choroterpes basalis Banks. This species is plentifully represented in the Creek. The nymph is described in Bull. 86 of the N. Y. State Museum. Little attention was given to this species beyond the collection of nymphs which were constantly associated with Heptagenia. Ephemerella. This genus is nearly as diversified in habit as Leptophlebia. The nymphs have been found in pipe drains, in the gravel and trash of still pools, beneath leaves in springs, in the border waters of the creek and in its swiftest ripples. Like Lepto- phlebia they have been found in rather small numbers and widely scattered. My dates for rearings and captures range from the second week in May to the last of July. Better results would have been obtained if attention had been paid to this group earlier in the season for some species were very rarely found by May 10th. Ephemerella serrata sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. The small nymph of this species was found occasionally in restricted areas of the upper Creek where it crawled about on stones, or in the trash, which was washed by running water. It was found in similar situations at Shef- field, Mass. My reared specimens of this species are dated 110 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, June 38rd. Collections of the nymphs were made June 12, 14, and July 1. By July the nymphs were becoming scarce. several cast skins were found on the dry stones of the shore, after the last date, but no nymphs were seen. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae Male 5m. m. 6m. m. Female imago 4.5m. m. Nymph 5m. m. 1.2m. m. Male imago. General color brown, paler on the legs and below. Head, above, eyes very prominent, upper division reddish brown, lower one darker. Front of head light, antennae light brownish; ocelli white, the lateral ones with an inner lunate band of brown, the median one with a complete ring of brown. Thorax, above yellowish shaded with brown; mesonotum with its posterior margin edged with brown. Ridges of the pleurae shaded with brown. Sternae pale with sub-quadrangular areas of brown before the middle legs and a median shield of brown be- hind them. Legs pale with a transverse band of brown at the distal end of the femora; first tarsus of the foreleg but slightly longer than the second; the third twice as long as the fourth. Wings hyaline, brownish at the base. Abdomen, brownish above, pale below. Setae 3, pale, the joinings of the basal segments ringed with brown. Female imago. Eyes small and distant showing the light colored occiput between. Body more robust and abdomen slightly darker than that of the male. Foreleg twice as long as that of the male. Nymph. Small with head and thorax rounded and the setae cury- ing forward over the abdomen. General color a muddy yellow with darker markings on the dorsal side, pale below. This species is easily distinguished from Ephemerella deficiens by its double median row of spines on tergites 4-7 and by its generally lighter color. Head smooth, (Pl. VI, fig. 5); antennae light brownish, first and second basal segments edged with brown. Thorax, prothorax with a tubercle like elevation on either side the median line. Legs (Pl. VII, fig. 2) with the femora rather stout and their hinder margins bordered with a row of stout hairs sparsely distributed. Claws serrate (Pl. VII, fig. 2) with a chitinous ridged plate on the underside of the tarsus (Pl. VII, fig. 2). Abdomen, above, segments 5-6 pale marked with brown pencilings, other segments brown with darker edges. A double row of irregularly triply dentate spines extending over segments 4,5,6and7. The lateral margins of segments 4-9 spinose with their posterior lateral angles becoming more acuminate posteriorly. Gills present on Segments 3-7; Elytroid lamella absent; the superior lamella simple; the inferior fimbriate lamelliform. Abdo- men, beneath, pale with a median row of distinct linear brown spots on sternites 1-9. Setae, 3, sparsely beset with coarse hairs; color, pale with a transverse band of brown across the center. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 111 Ephemerella deficiens, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. Of similar habitat and closely asso- ciated with Ephemerella serrata in rapid waters, this species is the more common of the two and was collected frequently during the first half of May. It closely resembles E. serrata in shape and size, but the whole body is blackish while the gill lamellae, the legs, and the setae are nearly white. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae Male imago 5m. m. Setae lost Nymph 5.2 m. m. 2.5 m. m. Male imago. General color blackish, thorax blackish brown. Head, eyes prominent, upper division reddish brown, lower division blackish brown (living specimen); ocelli white; antennae, carina and rings of ocelli brown. Thorax, above, pronotum brown; the mesothorax and metathorax blackish brown with blackish edges; pleurae brown with edges blackish; sternum brown with a broad transverse band of yellow behind the first pair of legs. Legs nearly white; coxae and an indefinite band at distal end of the femur brown. Wings hyaline shaded with brown at the base. Abdominal segments shaded with brown giving the effect of annular bands dark on the dorsum, paler beneath. Setae 3, pale at the base. (Only the bases of the setae remained when the specimen was taken from the cage). Forceps and penes are figured in Pl. IV, fig. 4. Nymph (Pl. VI, fig. 4, Pl. VII, fig. 4, Pl. VIII, fig. 4). Color black- ish brown, femora brown, gills, tibiae and tarsi whitish. Body broadest at the metathorax, the thorax arched, the abdomen slightly depressed and curving upward at the posterior end. Setae held upright or curved over the abdomen. Head, bluntly wedged shaped; ocelli inconspicuous whitish; antennae pale with a band of brown just above the basal seg- ment. The maxillae with their palpi totally absent (Pl. VIII, fig. 4). Thorax, above blackish brown, the prothorax bordered laterally by a pale longitudinal band with a brown spot at its center; the prothorax and mesothorax with a longitudinal stripe of pale yellowish on either side the median line. Legs (Pl. VII, fig. 4) with the coxae and femora brown, the under side of the latter with a distinct hook shaped area of whitish. Tibia and tarsi pale whitish, the first two pairs of tibiae with a broad middle and a narrow proximal band of brown; the tarsi of all the legs with a middle band of brown and with the claws similar (PI. VII, fig. 4). Abdomen above dark blackish brown. The posterior lateral angles of segments 9-10 pale whitish; the lateral margins of seg- ments 1-9 spinose serrate with their posterior lateral angles produced into flat spines which become more acuminate posteriorly; segment 10 without spines and with its posterior margin truncated. Gills present on segments 3-7; Elytroid cover absent; gill lamellae whitish shaded with brown at the base, superior lamina entire, the inferior one bifed. ii Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Abdomen, beneath, brown without markings. Setae 3, with a circlet of spines at their joinings. A broad band of brown across the two outer ones. Ephemerella lata, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. This species was first taken in Sandy River, Me., a stream similar to Fall Creek, where it was very common. Attempts to rear these nymphs were unsuccessful in both Sandy River and Fall Creek therefore a description of the nymph only can be here included. It occurs in the most rapid water of the stream crawling on the stones much like Heptagenia. My dates for its capture in Fall Creek are June 20 and 24. It is apparently a rare species in the stream. Measurement.—Nymph. Length of body 7.2m.m. Length of setae 3.5 m.m. Nymph (PI. VI, fig. 6; Pl. VII, fig. 1). General color brown with the prothorax and the eighth tergite conspicuously white. The fore femora very stout (Pl. VI, fig. 6) and edged with stout spines. Body arched above. The ventral side of the body and the legs flattened and modified for clinging to smooth surfaces. Head, sub-quadrangular with the broad truncate ledge projecting forward above the rounded heavily fringed frontal border (Pl. VI, fig. 6). Antennae with a conspicuous triangular ledge projecting above their bases. (Mouth-parts are figured on Pl. VIII, fig. 1). Thorax, prothorax two-thirds as long as the thorax, conspicuously whitish but with the posterior portion shaded brownish, the degree varying in different ages and individuals; mesothorax with- out markings; metathorax concealed from above. Sternum flattened, brown with pale suture lines. Legs (Pl. VII, fig. 1) with the femora pale marked by a pale transverse band; tibiae brown with two pale transverse bands. Abdomen, rounded above, flattened below. Gills on segments 3-8. Elytroid cover absent. Segments 4-9 with their pos- terior lateral angles produced backward into flat spines; segments 5-8 with their lateral margins spinose serrate; segments 4-7 with a double median row of small tubercles which arise near the posterior border. Sternite 9 produced backward into a median rounded lobe and two lateral flat spines. Setae 3, light brownish ringed at their basal joinings with darker brown. Ephemerella tuberculata, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. But a single specimen of this species has been taken. This was a nymph captured on June 22 in the gently flowing border water of the upper Creek. Nymph, measurements. Length of body, 10.5 m. m.; length of setae, 4.5 m. m. Body stout arched above, flattened below. Color above dark, below pale, with a median double row of distinct brown spots. Fore- femora very wide (Pl. VII, fig. 5). The head (Pl. VI, fig. 2) with two 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 113 ‘large erect tubercles on the occiput. Head, sub-quadrangular slightly flattened with the head projecting forward; a triangular ridge with the median ocellus at its apex projecting above the slightly indented fringed frontal margin. (Pl. VI, fig. 2). Left maxilla figured on Pl. VIII, fig. 3. Thorax, more than half the length of the trunk; color dark above, all except the prothorax pale below; prothorax, above slightly arched and flaring at its postero-lateral angles, a tubercle at the middle of the lateral margin and a smaller one on either side the middle of the posterior mar- gin; mesothorax with one median tubercle. Legs, with femora unevenly brown above, pale below; tibiae brown with a pale transverse band through the middle; tarsi brown with a pale transverse band at the proximal end. Fore-femur (Pl. VII, fig. 5) shorter and thicker than the others and with its anterior margin unevenly toothed. Anterior edges of the other femora entire. Upper surfaces of all the femora with wart- like elevations; posterior edge of the first femur and anterior and pos- terior edge of the other femora with a row of sparse hairs. Abdomen with gills present on segments 3-8, without Elytroid cover, superior lamina entire; inferior lamina bifid fimbriate. Segments 2-7 with a median double row of spines; posterior margins of segments 1-7 and 9-10 edged with short hairs; posterior margin of segment 8 with numer- ous longer hairs. The posterior lateral angles of segments 3-10 pro- duced backward into flat-pointed spines. Setae 3, with numerous hairs on their outer and inner margins. Ephemerella rotunda, sp. nov. (GEM, WAL aie, TERN WALL. aaKed, 3 TMs WAMU. uate /syom oN MOA sakes, (61) Occurrence, habitat. This species was taken in portion of Pleasant Brook, where there was little water and that strongly tainted by pipe drains. But four nymphs were captured. The two which were successfully reared proved to be females. The dates for their rearing were June 8 and 10. Measurements Length of body Length of setae Female imago 10.5 m. m. 14m. m. Female subimago 10 m.m. 10 m. m. Nymph 10.2 m. m. 6m. m. Female imago. Thorax luteus; legs luteus or whitish; abdomen brown; setae luteus with very distinct brown joinings. Head parch- ment color. Thorax, above, luteus slightly darker on the mesothorax; pleurae luteus to whitish with brown edges. Axillary cords (Snod- . grass, 09, The Thorax of Insects and the Articulations of the Wings, p. 553) of the fore-wing prolonged into slender acute spines which pro- ject backward on either side of the hinder lobe of the mesothorax. Axillary cords of the hind wings prolonged in similar but less prominent spines. Wings hyaline, costal region sub-hyaline (Pl. IV, fig. 6); abdomen brown, pale at joinings and beneath. Color evidently mostly due to contained ova. Sternite one longer than those following; ster- 114 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, nite 7 with its posterior portion overlapping sternite 8 and with its pos- terior margin bilobed. Setae 3, nearly equal length, pilose; color pale luteus with distinct brown rings at the joinings. Female subimago. Wings sub-hyaline and veins brown. Seg- ment 7 not bilobed as in the imago. Nymph (Pl. VI, fig. 1; Pl. VII, fig. 3; Pl. VIII, fig. 5). Head and body rounded and smooth, and without tubercles. Legs small in com- parison with the size of the body. Head, rounded and without eleva- ‘ tions (Pl. VI, fig. 1). The left maxilla is shown on PI. III, fig. 5. Thorax, above smooth. Color, mottled brownish without definite markings. Prothorax wider than the head its lateral margins slightly flaring, and its width equal to that of the mesothorax; metathorax con- cealed from above. Legs weak, the femora poorly developed and with a row of hairs on its posterior margin (Pl. VII, fig. 3). Abdomen, above rounded, gills present on segments 3-7, the posterior margins of segments 4-9 with a double median row of small spinose elevations; segments 3-9 with their posterior lateral angles produced into flat spines w whose mar- gins are spinose serrate. Setae brownish indefinitely banded with whitish; basal joinings with circlets of hairs. Ephemerella cornuta, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. This, before mentioned species, was reared at Salisbury, Connecticut. The dates given by Miss Smith for its capture and rearing are July 20, 21. But two stages, those of the male sub-imago and the nymph are repre- sented. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae. Male subimago 10.5 m. n. Nymph 10 m.m. 6.m.m. Male subimago, general color pale luteus with annular bands of brown on the abdomen. Eyes prominent. Head with ocelli white, encircled with broad bands of blackish brown; carina, frons and occiput pale; antennae light brown. Thorax, above pale luteus; the prothorax irregularly streaked with brown. Axillary cords of the fore-wing produced into a slender point extending backward on either side the median lobe of the metathorax, such prolongations not evident in the hinder wing. Legs, pale, the fore femora lightly shaded with brown. Wings, sub-hyaline, brownish at the base (Pl. IX, fig. 5). Abdomen pale whitish, with annular bands of brown shading. Setae 3, whitish. Nymph. Body slender, and tapering from the mesothorax. Fore femora shorter and wider than the others and with its anterior margin unevenly toothed (Pl. VII, fig. 6). Head, with prominent incurving horns just below the antennae; general shape sub-quadrangular with the posterior angles rounded, and the frontal margin fringed with hairs and projected forward; origin of the antennae partly hidden by the curving ledges at the bases of the horns (Pl. VI, fig. 3). (Left maxilla 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 115 shown on Pl. VIII, fig. 6.) Thorax, mottled brownish; prothorax quadrangular, its angles closely fitting to the mesothorax. Legs with the margins of the second and third femora entire; the first femur fig- ured on Pl. VII, fig. 6. Abdomen, rounded above, flattened below; without dorsal spines or tubercles. Gills on segments 3-7; postero- lateral angles of segments 3-9 produced into flattened spines becoming more acuminate posteriorly; posterior margins of segments 2-10 sparsely edged with hairs; lateral margins of segments 3-9 spinose serrate. Setae, pale, except for a single brown ring at the base of each. Tricorythus allectus Needham. This species was described by Prof. Needham in Bull. 86, N. Y. State Mus. as Caenis allecta, but afterward referred by him to the genus Tricorythus, in Bull. 124 N. Y. State Mus. Occurrence, habitat. These nymphs are closely associated with Caenis, though they have not thus far been often found in the ill smelling mud generally preferred by that nymph. They clamber about in fine silt and sand, and the particles which adhere to their hairy bodies make them practically invisible. A handful of mud which appears to contain no sign of life, will after a few minutes draining, reveal slowly moving bits of mud which may prove to be either Caenis or Tricorythus according to the quality of the mud. Tricorythus allectus is one of the commonest species in Fall Creek. During June and July, the imagoes may be found strewn upon the surface of little protected inlets along its shores, or caught in the meshes of the spider- webs on walls and bridges near it. Measurement. Length of body 6.5m.m. Length of setae 4m. m. Mouth—parts and gill lamella (Pl. XI.) The nymphs of Tricorythus may be at once distinguished from those of Caenis by the shape of the elytroid gill cover, rounded at the end in Caenis, distinctly triangular in Tricorythus (Pl. XI, fig. 1). Color yellowish, pale below; abdomen marked with transverse bands of brown broken by a median longitudinal pale stripe. Elytroid lamella prominent, purplish brown at the base. Body all over sparsely beset with hairs. Antennae pale with basal segments brown. Legs pale with a blackish spot at the proximal joint of each tibia. Gills not a, hidden by elytroid lamellae. Lateral spines on segments 2-9. etae 3. Caenis. This genus is plentifully represented by Caenis hilaris, Say, and by nymphs of some other species not yet reared here. 116 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Chirotonetes albomanicatus Needham. Occurrence, habitat. Nymphs of this abundant species were found full grown in the dashing waters of the falls and riffles from the latter part of May to August 12th. In May they were seen to emerge in greatest numbers during the late afternoon and twilight. They crawled up on the shore leaving their cast skins clinging to the stones or less often they flew up directly from the mid current. The dark wings and body and the white forelegs of the sub-imago made it very conspicuous as it rested upon the gray stones or flew upward. Robins made a regular custom of coming to the shores and collecting the insects as they emerged. From four to six nymphs might be often seen pro- jecting from their beaks. Siphlurus alternatus Say. This elegant species has been found to be very desir- able for the indoor aquarium. It lives in still pools and demands only a minimum supply of fresh water and plenty of plant food. It was common all through April, May, and a portion of June. Nymphs kept in the laboratory aquarium nearly all lived to emerge and doubtless could have been kept there several months had they been taken early enough. Baetis pygmea Hagen. This species has been found chiefly interesting for its habits of egg-laying. From early June to late August the stones in the waters of the creek were covered with small elongate egg- patches rounded at one end, narrower and sharply squared off at the other. Plate XII, fig. 1 shows a stone about seven by ten inches in size on which the egg masses were scattered with average abundance. The surface upon which the eggs rested was the down-stream side of the stone and that portion where they were thickest was nearest to the surface of the water. On the same plate (fig. 2) is shown a photograph in which the patches are enlarged sufficiently to show the individual eggs. The laying of the eggs may be seen if one closely watches some stone which is marked as a favorite site by the presence of many masses. The following observation was made through an ordi- nary reading glass, but the processes may be easily seen with the naked eye. Flying close to the surface of the water, the insect alighted on a stone projecting slightly from the water and well protected from the force of the current on its downstream side. She 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. Li¢/ immediately walked to the protected side and downward to the water. First, wrapping her wings about the abdomen, she made several attempts to immerse her head and thorax. This appears to be the critical stage of the performance, for many females are washed from the stone while attempting it. Once beneath the surface she started on a tour of inspection for the proper surface. This tour lasted for several minutes during which time she continually walked to and fro, pausing, feeling with the abdomen, and passing on unsatisfied. When a suit- able place was finally found she braced her legs firmly, bent the abdomen downward, curved the setae upward and pressed the openings of the oviducts closely to the surface. The whole abdomen was then swung from side to side with a slow pendu- lum-like motion, each stroke leaving an irregular row of minute white eggs adhering to the surface. The strokes were at first somewhat circular and longer than those which followed. As the egg mass grew in length the insect moved forward a little to allow the eggs to lie in succeeding rows. When the egg supply was ex- hausted she stopped with a jerk of the abdomen and proceeded to clamber out of the water. When examined in the laboratory the abdomen of this female was found to contain only a few undeveloped eggs in the ovaries and none in the oviducts. Ameletus ludens Needham. Occurrence, habitat. In Pleasant Brook on April 25 nymphs of Ameletus ludens, were found in great abundance resting upon the bottom or darting about much like the nymphs of Callibaetis. They were the dominant insect of the stream at this time. One soft bottomed pool about four feet long, and two wide yielded about 300 nymphs in half an hour’s collecting, and many more remained. Full grown nymphs were placed in cages for purposes of rearing. The female sub- imago, was found to correspond with Prof. Needham’s descrip- tion given in Bull. 86 of the N. Y. State Mus. Attempts were then made to secure a male to add to the life-history since Prof. Needham was unable to procure one. The results of the tearing were as follows: April 29, 1 nymph emerged, transformed April 30. Female. April 30, 1 nymph : May 1. May7, 1nymph Ue ue May 8. a May 8, 3 emerged nymphs, Le April 9. “ Repeated rearings failed to secure a male specimen. An enclosure was then made in a neighboring rill by means of boards 118 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, and fine meshed wire-cloth. Over this, a cheese-cloth tent was erected, and in it a large number of nymphs were placed. The records of the results obtained are as follows: May 8, 12 nymphs emerged before 12 M., transformed before May 9, 12 M. All Females. May 10, 40 st “i before 12 M., 4 before 12 M., May 9. All Females. May 12, 25 ue before 12 M., a May 13, before 12 M. All Females. That these nymphs emerged so regularly before noon was doubtless due to the fact that the sunshine reached the tent only at this time and in the late afternoon. Rearings were made as long as the season lasted but neither among the reared specimens nor among the nymphs collected could a male be found. A few specimens of the same species were also collected in two other streams near Ithaca, but no males were found. The fact that no male specimens have been taken neither in collecting, or rearing, indicates a case of parthenogenesis in this species. Female imago. Measurements. Length of body 10m.m. Length of setae 10 m. m. Color bright reddish brown with whitish areas on the thoracic pleurae. Abdomen reddish brown slightly paler beneath with the ventral ganglia marked by darker areas. Antennae brown, paler at the base, the second segment very long. Thorax brown; legs brown, the third pair slightly paler than the others; wings hyaline with their bases shaded with brown and the veins very distinct. Setae brown with their joinings distinctly lined with brown. SUMMARY. 1. The physical features of Fall Creek make possible the greatest variety of aquatic conditions. A study of the abundant May-fly fauna which lives under these conditions has revealed a series of striking adaptations to environment. 2. One may best observe the nymphs and secure adults of uncommon species by rearing the insects in their own sur- roundings. For this purpose a new type of breeding cage has been described and figured. 3. Observations upon representatives of 17 different genera have shown some interesting points in structure and ecology. Among these have been described the structural adaptations of various nymphs, the striking peculiarities. of Ephemerella nymphs, the emerging of Blasturus cupidus, the swarming of Ephemera and Leptophlebia, and the egg-laying of Baetis. 4. No male specimen of Ameletus was secured either by collection or among 83 reared specimens. I have, therefore, suggested that this species may present acase of parthenogenesis. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 119 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. (All figures much enlarged.) PLATE VI. Heads of Ephemerella nymphs. Fig. 1. Ephemerella rotunda sp. nov. ds tuberculata “ fi 3: & cornuta a eae - deficiens e aS cs serrata « “ 6. “ lata “ PLATE VII. Legs of Ephemerella Nymphs. Fig. 1. Right legs of Ephemerella lata sp. nov. 2 “foreleg “ serrata & «“« 3 “ “ “ “ rotunda “ “ a “ “ “ “ deficiens “ “ Fe “ “ “ “ tuberculata “ “ 6. “ “ “ “ cornuta “ These drawings are all made from the upper or dorsal aspect. The enlarged sketches of the claw and tarsus of each show the ventral aspect of the tarsus with its chitinous comb which is used in clinging to the rocks. PLATE VIII. Mouth-parts of Ephemerella nymphs. Fig. 1. Mouth-parts of Ephemerella lata. sp. nov.; r. md., right mandible; 1. md., left mandible; Ir., labrum; 1., labium; mx., left maxilla; hy., hypopharynx, viewed from above. Fig. 2. Left maxilla of, Ephemerella serrata sp. nov. ns tuberculata “ “ 4, “ “ “ “ deficiens “ “ 5. “ “ “ “ rotunda “ “ 6. “ “ “ “ cornuta “ PLATE IX. Epeorus and Ephemerella. Fig. 1. Epeorus humeralis sp. nov. Portions of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments of the nymph with gills removed, to show lateral spines. Fig. 2. Forceps and penes of Epeorus humeralis, sp. nov. (From below.) 3. e “ Ephemerella serrata sp. nov. (From below) pie « A £ deficiens “(From below). % i. Wings of c cornuta s «“ “ “ rotunda “ ts ¢ Epeorus humeralis e PLATE X. Iron fragilis sp. nov. Fig. 1. Mouth-parts of the nymph; 1, outer aspect of the labium; Il., inner aspect of the labium;r. md., right mandible; 1.md., left mandible; hy., hypopharynx. Fig. 2. Wings. Fig. 3. Foreleg of the male imago. Fig. 4. Forceps and penes from below; dotted lines represent the portion of the penes hidden by the last sternite. PLATE XI. Tricorythus allectus Needham. Fig. la. Elytroid lamella; hy., es Ir. labrum; r. md., right ‘mandible; 1. md., left mandible, mx. left maxilla; 1., labium. PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Surface of stone covered with masses of Baetis eggs. “2. A few of the masses enlarged. ANNALS E. S. A. Vou. IV, PLaTE VI. ‘ a H. Morg2n. ANNALS E, S. A. Vou. IV, PLatE XVII. GH. Morgan ANNALS E. S. A. Vou. IV, PLATE VIII. if nm a y Qi ' aR iN hy 4 aah nyt \' I ny jp h Hi wy ATMS ‘) oe \ OM Nd " QH Morjor Ix. VoL. IV, PLATE ANNALS E, 8. A. aS, eerie na SSS Soy lee ET S a x & A ) a ae = > BM Morgan Vou. IV, PLATE X- ANNALS E, S. A. eR <7 ‘ hy 4) AMY Want AY a 4 . S Cale NW SS Se SS Wig ws H — GH Margen ANNAIS E. S. A. Vou. 1V, PLATE XT. QH. Morgan, ANNALS E. S. A. Vor. IV, PLarEe XII. A. H. Morgan. ANNOUNCEMENT OF FURTHER RESULTS SECURED IN THE STUDY OF MUSCOID FLIES. By Cwartes H. T. TowNsEnpD, Piura, Peru. The work on the female reproductive system, eggs, and first-stage maggots of the Tachinid flies and their allies, begun in 1908 by the writer at the Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory in Massachusetts, under the direction of Dr. L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology, has been prosecuted to date as time permitted. The results are now such that it becomes desirable to make an announcement of them in brief. This announcement is in advance of a series of much more complete papers, which will contain plates of the female repro- ductive and accessory organs, eggs, first-stage maggots, and cephalopharyngeal skeletons of the latter, some 200 drawings having already been completed for this purpose. The female reproductive and accessory organs in the Mus- coid flies consist of (1) ovaries, (2) oviducts and common ovi- duct, (3) spermathecae and their ducts—3 in number, (4) tub- ular (or colleterial or accessory) glands and their ducts—2 in number, (5) uterus when present, including what may be termed the preuterus which is present in some forms, (6) uter- ° ovagina, being a vagina proper which functions anteriorly as a true uterus when latter is absent, and (7) ovipositor or larvipositor and appendages. The functions of most of the above organs are generally understood,. but the following points need mention: The tubular glands function as secretory organs for the pro- duction of the viscid fluid for coating the eggs, and are more or less rudimentary in those forms that deposit maggots; the preuterus is a small sac at the head of the uterus, in which the egg of some forms is fertilized before passing into the uterus proper, the spermathecal ducts opening into it; the uterovagina is a short tube homologous with the so-called insect vagina, its anterior portion filling the office of uterus in those forms without distinct uterus, the spermathecal and tubular gland ducts opening therein, its posterior end filling the office of vagina. The openings of the spermathecal ducts always mark the transition from common oviduct to functional uterus. 127 128 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, The results so far secured in the present work indicate at least 37 distinct series in the Muscoid flies (exclusive of Antho- myiidae and Acalyptratae), based mainly on the characters of the reproductive and accessory organs of the female fly, the egg, first-stage maggot, and in some cases the facial plate and other characters of the external anatomy of. the adult. Undoubtedly further work will demonstrate the existence of further series demanding recognition. Briefly the series so far recognized may be tabulated as follows: 1. TRICHOPODINE series—Xanthomelanodes peruanus n. sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3983. No uterus, utero- vagina short and broad, tubular glands short and thick, sper- mathecal ducts very long and spermathecae attached in hood, oviducts of moderate length and thickness, ten eggtubes in each ovary in the above species, eggs flattened and pink-sal- mon to flesh-brown in color when mature. The chorion of egg is beautifully honey-comb reticulate. Xanthomelanodes and allies. Trichopoda and allies, many of which have been dissected, have same eggs and ovaries, and almost certainly the same type of reproductive system. 2. RUTILIINE series—Rutilia sp. and Amphibolia sp. (Aus- tralia) dissected, TD 1864, 1866. Uterus present, but its character not yet known. Maggots long and slender, hairy or furnished with hairs at anal end. Rutilia maggot has anal hairs, Amphibolia maggot is thinly hairy on body. Rutilia, Amphibolia and allies—Australian flies, most of rather large size. These will probably need division into several series. 3. PHASIINE series—Uterus present, form not known. Egg very elongate, slender, TD 480 (South Carolina), near Alophora, has what seems a piercing larvipositor or ovipositor, but curved in the opposite direction from that of Compsilura and not so sharp apically. Phasia, Alophora, Hyalomyia and allies, but these have yet to be studied. 4. GRAPHOGASTERINE series—Hyalomyodes sp. (South Carolina) dissected, TD 481. Uterus present, eggs and maggots slender. Hyalomyodes and allies, and probably Anurogyna. 5. GLOSSININE series—Functional uterus, whether uterus proper or uterovagina, greatly enlarged to hold the maggot until fully grown and ready to pupate, some special provision being evidently present for the feeding of the maggot during ROWE ire Study of Muscoid Flies 129 its three stages. A most remarkable and distinct type, in any event, not only in its reproductive system and habit, but also in its venation and other characters. Glossina and allies— African blood-sucking flies, carriers of Trypanosomae of var- ious forms of sleeping sickness in man and animals. 6. STOMOXYDINE series—Stomoxys calcitrans (Peru) dis- sected and drawn, TD 3985. No uterus, uterovagina short, spermathecal ducts long and doubled, tubular glands fairly well developed but not longer than oviduct plus common ovi- duct. Eggs elongate and deposited on dung. Adult with piercing mouthparts in both sexes. Ovipositor with a dorsal pair of bristly, slightly curved, subcylindrical chitinous processes. Stomoxys, and probably Lyperosia, Haematobia and allies— blood-sucking flies and probable carriers of microzoa of certain cattle diseases. 7. CALLIPHORINE series—Compsomyia macellaria (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3984. No uterus, uterovagina very short; spermathecal ducts very short, only as long as the sper- mathecae themselves; tubular glands only very moderately developed, about as long as common oviduct plus oviduct, the latter hardly half the length of the former. Ovipositor simple. Mouthparts fleshy. Eggs elongate, deposited in sores or on meat, the product of both ovaries being deposited at one time. Compsomyia and allies, and probably Calliphora, Lucilia and allies. 8. MESEMBRININE series—Probably a distinct series comes here, including Mesembrina and allies, and especially Dr. Adolf Lutz’s strange Brazilian fly which Prof. Hermann deter- mines to be Pseudogametes, and which seems to have Mesem- brinine affinities. 9. MuscINE series—Musca domestica (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3982. No uterus, uterovagina elongate; a pair of uterovaginal pouches springing from lateral anterior walls, one on each side below insertion of spermathecal and tubular gland ducts, being accessory copulatory vesicles of Hewitt; tubular glands long and slender; eggs elongate, depos- ited on dung, etc. Musca and allies. 10. SARCOPHAGINE series—Sarcophaga 2 spp. (Peru) dis- sected and drawn. Uterus, when distended, heart-shaped or cordate, maggots rather irregularly disposed therein. Utero- vagina short, but with two dorsally-lying sacs or large pouches 130 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, developed from its anterior ventrolateral walls, one on each side, these two sacs and the uterovagina together forming the heart-shaped functional uterus, which contains the eggs until the embryo has developed to the fully formed maggot ready for deposition on host or food-substance. Sarcophaga and allies; and possibly Rhinophora, Melanophora, Brachycoma and allies, the last three genera being included by external anatomi- cal analogy. Brachycoma is a Bombus inquiline or parasite; Rhinophora and Melanophora are terrestrial-isopod parasites. 11. MeEToPrINE series—Metopia sp., TD 3988; Selenomyia sp., TD 3998; Sarcomacronychia sp., TD 3996 (all Peru) dissected and the first drawn. Uterus thick short V-shape, the arms of the V being productions anteriorly of the ventral walls of the uterovagina on each side, on the same plan as that of Sarcophaga but in different form, not rounded but rectangu- lar pouches, the form doubtless due largely to regular disposi- tion of the contained eggs and maggots; spermathecal ducts very long, doubled on themselves; tubular glands thick and mod- erately long. Maggots and eggs regularly arranged on end in uterus in triple and quadruple file. The uterovagina forms the base of the V, thus functioning as part of the uterus; the empty arms appear as blind tubes. Metopia, Selenomyia, Sarcoma- cronychia and allies. It is to be noted that the facial plate in the adult of Metopia is widely different from that of the rest of the group, probably due to antennal development, thus indi- cating its inferior rank in this series. Largely muddauber- wasp inquilines or parasites, feeding on contents of nests. Related to the Sarcophagine series. 12. COMPSILURINE series—Compsilura concinnata (Eu- rope), Dexodes nigripes (Europe), Vibrissina sp. (Florida), and Eucelatoria spp. (Florida and Peru) dissected; TD 290, 132, 775, 1229, 3906. Uterus slender, long; in several coils, maggots and eggs normally obliquely on end, the maggots usually in single file, deposited subcutaneously in host through the hollow curved piercer of female fly, the single file arrange- ment doubtless for the purpose of facilitating the passage of maggots through the piercer. This type is a modification of the Hemimasiceratine type, with the addition of a piercing larvi- positor for subcutaneous deposition of the maggots. Comp- silura, Vibrissina, Eucelatoria and allies, including so far as known all flies whose females are provided with a curved piercing sharp-pointed larvipositor. 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 131 13. TACHININE series—Tricholyga sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3971. Tachina spp. (Europe, America and Ja- pan) dissected. No uterus, uterovagina normal and capable of holding but few eggs at a time; eggs oval and flattened, pro- vided with a terminal dorsal hinged lid or cap for exit of maggot, normally deposited in a comparatively undeveloped state of embryo on host. Tubular glands very long and highly func- tional. Chorion hard, opaque, not reticulate. Tachina, Tri- cholyga and allies. Everything here points to egg deposition, and it is thus difficult to understand Dr. I. C. Nielson’s record of larviposition for his Tachina larvarum, female flies of which appear to be the same as the ordinary form from which we secured deposition of great numbers of eggs but never a maggot, at the Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory. 14. MEIGENIINE series—Eumyothyria sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3981. Uterus in a single coil, tubular and thickened when full of eggs; egg oval and flattened like that of Tachina, maggot developing within egg in uterus certainly to some extent, but egg evidently deposited on host after a cer- tain period of uterine incubation. The flat eggs exhibit a shingled arrangement in the uterus. The long well developed tubular glands show that the eggs are intended for deposition as such, before the escape of the maggot. Both tubular glands and eggs are practically same asin the Tachinine series. Eumy- othyria and quite certainly Meigenia and allies. TD 651 (Florida) with small brown flat eggs, which were certainly uterine, and TD 738 (Ocean Beach, So. Florida), with Plagia- like venation and small flat uterine eggs may possibly come here. 15th series—Apparently what Coquillett determines as Sturmia distincta, which seems same as protoparcis Towns. and is probably referable to Zygobothria (Florida), TD 619; and other spp. (Europe and Florida) dissected. Short coiled strap-like uterus full of maggots and eggs on end, after style of Hystriciine series (which follows) but in only two or three coils and with white maggots which are evidently deposited on hosts, being without anal membraneous pad for leaf-attachment. Zygobothria and allies, provided Z. bimaculata Htg. of Europe, the type of the genus, agrees herein as it seems to in external characters. Type specimens of many genera will have to be dissected before we will know what name to give this series. 132 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 16. HystfRICIINE series—Archytas sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3989; and Melanophrys, Varichaeta, Copecrypta, Echinomyia, Jurinia, Paradejeania, Dejeania, Saundersia, and many others dissected and their maggots drawn. Very long coiled strap-like uterus, in many coils, band-like, wide and thick, full of eggs and maggots on end, the thickness of the uterus corresponding to the length of the maggots and eggs contained, but the uterus lying on edge in a spiral like a watch-spring; maggots developing therein and becoming dark colored when mature from the blackish dorsal and lateral minute scale-like plates, deposited on the foliage of plants in proximity to their hosts, being furnished with an anal membranous attachment pad for adhering to plant surfaces. Tubular glands short and small. The above named genera and their allies, forming a very large and predominant series especially in the mountain- ous regions of both Americas, and representing the most recent phase of Muscoid fly evolution. This series will need to be divided into several groups. : 17. MASICERATINE series—Blepharipa politana n. sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3977; others dissected and their maggots and eggs drawn. Very long coiled tubular slender uterus, in many coils, filled with thousands of microscopic eggs which are held till the contained maggots are fully formed when they have become black in color and are deposited on foliage to be swallowed by hosts in feeding, being placed in proximity to leaf-eating insects, probably always lepidopterous larvae. Tubular glands moderately thick and developed. The chorion of the egg in this series exhibits always a honey- comb-like or network system of reticulation, though often also showing minute light-colored points appearing as microscopic punctures. The chorion of egg is oval in outline viewed from above. TD 877 (So. Florida), the adult of which at first sight appears much like Cnephalia, has the egg-substance protruded beyond the chorion at both ends, giving the eggs a decidedly slender and pointed appearance especially when seen in situ through the walls of the uterus. The explanation of this pecu- liarity has yet to be learned. The series includes Masicera, Blepharipa, etc., forming with other leaf-ovipositing flies a large group more especially predominant in the lowlands of both Ameri- cas as well as other parts of the world, and representing an extreme phase of Muscoid fly evolution somewhat less recent than that of the Hystriciine series. 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 133 ~ 18th series—Species agreeing in external characters with Eumasicera but certainly not that genus (Peru), TD 3987; dissected; probably Exorista futilis O. S., determined in the adult by Mr. W. R. Thompson (Massachusetts), TD 344, 361. Uterus short, thick, tubular, in only two or three coils, filled with microscopic oval eggs of same character as those of Masiceratine series except that they show no honeycomb or network reticulation but a concentric-ring or concentric- arc pattern viewed from above, apparently due to a dispo- sition of ridges or wrinkles in the chorion. Eggs deposited on foliage, probably for lepidopterous larvae only. The above mentioned forms must, I think, belong to the same genus as the reticulation of the chorion is of the same character; but until the type species of Exorista, Sturmia, and various other genera are dissected, it will be impossible to say what generic name must be given them; and still further genera must be dissected before we can know what name to give this series, which may include Phorocera, or even older genera. TD 437, which seems refer- able to Phorocera on external adult characters, probably comes in this series; it is European. 19th series—Ophirosturmia cincta gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4012. Uterus tubular and elongate in four to six coils, stouter near head, filled with microscopic oval brownish-yellow to yellow-brown eggs, whose choria exhibit a honeycomb reticulation, the eggs deposited on leaves in proximity to certain leaf-eating insects. There is no punc- tulation to the chorion. Distinguished from the Masiceratine series by difference in spermathecal ducts, and by the brown- yellow color of the mature eggs, as well as other points. Apical cell ending well before wing-tip. There are other series yet to be defined among the leaf-ovi- positing forms. 20. GYMNOCHAETINE series—Gymnochaeta sp. (Peru) dis- sected, maggot drawn, TD 3973. Maggots and eggs on end in two or three rows in very long subtubular coiled uterus; maggots black by reason of the body segments bearing a large dorsal and two small lateral colored plates, these made up of minute colored scale-like plates of different form from those of the Hystriciine series; the maggot with ventral locomotory spine- pads and spine-rows composed of very microscopic spines and evidently specially fitted for locomotion in the open; no anal 134 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, membraneous attachment pad being present. This is a totally new type of maggot and indicates a widely diverse habit from others so far known. Gymnochaeta and _ allies. 2ist series—Ophirion mirabile gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dis- sected and drawn, TD 3980. Maggots and eggs rather loosely disposed in long slender tubular uterus, the eggs in two rows obliquely on end; an elbow-like preuterus, uterus arising from inside angle of elbow, common oviduct opening into one end of elbow and the spermathecal and tubular gland ducts into the other end; oviducts long and slender, tubular glands very short; maggots of a peculiar and new type, remarkable in that they appear emarginate laterally and are furnished with a dark-colored pattern. 22. PSEUDODEXIINE series—Ophirodexia pulchra gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3999. Uterus thick, tubular, in two coils, with eggs and maggots obliquely on end; a true preuterus homologous with the forward half or more of the uterovagina, the uterus having evidently developed from the walls of the vagina proper; spermathecal and tubular gland ducts opening into the preuterus, which has capacity of just one egg; all these ducts very short; tubular glands only about three times as long as preuterus, or as long as common oviduct plus oviduct; oviducts very short and thick; common oviduct much longer and slender, being about twice length of preuterus. Maggots slender. Abdomen of fly elongate, sub- cylindrical; facial plate long, wide, not constricted by vibrissal angles, cut off abruptly below; antennae elongate, arista plum- ose. These characters apply to the above form, TD 3999. Ophirodexia and allies, including probably Pseudodexia, Lep- toda, Cordyligaster, and a host of others. Atrophopoda may come here, or may be very distinct. 23. OCYPTERINE series—Probably a distinct series comes here for Ocyptera and allies. The genus has been dissected, but not with sufficient care. The eggs are elongate, stout, subcylindrical; maggot unknown to me. 24. THRYPTOCERATINE series—Probably a series comes here for Thryptocera and allies. Eggs slender, elongate. Maggot not known to me. 25. HEMIMASICERATINE series—Uterus present, doubtless coiled, containing elongate white maggots which must be deposited on host. Hemimasicera, Sisyropa and allies. These 1911} Study of Muscoid Flies 135 genera dissected and maggots drawn, but the form of uterus was not determined. 26. SIPHOSTURMINE series—Siphosturmia sp. (Peru) dis- sected. TD 4002. Single-coil uterus, sub-tubular, with two rows of eggs and maggots; very long ovipositor, sub-chitinous, in its unextended position in abdomen measuring nearly one- half the length of uterus; ovaries slender, elongate, with few eggtubes; oviducts long, common oviduct same length as ovi- duct; spermathecae elongate-oval, two joined in hood, the third free; spermathecal ducts elongate, about as long as common oviduct; tubular glands moderately elongate and slender, about as long as common oviduct plus oviduct. Siphosturmia and allies. Florida specimens of the genus have also been dissected. 27th series—Anisia, Erynnia, Gymnostylia spp., or forms allied to these genera so far as can be known by external adult characters, including Hypostena barbata of Coqt. in part (Peru and Maryland) dissected, TD 4001, 433. Plump white maggots with well-developed spine rows on ventral surface. Uterus slender, tubular, coiled three times within itself; mag- gots in single file, oblique to nearly longitudinal in position according to degree of crowding in uterus; spermathecal ducts long, tubular glands not long; ovaries elongate, with few egg- tubes. The maggots of the Peruvian form (TD 4001) show five highly developed ventral spine rows; those of the D. C. form (TD 433, collected by Knab on Plummers Island follow- ing a beetle of Calligrapha bigsbyana) are very similar, having five transverse rows of strong hooked spines on posterior half of median ventral surfaces. Maggots of TD 352 (Mass.) are short and plump, with strongly marked complete rows of spines encircling the body, and may not belong here; the fly has a different facies. The series embraces flies that are parasites of both the grubs and adults of certain beetles, especially Chrysomelidae. The European tachinid parasite of the import- ed elm-leaf beetle apparently belongs here. Many genera will likewise have to be dissected before this series can be named. 28. PAREXORISTINE series—Parexorista cheloniae (Europe) and Parexorista sp. (Mass.) dissected, TD 432. Uterus in a single coil, containing elongate subcylindrical eggs which are furnished with a pedicel, the eggs incubated in uterus sometimes to an advanced stage of the embryo and then deposited on host attached to skin or hairs of latter by pedicel. Parexorista and allies. 136 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 29. DEXINE series—Almugmyia arida gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3979. Dexia, Mochlosoma, Sirostoma, Sardiocera, and allied forms dissected and maggots drawn. Uterus thick, tubular, in one coil; eggs and maggots in a very oblique and somewhat spiral arrangement; ovaries very slender, elongate, consisting of few eggtubes; common ovi- duct rather long, oviducts short, spermathecal ducts long and doubled, tubular glands small. The maggots of Almugmyia and Sirostoma have anal spiracular tubes carried out in long slender anal processes which are tipped with bristles; the eggs of the first are sharply pointed anally, due to the presence inside the chorion of the anal bristles of the developing maggot. Probably the genera above mentioned all come in this series with many others, but the reproductive-system characters above given have not yet been verified for the genera other than Almugmyia. Parasites of white-grubs, woodboring-grubs, and probably others. 30. MyYIOPHASIINE series—Ennyomma globosa (South Car- olina and Florida) dissected, TD 509. The maggot is so slender as to be almost filiform. Uterus present, but form not determined. Ennyomma, Myiophasia and allies. Parasites of weevil grubs in green fruits. 31. PHASIOPTERYGINE series—Phasiopteryx spp. (Colo- rado, Veracruz and Peru) dissected, TD 1791, 1791a, 4005. Uterus present, very long and slender, in many irregular knot- like coils and turns, the upper part more regularly coiled, receiv- ing the eggs while latter are still microscopic, the eggs growing to full size in upper part of uterus. Ovaries and oviducts very small, the latter not over one-fourth the diameter of a full- grown uterine egg. Preuterus present. Spermathecal ducts very short, tubular glands short. Maggots with five longitudi- ~ nal rows of strongly chitinized segmental plates, those of median row wide and covering dorsum of segments, those of inner lat- eral row narrowed, those of outer lateral row presenting a ser- rate outline below; underside white and soft. The chitinized plates of the maggot vary from brownish-yellow to black, over- lap when the maggot in contracted, the segments telescoping and producing a strongly emarginate outline both from above and in profile. These plates are evidently ambulatory in func- tion as well as protective against conditions of life in the open or subopen. Maggots elongate when not contracted, moderate- 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 13 ly wide, flat below; wide and short when contracted. The habit is larviposition, but one can not even guess at the larval habit and host relation. This is a most interesting and remarkably dis- tinct type. Although the Colorado and Veracruz specimens of the fly look quite alike externally, the maggots from the Vera- cruz specimen all show two large black bunches of strong more or less swollen and hooked or cleft spines on cephalic segment which are wholly lacking in the maggots from the Colorado specimen, indicating two very distinct species. The maggots from the Peruvian specimen do not show these cephalic spine- bunches; they besides differ from both the Colorado and Vera- cruz maggots in the characters of the segmental plates. The Veracruz specimen came from Orizaba (coll. by Herbert Osborn) and is probably P. bilimeki B. B., the type of which came from the same locality. A much fuller description with figures of the maggots and female reproductive system will be given in forthcoming papers. 32. MEGAPROSOPINE series—Microphthalma spp. (North and South America) dissected, TD 313, 3915. Uterus pres- ent, long, subtubular, in several coils, filled with thousands of slender pointed eggs and maggots. The maggot of Microph- thalma is very hairy, being the extreme development in this respect so far as known. This series includes Microphthalma and allies, and almost certainly Megaprosopus. Trixodes is almost certainly the type of a separate series. The first and probably the second are white-grub parasites, while Trixodes is probably a woodboring-grub parasite. 33. MACRONYCHNIINE series—No dissections of Macrony- chia have as yet been made. The uterus may well be Meto- piine in form. At all events it must be quite distinct from the preceding series. The forms are perhaps muddauber-wasp inquilines. 34. CUTEREBRINE series—Cuterebra spp. (Florida and South Carolina) dissected, eggs drawn, TD 487, 486. | Probab- ly no uterus, as the eggs are certainly deposited; chorion of egg very thick and hard, furnished at what is probably cephalic end and with a hinged lid or cap opening on dorsal aspect of egg and provided for the exit of the maggot which could not otherwise escape from its heavy chorion-prison, thus demon- strating most conclusively that the egg is intended for deposi- tion as such. Eggs probably deposited externally on skin or 138 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, hairs of host, and not swallowed, the maggots probably—almost certainly—penetrating skin at point of oviposition; Dermatobia hominis is practically known to have these habits. Cuterebra, Dermatobia, and probably Rogenhofera and Bogeria. 35. GASTROPHILINE series—Probably a uterus in which the eggs are incubated to a certain extent; eggs pediceled and per- haps ready to hatch soon after deposition, deposited on hairs of Equus and on Elephas, in the latter case probably on the hairs; maggots issuing from chorion in mouth or oesophagus of host and living in alimentary canal of same, passing out with the faeces when fully grown. Gastrophilus and probably Cobboldia, the latter parasitic in elephants in Africa and India. 36. OESTRINE series—Uterus certainly present; maggots deposited in nostrils of ruminants, elephant and horse, living in nasal and pharyngeal cavities and issuing through nostrils when ready to enter ground for pupation. Oestrus, Rhinoes- trus, Cephenomyia, Cephalomyia, Pharyngobolus—last known only as maggot in pharynx of elephant in Africa. 37. HYPODERMATINE series— Peristomalia or facilia of adult fly remote, enclosing between them what seems to be the exces- sively broadened clypeus or epistoma, perhaps both differing in this character of the facial plate most widely from all the other Muscoidea. The sclerites of these parts need careful study before they can be rightly interpreted. Perhaps a uterus in which the eggs are partially incubated; eggs deposited on hairs of ruminants, rodents and horse, taken into mouth of host, where they hatch or in oesophagus, the resulting maggots mak- ing their way slowly through the tissues to a position beneath the skin where they provide an air-hole and develop rapidly. Hypoderma, Oedemagena and Oestromyia. One of the most remarkable, widely divergent and at the same time well known groups of the superfamily Muscoidea. It is to be noted that the statements ‘dissected and drawn’ and ‘‘dissected”’ refer always to the female reproductive and accessory organs; also that the term maggot as used refers always to the first-stage maggot only, unless otherwise specified. The term series above is not used in a strictly taxonomic sense. The maggots of most of the genera mentioned above for maggot characters have been drawn and described. Although much has been already accomplished in the inves- tigations above outlined, the results as tabulated most graphic- , 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 139 ally illustrate the astonishing amount of such work that yet remains to be done. The above 37 series, as defined or at least mentioned, and including others indicated therewith, will no doubt be more than doubled before the work is brought to a sat- isfactory conclusion. I have at present in tentative outline some 91 groups—taxonomic categories which are to be considered of subfamily or tribal rank, perhaps better the latter, and which may be termed GROUP UNITS. But before these can be satis- factorily defined, hundreds of type species of genera must be carefully dissected and figured, as well for their eggs and mag- gots as for the reproductive system. It is now most confidently believed—in fact, it is axiomatically apparent—that this method of work will finally clear up the taxonomy of these flies and put it on a sound basis. ADDENDA. In order to bring the outline of results up to date of reading proof of the foregoing (April 15, 1911), I wish to add the fol- lowing very brief particulars: CALLIPHORINE series—Synthesiomyia belongs here, as shown by dissection of Peruvian material. It was formerly thought to be more closely allied with Musca. MESEMBRININE series—Dr. Lutz has sent me three speci- mens in fluid of Pseudogametes for dissection, but unfortunately all are males. The fly has a wonderfully strong Oestrid habi- tus, greatly resembling Cuterebra in general form and appear- ance. It will almost certainly need a separate group, the Pseudogametine. SARCOPHAGINE series—Sarcophaga auribarbata n. sp., auri- gena n. sp., argenta n. sp. (all Peru) have been dissected and drawn. Sarcophagula peruana n. sp. (Peru) and many other species of several genera (Florida and Peru) have been dissected and the maggots drawn. TD 354, from Massachusetts, which is apparently closely related to this group, if not a member of it, is remarkable as showing most clearly in the first-stage maggot the seven main pairs of sclerites of the cephalopharyngeal skeleton enumerated at the end of these addenda, with the single exception of the dorsopharyngeal sclerite which is rudimentary or nearly absent. 140 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, METOPIINE series— Prof. Osborn’s important observations on the habits of Senotainia (Ohio Nat., VII, 1906, p. 38) indicate that these flies are guided to the nests of the host by observing the latter in the act of transporting spiders or caterpillars with which to provision same. I believe the maggots are deposited in choria, and stuck to the spiders or caterpillars. After the nest is closed the increased temperature probably arouses the maggots to activity, whereupon they first devour the egg or grub of host and then attack the stored provision. The entire contents of the uterus, which are not great, are deposited almost certainly at one time, extending over several hours, and prob- ably may all be deposited in one nest if the conditions are fav- orable. Perhaps the fly attaches a maggot to the egg of host. COMPSILURINE series—Eucelatoria australis n. sp. (Peru) has been dissected and drawn. The piercing larvipositor in this group is composed of two pieces, of which the upper is much shorter than the lower, the lower being concave dorsally and the upper concave ventrally. Both are sharply pointed but the lower piece curves broadly downward to the point and forms the main piercing organ. The two pieces are hinged at the posterior edge of their broad basal portion and the vagina opens between them. The maggot is expelled between these pieces within the skin of the host. Bouche, Heim and Kirsch- ner were right as to the piercing function of this organ, while Giard was wrong. Nielson adopted the latter’s view in his criticism of my original announcement of subcutaneous larvi- position in these forms, to which I replied in Science (issue of Feby. 4, 1910, p. 195). There are other forms with what appears to be a piercing larvipositor. Mention has already been made of TD 480, which seems to be near Alophora (see Phasiine series). Another case is furnished in a fly from Massachusetts with pseudodexine aspect, TD 371, which has a broad blade-lke larvipositor. These, if true piercers, are probably cases of independent specialization not indicating relationship with this group. Emphanopteryx (not Cryptomeigenia) has a piercer-like organ in the female, but it is doubtful if it is functional as piercing the skin of the host. The genus Celatoria probably also possesses a piercing larvi- positor similar to that of Compsilura. Judging wholly from the descriptions and figures, Coquillett evidently misinter- 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 141 preted the sexes. The sex which he calls the male and which has the strong ventral keel is apparently the female, the keel being functional as a protection to the point of the larvipositor. The ventral groove described indicates this, and the fifth seg- ment mentioned is probably the broad basal part of the larvi- positor. If my surmise is correct, it appears that this form is unique in having the male front wider than that of female. At all events the genus must go in a group by itself, the CELA- TORIINE, on the remarkable spinose character of the last-stage maggot and puparium combined with the other striking char- acters. GYMNOSOMATINE series—Gymnosoma sp. (California and Veracruz) dissected, TD 1815, 1815a. The uterus was not noted and is probably absent. The egg is large, white, very elongate-oval, flattened, chorion without reticulation. Gym- nosoma and allies, perhaps including Oedemasoma, Parasites of adult pentatomids. Habit, host-oviposition. TACHININE series—Neilsen is evidently wrong in his state- ment that his Tachina larvarum deposited maggots. The eggs which he referred to Carcelia were almost certainly those of his T. larvarum. This can be seen by reading his text. In his second paper (1910) he shows the egg of Carcelia to be pediceled. j MEIGENIINE series—This will need further division. The present forms are parasites of Chrysomelid larvae, sawfly larvae, and lepidopterous larvae. Tachinomyia appears to belong here. The following further groups can be indicated at present. VIVIANIINE series—For Viviania, Cryptomeigenia and allies. All are parasites of adult beetles so far as yet known. THRIXIONINE series—Thrixion and allies. Parasites of adult phasmids, etc. PLAGIOPINE series.—Plagiops littoralis gen. et sp. nov. (Ocean Beach, So. Florida), TD 738, mentioned above under Meigeniine series, dissected. The uterus was not noted but is perhaps present. The egg is small, flattened, and ovate. Habit, host-oviposition. PLAGIINE ser—Siphoplagia sp. (Florida) dissected, TD 489; Cyrtophloeba sp. (Mass.), TD 2731, and Plagia sp. (Mass.) TD 2711, dissected. The uterus is in several coils and strap- like in upper extent, the elongate subcylindrical eggs packed in 142 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, rows and developing maggots therein. Habit, larviposition probably on host, as the uterine capacity is limited to a few hundreds. ZYGOSTURMIINE series.—This is the 15th series above. Zygosturmia inca gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4031. Coquillett’s Sturmia distincta and my protoparcis belong to this genus apparently. The oviducts are quite long and slender, common oviduct about two-thirds as long as oviduct, tubular glands about one and one-half times as long as common oviduct plus oviduct, spermathecal ducts about as long as common oviduct, tubular gland ducts only a little shorter than spermathecal ducts; ovaries with comparatively few ovarioles; no true preuterus; uterus strap-like, in but one or two coils, eggs and maggots packed in on the Echinomyiine plan. AZYGOBOTHRIINE series—Azygobothria aurea gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn. The ovaries are large, of many ovarioles. Common oviduct is about as long as one ovary. There is a nipple-like preuterus. The spermathecal ducts are very long, fully twice as long as common oviduct, sinuate, bent at or below middle. Tubular glands are short, only half as long as common oviduct, their ducts nearly twice as long as the glands. The uterus is wide and strap-like, in about two coils more or less. Argyrophylax and Zygobothria seem to belong in the neigh- borhood of these two series, but may not come within either. HyYSTRICIINE series—The leaf-larvipositing forms will need division into at least seven groups, the present including Hystricia, Bombyliomyia, Jurinia and allies. The others follow: MELANOPHRYONINE series—Melanophrys and Artopharista which may or may not be the same. PANZERIINE series—Panzeria, Varichaeta and their allies. Nielson has described the first-stage maggot of Panzeria as having no minute colored plates, which I think is a mistake. The fragment which he thought to be first stage of this species seems either not to have been this species or else to have been a piece of a second-stage skin. His text and figures indicate this conclusion. MICROPALPINE series—Micropalpus and allies. Cope- drypta may or may not come here. 1911} Study of Muscoid Flies 143 ECHINOMYIINE series—Echinomyia, Fabricia and _ allies. Peletria and their allies may come here. SAUNDERSIINE series—Saundersia, Epalpus and their allies. DEJEANIINE series—Dejeania, Paradejeania and _ Lasio- palpus. MASICERATINE series—This and the 18th and 19th series above represent only a part of the leaf-ovipositing minute-egg forms of Tachinidae, which exhibit a surprising variety of type, in female reproductive organs and eggs. They may be divided as follows, so far as now known, leaving the present group for Masicera, Blepharipa and allies, which have a long uterus con- taining black eggs with a honey-comb reticulation of the chorion. BRACHYMASICERATINE series—This is the 18th series above. Brachymasicera polita gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected, TD 3987 Short uterus, black eggs, chorion with a wrinkle pattern and not honey-comb reticulate. BELVOSIINE series—Belvosia, Latreillimyia and allies. Bel- vosia piurana sp. nov. (Peru) dissected, TD 4032. Uterus long, eggs black, chorion without reticulation but coarsely punctu- late, the punctures largely double and triple. Triachora has the chorion more finely and evenly punctu- late, the punctures all single. BLEPHARIPEZINE series—Blepharipeza, Parachaeta and al- lies. Long uterus with black eggs, the chorion conspicuously honey-comb reticulate, the divisions with minute raised points. GONIINE series—Many specimens of various spp. of Gonia from both North and South America have been dissected, and drawings made of two of the dissections which appear widely different. One is a short thick uterus in only one to two coils, with very short oviducts and large ovaries, TD 4011; the other is a very long uterus in five or more coils, with elongate oviducts and somewhat smaller ovaries, TD 4037. Both are from Peru. Other specimens from Piura, Nana (near Lima), and Arequipa, Peru, show both long and short uteri, and I have found developed maggots in the short uterus as well as in the long one. The eggs are minute, flattened ventrally, ovate to subcircular; the chorion is without reticulation, but evenly, closely and very finely punctulate throughout. Preuterus present, common oviduct short, spermathecal ducts and tubular glands elongate. The maggot is elongate-pyriform, sometimes appearing nearly sub- 144 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, cylindrical, and appears to lie curled in the sub-circular or oval egg. Pressure on the egg often causes it to assume an elongate narrow form pointed at ends, inside which the maggot probably lies straight. Slight pressure or teasing with a needle causes the cylindrical anterior portion of the maggot to protrude from the ventral edge of egg, at right angle to long axis. I can see no difference in the maggots from the short and long uteri, and am constrained to believe that here the uterus gradually increases in length as the eggs descend from the ovaries and fill it, although oviposition may begin while the uterus is still short. If this is | so, it is an exceptional case in the great increase of length after maggots have become fully formed within the choria. There seem to be two forms of the flies in the Peruvian material, dis- tinguishable externally, but the separation does not accord with the uterine difference. One or both of these forms are prob- ably what has been called Gonia chilensis. ‘My dissections have shown Gonia frontosa (Mass.) to haye a long coiled uterus; and what I identify as G. pallens and G. angusta (S. Florida) to have a very long uterus. The chorion of the egg is the same in these forms as above described. The above observations indicate that much care and judg- ment must be used in describing the female reproductive organs in these flies. I have noted variations in lengths of uterus in other forms within certain limits; and variation in the number of rows of eggs in the strap-like forms of uterus as well as in certain others, without a corresponding variation in length. It is evident that we need careful investigations in various groups which shall determine how many days elapse between issuance of the fly or fertilization and complete development of the female reproductive organs. I have noted that in Vari- chaeta, under artificial conditions, this takes about fourteen days. PHASIATACTINE series—Phasiatacta elongata gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4019. Uterus extremely long and slender, in very many coils and irregular turns, preu- terus present. Ovaries large, oviducts long and slender, sper- mathecal ducts long and curved, tubular glands elongate. Eggs black, elongate, pointed at each end, chorion with areoles gath- ered around a dorsal opaque area, without reticulation. CNEPHALOMYIINE series—Cnephalomyia floridana gen. et sp. nov. (So. Fla.) dissected, TD 877. Uterus very long and 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 145 slender, eggs blackish, elongate, obtusely pointed at each end, chorion, with an almost perfect hexagonal reticulation, inter- spersed with fine punctulations. Cnephalodes pollinosus gen. et sp. nov. (Peru), TD 4038, which has been dissected and drawn, probably belongs here. The uterus is extremely long and slender, in numerous irregular coils and turns, the eggs elongate in single to quadruple file, chorion black with honeycomb reticulation and punctures. The characters of the maggot, including those of the cephalo- pharyngeal skeleton, show a close relationship with Gonia. OPHIROSTURMIINE series—This is the 19th series .above. Uterus long and in many coils, eggs brownish-yellow, chorion honey-comb reticulate interspersed with closely-set microscopic raised points. Oviducts long, spermathecal ducts very long and slender, tubular glands moderately long, preuterus present. Phasmophaga evidentally does not belong here. _ OMMASICERATINE series. Ommasicera chaetosa gen, et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4018. Uterus short and thick, in only one and a half or two coils; eggs brownish-yellow, chorion with an elongate-hexagon reticulation like a honey- comb pattern drawn out of shape longitudinally. This concludes the leaf-ovipositing groups so far as I am able at present to indicate them. But there remains a multi- tude of these forms yet to be assigned, among which I can give notes on the following: Paragermaria has a very long slender uterus, about 40 mm. in length, eggs black, chorion without reticulation, finely punc- tulate much like that of Triachora. It probably goes in the GERMARIINE series, which will include Germaria and allies. Cnephalia has a very long and slender uterus containing black eggs. Attacta, as represented by a specimen from Guatemala which I doubtfully refer to this genus, has black eggs whose chorion is not honey-comb reticulate but shows minute punc- tures in a roughened surface. The uterus is probably elongate. The puncture pattern of the chorion appears in the peripheral area like a chitinous network, with an elongate or oval less- closely punctured central area. The surface of the chorion is closely and minutely roughened with projecting points. Ceromasia has brownish-yellow eggs, the chorion is intensely honey-comb reticulate, each division closely set with micro- scopic raised points. 146 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Phasmophaga has a brownish-yellow egg, the chorion appears not to possess any reticulation and is not punctulate; the sur- face appears to be quite smooth. TD 390 (Mass.) is a small fly with a disproportionately long uterus; it has much the habitus of Eusisyropa, and has been determined by Mr. W. R. Thompson as Masicera sp. near pauciseta. The egg is deeply yellow with a slight brownish tinge, the chorion is reticulate with nearly perfect hexagons, and the surface is sparsely set with long chitinous spine-like points which look like short hairs growing therefrom. No punctulation. TD 355 (Mass.) was at first determined by me as Eusisyropa blanda and so published in Tech. ser. Bull. 12 Bur. Ent., p. 116. Idoubtifitisthat genus. It contained some 700 whitish eggs in the uterus, which was thus probably of the short thick type. These eggs show the nearly mature maggots within. The chorion is thin, without reticulation or punctulation, and has much the appearance of the Phasmophaga chorion exter- nally. Finally, TD 747, a small yellow-legged fly with a pseudo- dexiine habitus and a very long slender uterus, from Ocean Beach, South Florida, shows black eggs whose chorion appears very similar to that of Phasmophaga in structure. There is no punctulation or reticulation, and practically no appearance of rugosity, the surface being quite smooth. Filaments of trans- lucent substance appear to depend from the ventral surface of this egg, showing in every one of many mounted specimens as pendulous loops and coils. I have seen nothing of the kind in any other egg. They are perhaps intended for more secure attachment to leaf surfaces. These examples might be multiplied, but I have given suffi- cient to show the wonderful diversity of type exhibited by these minute-egg forms, all of which are believed to oviposit upon the foliage of the plants. OPHIRIONINE series—This name should be applied to the 21st series above. : EUMYOBIINE series—Eumyobia flava gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4021. Ovaries large, oviducts short, common oviduct long, spermathecal ducts and tubular glands short, preuterus present; uterus very heavy and thick, in two stout coils or so, the elongate maggots developing therein. The eggs and maggots are packed in irregularly, in various posi- 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 147 tions. Pyrrhosia may belong here, and the present form may be that genus or one of its near allies, being apparently what Coquil- lett determines as Leskia. I have no alternative, however, but to name it to prevent doubt hereafter. PSEUDODEXIINE series—There are almost certainly many dis- tinct groups here. The ORPHIRODEXIINE series must be erected for Ophirodexia and its allies. ATROPHOPODINE series—This is quite distinct from Ophiro- dexia, as shown by Diaphoropeza peruana sp. nov. (Peru) dis- sected and drawn, TD 4026. This species is not typical of the genus but comes nearer to it than to any other, and certainly belongs to the Atrophopoda group. Ovaries not large, oviducts very short, common oviduct very long, spermathecal ducts and tubular glands short, preuterus present; uterus thick and swollen, in one coil or so, eggs and maggots very oblique to longitudinal. It is as yet doubtful if Vanderwulpia can be here included. The group is proposed for Atrophopoda and its allies. BESKIINE series.—Beskia and allies. No proper material for dissection has yet been available but the group must be pointed out as probably furnishing a most marked deviation in larval habit from any hitherto known in the muscoid flies. In 1908, Mr. E. O. G. Kelley found, at Pawnee, Oklahoma, a maggot which he observed at the time to be, to quote from Mr. Webster’s letter on the subject, ‘‘in the act of actually feeding on a grain aphid of wheat, probably Macrosiphum granaria.”’ This maggot changed to a puparium which was attached to the base of a wheat leaf. From this puparium issued a fly of Ocyp- terosipho aelops, which is very close to Beskia if not the same. No confirmation of this larval habit has come to light since, but although the record is a most surprising one it is probable that the maggots of these flies are external feeders on aphids and per- haps some other soft-bodied insects. The anal stigmata of the puparium are borne at the ends of long processes which suggests an analogy with aphidophagous syrphids. STEINIELLINE series—From what Nielsen has shown of the characters of the first-stage maggot of Steiniella, the genus repre- sents a separate group. This maggot possesses minute colored subchitinized plates interspersed with short spines, some of the plates bearing spines on their posterior edge. The maggots are almost certainly not deposited on leaves. The form is not 148 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, allied with the Hystriciine group of series, the adult being very distinct in external characters. The minute colored plates of the first stage maggot are evidently an independent specializa- tion, and are interesting as indicating the probable method of development of the more perfect colored scale-like plates of the leaf-larvipositing forms. PSEUDOMYOTHYRIINE series—This is the 27th series above. Pseudomothryia perplexa sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4001, 4035. Ovaries small, of only about six ovarioles. Oviducts about one-third as long as ovary, common oviduct about twice as long as oviduct, spermathecal ducts very elon- gate, tubular glands about the length of latter, preuterus absent. Uterus slender, laterally compressed, in three to four coils, inside each other disposed in a more or less regular spiral, eggs and maggots in single file. The oral spine which terminates the mandibular sclerite of the cephalopharyngeal skeleton in the first stage maggot is very sharp and needle like. Methypostena and Tachinophyto perhaps come here. It is quite likely that Erynnia nitida, the European tachinid parasite of the imported elm-leaf beetle, occurs in North America and had been deter- mined by Coquillett as Hypostena barbata. EUZENILLIINE series—Euzenillia aurea gen. et sp. nov. (Mass.) dissected, TD 350. In this dissection the reproductive organs were not extracted intact, and I can judge only from the maggot which is a wholly new type. The latter is elongate, moderately slender, and thickly clothed all over with short fine minute spines except on posterior half of dorsum. The cephalopharyngeal skeleton is rather slender. The spermathecae are suboval or elongate-rounded, and the larvipositor is normal. A uterus is present, which is probably not long. PAREXORISTINE series—Carcelia belongs here. Nielson, in his second paper (1910), has shown the egg to be elongate and pediceled, as in Parexorista. DEXIINE series—This series needs splitting into several groups. Aside from the typical group, to include Dexia and allies, the following may be given as at present recognizable: ALMUGMYIINE series—For Almugmyia and allies, whose reproductive characters are mentioned under the Dexiine series above. Microchaetina probably comes here, and may prove to be the same as the present form. 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 149 SIROSTOMINE series—This will include Sirostoma and its allies, which are white-grub parasites. The females deposit their maggots at the surface of the soil, into which the latter penetrate in search of hosts. Phorostoma probably comes here. SARDIOCERATINE series—Sardiocera and allies. Theresia and Eutheresia gen. nov. for Coquillett’s Theresia analis, probably come here. All are parasites of wood-boring grubs of Coleop- tera. The host relations of Eutheresia are most interesting, and will be detailed elsewhere. The maggots of Sardiocera (which I determine as Coquillett’s Theresia tandrec) and Eutheresia both have a pair of short anal processes carrying the tracheas with the anal stigmata at their ends. PROSENINE series—For Prosena, Myiocera and allies. ECHINODEXIINE series—For Echinodexia and allies. Prob- ably Hystrichodexia, Eudexia, Hystrisiphona, and Bathydexia come here. These forms are distingiushed in the fly by having spine-like macrochaetae on scutellum and abdomen, and would thus seem to form a natural group by themselves. This char- acter probably does not carry with it the leaf-larviposition habit, although the flies bear a strong superficial resemblance to the Hystriciine and allied forms. It will be noted that spine- like macrochaetae occur in the Blepharipezine series of the leaf- Ovipositing minute-egg forms; also that this character does not extend to all the leaf-larvipositing forms. MYIOPHASIINE series—The females of Ennyomma globosa, parasitic in Chalcodermus aeneus in cowpea pods, probably deposit the living maggots at the weevil punctures of a certain age, and the very slender maggot bores in next the periphery of the hardened-sap pellicle which closes the puncture until it reaches the semiliquid frass, through which it can easily gain access to the host grub. PHASIOPTERYGINE series—The peruvian species mentioned above, TD 4005, is Phasiopteryx australis sp. nov. It has been dissected and drawn. The uterus is about sixty millimeters in length, from one-sixth to one-half millimeter in width, and is perhaps the extreme development for relative length and slen- derness in the superfamily, though Phasiotacta is a close second. On page 78, T. A. E.S., XIII (March, 1895), I mentioned two specimens of a fly from Doctor Forbes, Ills., as doubtfully refer- able to Ormia, one of which was reared from Crambus sp. If these specimens belong to the Oestrophasiine series, as is quite 150 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, probable, this will form the only rearing record yet known of any immediate relative of this group. Here seems to be a hint explanatory of the remarkable specialization of the first-stage maggot in Phasiopteryx, for it is probable that Oestrophasia has a similar maggot. The larvae of Crambus work underground, in silk-lined galleries, feeding on the stems of growing plants, especially corn. The Phasiopteryx type of maggot would be quite well adapted to search out such hosts. Its smooth seg- mental plates would enable it to penetrate the silken walls of the galleries, where an ordinary maggot would become enmeshed. Yet one cannot help thinking that the Phasiopteryx maggot is rather needlessly specialized for such prosaic purpose. Per- haps Oestrophasia has a still different type of maggot. Characterizations to fit the new generic and specific names used in this article will be shortly published, probably in the more exhaustive paper from which the whole of the present data are taken in advance. I must explain that I consider it quite obligatory upon me, in all cases of doubt as to the deter- mination, to give new names generic and specific to the forms dissected, described and figured. These names will fix the forms so as to prevent any further doubt arising as to their identity. If this plan increase the synonymy, as it doubtless will to an extent, there is no positive harm done; while the posi- tive good is secured of certainty in determination. In the forthcoming more complete paper will also be given fuller explanations of the functions of the various parts of the female reproductive system; the necessity for the use of the terms preuterus, uterovagina, etc., which may be thought by some to be superfluous, with numerous plates illustrating all the repro- ductive types that have been drawn. I wish to announce that, after an extended comparative study of many maggot types, I find the first-stage cephalo- pharyngeal skeleton to consist of seven original main sclerites, all paired, as follows: 1, PHARYNGEAL—‘‘lateral pharyngeal’ of Hewitt in whole or part; ‘‘upper pharyngeal”’ of Nielsen plus “‘lower pharyngeal’’ of same author in whole or part. INFRAPHARYNGEAL—lower wing of ‘“‘lateral pharyngeal’’ of Hewitt in part; ‘‘lower pharyngeal’”’ of Nielson in part. DorSOPHARYNGEAL— ‘dorsal pharyngeal’’ of Hewitt. HypostoMaL—after Hewitt. INFRAHYPOSTOMAL—‘‘the plate below the skeleton ’’of Nielsen. MANDIBULAR—after Hewitt. DENTATE—after Hewitt. qc ee Ns 1911} Study of Muscoid Flies 151 A considerable number of minor sclerites occur in various forms, but all seem to be derived from the above seven main ones, except those of the oral region which belong to the pseudo- cephalon and are probably developed from it. I have an ex- tensive series of drawings of a very large number of types of first-stage skeleton, which will be published in due time in connection with a comparative study of all the sclerites that go to make up the skeleton 1n the various forms. Under the Sarcophagine series in these addenda is mentioned TD 354 from Massachusetts, which most clearly shows all the above main sclerites except the dorsopharyngeal. The infra- pharyngeal is so clearly exhibited in this form as to prove beyond doubt, I think, its distinctness as one of the main sclerites. In most forms the infrapharyngeal, while more or less present, is so intimately connected or welded with the pharyngeal as to appear a part of the latter. This has misled Nielsen and others. It is worth while mentioning in a speculative way that the above seven main pairs of sclerites may represent the seven embryonic segments absent in the muscoid maggot, which have been inverted to form the skeleton proper of the maggot mouth and pharynx. The head in the most primitive insects is believed to be composed of seven segments and the abdomen of ten, the three thoracic segments bringing the total number to twenty. There are twelve segments in the muscoid maggot besides the pseudocephalon. Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt’s admirable mono- graph of Musca may be studied with much profit in this con- connection. What I have heretofore called the clypeus in the fly (Taxonomy, pp. 22-24) seems to be a part of the everted dorsal wall of the pharynx chitinized. The true clypeus is apparently the lower portion of what I have called the facial plate. The labrum seems to have projected itself forward, carrying with it the epipharnyx to form the dorsal part of the haustellum, and in this way becoming widely separated from the clypeus. Into the space thus left there appears to have been everted the chitinous portion of the pharynx to form the rostrum of the proboscis, which attaches basally in front to the epistoma or anterior edge of the clypeus, The morphological sequence of the parts is thus lost when the proboscis is extended, but when the latter is retracted the rostrum is inverted to a semblance of its original morphological position. 152 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, It should be stated that the ultimate categories of genera, or those which will eventually be found most serviceable for taxonomic recognition and which I shall call GROUP UNITs, may be considered as generally equivalent to tribes in other groups of insects. Most of the series given in these addenda are to be considered as such, and for that reason I have given them the names of the genera dissected and studied. The article by me in a recent issue of ‘‘Science’”’ entitled ““On muscoid and especially tachinid synonymy, may be pro- fitably read in connection with this preliminary outline of results to date in the Muscoidea. ROBBERFLIES OF THE GENERA PROMACHUS AND PROCTACANTHUS. JAMES S. HINE. The species of these two genera from America north of Mexico, have been considered by Williston in Volume XII, of the Transactions of the American Entomological Society, and the Mexican species of Promachus have been tabulated by Osten Sacken in Biologia, Diptera I, 192. The fact that it has been possible to get together an extensive collection of spec- imens of various species from different parts of North America has led me to make an attempt to identify many of the Nearctic forms, and as some success at least has been attained the fol- lowing results are offered for the consideration of those, who for any reasons, have interest in the various species included. One can not study these flies in the field without noting their highly predaceous habits. These habits have attracted the attention of observers in the past with the result that a few of the species have been mentioned as injurious from the stand- point of killing honey-bees and other useful insects, but in most cases the feeding habits are variable to the extent that each species accepts a large variety of insect life as food, so that after all it seldom happens that their attacks are concentrated in a particular direction sufficiently to establish a marked habit which shall be considered either injurious or beneficial. They are among the largest species of their subfamily, some speci- mens measuring nearly forty-five millimeters in length and the - smallest over twenty millimeters, so if their predaceous habits could be controlled the results, very likely, would be of extraor- dinary importance. The material used in the preparation of this paper has been procured from various sources and I am under many obligations for favors. The United States National Museum and the museums of Cornell University and the University of Kansas each have loaned specimens for study. Professor J. R. Watson, of Albuquerque, New Mexico, has sent me several specimens from that interesting region; Professor J. H. Schaffner has donated the material he collected during two summers in cen- tral Kansas; Professor C. F. Baker has sent me much material that D. L. Crawford collected in Mexico during the season of 1910; while Charles Dury of Cincinnati, and H. S. Harbeck, of Philadelphia, and others have forwarded various species from 153 154 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, their respective localities. D. W. Coquillett, Chas. W. John- son, J. M. Aldrich and other Dipterologists have aided in vari- ous ways. One finds it much pleasanter to work at a difficult task when he meets with such encouragement as I have had in this study. The characters available for the separation of the species in both of these genera are rather meager and I doubt not that students will experience more or less difficulty in using the keys and descriptions. The differences which distinguish species are sufficiently evident, however, for the purpose when the proper comparisons can be made, but without the opportunity to make comparisons as is the case when a single species is considered one may not always feel satisfied with results. I was not able to get all of the described species from Mex- ico and Central America but where I possessed specimens of species from these countries they are included in the consid- eration of their respective genera. A list of the species and synonymy is given below but the reader is referred to Aldrich’s Catalogue of North American Diptera and to other works for further references to literature. List OF THE SPECIES OF PROCTACANTHUS. arno Townsend, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. IV, 599. brevipennis Wiedemann, Auss. zw., I, 431. Van der Wulp, Tijdsch. v. Ent., XXV, 108. Williston, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XII, 73. caudatus new species. coquillettii new species. duryi new species. fulviventris Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. IV, 88. Osten Sacken, Cat- alogue 235, note. heros Wiedemann, Auss. zw., I, 427. Schiner, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1866, 682; 1867, 396. Williston, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XII, 74. longus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 183; Auss. zw., I, 426. Macquart, Hist. Natur. Dipt., I, 307; Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 128. Schiner, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1866, 682; 1867, 396. craverii Bellardi, Saggio, II, 50. Williston, Biologia, Dipt., I, 327. micans Schiner, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1867, 397. milbertii Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 124. missouriensis Riley, 2d Mo. Report, 122, fig. 89. Pagrion Jaennicke, Neue Exot. Dipt., 57. nigriventris Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 124. nigrofemoratus new species. occidentalis new species. philadelphicus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 123. Williston, Trans. Am. Ent. ioc. XL 75: rufiventris Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 123, plate X, figure 2. rufus Williston, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XII, 74. 1911] Promachus and Proctacanthus Gis Of the other North American species that have been placed in Proctacanthus, exquisitus Osten Sacken must belong to the genus Asilus if one may judge from the figure, for the posterior branch of the third vein meets the margin of the wing dis- tinctly behind its apex; P. virginianus Van der Wulp has the appearance of a species of Erax. The specimen figured is a female and no spines are shown at the tip of the ovipositor; this fact, together with the presence of a stump of a vein at the base of the anterior branch of the third longitudinal suggests Erax, for I have never found a species of Proctacanthus with this character present; Proctacanthus zamon Townsend has been known as a synonym of Eccritosia amphinome Walker for some time. List OF THE SPECIES OF PROMACHUS. albifacies Williston, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XII, 63. Osten Sacken, Biologia, Diptera, I, 195. bastardii Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 104. laevinus Walker, List II, 108. rubiginis Walker, Dipt. Saund., 123. ultimus Walker, Dipt. Saund., 136. philadelphicus Schiner, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1867, 389. fitchii Osten Sacken, Catalogue, note 121, 234. apivora Fitch, Country Gentleman, XXIV, 63; 3d N. Y. Report, 251, plate IV, figure 7. forfex Osten Sacken, Biologia, Diptera, I, 194. quadratus Bellardi, Saggio, II, 27, plate II, figure 3. giganteus new species. minusculus new species. nigrans new species. nigripes new species. princeps Williston, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XII, 62. quadratus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 201; Auss. zw., I, 485. Osten Sacken, Biologia, Dipt., I, 192. tufipes Fabricius, Syst. Ant., 794; Syst. Antl., 169. Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 203; Auss. zw. I, 487. Williston, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XII, 107. sackeni new species. truquii Bellardi, Saggio II, 80, plate II, figure 6. Williston, Biologia, Dipt., I, 322. vertebratus Say, Journ. Acad. Sci. Phil., III, 47; Compl. Works, IJ, 62. Williston, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XII, 62. Five species of Promachus from Mexico and Central Amer- ica could not be procured so they are not considreed in this paper. They are anceps Osten Sacken, cinctus Bellardi, mag- nus Bellardi, nobilis Osten Sacken and pulchellus Bellardi. 156 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Promachus fuscipennis, according to Osten Sacken, is not a North American species and Promachus trapezoidalis Bellardi is rightly included in the genus Mallophora as Williston has stated for it has the claws distinctly blunt at the tips. It may be of interest to state that this latter species has been taken at Brownsville, Texas. Heretofore it was known only from Mexico. THE GENUS PROCTACANTHUS. Proctacanthus was described by Macquart in 1838. The species falling here are all rather large and robust, the marginal cell is closed, palpi one segmented, antennal bristle bare, veins closing the discal and fourth posterior cells not parallel, the posterior branch of the third vein curves forward to meet the costa before the tip of the wing, anterior branch of the third vein not angulated at base nor does it bear a stump, ovipositor cylindrical and with a terminal circlet of spines which may be very small in some species, abdomen longer than the wings. These characters are all well marked and there is no difficulty in placing the various species in the genus. The venation is much like Erax but the circlet of spines at the tip of the ovi- positor and the lack of silver white segments at the posterior part of the male abdomen are distinctive. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PROCTACANTHUS. 1. Segments of the abdomen thickly pilose on the sides, very large red species. : heros Abdomen pollinose or sparsely hairy, smaller species................2..08 2 2. Femora black, tibiae red, the colors strongly contrasting................ 3 Femora and tibia of nearly the same color, so there is no strong contrast in COLOTS foo atin d Gulaeter ats sidicees ohio Re eR Eee ee ete 4 3. From above the hypopygium is wide, and longer than segments seven and eight combined. Male abdomen largely red, female abdomen not red. caudatus Hypopygium small, distinctly shorter than segments seven and eight com- bined. Abdomen of both sexes largely red above......... fulviventris 4. Abdomen red, except the first segment and anterior border of the second. ...5 Abdomen in large part gray pollinose...................... A lav ege iss Jor aN 6 Dorsum of the thorax uniformly brown, hypopygium from above wide, appen- dages longer than segments seven and eight combined............ rufus Dorsum of the thorax usually striped with black, hypopygium small, the appendages from above shorter than segments seven and eight com- |o}1 61-10 Cea Pe Pirgeth tee APRN lS os a2 ts nee EDR er: rufiventris ‘6. End lamella of the ovipositor densely pilose, spines at the tip small....... if End lamella of the ovipositor sparsely hairy and with a circlet of enlarged Spines' ‘at, che tapes) sos. sce sosees lege ea ebetetebene sels ca. + rf i out une 1 j 7 { St “ERG 4 | = 4 : rH 9 i o | " Tt ean one ion oes 4 } } t i beuea tas 4 3 F is » + c ' Se Hes st aa a 9 + | agaaes Eo oe SEER ERC eEE EE { : : agua . segad HA ; ; gaaane 5 aa noone y TEE Se E aecuaagaat I r e - “ Fic. 2. Distance traveled by larva during the last twenty-four hours. Fig- ures at left indicate number of feet each small horizontal space indicates a fifteen minute interval. Mr. H. E. Smith, who was on duty at the time, noted that the larva did not move from 1.45 A. M. to 2.30 A. M., when it backed 14 of an inch, remaining thus until 3.25 a. M., when it turned half way round in its tracks. The line from 1.45 A. Mm. to 4 A. M. was all backed over, except in a small circle which was traveled in the normal manner. At 3.55 A. M. the larva fell 178 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, on its back and remained so until 4.05 A. M. when upon being touched in order to test life it grappled the lead pencil point and again regained its footing. It moved and backed in a small circle at 5.15 A.M. At 7.05 A. M. it fell on its back again, and remained there until it died at 8.40 A. M., June 21. The rate of travel from 8.30 A. M., June 20, to 8.40 A. M., the following morning, which was the last twenty-four hours of the insect’s life, is shown in the diagram (Fig. 2.) and illustrates how remarkable was the activity until almost the close of its life. - No delicate balances were available for weighing the larva after it hatched, but as soon as it died it was weighed by Mr. W. G. Fall, of the Massachusetts Department of Weights and Measures in Boston. The average weight of ten newly hatched larvae was .2973 grains; the weight of the dead larva was .18 grains, which indicates that it lost .1173 grains during the experiment. Although the distance traveled is probably much greater than what would actually occur in nature, it is remarkable that so much latent energy can be stored up in an egg of one of these beetles. It is interesting to compare the ability to travel possessed by this larva with that of some of the higher animals. Through the courtesy of Dr. W. E. Castle and his assistant Mr. Detlefson, of the Bussey Institution, of Harvard Univer- sity, we have been able to secure measurements and weights of young rats and guinea pigs and this information is used in mak- ing the comparison. The average length of all the legs of the larva of Calosoma sycophanta, ten specimens having been meas- ured, was 3.37 mm., that of a young rat, one to three days old twelve specimens having been measured, was 19.08 mm., or 5 2-3 times greater, while similar measurements of a guinea pig showed that the average length of leg was 76.25 mm., or 2214 times greater than that of the beetle larva. If the ability to travel of the higher animals mentioned equalled that of sycophanta, the rat would be able to cover nine miles without food or water, while the guinea pig would have to cover over 38 miles under the same conditions. It might be said that the locomotive powers of a young guinea pig are superior to that of a rat of the same age but doubtless either would die before traveling a very short distance to obtain food. [1911] Larva of Calosoma Sycophanta. 179 If the traveling capacity is compared on the basis of weight the difference is much greater. The average weight of the beetle larva is 19.8 m. g., that of the rat 5250 m. g., and that of the guinea pig 7500 m. g. Thus if the rate of travel was in the same proportion the rat would cover 453 miles and the guinea pig 648 miles while the larva traveled 1.71 miles. The length of life of the insect is also worthy of note when it is remembered that no food or water was supplied, as it indicates that the young larvae are able to survive several days in the field without food and still have sufficient vitality to make a thorough and active search for their prey. DISCUSSION. Mr. J. B. SmirH: The thing that interested me most is the appropriateness of the German name, “laufkafer.’’ Mr. Bur- gess’ paper shows that the German name is absolutely correct when applied to the larva of this insect, because it certainly can run. Mr. Howarp: It is estimated that there are now over a million of these insects in Massachusetts, that next year there will be ten millions, and the year after one hundred millions. Mr. J. B. Smita: Dr. Howard’s remark recalls to my mind the following experience: In south New Jersey there was one season an outbreak of a species of Geometrid caterpillar, which covered the scrub oaks in enormous numbers, and that season, in company with two or three entomologists, I was down in the region where the insects occurred. We found Calosoma of two species, willcoxt and scrutator, were present in enormous numbers on the young oak trees, feeding upon these larvae. The next year you could look through the whole territory and could not find a single specimen of either species. Mr. Burcess: I think a possible explanation might be that, as far as we know the larvae of Calosoma willcoxi and scrutator do not climb trees, while the larva of sycophanta does so very readily. Mr. SUMMERS: This certainly is an interesting paper, but the point that is perhaps the most interesting is the comparison of the rat and the guinea pig. It seems to me that is a fallacy 180 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, that ought to be pointed out. If a man could jump, in compari- son to his size, as far as a flea, he could jump over a church tower. One might say too much on the relative endurance of animals, of the distance they can travel, unless the animals are of the same size, or unless the law of reduced power of locomotion with added weight and size is taken into account. The rat with the same endurance, I believe, could not travel the distance stated in the paper. NOTES ON THE PEAR-SLUG.* Eriocampoides limacina Retz. By R. L. WEBSTER. RECENT InjuRY. Nearly every year cherry and plum trees in Iowa suffer much injury by the common pear-slug. While the control of this insect has never been considered a difficult problem, yet it happens frequently that foliage is greatly dam- aged before one is aware that any slugs are present. Serious damage is sometimes caused to cherry trees. Young cherry trees in the town of Ames have been killed as a result of defoliation following the injury by the slugs. APPEARANCE OF THE INJURY. The slugs feed on the upper surface of the leaves, eating the parencyhma and leaving only the veins and the lower epidermis. Leaves thus eaten, dry, turn brown, curl up and fall from the tree. Frequently in- fested trees are left entirely bare of foliage in midsummer. THE INSECT’s APPEARANCE. The insects in question are dark, olive colored slugs, with a slimy covering. The fore part of the body, just back of the head, is broad, but it tapers back of this. Where the slugs are common a peculiar sour odor may be noticed. The slugs molt five times, and when mature they are about 2-5 of aninch long. After the last molt the slug has a clean and dry skin, quite free of slime, and orange in color. These orange slugs go to the ground and form small earthen cells in which to pupate. When the adult sawflies emerge they deposit eggs in the tissue of plants on which the young slugs are to feed. PAST HISTORY AND DISTRIBUTION. This insect has long been known in Europe. As far back as 1740 Reaumur gave an account of the pest and itsinjury. The first American account was written by Prof. Wm. D. Peck, of Harvard, and published in 1799. Professor Peck wrote an essay on the insect, entitled the “Natural History of the Slug-Worm,’’ which won for him a gold medal and a prize of fifty dollars, given by the Massachu- * Read at the Minneapolis Meeting, Dec. 28, 1910, in joint session with the Association of Economic Entomologists. 181 182 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, setts Society for Promoting Agriculture. The essay was printed by the Society but it has now become very scarce. Harris, writing in 1841, said that the pamphlet was then ‘‘out of print and rarely to be met with.”’ It was the good fortune of the writer to find this paper of fourteen pages in the Boston Public Library last winter. That so much concerning the habits of this insect had been determined at such an early date in the history of American economic entomology, is indeed surprising. In fact, almost all of the information concerning the insect in America dates back to the account of Peck. The insect is widely distributed, having been recorded in Europe, North America, Australia, New Zealand and South Africa. LIFE HISTORY. GENERATIONS. There are in central lowa two quite distinct generations of the insect. In the fall a very few slugs were found, lagging way behind the others, but these are probably only delayed individuals from the second generation, rather than a partial third generation. About Ames the eggs and adults were found in late May and early June and larvae appeared in the fore part of June. By July 5 the first brood slugs were practically all gone. The adults from this brood of slugs appear about the middle of July and their eggs hatch late in the month. The slugs begin to mature a little before the middle of August and by September Ist they are practically all gone. A part of the first brood larvae do not complete their trans- formations at once after entering the soil but remain as larvae until the next spring, making but one generation a year for a part of the slugs. This was noticed by Professor Peck and later by Marlatt. It seems to be a provision for the preservation of the species. Should the second generation be wiped out by natural enemies, the slugs that are held over would still be left to propagate the species the next season. THE Ecc. The eggs are deposited in the leaf tissue of the various food plants—placed just beneath the upper epidermis and thrust through the leaf from below. In the insectary eggs hatched in 10 to 14 days in the spring; average, 12.1 days; in summer in 7 to 13 days, average, 10.5 days. 1911] Notes on the Pear-Slug ; 183 Parthenogensis probably occurs with this insect, but this has not been satisfactorily proved. Many sawflies were examined, but no males were found. Eggs deposited by virgin females hatched, but all the larvae were weak, and none even reached the second stage. THE LARVA. The newly hatched slug is about 1.2 mm. long, at first free from slime, but this is secreted in a few hours. The young slugs begin to eat out tiny patches in the epidermis; later they eat through the parenchyma to the lower epidermis, leaving the veins. One slug ate a space of 825.9 square milli- meters during its lifetime, 19 days, according to a record kept by Mr. T. M. McCall, insectary assistant at the time. After each molt, except the last, the larvae eat their cast skin, all of it but the head. Five molts are probably normal. In 14 cases 5 larvae molted 5 times; 5, 6 times; 3, 7 times, and 1 larva molted 8 times, all under insectary conditions. Sometimes in succes- sive molts the width of the cast head was exactly the same; often there was very little difference. The average head widths of the stages were: Stage I, s3)0) iagbaaine JUL, ofyll, saabomge JUL, (G7 samtaal, = IWC cts) saahaal > Wo IOVS seohaale VI, 1.18 mm. The geometrical ratio between the successive head widths was practically .35. Larvae matured in 13 to 26 days; average 19.4 days. No essential differences were noticed in the two generations of the time required; the same total length was found in either case. The time required for the separate stages was: I, 5 days; II, 3.2 days; III, 3.4 days; IV, 8.2 days; V, 4.7 days (average from both generations). Stage VI usually entered the soil imme- diately after molting. Both Peck and Marlatt remarked that heavy rains are said to destroy the slugs. Professor Peck, however, said that he had seen the slugs retreat to the under sides of the leaves in a shower; a fact that we observed several times in the Iowa work. It seems quite likely that the supposed efficiency of heavy rains is really only the disappearance of the slugs to the lower sides of the leaves. How the larvae reached the ground was a puzzle to us at first, but we found that they dropped down of their own accord. Occasionally orange-colored larvae were found on tree trunks, but they were not crawling down, but appeared to be going upward. 184 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Finally some black cloth screens were placed on the ground under infested cherry trees and the larvae dropped readily to the cloth. They were most active about 4 o'clock in the afternoon. Eighteen larvae dropped to cloth screens between 2.15 and 4 p. m., June 29, according to notes made by Mr. T. M. McCall. THE CocoON AND PuPA STAGE. The small earthen cells of the larvae were found commonly in the summer within an inch of the surface of the soil. Probably they go deeper for the winter. In the summer it was about 20 days after the slugs entered the soil that the adults emerged. In 19 cases the average time was 19.9 days, with a range of 15 to 23 days. THE ADULT. The sawflies were most numerous early in the morning, although they were found in small numbers at other times in the day. In July the sawflies all appeared at about the same time, but in the spring the emergence was spread over a much longer time. NATURAL ENEMIES. EGG PARASITES. The most common egg parasite was. Pentarthron minutum Riley, kindly determined for me by Mr. A. A. Girault. It is a very tiny, yellow-brown species, which has often been reared from the eggs of a number of common insects. At Ames this species was reared abundantly in 1909, but not at all in 1910. A few individuals were reared from eggs collected at Reinbeck, Iowa, in August, 1910. From the first brood eggs the parasites emerged from June 28 to July 20; from the second brood eggs, from August 11 to August 20th. The eggs affected by this parasite turn black, and of course fail to hatch. Two or three individuals were reared from a single egg. Professor Peck in his original account mentions what is doubtless this same species and gives figures of it. After look- ing over the account I came to the conclusion that Peck had reared the same parasite in Massachusetts in 1798 that I reared in Iowa a hundred years later. Mr. A. A. Girault, to whom I referred a copy of this account, corroborated my opinion that Peck’s parasites were most probably Pentarthron minutum. 1911] Notes on the Pear-Slug 185 The second egg parasite, Closterocerus cinctipennis Ashmead, also determined by Girault, was reared equally abundant in 1909 and 1910, from eggs collected at Ames. This species also affected both broods of eggs, emerging from first brood eggs June 28 to July 22, and from second brood eggs August 4 to August 21. This parasite was always reared singly from the eggs. The black form of the parasitic pupa could often be distinguished within the parasitized eggs. It is presumably a primary parasite. PREDACEOUS ENEMIES. In 1910 nymphs and adults of Podisus maculiventris Say were found to be very active against the slugs. Most frequently the slugs themselves were attacked, but the Podisus also captured the adults, according to observa- tions made by Mr. T. M. McCall. One Podisus nymph was kept 47 days in an insectary cage, during which time it ate 66 slugs; 1.4 slugs a day. The great- est activity was immediately after the insect became an adult, when it ate 6 and 7 slugs a day. A species of Chrysopa and an undetermined Reduviid were also observed to prey on the slugs. EXPERIMENTS WITH INSECTICIDES. Paris green, 1 pound to 150 gallons of water, was effective. A home-made arsenate of lead, single strength, was not effect- ive. Used against the older slugs this spray was very ineffi- cient. I could not see that any slugs at all were killed by it. When used against the very young slugs, about half of them were killed. A 10% solution of kerosene emulsion appeared to be quite effective. Several simple soap solutions were found effective, at con- centrated strengths. Whale oil soap, 1 pound in 2 gallons of water; Ivory soap, 1 bar in 2 gallons and White Laundry soap, 1 bar in 2 gallons of water, were all satisfactory treatments. These soap solutions may be quite convenient for use on a few cherry trees when the fruit is present. 186 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, DISCUSSION. A MemsBeEr: I should like to ask if it is possible to use the spraying that is applied for curculio to kill the slug, or whether the slug works so late in the season that poison applied for the curculio would be washed from the leaves. Mr. WEBSTER: The spraying should be done about the middle of June in central Iowa. Iam not familiar enough with the curculio to say whether this spraying would affect it or not. A Memser: It would be too late to arrest the curculio. Dr. Howarp: I regret that I did not hear all of the paper. I should like to ask about the affect of a strong stream of water on the slugs, without any insecticide at all. Mr. WEBSTER: I did not try that. Dr. Howarp: In city yards a strong stream of water from a hose can be used to wash off the slugs. This method has been tried and given good results. THE MECHANISM IN THE HATCHING OF THE WALK- ING STICK, DIAPHEROMERA FEMORATA SAY. By Henry P. SEVERIN, Ph. D., Professor of Zoology and Entomology, College of Hawaii, and Harry C. SEVERIN, M. A., Professor of Entomology, South Dakota State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. (WITH PLATE XIV.) In the Phasmidae, Mantidae, Blattidae and Acridiidae, the cervical ampulla is said to play an inportant role in the process of molting, and in some Orthoptera, also in the process of hatch- ing. This ampulla, consisting of a soft membrane joining the head dorsally to the prothorax, can be transformed by the afflux of blood into a greatly swollen pouch, which then projects out immediately behind the head. The process of hatching of various Orthoptera has been studied by a number of entomologists. Riley (7) does not men- tion the cervical ampulla while describing the phenomenon of hatching in the Rocky Mountain Locust, for he writes as fol- lows: “‘The hatching consists of a continued series of undulating contractions and expansions of the several joints of the body, and with this motion there is slight but constant friction of the tips of the jaws and of the sharp tips of the hind tibial spines, as also of the tarsal claws of all the legs against the shell, which eventually weakens and finally gives away. It then easily splits up to the eyes or beyond, by the swelling of the head.”’ Packard (5) objects to Riley’s account of the supposed action of the jaws and spines and believes that “the egg-shell is without doubt burst open by the puffing out or expansion of the membrane connecting the head and prothorax, just as the common house-fly or flesh-fly bursts off the end of its pupa- case by the puffing out of the front of the head.”’ Kunckel d’Herculais (3 and 4) gives the following account of the physiological mechanism in the hatching of the Acridii- dae: ‘Les Acridiens rompent la coque de l’oeuf, * * * par la pres- sion exercee a l’aide de la membrane unissant dorsalement la téte au prothorax que se transforme par afflux de sang en une ampoule cervicale.”’ In Diapheromera femorata the mechanism, which ruptures the various membranes and springs off the operculum when the walking-stick is about to emerge from the egg, cannot be ob- served in action on account of the hard, thick, opaque chorion. If the operculum is carefully removed from an egg shortly 187 188 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, before hatching, the embryo will be found with its head and pro- thorax situated directly beneath the portion of the egg removed (Fig. 1,handp). The pressure exerted by the cervical ampulla is, therefore, directly against the operculum. Hatching spines for the purpose of rupturing the embryonic envelopes and also for breaking or cutting open the egg-shell have been described from many insect eggs. Above the pro- thorax of Diapheromera, the thin amnion is covered by num- erous long spines which point toward the operculum. ‘These spines, like the egg-burster (or ruptor ovi as Riley (6) calls it) of Corydalus cornutus, are portions of the amnion itself. If the prothorax of a walking-stick is examined after its emergence from the egg, no spines are found, but simply short blunt pro- tuberances. In all probability, the long spines of the amnion above the prothorax assist in rupturing the vitelline membrane which is especially thick beneath the operculum. ““When the young walking-stick isin the egg, ready to emerge, the meso- and metathorax are not remarkably elongate, but before the little creature is fairly out of its narrow prison, the thoracic segments assume their usual proportions. It is said to be a most curious sight by those who have observed this almost instantaneous development.’’ (Caudell [2]). An attempt was made by us to secure an explanation for this curious phenomenon observed by Caudell. After the chorion of the egg was removed, the embryo was found to be so curled up in the egg that the posterior end of the abdomen lay near the head region. A longitudinal section through the embryo showed that the thorax was folded transversely in a dorso-ventral direction (Fig. 2). In all probability it is simply the straightening out of these folds as the young walking- stick emerges, that causes the thoracic segments to assume their usual proportions. If the pressure exerted by the cervical ampulla at the time of hatching is not sufficient to rupture the amniotic and vitelline membranes and also to throw off the operculum, it may be possible that the straightening out of some of these thoracic folds assist in the process. After pushing off the operculum, the young walking-stick, with the prothorax bent down at its union with the mesothorax, begins to emerge from the egg (Fig. 3). The cervical ampulla is now slightly swollen, and the prothorax possesses a deep green color, due to the blood which has accumulated within it. [1911] Hatching of the Walking Stick. 189 The method employed during the process of emerging from the egg is almost identical with that which we (10) have des- cribed of a walking-stick withdrawing itself from its old skin during the process of ecdysis. A specimen examined under a binocular microscope during the process of emergence from the egg, will be seen to undergo a series of peristaltic-like movements of the segments of the body; these movements pass from the posterior end of the abdomen towards the head. With each series of these movements, the body is drawn out of the egg- shell a short distance, the legs also assisting somewhat in this process of extraction. At each pull of the legs in their attempted withdrawal from the egg-capsule, the strength of the pull is such, that the coxa of each leg presses against the body, causing in that region a temporary indentation. When the peristaltic- like movements reach the head, the walking-stick often raises the head vigorously upward in an attempt to withdraw the antennae. The first part of the walking-stick to leave the egg is the dorsal surface of the prothorax (Fig. 3, £); then comes the head (Fig. 3, h), followed by the rest of the thorax. The antennae are freed next, and these may come forth either simultaneously or one soon followed by the other. The following order was often observed in the withdrawal of the legs: one middle leg was followed by the other; then the front legs were pulled out of the egg at the same time, and finally the hind legs. The abdomen does not leave the egg at any definite time in relation to the withdrawal of the other parts, but it may emerge after the antennae or, in other specimens, after the middle or front legs. The extrication of the antennae, legs and abdomen, however, does not always take place in the order just given, as is shown in the following table: TABLE I. Order of Withdrawal of the Antennae, Legs and Abdomen from the Eggs of Six Diapheromera femorata. A B | Cc D E F eee antenna antenna middle leg abdomen abdomen antenna antenna antenna antenna (eee antenna front leg middle leg abdomen middle leg antenna antenna middle leg abdomen middle leg antenna middle leg middle leg middle leg middle leg middle leg abdomen front leg middle leg front leg front leg front leg front leg front leg front leg abdomen front leg front leg front leg mere leg front leg {piss leg (ping leg hind leg (eg leg hind leg hind leg hind leg hind leg hind leg hind leg hind leg hind leg thrown off. Braces indicate that the two included appendages were extricated simultaneously. 190 Annals Entomological Society of America __[Vol. IV, ~ Stockard (11) describes the hatching of Aplopus mayeri as follows: ‘‘When hatching the embryo’s head and body come forth from the egg first, the antennae are then pulled out, the legs being the last parts liberated from the shell.’’ The speci- mens noted under E and F in the above table agree with Stock- ard’s observations on Aplopus, but both of these specimens had their appendages caught in the amniotic membrane (Fig. 4). In a previous paper we (9) have already called attention to the fact that dryness, at the time of hatching, has a marked effect upon the emergence of the walking-stick from the egg. With the addition of water which was added drop by drop to the egg-shell, within which the above-mentioned specimens were caught, these walking-sticks succeeded in freeing themselves. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. Bourgeois, J., 1900. Sur un mode particulier de progression souterraine chez quelques larves d’Insectes. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. LXVIV, pp. 261-2. 2. Caudell, A. N., 1903. The Phasmidae, or Walking-Sticks of the United States. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXVI, No. 1335, p. 864. 3. Kunckel d’Herculais, J., 1890. Mécanisme physiologiques de 1’éclosion, des mues et de la metamorphose chez les Insectes Orthoptéres de la famille des Acridides. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, CX, pp. 657-9. 4, ————., 1890. Du rdle de l’air dans le mecanisme physiologique de 1’éclo- sion, des mues et de la metamorphose chez les Insectes Orthoptéres de la famille Acridides. Ibid. CX, pp. 807-9. 5. Packard, A. S., 1877. 9th Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geographical Survey, pp. 630-4. 6. ———,, 1903. A Textbook of Entomology, pp. 585-6. 7. Riley, C. V., 1877. 9th Ann. Rept. Noxious, Beneficial and other Insects of the State of Mo., pp. 89-90. 8. Riley, C. V., Packard, A. S., and Thomas, C., 1878. 1st Ann. Rept. U.S. Ent. Com. 1877. Relating to the Rocky Mountain Locust. Wash. pp. 277-284. 9. Severin, H. H. P., and Severin, H. C.,1910. The Effect of Moisture and Dry- ness on the Emergence from the Egg of the Walking-Stick, Diapheromera femorata Say. Jour. Econ. Ent. III, No. 6, pp. 479-481. 10. ————-,, 1911. The Life-History of the Walking-Stick, Diapheromera fem- orata Say. Jour. Econ. Ent. IV, No. 3. 11. Stockard, C. R., 1908. Habits, Reactions and Mating Instincts of the Walk- ing-Stick, Aplopus mayeri. Publ. No. 103, Carnegie Inst., Wash., pp. 43-59. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. All figures were drawn with a camera lucida. Fic. 1. View of embryo after the operculum has been removed showing the head and prothorax directly beneath. The pressure exerted by the cervical ampulla, which joins the head dorsally to the prothorax, would be directly against the operculum: h, head; p, prothorax; v7, vitelline membrane; c, compound eyes. Fic. 2. Longitudinal section through the head and thorax of the embryo, showing the transverse folding of the thorax in a dorso-ventral direction; h, head; p, prothorax; m, mesothorax; met, metathorax. Fic. 3. Walking-stick emerging from the egg, showing that the prothorax is bent down at its union with the mesothorax: h, head; p, prothorax; m, meso- thorax; op, operculum still adhering to the egg by means of the so-called ‘‘shell membrane.” Fic. 4. Walking-stick with its appendages caught within the egg-shell: ha, “‘hilar area.” ANNALS E. S, A, Vou. IV, PLATE XIV. H. H. P. and H. C. Severin SOME SUGGESTED RULES TO GOVERN ENTOMOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS. By T. D. A. CocKERELL. Many years ago in England, I captured a rather uncommon hemipterous insect, and sent a record of it to a well-known entomological journal. The editor, being a lepidopterist, had never heard of the bug, but did know of a very rare moth havy- ing the specific name (bicolor) employed. He accordingly changed the generic name to that of the moth, and I found myself the astonished récorder of an insect I had never seen alive, nor hoped to see. More recently I communicated to a publication in this country a short paper on a supposed new plant of the genus Ribes. The editor, not liking the title, substituted ““A New Currant from Arizona,’’ whereas the plant was a gooseberry, and was from New Mexico. These rather amusing instances are cited merely to illustrate the indisputable fact that it is risky for an editor to interfere with the contri- butions he publishes. On the other hand,.I have been shown manuscripts sent in for publication which, if printed exactly as received, would be simply unintelligible. The editor is in a difficult position, and as a rule, I think the contributors have little reason to feel otherwise than grateful for the treatment they receive; it is at least not rarely better than they deserve. Although I am against editorial alterations in manuscripts, I think it may be entirely proper to adopt some simple rules to be enforced in every case, the papers which fail to conform being returned to their authors for correction. As entomologi- cal editors appear to have no such rules, with the exception of a few relating to typography, it occurs to me that the Entomo- logical Society might properly discuss and adopt a set, pressing them upon the attention of editors with such authority as it may be considered to possess. As the result of a little private correspondence, I believe it would be easier to get all the editors together to agree upon certain things, than to persuade them individually to take the desired step. I cannot do more than present a suggestive outline, which may be discussed and amended as necessary. (1) When a new genus is described, the type species must be stated; it may be as well to add, that the binomial made by combining the generic name with the specific name of the type species must be printed. 192 {1911] Entomological Publications. 193 (2) No new genus will be published, that is not based on a described species. (3) Rules 1 and 2 also apply to subgenera. (4) No new species may be described without comparing it with some other described species, or stating wherein it differs from other members of the genus. (5) When a new species is based on specimens from several localities, it must be explicitly stated which is the type locality. (6) When a new species is described the data concerning localities and collectors must be given in full so far as known. This is also strongly recommended in the case of all new records. If the locality, collector, etc., are not known, it may be well to say so, although this may be taken for granted if the writer is known to be careful in citing data. (7) It is impossible to avoid all errors in spelling, grammar, etc., but so many of them have appeared in-recent years, that American entomologists have some reason to feel. ashamed. It would be easy to compile a list of scientific names which must be retained in our lists, although faulty to the extent of being offensive. This is true in spite of the freest recognition of the fact that scientific latin is a living and growing language, and must include many words unknown to the ancients. No rule can cover this difficulty, but it might be worth while to collect every year a list of these criticisable productions, and set them forth as a warning to authors and editors alike. (8) It is not permitted to publish new varieties as binomials; the trinomial must in every case be written out. THE COMPOSITION OF TAXONOMIC PAPERS. By Ricuarp A. MutrkowskI. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Introduction. T. Standards for Descriptions. A. Specific description. B. Redescription. C. Generic description. II. Standards for Colors. III. Standards of Nomenclature. A. Generic and specific nomenclature. B. Anatomical (morphological) nomenclature. C. Nomenclature of types. IV. Standards for Keys (tables) of Genera and Species. is Standards for Indices. VI. Standards for Titles. VII. Standards for Reprints. Conclusion. Taxonomy is the most important incident of Science— things must be named before we can write of them. If we consider the proportion of zoological papers at the present time, we find that about two thirds are systematic. But this pro- portion increases to seven-eighths if entomological papers alone are considered. In taxonomy we usually speak of only two types of contri- butions: (a) text books, prepared for a mixed public, and (6) original work, which is intended for the entire scientific world, but whose chief appeal is directed to a small group of contribu- tors. These form a special class, distinct.in conception and treatment from other scientific papers. The style of composition proper in a morphological, onto- genetical or phylogenetical paper would be found impracticable in a taxonomic paper. Yet, while the greater number of entomological papers are taxonomic, it nevertheless remains a curious fact that as yet no compendium for taxonomic compo- sition has been published. For papers other than taxonomic we have Dr. T. Clifford Albutt’s excellent book, ‘‘Notes on the Composition of Scien- tific Papers’’ (MacMillan Co., New York, 1904, 8vo). While many of the chapters of this work would be of interest to syste- matists, they do not pertain directly to taxonomy; the volume, on the whole covers a quite different ground, that of scientific theses. 194 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 195 To say that nothing at all has been published on the present issues would invite criticism. On the contrary, I have found copious and more than sufficient material in the more prominent journals of the past two decades. But these contributions are widely scattered; moreover, they are written as protests and usually deal with a single topic only. While I cannot lay claim to originality in the suggestions included in this paper, I have endeavored to treat all of the more vital topics bound up with taxonomy; aiming to suggest such standards in writing as would conform to the various needs of those interested. Briefly stated, a standard is the result of an average or con- sensus of opinions upon a given subject, hence a criterion. Thus far the only criterion of any worker has been the approval of his fellow-workers along the special line of work he has adopt- ed. This basis is hardly sufficient, as not a small coterie of workers but the world at large is intended to be benefited. It must be remembered that this paper does not treat of criterions of species, but with the composition of descriptions and general methods of presentation. That these are perfect and above reproach probably none will maintain. I have talked over these matters repeatedly with scientific workers. Curious to say, dissatisfaction with present methods and with the absence of definite standards was prevalent every- where. The necessity of co-operation toward the achievement of practical standards was sometimes very strongly expressed. A digest of all these opinions, private or published, may be summed up in the following: Better methods of description are desirable; the nomenclature of species and genera, of colors and types to be regulated; titles of articles to be made more com- prehensive; reprints to contain place, time and name of publi- cation, etc. I. STANDARDS FOR DESCRIPTIONS. A. Specific Description.—J , an unencumbered species: Front pale, palpi scaled, thorax with black tipo: antennae yellowish, abdomen spot- ted, legs with pale, wings with black markings. Head with short pile, abdomen tufted, a small tuft between the antennae, which are fuscous at the base, white toward the tips. Wings white, with four or seven black lines crossing them, the lines curved or straight. Abdomen with tufts black, exceeding anal angle. Legs long, with spurs. Palpireaching the vertex, legs slightly darker at the joints. I dare say, that no living man could determine a specimen from this extravaganza. Yet the description is made from an actual species—Conchylodes platinalis, Lepidoptera—Pyralidae. 196 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Furthermore, it is typical of many descriptions of the past, and, I regret to say, of too many in the present days. It is curious how little logic is often applied in formulating a description. One specialist, who has written hundreds of descriptions, seems to have found particular pride in making these as intricate and involved as possible; there is no logical sequence in the treatment of the main divisions; on the contrary, the acrobatic description jumps from antennae to legs, from abdomen to head, wings to palpi, venation to tarsi, morpholo- gical characters to vestiture, color to structure, etc., etc. So much so, that after comparison is completed one must begin over again, as it is impossible to remember the way through the labyrinth. ~ Descriptions should not be written for personal aggrandize- ment, but to announce a new fact or discovery to the scientific world. Such being the case, the description, once published, belongs to the world at large and no longer to the writer. The author therefore owes it to science that the facts of which the world is to become owner be presented in a manner most acces- sible to, and best applicable by other men. If the author for any reason whatsoever is careless and inaccurate he sins against science. After all, there is an intellectual as well as a moral conscience. ‘‘Head pale, eyes small, dark, vestitute smooth and yellowish, body moderate, legs short, tibiae stout,’’ applies equally well to Mr. Jones as to Pediculus capitis strolling on his head. Brevity may be the point of wit, but science is no joke; taxonomy deals with facts, not idiosyncracies. Who has not felt the bane of two to eight lined descriptions, any one of which harmonizes easily with half a dozen or more distinct species? I do not be- lieve that an entomologist lives who has not at one time or other execrated these brief, vacillating descriptions. But why do ento- mologists continually write others that are no whit better or longer? Let it be known, that one thorough description cover- ing three pages may be of more use and more valuable to sci- ence than three descriptions on one page. One may suggest that the perusal of brief descriptions saves time; but when we come to analytic comparison of closely related species the brief descrip- tion forms an obstacle which results in considerable loss of time. What of genera whose species are extremely variable? Can the extent of specific variation together with a description of the aver- 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 197 age be summarized in twenty lines? Hardly. The ideal descrip- tion will be a careful analysis of all body parts with all their appendages, attributes and characteristics, to be followed by a summary of salient characters of the type and a comparison to related species. JI maintain that this cannot be accomplished on less than a page. It is terrifying and discouraging to be confronted by a page of solid description, where all characters, whether head, thorax, abdomen, or wings, flow together in a solid phalanx, so that it is impossible to pick out readily any special point desired. Des- criptions should be paragraphed or captioned. This costs no extra labor, and, in fact, presents a much neater appearance when published than the solid, uniform mass of words. Besides it affords greater facility to the student who wishes to look up certain characters for comparison. Again, a description should not be isolated. I mean, com- parison to related species and indication of the position of the new species should follow the description. It is reprehensible negligence to describe a new species from a genus already con- taining a dozen or more species and to omit all mention of either relations or position; such proceeding is indeed worthy of repri- mand. To say the least, the work of the author will be placed in an extremely doubtful light. The thought suggests itself, that the author himself was ignorant of the relations and that he described a species at hap-hazard. After all this, why pay any attention to identity, number, and custody of types? Why state the locality from which the types came? Why select a holotype from a series of twenty specimens that show considerable variation? No one is ever expected to express any doubt of the scientific determination of the twenty. No one is ever expected to feel interested in looking up the types for comparison or study after having become famil- iar with the all-sufficient description of ten lines. This seems to be the opinion of some taxonomists. For they very carefully avoid all mention of the number of types, their identity (see nomenclature of types) and only grudgingly designate the locality from which the types came by the remarkably precise state name. The latter, it is supposed, will give the reader all the ethological information he desires; so that if he wishes to capture specimens of the same species, all he need do is to pack his trunks and hie himself to ‘‘Texas”’ or ‘“‘ Nevada”’ and pick the species from the 198 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, mountain-sides and valleys, from water and land, from trees and grass, or just open his bottles to stop their fall from the heavens. It must be there, for the author said so; he said “Nevada” and this is Nevada. The following is a scheme for an accessible description: J S . Not a new species: 1. (a) Sex, usually o&, and dominant color; size. (b) Head: mouthparts, face, eyes, vertex, antennae, occiput, etc.; vestiture, colors, structure, etc. (c) Thorax: prothorax, mesothorax, metathorax, structure, vestiture, colors. Legs, their color, structure, vestiture and appendages; etc. (d) Abdomen: structure, markings, color, vestiture, appendages, etc. (e) Wings: color, markings, vestitute, venation, etc. 2. (a) 9 and dominant color; size. (b, c, d, e) as above. Difference from o. 3. Summary of salient characters. Unique characters. Variation. Comparison to related species, position of species. 5. Material: Types, identity (see nomenclature) of types, exact date and locality of capture. How (ethology) and by whom captured. - Of course, this scheme cannot be strictly adhered to in the different orders; it is, however, sufficiently elastic to permit the changes required. What is important in one order, is negligible in another. But the fundamental idea of setting forth by para- graphs or captions the principal parts of a description in suc- cessive order, will no doubt be understood. B. Redescription—How a redescription should be formed depends on the original description. If the original was care- fully drawn, the other may be asummary of the first with possible new points of variation, etc., discovered. Or if, as very often is the case, the original was insufficient, the redescription should be carefully formed; in fact, the author should aim to replace the first with the second description. Even though his name stand not as the sponsor of the species, the task of redescribing is not a thankless one, as need hardly be explained. Redescriptions are also written for convenience, either as summarizing the knowledge of the species, or, as indeed com- mendable, to place an otherwise inaccessible description within the reach of the student. Much of what has been said under the preceding caption applies here also and needs no repetition. C. Generic description—What is a genus? A classifica- tory group of plants or animals, embracing one or more species; the primary condition of binary nomenclature; a uninominal used for the lowest phase of the grouping of living forms ac- cepted by naturalists. 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 199 What constitutes a genus? A single species or several that, aside of specific differences, have certain morphological features in common, which distinguish them from all other groups of species. When is a genus valid? When so stated by the sponsor, the nomenclator having noted certain morphological characters, the value of which is recognized by fellow-workers, and who accept this diagnosis upon the given characters; when placed with a monomial (specific) to signify that the species possesses certain distinguishing group characters. As genera constitute the lowest, but at the same time the most important, phase of grouping, at least some attention should be given to the formation of generic descriptions; espec- ially so in larger contributions, such as monographs and generic summaries and synopses. Generic description is allied to speci- fic description; hence methods ought to be similar. Some of the essentials of a generic description are the following: 1. That the type species be cited. It should be noted that the type species must be a species then or previously described; else we have merely a nude name. 2. That the characters on which the species is based be given. Although the generic name alone, when coupled with a described spe- cies, is recognized as valid by the codes, the systematist will insist that the absence of a generic description is an unfair apprisal on the part of the nomenclator. 3. That these characters be stated concisely; that is, write to the point. Brevity is not conciseness. One may be brief and vague at the same time. 4. That these characters be stated in orderly manner. Especially in larger papers unity of methods is advantageous. If one description begins with the legs, another with head, a third with the venation, etc., study is made difficult. Uniformity of methods facilitates study and progress. 5. That other species belonging to the new genus be listed. While this necessitates thorough study on the part of the nomenclator, it really is his duty. To split up large genera upon characters drawn from a single species is a simple matter. But the nomenclator should verify the stability of his characters by extensive comparison with related species. 6. That other genera be compared, or, at least, the position of the new genus indicated. To describe a new genus of a family already containing twenty or thirty genera and not indicate the position or relations of the newcomer, is not scientific; it denotes carelessness or ignorance. 200 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Not exactly essential, but still of value in extended papers are the following: 7. The etymology of a new name should be explained. This often gives a clue to a character or to the relation of a genus. 8. The distribution of a genus should be cited; namely, whether it is Oriental, Palearctic, Nearctic, etc. 9. The order and family of the genus should be indicated in title or text. This pertains especially to brief papers. As nobody can be familiar with the specialties of all authors or with all generic and family names, this offers an aid in the study and classification of papers. 10. The validity of the generic name*should be considered by the author. It is the author’s province to do so in the first place. If taxonomists cared to put a little time or expense to the verification of a name, there would be fewer homonymns coined each year. II. STANDARDS FOR COLORS. Of all standards these are most needed, since they are most sinned against. That no color standard should exist in a divi- sion of zoology, which is of prime importance economically as well as numerically, and where frequently colors are our only tangible guides—unfortunately so—for -generic and _ specific determination, is hardly conceivable. Yet such is the case. After one and a half centuries of entomology, in which the number of described species has been advanced from a few hundred to several hundred thousands, we are utterly lacking of any color standard and are guided in our nomenclature of col- ors solely by the individual impressions of the taxonomist. That such a basis is absolutely at fault, needs no special asseveration. The perceptions of most men in regard to colors are extremely crude. (To anyone who may doubt this statement I advise a visit to some artist. One may state to him his impressions of ten different shades of color; and observe then, how often the shade will be misnamed by the amateur as against the profes- sional testimony of the artist. I do not claim a better perception than other men and am found at fault equally as much as others.) In their school days men were taught the tale of three to seven primary colors, and a small trifle of the shades resulting from ‘combinations of the primaries. A little of this they remember through the rest of their lives. And, strange to say, when a man would not use a term or expression to designate an anatomi- cal detail unless he is absolutely certain that it is correct, this same man will unhesitatingly designate colors, when, to say the 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 201 least, there is good reason to doubt his exact knowledge of the particular color. I do not say that this is intentional; it results from overconfidence of his particular knowledge. This care- lessness arises from the lack of proper standards. Accordingly men are forced to formulate their own standards, which are necessarily at fault It is only through an average or consensus of opinions that standards are reached. In a desire to be conscientious men often circumscribe a con- dition when they find their exact knowledge of colors inadequate. This is usually done by the addition of such terms as “pale, light, medium, shining, glabrous, bright, vivid, dark, dull,” etc., to the primary color. While this effort is commendable, it offers no more certainly than the mere citation of the primary shade; and the interpretation of the circumscriptive adjective is frequently very liberal. Probably the most liberty has been taken with the term “fuscous’’ in our descriptions. This term has been made to: designate any darker shading on a light back-ground, begin- ning with a tinge of the palest yellow against a white or trans- lucent base to a seal or clove brown against any lighter back- ground. “Orange,” “yellow,” and “‘green”’ are others of these liberally interpreted colors. The heart-rending or laughable . (as one views it) puzzling of students, who are familiar with exact anatomy but not with the vagaries of taxonomy, when attempting to determine a species from description and to seek conformity between the colors as given by the author and the specimen in hand, affords too well known illustration. Viewing the matter from the stand-point of my own desul- tory experiences, the question occurs to me: If at the present time, when the approximate number of described insects amounts to about 300,000 species, identification is difficult, the determination often exhausting the patience of the taxo- nomist in the vain endeavor to divine the protologist’s percep- tions of colors; further, this difficulty having encumbered tax- onomy with labyrinthine synonymy;—-what, then, will be the condition of taxonomy fifty years hence, if we continue with present methods, when species will have increased to approxi- mately 1,000,000? Happily there is a tendency among our eminent specialists in the last decade to standardize their descriptions as far as colors are concerned. (This is beautifully instanced by Packard in 202 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, his later works, such as his monograph of the Lepidopterous family Notodontidae). Yet these are so few that their number may be regarded as negligible. That the necessity of color standardization is imperative and that this is well recognized is shown by Dr. J. B. Smith’s addition of a plate of colors to his recent ‘‘ Dictionary of Entomological Terms.” Structural (iridescent) colors are sometimes difficult to define because of the varying hue, according to the angle of refraction and reflection. Yet with reliable color charts these difficulties would be obviated. Frequently the belief asserts itself that specimens were ‘described in lamp-light. How unsatisfactory and misleading artificial light is taxonomists ought to know only too well. The simple experiment of exposing green, yellow and brown insects, notably shining specimens, successively to gas, electric, acetylene, candle, kerosene and the natural sun-light yields some surprising results. A color standard need not be an assortment of infinitesimal shadings, gradings, and combinations of the primaries. A repre- sentative selection of from thirty to fifty colors is sufficient for all practical purposes. The fact that detailed comparison of the colors of a specimen to color charts entails some extra labor should not deter taxo- nomists from making these comparisons. The appreciation and gratitude of their fellow-workers as well as of their follow- ers will be their reward. The dominant color should be stated in all cases. True, the colors of dead insects are rarely quite the same as in life, or those of younger insects the same as those of mature specimens. Yet the fact that colors have faded in death, or that they change with age, is of secondary import- ance. A description is not based on possibilities, but on tangible concrete actualities. These alone should rule. If there are good reasons for assuming that the colors of the specimen are not representative, this can, and, in fact, should be stated. Hav- ing a dominant color as a basis, it is comparatively simple to fix the position, extent, and shade of the other colors an insect may exhibit from further comparison to charts. The terminology of colors may be somewhat cumbersome. But science is not ‘‘belle lettres’’; the taxonomist does not con- sider whether the sentences he reads are syntactically correct or rhetorically rounded, but judges from their contents as to 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 203: their value. At that, why a composite terminology? Why not. a restricted nomenclature based on a few names with divisions indicated by subnumerals, as red 1, red 2, red 3, etc.. blue 1, blue 2, etc., etc.? Good works on colors exist, notably Ridgeway’s Nomencla- ture of Colors, as adopted by Ornithologists. (Unfortunately this excellent work is long, out of print, and because of its lim- ited edition it is now practically impossible to purchase a copy in the book-market). But for practical purposes a simple chart, as that hand-painted by Frederick Oughton (London), if se- lected by a representative commission of entomologists, could be manufactured at low expense, which would be easily justified by the demand. This would offer a standard for all times, not to mention the other obvious advantages resulting thereby. III. STANDARDS OF NOMENCLATURE. A. Generic and Specific Nomenclature——This is the only sphere where standards already exist. These standards are the codes of zoological nomenclature, such as the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, the A. O. U. Code of Nomen- clature, etc., which are commonly followed by zoologists. If I say “‘followed by zoologists,’’ the phrase must be given the most general and generous interpretation. Speaking of a class I can say ‘“‘commonly”’; but when speaking of groups of special- ists—to say it mildly, many groups use the nomenclature of 1810 instead of 1910. This sounds anomalous, but it is not. For the regulation of nomenclature by codes of universal sanction is comparatively recent, and the commissions are only gradually bringing order into the nomenclatural chaos that existed before their day. One cannot expect, I suppose, that a specialist on the bio- logical phase of insects should be interested in the ‘‘arbitrary, dry”’ codes of nomenclature. Yet it must be remembered, that taxonomists alone have caused the chaos. Taxonomy is* “arbitrary’’ also. What one man considers a variety, another calls a distinct species; and still another refuses to recognize either opinion. Or are ‘‘splitters’’ and ‘‘lumpers”’ only births of fancy, or memories of the distant past? The aims of the codes of nomenclature are to make the nomenclature as free and unencumbered as possible. Hence the rules set down for guidance. If taxonomists disdain, or even refuse, to follow these rules, who else should follow them? 204 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, B. Anatomical (Morphological) Nomenclature —Standards for generic and specific nomenclature have been noted. The present issue is of equal significance. The chief objection that may be stated on this question is indefiniteness. A lesser offense is the scope of the terms; e. g., while by ‘‘front’’ the author may intend to include nasus, epistoma, rhinarium, labium, etc., we, however, know that front means frons in the scientific interpretation and nothing else. What the author thinks, we cannot telepathically or by any other means divine. Each business has its technical nomenclature. No hardware man will hand you a shingling-hammer when you ask for a claw-hammer. To the business man the two terms signify two different things and he will never be so careless as to use the one for the other. Yet among taxonomists we find a con- tinual interchange of terms, such as joint for segment, tarsi for tarsal claws; mouth for labrum or mandibles, abdomen for ven- rheimy Kees When a taxonomist writes ‘“‘face yellow, abdomen spotted,” it is supposed, that he knows what he means. But unfortu- nately I do not. A specialist, who knows the peculiarities of the score or twenty-five other men working on the same branch of science, will possibly understand what is meant. Not so the individual who attempts to determine a species, less because of special interest, but because of some observation he made on it and which he desires to record in his book of field-notes. Another idiosyncracy is to use comparative terms for the length or size of any portion of the body, as, for example, “front as wide as the eyes, elytra twice the width of the pro- notum, tarsi about two thirds the length of the tibiae, etc.” This mode of measurement is miserably uncertain; miserably, because of the misery of the student who attempts to make the same eomparisons and cannot see them as the author saw them. How many men are able to mark the exact middle of a line ataglance? Aside of usual differences in refraction in two eyes, some aberration will be caused by the strain of focusing to the same point. A ‘‘mathematical’’ eye is a virtue that very few people possess. Still more difficult is to find the exact third of a line. What then of paralleling lines, or approaching lines? What of curved lines, irregular lines, etc.? Or is the chapter on ‘‘Optical Illusions’’ as taught in Physics only an illusion? 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 205 Bad as color illusions are, mathematical illusions are worse. The chapter on ‘‘Optics’’ ought to form the favorite reading of many taxonomists. A difference of one millimeter on an insect of 20 mm. length is slight; but it makes a considerable difference on an insect of 8 mm. It is a peculair experience to read in a description of a beetle or any other insect ‘‘elytra twice the width of the pronotum” and then find by actual measurement that the pronotum is 4 mm. at its widest point while the elytra are 10 mm. or more in length. Similarly with most other com- parative measurements. When tested by the micrometer or millimeter scale they will be found considerably aberrant. Hence the urgent advisability to introduce exact measurements instead of the unreliable optical method of comparison. One standard does exist in anatomical nomenclature, name- ly the Comstock-Needham nomenclature of wing venation. The merits of this system are undisputed and recognized by all modern systematists. But instead of unreservedly adopting a system the value of which they confirm, taxonomists inter- mingle the antiquated miscellaneous wing nomenclature with the logical modern terminology. Asa result we are continually thrown from one style of naming the-veins to the other. This may not be troublesome for the specialist. But if a student is generally interested in entomology, he finds himself in a constant quandary as to the special terminology of each particular order, as they are easily confused; whereas the Comstock-Needham nomenclature was especially designed to obviate this difficulty. It is true, certain orders have certain appendages which it is desirable to retain, e. g., for Neuroptera the thyridium cell and end-forks, bees the subcostal cells, etc. These should be retained, as they are special attributes of the respective order, family or genus. But the fundamental principles of venation, as out- lined by the Comstock-Needham nomenclature, are possessed by all orders, viz., costa, subcosta, radius, media, cubitus and anal vein. Why not use them instead of vein 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 10, etc.? The terminology is simpler, it is less aggravating, it is more logical, and it is an aid to the student and worker. -C. Nomenclature of Types.—Quite as important as specific and anatomical nomenclature is the nomenclature of types. Considerable attention has been given to the latter study in recent years. As the various departments of natural history are dependent mainly upon descriptions for the taxonomic 206 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, knowledge of specimens, the types of these descriptions grow in importance as the sum of our knowledge of species increases. The best description is not perfect, but, more often than not, deficient in some important taxonomic character. Hence the need of later systematists to refer to the type as the absolute standard of comparison. A nomenclature of types has accord- ingly been developed in recent years which is given the same importance as that which taxonomists attach to species nomen- clature. While less diversified than the latter, it should become of equal interest to the taxonomist, as it remains for him to apply it. With the close of the year 1906 we have a series of five pri- mary types and four supplementary types designed to meet the needs of both systematist and type custodian. Some of these designations will possibly be disregarded or even found insuffi- cient; this depends upon the individual, whether he be “‘splitter’”’ or “lumper.” The first step toward a logical nomenclature of types was made when taxonomists began to set aside one of a series of specimens as the type proper, and to name the remaining specimens cotypes. Too often it had been found that a series which the protologist defined as one species actually represented two or more species. Hence the advisability of naming only one specimen the type and the others differently. The name “cotype”’, although used so universally, is in such case a mis- nomer and was finally set aside for the more pertinent and exact “‘paratype’’—to signify specimens of the original series other than the type specimen. As the word “‘type”’ is subject to many interpretations according to the combination in which it is used, Schuchert in 1897 devised the word “ holotype’’— meaning ‘‘sole type’’—for the single specimen on which a des- cription should be based. The name ‘‘cotype’’, however, was not discarded; its applicability only was limited. ‘‘Cotype”’, in its present interpretation, is properly applicable only in paleontology; for instance, when we have a fossil and its reverse. Another instance, from zoology, would be the follow- ing: two flies caught in coitu and not separated in death. If mounted together neither male not female can be called holo- type; there is no necessity of singling out one of the specimens, as there can be no doubt of the two belonging together. The following is a summary of type nomenclature: 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 207 A. Primary Types. Holotype (H. T.)—A single specimen, or one selected of a series. Allotype (A. T.)—A single specimen of the sex not designated by the holotype. 3. Cotype (S. T.)—Specimens of the original series when there is no t we holotype (=syntype). Paratype (P. T.)—Specimens of original series when there is a holotype. Morphotype (M. T.)—A single specimen of the second form described of a dimorphic sex. 6. Lectotype (L. T.)—A cotype chosen after publication as holotype. 7. Chirotype (X. T.)—Specimen on which a manuscript name is based. Or B. SUPPLEMENTARY TYPES. 1. Plesiotype (P. t.)—Material on which subsequent descriptions or figures are based (=apotype and hypotype). 2. Neotype (N. t.)—A specimen from the same locality as the original type described or figured when the original type is lost. 3. Heautotype (H. t.)—Specimen identified by the nomenclator or used by him for illustration, but not belonging to original series (=autotype). 4. Plastotype (p. t.)—Plastic reproductions from type specimens. These must be casts. Models not included. The five prior names (1, 3, 4, 6, 7) for primary types are sufficiently “simple and certainly not cumbersome for the sys- tematist. Yet it appears to me that one condition quite as important as the holotype has been overlooked; also a second one, which, if not general, still applies to certain orders of insects. The first of these is easily apparent, Very many descrip- tions are based on one sex alone; often several decades pass before the unknown sex is discovered and described. Since this description is of primary interest to taxonomists, the speci- men on which this description is based in my estimation also merits a type name; and, what is more, should be classed among the primary types with the holotype. The second case is sex- dimorphism, common in a few orders of insects, rare in others, but still of such frequent occurrence that a type name for the dimorphic individual appears advisable. To designate these cases properly I have elsewhere (Bull. Milwaukee Museum, Vol. I, page 10, 1910) suggested the terms ‘‘allotype’’—the other—for the unknown sex, and ‘‘morphotype’’—form— for the dimorphic form of a sex. 208 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Allotype designates the sex not represented by the holotype. The allotype need not be described by the protologist (first describer); it can be contained in the original as well as in any subsequent description by other authors. Thus, if the protolog describes only a holotype male, the first female subsequently described is to be called the allotype; and vice versa. Mor- photype applies only to the second form of a dimorphic sex. Here also the date when and the author by whom described are immaterial. (As the first form of a dimorphic sex will be repre- sented in the holotype or allotype, there may be some doubt as to the advisability of classing morphotypes among primary types. However, as both forms of a dimorphic sex are of equal importance to taxonomists I have placed morphotype in a posi- tion similar to the holotype and allotype.) Thus far few others than cataloguers have made use of the type-terminology here outlined. In fact, most of the terms were originated by them, since the thorough acquaintance with their subject gained by the compilation of catalogues has made them more susceptible to the various needs of taxonomy. As all of these terms are broad and permit of great latitude in inter- pretation and application, the systematist ought not hesitate to apply them. Past laxity in the treatment of types, and also in their preservation, has resulted in infinite confusion and has helped to increase synonymy beyond all reasonable bounds, so that in some orders the synonyms average 1.5 to each valid species. IV. STANDARDS FOR Krys (TABLES) OF GENERA AND SPECIES. li Sou with appendage to hind stibias oy. tere caer etieiees eiesieine sinters iste es ciel edo ete afepnisits 2 co without appendage: i. Sas aaiscnee st toee ear crt aleras wie 6 is Wipe ores eae 4 2. &9iwith abdomentubtted): Ad cris sas Soe oti ter ee eee = oot ae in ee mete 3 Oswaithiabdomenuntuited< nc ccm salen ina Ocenia weieorevers oh slants Kilimanjaro 3. Vein 6 usually curved in o, 9 variable................... . Popocatepetl Wein Giusually straignt) (isc cme hae sete aisle oirciers es .. Aconcagua As -Oewith abdomen Wnbulbem sates tercetertape eck le acs « ce cisrarn a) etevebebeesta siete ras mien 5 Orwith abdomen’ suited eae, setttetsieter neler e => ciei+ isco clatter veyaneraetone Matterhorn Ds PEIN G CULVER 5c 6 cicero RARE PEE antl eins: Slolase Ge dete ete ieltepaee eee Elias Vemi6icurved at end in\igtisancrece eae rons nce nonce conem se etneee Everest I defy anybody to reduce a specimen to its proper genus with a key of the foregoing type. Unfortunately, only too many of that sort exist and new ones are continually fashioned. A genus is the primary condition of taxonomy, and the use of secondary sexual characters for generic definition is an out- rage; an offense, which should not be condoned. Some of the 1911] _ Composition of Taxonomic Papers 209 best taxonomists have placed their work in a questionable light by means of unsatisfactory tables like that given above. The only recourse in such cases is the original description, which is by no means such a simple proceeding as would appear on the face of it, as it often means a long, tedious search through many volumes. One may call the aid of the extended generic description, but the purpose of the key is to summarize what differences exist between genera. Tables are meant to be short-cuts through taxonomy; but I might as well try to run an engine on a rail- way which has one track alternately on each side of the ties, as determine a specimen from many generic tables. The use of geographical names in the key above is pertinent. It is just as difficult to climb those mountains as to determine speci- mens from some keys. Tables of the style outlined cause loss of time, besides loss of temper. We are all human; and a scientist is not always the ‘‘dry, imperturbable fossil’’ the joke-antiquarians would have us believe. Among species tables we see many of similar nature. Yet here vagueness is excusable, while for an unsatisfactory genus table no valid excuses can be made. If the relations between two genera become too intimate, if distinctions fail—then the genera merge. Sexual characters are often the only ones that can be reliably applied in specific keys, and their use will be questioned by no one familiar with the difficulties of specific determination. Errors are possible everywhere, but they are offset by good work in other parts of the paper. Most often they result from a misconception of the specific value of certain characters. The aim, however, to compile a table of practical value will be easily apparent. Many of the difficulties of specific keys could be obviated by more care in the explanation of the essential characters used, their individuality, their variation, and their relation to others. But is there an excuse for the use of such terms as “larger species,” ‘‘smaller species,’ ‘‘more slender,’’ ‘‘more robust,” and the like, in tables without in any way defining the limits of the terms? It is with feelings diametrically opposed to pleasure that I plod through a table of, say, 25 species, along lines indicated by “‘larger species,’’ and ‘‘smaller species.’ What does the author mean thereby, I wonder? At which 210 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vo.1 IV, size does he draw the line? My specimen is of moderate size and might be referred to either group. Therefore, is bulk the author’s criterion? Or is length? Or width? Or odor? There are plenty of good, workable tables that will serve as models. An ideal table that would permit of ‘‘hard and fast”’ lines of division for species is, of course, impossible. But much could be done toward improvement by the elimination of indefi- nite terms from specific tables and sexual characters from generic tables. V. STANDARDS FOR INDICES. Indices are the bane of scientific works. While their purpose is to facilitate reference to, and study of the contents of a vol- ume, it is rarely, indeed, that they achieve their purpose, because of their general insufficiency. Beginning with ordinary check-lists, bibliographies, travels, monographs, etc, taxonomic works are most often poorly equipped as regards indices. It is impossible for any man to know all the species and genera of the average order. It is a fact, however, that just those publications which are greatest in volume and importance (taxonomical, ethological and otherwise) are the most poorly indexed. Some authors cite only genera in the index. Others feel that such method is insufficient and append the names of the species under the genera. While that is an improvement, it offers little aid to the student not familiar with the particular order. In this age of books, when it is possible to distinguish genera, species, synonyms, etc., each by various styles, sizes and impres- sions of types, the antiquated system of indices, as above re- ferred to, seems inconceivable. The trouble lies—so it seems to me—in the fact that authors seem to confound the index with a table of contents. To quote, ‘‘an index is a pilot through strange seas of thought. A book without an index is like a ship without a rudder.’’ Continuing the simile—a book of entomology with generic index only is like an ocean-steamer with a canoe-rudder; and an index with the species names under the genera is like a ship with the rudder at its side. I need hardly assert that it is those books which are freely and carefully indexed that are most referred to. I feel much as the gentleman who said tome: ‘‘A scientific writer who does not care to make a complete and usable index to his works, 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 211 should be prevented from writing at all! At the bottom of every insufficient index is not carelessness, but downright laziness!”’ To set the standard for indices is not very difficult; but the standard varies with the contents of books and papers. Here is the criterion: Since the aim of an index is to make the con- tents of a volume accessible to the reader, it should be so con- structed that it will permit access to the greatest possible number of references in the least possible time. In other words an index is a medium of saving time. Hence an index should not be merely a carelessly jumbled summary of the contents, but a carefully arranged alphabetic list of all names, facts and captions in the volume. This includes technical as well as popular names, generic as well as specific names. There is such a thing as over-indexing. The author. must use his judgment as to the amount of detail he desires to index. Also, unnecessary repetition should be avoided. One fact, how- ever, is patent; that if the author wishes to see his work con- sidered at all as a work of reference, he must supply it with a good index. I, for one, do not care to use poorly indexed books, and consult such as rarely as possible. To say the truth, I consider it a personal affront, when upon purchasing a book, I find myself maltreated to several hundred pages of facts and names, and a two-page index. The author has no cause to treat his readers as if their brains were ware-houses; that they need but read his book and file away the contents together with the exact page number, etc., for future reference. By pur- chasing and reading a book I am doing the author a twofold service. And if I remember some of the statements and quote the book as an authority, the acme of the author’s expectations is then reached. More he has no right to demand. But a starved index is inimical to progress, since few men will care to quote when they are unable to find the passages from an insufficient index. : When is an index desirable? One friend has stated this succinctly: “‘Any taxonomic paper citing more than fifty names should have an index of its own.’”’ This seems reasonable tome. An index of fifty names, run in two columns, eight point on a ten point base, would occupy less than the ordinary four by seven page of our journals. Because of the practice of societies and institutions to send reprints to an author for pri- 212 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, vate distribution, this special index seems more than justified; unless the author expects his associates to supply the index privately. But this is expecting too much. Take, for instance, some of our well-known entomologists, who receive hundreds of reprints in a year, among them contributions exceeding 100 pages. It is astonishing, how few of these larger papers are supplied with an index at all; at that, the indices are mostly of the Spartan type. Should these men undertake the neces- sary clerical work and compile the missing indices? True, many of these men keep card-indices of their specialties. But what of workers on more than one branch of entomology, or zoology? To keep card-catalogues—hence general indices— of their wide- ly distributed interests would necessitate the employment of a clerk throughout the year. I close with the classic from Pope, ‘‘He who knows how to prepare a good index, holds the eel of science by the tail.” VI. STANDARDS FOR TITLES. In logical order the title should have been treated first. But since the title is usually the last thing written by an author for his-contribution, so let its place be among the last in the order of standards. Take any entomological journal in hand and glance over the titles of papers. Many of these will sound much like the fol- lowing examples: “‘A Revision of the Genus Popocatepetl; Some New Species of Orizaba; A New Aconcagua; A New Variation and the Life History of Kilimanjaro alta; etc.” Occasionally one meets a title like the following: ‘‘A New Genus and Species of the Family Sierra”; and indeed a rarity is ““New Species of the Order Andes.”’ In North America alone there are about 70,000 described species of insects, distributed in approximately 8,000 genera (probably more). Nevertheless, everyone is, as a matter of course, expected to know immediately from the lucid “‘Genus Popocatepetl”’ just where the genus belongs, to what family, to which order. Everyone is expected to be familiar with all of the 8,000 genera and to have no difficulty at all in placing the genus revised or enlarged, as indicated by the title. And even considering that there are about 500,000 specific and 80,000 generic names in zoology, ‘‘Popocatepetl’’ is too important not to be as well known as ‘‘pater’’ and ‘“‘mater.”’ 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 213 Especially in taxonomic entomology the saying holds good: ““Ramiliarity breeds contempt’’—for others. Some taxonomists appear to become so obsessed with their particular specialty that other orders or families of insects do not exist for them. There are 18 other orders after Comstock, 30 others after Handlirsch (restricted to Pterygogenea—winged insects); yet these are of little importance beyond the fact that they exist and that some foolish people bother about them. So taxo- nomists of a certain type would have us believe. We are lucky, indeed, if with indignant compassion they will cite the family in which the order occurs; indignant, because ‘‘those bar- barians” do not happen to take any special interest in their particular branch. Let us go a step farther. There are eighty-two families in the order Coleoptera, sixty-one in Diptera, about seventy-five in Lepidoptera, about seventy in Hymenoptera, not to speak of Hemiptera, Neuroptera, Pseudoneuroptera, and other orders. A conservative estimate would show over four hundred families of insects in North America alone, distributed in nineteen (Comstock) or thirty-one (Handlirsch) orders. Most of these families average three to four subfamilies to each family, and two tribes to each subfamily. Figuring on this basis there are 1200 subfamilies and 2400 tribes of insects. And this for North American insects only! What of the orders, the families, the subfamilies, the tribes, the genera, of fishes, of mollusks, of birds, of mammals, of crustaceans, etc. in North America? What of their number in the entire world? Not all our articles are confined to a single fauna. The Central and South Ameri- can faunas are beginning to be explored more thoroughly, as shown by the ever increasing number of articles upon the regions named. And yet, on an average but six out of twenty titles cite the family, and but one of twenty the order. Of course, the fact that the journal is specially devoted to entomology, gives me a clue to the position of the genus; accordingly I know that the paper is an entomological paper, but that is all. But what of journals dealing with natural history in general? How can I know from the title whether the genus belongs to botany or to zoology or paleonotology, whether it is a paper on insects or canaries, on mollusks or angle-worms? An hour spent in a scientific library in the classification of articles would be an educative influence for all those who neglect 214 Annals Entomological Society of America __[Vol. IV, the mention of family and order in their articles, The difficul- ties they would meet—such as antiquated catalogues, under- indexed catalogues, or, as in some cases, the entire lack of catalogues—would forever cure them of this apparently trifling but nevertheless momentous negligence. Even when there are good catalogues at hand, it is a complex proposition to place a genus. For the terminology of some orders, such as Diptera, and Hymenoptera, Coleoptera and Hemiptera, etc., is, in part, alike; the necessary consultation of both text and catalogue in such cases causes an irksome and avoidable loss of time. The solution of all troubles is so simple, so obvious—in fact, it is inherent in the subject—that it seems strange why taxo- nomists have not adopted the simple means. But one ento- mologist is known to me who in all of his papers inserts the order name in his titles. That is the solution: Insert the order of the insect, bird, mammal, or whatever-it-be behind the genus and family name in the title. This holds good also for mor- phological, ethological and other papers as well as for those dealing solely with taxonomy. VII. STANDARDS FOR REPRINTS. This chapter does not properly belong in this consideration. But since reprints form an important part of the specialists’ literature, a few words on the topic may be of interest. Sometimes I receive reprints of articles published by “‘ Enig- ma’’ University; that is a tangible fact. The paging of the reprint is the same as originally published; that is another tangible fact. But I look in vain from page to page in the endeavor to discover the number or year of the volume, the month of publication, etc. That editor who arranged the reprint of an article sent me, published in nineteen-something on pages 260-290 of a certain periodical, yet paged the separate 1-30; and carefully effaced all reference to the name of the pub- lication, the year or number of the volume, the year and month of publication;—that editor, I say, deserves no honorary men- tion. After guessing at the probable publications in which the article might have appeared, I looked over the recent volumes of many and ultimately succeeded in finding the exact place, page and time of publication. I owe that editor thanks, since through him I was led to other articles of high interest; but I spent an entire evening in trying to find out ‘“‘What’s which” in the reprint. To be fully consistent, the editor should have effaced the title of the article itself. 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 215 To be sure, this was an extreme case. Yet that in these ‘“‘enlightened”’ days, after years of discussions, protests and recommendations, there should be men who retain the benighted idea that it is preferable to change the paging of reprints from the original—this seems hardly conceivable. Why the change at all? No advantage is gained thereby. On the contrary, it is a disadvantage for workers who are not constantly in touch with all the leading centers of scientific work and who have no large scientific library at their elbows. For these it results in tedious correspondence, and this most often when there is little time to be spared for these irksome labors. One lucid individual went to another extreme. The travels of a certain explorer, together with the scientific results of his collections, as monographed by various specialists, were pub- lished in a large scientific journal. As all of these contributions were finally to be collected in a separate volume, and as the paging of this volume would be just as important for reference as that of the journal, the editor thought of a “‘happy”’ solu- tion of all difficulties. Namely, the original paging of the con- tribution as it appeared in the journal was retained for the reprint; the future paging of the volume was also put in; and to meet all contingencies the reprint was given a special paging of 1—50 or other. Unfortunately, this genius forgot to note which was which, so that, as the printer’s folio number and the publisher’s file number are at the bottom of each page besides the three numbers above, I now have my choice between five numbers for page reference. As a rule reprints do not suffer from surplus information as in the preceding case; they usually lack part of the necessary information. This lack in most cases is the absence of the vol- ume number (or the year of the volume) from the reprint, or the year of publication, or both. Sometimes the two are given, but the name of the publication is nowhere indicated. The benign opinion that every scientific worker is familiar with the size of the volumes, the style of composition and the issues of “the four-hundred”’ leading scientific publications,—this opin- ion is, of course, founded on long experience and hence must be considered sound. If I receive a reprint that contains the year and number of the volume, but not the title of the publica- tion itself, it is, therefore, a simple proposition to locate the correct journal from the size of the page and the style of com- 216 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, position, as there are only about three hundred others among the ‘‘four hundred” that resemble it. Often the title of the journal is present and the number of the volume given, but not the year of the volume. The latter is omitted because it is a matter of common knowledge that the institution or society began its journal way back in the forties and that a new series is begun with each score of years; so that the tale, ‘‘Reprinted from the Enigmatical Journal, Series 4, Volume 17’’ will tell me all that is necessary to be told. From the number of the volume I ought to infer the year of the volume and if I am too much of an “‘ignoramus”’ as not to know such a monumental fact as the year a certain society or institution was founded,—well, then ‘‘look it up!” Similarly, if I read 1906 on a reprint just received, I am to know intuitively that that means the year of the volume, not the year of publication; that the contribution had been in the hands of the editor since 1905, but owing to the press of legis- lative matters on the state printer could not be published until 1910. It appears ridiculous that a matter intrinsically so simple, and extrinsically of such vital importance as the correct mark- ing of reprints should be so carelessly treated. Or is there really a living editor who would consider the puny additional (?) expense of the line on the reprint giving all the needed informa- tion? Penny wise, pound foolish. Can a simpler solution be found than ‘‘Reprinted from the Ecstatic Journal, Series 6, Volume 14, pages 28-67, 1910 (Publ. May, 1910)’’? CONCLUSION. The scope of matters that are left to our imagination, divini- tion and intuition by scientific papers is monumental. A cata- logue of merchandise that does not describe the ware and state its prices would be flung aside instantly. Yet for science any- thing, no matter how poorly constructed, how poorly presented, should be acceptable. Science should lead the world. But if science in general cannot apply more logic to its methods than taxonomists apply to taxonomy, its leadership will be short- lived. This may be a harsh and pessimistic view; but I believe that I do not stand alone in this attitude. Again referring to the merchandise simile—imagine to your- self a catalogue of merchandise, say furniture, that would not bear the proper legend on the cover; further, that the pages 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 217 contained nothing else but names of furniture—no illustrations of the same, no measurements, no prices quoted;—imagine the action of the man receiving it! Certainly no other place than the paper-basket would be accorded it. And certainly many of the articles of our journals are little better as far as usable information is concerned than the furniture catalogue just referred to. Is it with reverence that we remember such names as Smith and Walker of British Museum fame? And yet some systematists appear. to have chosen them as patrons and models for imitation. They succeed only too well in imitating them, and occasionally outdistance them. One may say, these are all minor matters. That is true. But their aggregate forms an imposing array. One drop in a ‘cup will not make it acrid; but a number of drops will change it into a cup of bitterness. So with entomology. One little carelessness does not amount to much; but many will fill even the most ardent student with feeling akin to disgust. Science is no longer in its infancy and we have a right to demand advanced methods of work. The desire for improvement is innate to all men. I have never heard of a writer (at least in science) who was well satisfied with what he had written. Literary critics say, ‘‘An author is his favorite reader”; but self-satisfaction is short-lived, more so in science than else- where. Hence the attitude of scientific workers toward their work may be defined as ‘‘a minimum of self-conceit with a max- imum of scruples.’’ Writers do not confess these qualms of the intellectual conscience to the public, but reserve them for some private interchange of confidences. Unfortunately, the ratio of these qualms decreases, not inversely, but in the same ratio that the system and methodical effort of the worker decreases; so that the most conscientious workers are usually most diffi- dent as regards their own work (all the more, as those contri- butions requiring the greatest amount of labor and time gen- erally show the least for it), while the careless workers have few misgivings of their efforts. I have an inkling that some day to come a contribution will have to be passed upon by a commis- sion of scientists (like so many examination papers) before they are declared acceptable to science. Cooperation and centralization (to a certain extent) are desirable. There ought, in fact, to be a scientific clearing house somewhere in this beautiful world, and I hope that it will be achieved some day. NOTICE TO MEMBERS AND CONTRIBUTORS, The Annals of the Entomological Society of America will be published by the Society quarterly and will include the Proceed- ings of the Annual meetings and such papers as may be selected by the Editorial Board. Papers may be submitted to any member of the Editorial Board and should be as nearly as possible in the form desired as final, preferably typewritten, and illustrations must be finished complete ready for reproduction. Plates must not exceed 5 x 7 inches unless intended to fold. In general, papers to be accepted must be original, complete and previously unpublished and, ex- cept in connection with the proceedings, it will not be the policy to publish preliminary announcements or notes.. Authors will be allowed fifty reprints gratis and additional copies at cost to the Society. Requests for information as to membership and the annual subscription and dues of members may be sent to the Secretary- Treasurer, A. D. MacGillivray, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Communications relating to the Annals, and all orders for separate copies or reprints should be addressed to the Managing Editor or to ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMER- IcA, Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. | CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER. Morcan, ANNA H—Mayflies of Fall Creek. ......-. 93 TOWNSEND, C. H—Announcements of Further Results Secured in the Study of Muscoid Flies... -..-..- F277) HInE, J. 'S. —Robberflies of the Genera ss hale and) Proctacan thats ict titi ee alte WAVE ee bis 153 Burcsss, A. F.—Locomotion of the Tanya | of Calosoma Sycophanta.2... .: Bay pip IRE VO URIS IB yt BOR a ey iat 173 WEBSTER, R, L.—Notes on the Pear Sing ibe pa ae ade | 181 SEVERIN, H. H. P. and H. C—The Mechanism in the Hatching’ of the Walking Stick, Diapheromera ferigr ata Say ok kL Moe lea Nl. ee ay A ery CocKERELL, T. D. A-—Some Suggested Rules to . Govern Entomological Publications»... 2242. -2 192 Muttkowski, R. A.—The Composition of ‘Taxononiic Papers... darn sie PRS A Sy Ee MU 2 SLO4 The regular annual subscription price for the ANNALS is, in the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii and Mexico, $8.00: Canada, $3.50, other countries, $4.00: . Checks, drafts or money ~ ‘ orders should be drawn payable to ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL Soctery or America, and addressed to Biological Building, O. S..U., Columbus, Ohio, U: S$. A. . Volamettversd atu agate Number 3. “ANNALS oF ‘The Entomological Society of America SEPTEMBER, 1914 EDITORIAL BOARD J. H. COMSTOCK, L. 0. HOWARD, : ItHaca, N.Y. WasHINGTON, D. C. Cc. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, GUELPH, ONTARIO, CANADA, Boston, Mass. C, W. JOHNSON, P. P. CALVERT, ; Boston, Mass, : PHILADELPHIA, Pa. V. L. KELLOGG, J, W. FOLSOM, STANFORD UnIv., CAL, URBANA, ILLS, HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, CoL_uMBUS, OHIO. Wiecitn ; RANE cc . : PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCEM, i aaa / COLUMBUS, OHIO can mmaent Entered as ‘Scual class matter April 11, 1908, at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, { under the Act of Congress’of March 3, 1879, The Entomological Society of America. FOUNDED 1906. OFFICERS 17914. President—HERBERT OSBORN....... We tarsi EMIS Mele SL Abe fo toe Columbus, Ohio First Vice-President—LAWRENCE BRUNER... 2.00. .0.0. ees cede Lincoln, Nebraska Second Vice-President—A. D, MACGILLIVRAY... 62-2... 0. 0.00005 Ithaca, New York Secretary-Treasurer—A. D. MACGILLIVRAY...2..--¢.0-. 0 essen Ithaca, New York Executive Commitiee—Tuer Orricers,, and J. H. Comstock, W. M. WHEELER, J. B. Smita, C. J. S. Beraune, Henry Sernner, A. D. Hopxtns. Committee on Nomenclature—H. T. Fernatp, E. P. Fett, ,T. D. A. CocKERELL. Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, Il and III, complete, each... 2.2...) 000.0..% a era ee ile caters $3.00 Annals, Vols. I and II, Parts 1,:2 and 4, each... 2.2... bail Gea epg Heros Siac 1.00 Annals: Vols: Tend’ Il Part dieach ie hy sac taahice Seba keke bantee 50 REPRINTS FROM VOLUME Il. Comstock, J. H.—A Note on the Habits of the Wall-beé Chalicodoma Muraria 10 PeTRUNKEViTcH; A.—Contributions to Our Knowledge of the Anatomy and Relationshins-of Spidersyy, 20 Py sia kesetre Aimee opis cethdie Canoe ee ow ee 15 Grrautt, A. ARSENE—A Monographic Catalogue of the Mymarid Genus _ Camptoptera Foerster, with Description of One’ New North America REYES Ps cei s eae eh tk Mee ee kaes owe HEE Thorpe ted BA aeahLe EM a a hae SO ae 15 Davis) JoHN J.—Studies on Aphididae IP... dye ei keels eee -20 Hutton, Witi1am A.—The Tracheal Supply in the Central Nervous System of |. the Larva of Corydalis Corutays cera silat dicles ites eh cies lad Salsye see om 25 NELson, JAs. A—Evolution and Adaption in the Palpus of Male Spiders..1... +15 WEssTER, Ff. M.—Investigations of Toxoptera Graminum and Its Parasites .. .25 Haynurst, Paut—Observations on a Gall Aphid (Aphis Atriplicis L-) ...... Py ue ar Patcu, Epira M.—Homologies of the Wing Veins of the Aphididae Psyllidae, ‘Aleurodidae, and. Coceidaer arin. ghia ete ore ee cacao tee hee -50 Hine, JAMES S.—Robberflies of the Genus Asilus......... 000.6 02.2. bie .50 CHAMBERLIN, Ratpah V.—Some “Records of ‘North American Geophilidae and Lithobiidae, with Description of New Species... 00.0.0... eve eeae, +25 Davis, JouN J.—Two New Genera and Species of Aphididae............... > 10 Poutton, Prog. E. B.—Mimicry in the Butterflies of North America......... .60 TownsenD, Caas. H. T.—Descriptions of New Genera and Species of .- . WP ACHIIAAS Lh x ales Se CUI RR Nee rlotcadrele Ge DONG Se Se ENA Is ARS SRE Satine 10 CocKERELL, T. D..A.—Fossil Insects from Florissant... 0s... 2.5.0. bee eee 10 McGrtvray, A. D.—A Synopsis of the North American Species of Scoli- OHEUTIAS Fett WRAL tig ce eNidaded SAE dod GalCer GM AUT UD ins Plena ore ».20 HAMBLETON, J. ee —Life History of Coizus Lateralis Say »........cs. ees ee ete -10 For Reprints from. Volume I, see preceding Number. » Address st ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America Volume I V Sibel EnVuBEaR. boa Number 3 THE STRUCTURE OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CORYDALIS LARVA. By WittiaM A. HILTon. Concerning the insects, many extensive works have been pub- lished upon the nervous system from early times down to quite recently. The work of Dujardin, ’50, may be said to be a starting point. Numerous papers by Villanes from ’87 to 93 give general accounts of the structure, but nothing very def- inite as to the distribution of individual nerve termination and origin within the ganglia. The extensive work by Saint-Remy, 90, is also a somewhat fragmentary account of numerous forms of tracheate head ganglia. Other earlier papers dealing with cephalic ganglia in particular are those of Newton, ’79, and Packard, ’80, and in more recent times we have the valuable works of Kenyon, ’96, and Haller, ’04. In connection with the structure and relationships of abdominal ganglia, the investigations of Binet, 94, and Benedicenti, 95, should be mentioned; and for a summary of the form and structure of the insect nervous system, the general work of Berlese, ’97, is invaluable. Although there are numerous and extensive papers dealing with the structure of insects, very few give a very complete account of the whole nervous system of a single species and practically no single work treats of the larval centers in much detail, although numerous papers take up the development and some as Bauer, ’04, consider the transformations of larval into the adult conditions. The external anatomy and general distribution of ganglia and nerves of Corydalis have been studied by Krauss, ’84, and by Hammar, ’08. The relations of the trachea to the nervous system and their distribution within it by Hilton, ’09. The 219 220 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, present paper is a continuation of the study of the nervous system in the larval form and, although not as complete as might be wished, it is at least a start in the direction of a clearer comprehension of the insect central nervous system, under- taken for the purpose of preparing for a study of the finer structure of the nerve cells, and for experiments upon their metabolism and function. The methods employed were various. For obtaining the best idea of the general distribution of nerve cells and fibers, and the tracts of which they are parts, intra vitam methylene blue injections were used. Beautiful results were obtained at times, but it was only after hundreds of specimens were gone over that much was learned as to the organization of the gan- glia. Sectioning methods with the usual fixers and stains gave fair results and the methods of Golgi and Cajal were tried, also those of Villanes and Kenyon. All of these gave good prep- arations except the Golgi method which I hope to try again at another time. There were difficulties in the way of fixing and staining because the ganglia are inclosed in chitin and because of the numerous tracheal vessels, and in the larger ones it was not possible to get perfect whole mounts. Sketches were made from the methylene blue preparations both before and after fixation and in the first stages of the work peripheral nerves were traced by means of gross dissections. ABDOMINAL GANGLIA, The abdominal ganglia, eight in number are quite uniform in appearance and general structure with the exception of the eighth or most caudal. The first abdominal is separated by only short connectives from the third thoracic, and the seventh is even closer to the eighth. The seven first abdominal ganglia have quite uniformly on each side, two large nerve trunks connected with them, a cephalic lateral and a ventral more caudal branch. The eighth ganglion has four pairs of branches leading into it from the caudal end of the animal. Specimens were injected with methylene blue and nerves traced to the periphery and from here followed into the ganglia as nerve tracts as far as possible. In an earlier study on the nervous system of larval insects I found that in some cases some of the more cephalic branches connected with the ganglia were in large part if not totally sensory, that is arising from 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis ; 221 bipolar nerve cells and nerve plexuses, from tactile hairs and from the surface of the hypodermis. In Corydalis at various times during several years I have tried to determine the motor and sensory parts of each peripheral trunk for the purpose of following them into the central nervous system. To some degree methylene blue stain is of a differential value in deter- mining the nature of nerve trunks, for very often the first neurons to take the stain are sensory, while motor fibers and cells are often slower to turn blue. But this method is not absolutely sure, for there is great variability in the staining reactions of different individuals. The only sure way of telling whether a given branch is motor or sensory is by tracing the nerves to their endings in muscle fibers or from their origin in bipolar sense cells at the periphery. The tracing of a motor or a sensory nerve or tract is not possible in a large number of cases because the stain is incomplete or too dense, but occasional selectively stained preparations enable one to make positive if not complete statements in regard to nerve trunks; that is to say, one can determine surely from a specimen that a large number of branches of a certain nerve are all motor or all sensory, but it would be impossible to say with perfect assurance that the nerve was pure motor or pure sensory because some fine terminations might remain uncolored, especially in the case of a stain which was good for sensory terminations, for there would be a strong probability that some at least of the fine motor ends would not show. The work of Hammar, ’08, on the nervous system of Cory- dalis has been very helpful, and the general description of the nervous system given by him is so complete that I shall not need to spend time on the gross anatomy of the various ganglia, and in speaking of the several branches of the ganglia | shall follow his terminology. There are three chief branches breaking from the Lateral trunk of each of the first seven abdominal ganglia, their method of branching from this trunk and from each other is somewhat variable, but these three main parts are easily recognized. Branch 2 is large and comes off quite near the base of the lateral trunk, runs caudally a short distance and then disappears between muscle fibers in a ventral direction. I could not determine it to be anything but a motor branch although some of the fibers from it are among the first to stain and some of them pass not into the ganglion connected with the nerve 222 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, trunk, but run directly up to the next ganglion by the way of the connectives, in a tract which from its other connections in other species and in this form, and from its staining reactions, I took to be sensory. Branch 3 is long, it runs up to the dorsal side of the animal and is without doubt mixed motor and sensory, containing fibers which supply dorsal muscles and fibers which come from the hypodermis. Branch 4 runs into the lateral appendage and seems to be sensory, for the most part at least. Besides these, there are two minute branches, 1 and 5, running out to the trachea, according to Hammar, ’08. The ventral trunk runs caudally and ventrally, branches 1, 2 and 3 run to more and more caudal portions of the ventral side of the animal and seem to be entirely sensory, branch 3 runs to some extent also into the lateral appendage, while branch 4 runs into the tracheal gill and was the only one traced into it. So this whole ventral con seems to be for the most part sensory. The eighth abdominal ganglion seems to be made up of at least two centers fused, there are four main trunks entering it on each side below and all of these so far as could be determined are both motor and sensory. Trunk (a) is most lateral, (b) a ventral trunk corresponding to the ventral one of other ab- dominal ganglia, (d) a more median one supplying lower dorsal and ventral portions of the body and (c) median, with a large branch which runs back up the intestine. NERVE CELLS. (Riganos) The nerve cells of the periphery have already been figured in an earlier article, Hilton 02. The functional cells of the ganglia both thoracic and abdominal appear to be much of the same type in methylene blue preparations, uni- or bipolar nerve cells, one of the processes or branches of which may run out quite a long distance before they break up into a number of terminations, the other portion usually breaks wtp into branches near the cell body. Indications of multipolar cells were seen in some specimens but with these usually all of the processes but one were very small and hard to trace very far. In addi- tion to the functional neurones of both large and small size, there were in all of the ganglia, numerous neuroblasts, or smal- ler cells with slight protoplasm about the nucleus, and neurog- lia networks. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 223 NERVE TRACTS IN ABDOMINAL GANGLIA, (Figs. 1 and 2.) By means of methylene blue preparations it was possible in some more deeply stained specimens to trace the main tracts of fibers within the ganglia and within the connectives and in lighter stained specimens the distribution of special tracts and even individual fibers. At times the cells stained as well as the fibers at other times only fibers were colored. ti) Fig: 2. Fic. 1. Figure of the 7th and 8th abdominal ganglia from methylene blue preparation. Dorsalside. Afewnerve cells are shownin black. The chief nerve trunks show with their fibers. The central ‘‘Punktsubstanz”’ of the ganglia dotted. Some of the larger tracheal tubes shown as thick solid black lines. The caudal end is down in this and the following figures. x30. Fic. 2. Sixth abdominal ganglion from ventral side. Methylene blue. x30. Stained or unstained, the central region of each ganglion is more opaque or darker, due to the nerve fibers crossing and terminating in this region. This forms on each side a central body made up of two oval masses more or less fused into one at the middle line, the ‘‘Punktsubstanz’’ of some authors. The 224 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, nerve fibers of the connectives when stained in a mass form deep lines apparently running straight through the center of the ganglia, these longitudinal bundles of nerve fibers seem to be a little broader before entering and after leaving the central mass. The nerve trunks in deeply stained specimens send masses of fibers into the ganglia and in the case of most of the fibers, the region where they seem to terminate is in the central part of each ganglion. This is true of all the ventral fibers and of most of those from the lateral trunk, but a few of the latter, and some fibers from the second branch of the lateral, run up into the edge of the ganglion only, and then straight up the connective to the next ganglion above. In the case of the eighth adbominal the four nerve trunks enter the fibrous central mass from below, those most medially placed seem to be con- tinued up through to the connectives and to be largely contin- uous with them in deeply stained specimens, while the more lateral trunks are lost sight of as they enter the central portion of the ganglion, although some of the fibers from the more laterally placed nerve trunks pass through the edge of the ganglion without communication with its cells and pass up the outer side of the connectives on either side to the next ganglion above. There are then two masses of fibers entering each center but the last, those of the connectives and those of the nerve trunks. I will first take up those of the connectives. Beginning with the seventh abdominal ganglion great masses of fibers enter, and it is possible to distinguish; (a) Fibers which run straight through without terminating. There seem to be great numbers of these, but this is due 7m part to the fact that when fibers do terminate in a ganglion they end at various levels. These fibers can however individually in a number of cases be traced through a ganglion without endings of any sort within it, just how far some of these may run without termina- tion is a question, but there was no difficulty in tracing them through three ganglia and there is no reason to doubt that they may be longer than this. Those most easily followed were usually of larger size than the rest. (b) Fibers from below, terminating within the ganglion. Of these there are several sorts: (1) Those ending in the lower part of the “ punktsub- stanz’’ on the same side. (2) Those ending on the same side above. (3) Those crossing over towards the opposite side from below. (4) Those crossing over to the opposite side above. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 225 In those entering from below some run straight in and end in the caudal region of the central fibrous mass, while in many ‘specimens fibers from the outer side of the connectives sweep sharply in towards the center of the lower part of the ganglion to end near the middle line, either on the same side or just over it. (c) Fibers from above. In general there are similar bundles of fibers to those traced from below: (1) Those end- ing in the lower part of the ganglion on the same side. (2) Those ending on the same side but in the cephalic portion of the ganglion. (3) Those crossing to end in the lower part. (4) Those crossing to end in the upper part. In the case of fibers ending in the ganglion from the ceph- alic direction, none were seen forming such a dense sweep into each center from the sides of the connectives, although there were a few fine ones of this sort. Most of the fibers leave the ““punktsubstanz’”’ to run in the connectives without great devia- tion from a straight course. (d) Fibers passing into the con- nectives from cells within the ganglion. There may be dis- tinguished in many of the preparations cells with their fibers well stained, the more central of these may be more clearly seen in some cases. Some of the larger more central cells seem to be merely for association within the ganglion, with all of their processes ending within it. Others send one main pro- cess up one connective and another down into one of the other great masses of fibers. Other cells of medium or small size, located chiefly at the sides of the ganglion send one long process into one of the nerve trunks while the other shorter process may run for a short distance in the connective trunk or be lost in the central mass of the ganglion. THE FIBERS OF NERVE TRUNKS. These have already been spoken of to some degree. Most fibers of both cephalic and ventral nerves seem to enter the central part of the ganglion and are lost track of in the ‘* Punkt- substanz,’’ but both the lateral and ventral trunk-fibers are continued into the connectives in the cephalic direction at least, and possibly to some extent in the caudal, although this was not determined. In the case of the lateral trunks of all the abdominal ganglia, there is a possible sensory tract enter- ing the cephalic edge of the nerve center without coming to the central “‘punktsubstanz”’ or having any communication with 226 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, nerve fibers, running along the outer side of the connective and for the most part ending in the basal portion of the ganglion next above, near or across the middle line. A similar tract to this has been described coming from the two most lateral trunks in the last ganglion. These fibers which enter from cephalic lateral trunks seem to stain among the first and in the case of some other insects were found to come from bipolar sensory cells at the periphery, and I still think that they are to some extent sensory, but these tracts which have no communication with the cells of the gan- glia with which they are connected are not all of the sensory fibers of each nerve center, for the ventral branches have many sensory fibers and these do not follow exactly the same path, and in the case of the first seven abdominal ganglia many of the fibers could be traced from the branch 2, which so far as could be determined was a decidedly motor trunk. Fibers other than those coming from cells on the opposite side to run into the branches as motor axones, are directly supplied by cells on the same side, long branches from certain cells run into the various motor trunks while the other termina- tions are in the “‘punktsubstanz.”’ Fibers from the periphery or from sensory cells enter the ganglion from both main trunks and are of the following groups: (a) Those ending within the ganglion to which the trunks are connected, the exact termination of these I could not make out, but some at least ended near the central part of the ganglion, although very often arborizations of the terminations could be traced both on the same side and on the opposite side. Fibers entering straight from below in the last abdominal broke up into branches near the middle line with arborizations in the central margin of the ganglion. (b) Those passing from one ganglion to the next without sending branches to the center to which the nerve trunks are connected, some of these fibers may run past one or more ganglion, but the most of them form a definite tract from the periphery by way of lateral trunks, running on the outside of the connectives, and turning sharply in towards the middle line in the caudal portion of the central mass of fibers, to end here or a little higher up, or to cross over and end in the “ punkt- substanz”’ of the opposite side not far from the middle line. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 227 (c) Those passing from the periphery into the nerve trunks and having extensive arborizations in the ganglia to which they are connected and then passing on to another ganglion with arborizations init. Only a few of such fibers were distinguished one in connection with the 8th ganglion was the clearest case. A nerve fiber from the periphery was easily traced into the Ist. lateral trunk, a branch from this fiber was given off in the ceph- alic and lateral region of the ganglion, this fiber could be traced into the “punktsubstanz”’ of the nerve center, some of its arbori- zations ending on the same side and one branch was traced to the cephalic region of the other side, while the main fibers passed up the connective and ended by arborizations in the “ punkt- substanz’’ of the ganglion next above chiefly on the same side in the caudal region. ABDOMINAL GANGLIA STUDIED IN SECTION. Individual cells and fibers were not so easily traced by this method, but general masses of fibers and the location of cell groups were determined. All of the ganglia, connectives and nerve trunks are inclosed in a chitinous envelope which in many cases is very close to the nervous tissue but usually separated, by neuroglia cells. This envelope is especially thick about the connectives just before and just after they enter a ganglion, it appears as a uniform mass in section with large and smaller openings where trachea penetrate it. In places under the chitin of the ganglia, especially on the dorsal side, there are large spaces with little or nothing in them but delicate neuroglia networks. The trachea radiating in the chitin covering the connectives and ganglia have already been referred to; as stated in a previous paper large branches and fine tracheoles run to the nervous system and are distributed to all centers and their branches. These are superficial or run in the chitinous sheath, and the deep, supplied in part by the superficial twigs but chiefly by larger special branches and enter the ganglion and connectives. In these connectives it is easy to see numerous openings, large and minute between the masses of nerve fibers, and in cross section the air tubes are shown to be fully as numerous as one would expect from a study of surface views where all the trachea were made to show. Tracheal tubes within the ganglia are particularly noticeable 228 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, in the centers of bundles of fibers and most easily seen in these traced from the connectives. The exact place and method of termination was not determined. Injections of fluids into the ganglia by way of trachea failed to penetrate any of the finer branches. All of the abdominal ganglia seem to be of practically the same type, but individual variations occur. In all of the nerve centers the cells are grouped for the most part on ventral and lateral portions of the ganglion and towards the caudal end, a few cells occur on the dorsal side especially near the middle line and these are often quite large. Description of 4th abdominal ganglion traced by sections beginning at the caudal end: The connectives entering from the ventral side are easily followed as distinct longitudinal masses of fibers well up into the ganglion, these connectives as well as others in other parts of the nervous system are composed of numerous closely packed longitudinal fibers, scattered between these are the openings of trachea, when the ganglion is reached the chitin for each of the connectives becomes fused into one mass and farther in the central portion of chitin between them disap- pears and the two bundles of fibers are more or less crowded against each other. Farther up into the ganglion the fiber bundles do not occupy all of the area under the chitin because large spaces on all sides occur and then soon cells in a single layer are found close to the wall of the ventral side, and then on the dorsal side a very large cell is found wedged in between the two bundles of fibers. Some of the cells of the ventral side may be seen at this level sending fibers into the two longitudi- nal bundles. The single layer of cells on the ventral side becomes a double row of medium and small, and the large cell of the dorsal side gives way to a group of small ones and there comes to be on the ventral side two groups of fibers running more transversely, probably made up in part from fibers con- nected with the cells appearing on the ventral side. Farther up these ventral nerve cells extend out laterally so that numbers of them might be seen from the dorsal side. No cells are left for a distance on the mid-ventral line, and they disappear from the mid-dorsal line also to some extent, but before they are gone fibers can be traced about the connective bundles and to the cell regiqgn of the ventral side. At this 1911} Nervous System of Corydalis 229 level there are nerve fibers seen between the cells on the ventro- lateral margins of the ganglion and fibers connected with these regions of the nerve center join the bundle from the cells on the dorsal side, on the ventral median side of the ganglion, while a third runs in from these cells into the central part of the longi- tudinal fibers. We have then at this level three transverse bundles of fibers crossing from the lateral cell groups, a dorsal, a ventral and median and a little farther along we have also a bundle of fibers running across the section but from the dorsal to the ventral side and uniting to some degree with the three right and left commissures. Other little branches from these main ones and other tracts from the lateral cell groups also invade the longitudinal bands from the connectives. A little above this level again on the ventral side a single layer of cells appears in the middle line and no cells are seen on the dorsal side except laterally. A little above this, the large ventral trachea enter passing through the cell layer and breaking up into numerous branches. The central fibrous mass of the ganglion is largely made up of longitudinal strands in all levels so far and besides the com- missures mentioned there are usually a number of fibers crossing irregularly both dorso-ventrally, laterally and obliquely espe- cially at about this last level. None of them are large and the great mass of fibers remains longitudinal. It is at about this level that the ventral nerve trunks come off from the lateral and ventral sides of the ganglion from the central part of the latero-ventral cell mass, just before the tracheal trunks are reached. Fibers from this trunk may mingle with the cells of this region and are also continued into the central mass of fibers of the ganglion. Beyond this point the cells become thin again especially ventrally and also laterally, the central thickest part of the ganglion is now reached and the fibers form a rather large dense mass. Longitudinal ones may still be seen mixed in with numerous lateral and transverse strands all bound up together into a dense fibrous mass with no very marked special tracts or strands except for quite a well marked short broad median commissure of fibers connecting more intimately the two already well fused masses of each lateral half of ‘“‘punktsubstanz.”’ Slightly beyond this, the cells have about disappeared, only a few remaining at the dorso-lateral edges of the ganglion. 230 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, Beyond this something of the central commissure remains, many of the other crossed fibers in the central part of the ganglion have disappeared. A bundle of fibers partly transverse and partly fused with the central longitudinal bands begins to be seen on either side of the ganglion ventrally, these are partly mixed with the main longitudinal tracts. They are endings of the bundles of the lateral nerves to be followed later and might be called lateral nerve tracts. At this level a few scattering cells on the ventral side and two small dorso-lateral groups, one’ on each side of the ganglion indicate about all of the cell masses seen lower down, while in the mid-dorsal line a new group of dorsal cells makes its appearance and sends fibers through the central part of the ganglion as a central tract which breaks up laterally and can be traced to various parts of the central fiber mass of the ganglion. For several sections these fibers become quite prominent and the central commissure seems to be lack- ing, then as this central tract disappears higher up, another and a better marked commissure comes to view running trans- versely through the center of the ganglion from side to side. At this level cells again come into view laterally. The ventral tracts of the lateral nerves become more prominent and there is a dorsal band of fibers close to the edge of the “ punktsub- stanz’’ on the dorsalside. This last is parallel with the median.. Slightly beyond this a few cells are seen on the ventral side laterally, two of the same commissures, a dorsal and a median may be seen, but the lateral cells have disappeared to give place to the entrance of the fibers of the large lateral nerves. These fibers for the most part run directly into the lateral nerve tract noted above when it was seen more caudally. Beyond this and beyond the entrance of the lateral nerve, a few cells are seen laterally, one or so in the mid-dorsal line, and the dorsal and median connectives disappear and only a few tangled fibers replace them, although for a few sections the great sweep of transverse fibers is continued from side to side, from the lateral nerve tract. Above this no commissure or cross fiber of any sort connects the lateral halves of the ganglion and a small group of nerve cells comes to lie on the middle line and dorsal and ventral to it. At the line of separation of the lateral halves, the tracts of the lateral nerves can be distinguished as a dense mass on either 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 231 side of the longitudinal fibers which are continued out into the connectives. Above this as the cells disappear and we come clearly into the region where there are only longitudinal tracts, these may be followed and they are indistinguishable from other fibers of the connectives. The reason why the lateral tracts could be told from the longitudinal for such a distance was because they seemed denser and stained more deeply. The fibers in the cephalic connectives have about the same arrangement as the caudal ones. In other abdominal ganglia, ventral and lateral groups of nerve cells were more clearly seen contributing to the com- missures and the central tracts. Some of the fibers of the lateral trunks end in the central portion of the ganglion, prob- ably in cells. The tract of the lateral trunk needs a word of additional comment. In preparations made by a method that removes the cells and all but the denser fibers so that little more than a skeleton of the fibrous framework is left, it is found that a transverse portion connecting the two sides of the ganglion is much denser than other parts of the fibrous mass and under the highest powers of the microscope, this seems to be very finely granular as well as fibrous and is continuous from side to side between the nerve trunks. This same fine granular substance with fibrils in it was traced up into the connectives a short dis- tance, and as many fibers are seen to end in this region it may be due to a dense grouping of their endings that there is a deeper color at such a place. Similar substances to this only in more isolated portions is found in other parts of the ganglion and in other nerve centers. In specimens stained with ordinary hematoxylin there is no differentiation between this substance and the general fibrillar mass. The eighth abdominal ganglion is similar to the others except that the connective fibers begin within the ganglion and there are more commissures developed. The first laterai branch can be easily traced out into the connective on the out- side, fibers also deeper in go on up the connective, while still others enter the ganglion and are distributed to all parts of one side and probably also across to some extent, as there are numerous cross connections, by means of at least three of four well marked commissures, besides irregular fibers. Other 232 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, branches also send fibers to the central mass, some of these run straight through, while others seem to cross in commissures or end. In general then, there are in each abdominal ganglion, cells on the ventral caudal region, on the lateral sides, and a few on the median dorsal side. These cells surround a central fibrous mass made up of strands running longitudinally through the ganglion from the connectives and best marked in the cephalic and caudal parts; fibers running across from side to side, these run in about three commissures, a dorsal, a ventral and a median and at various cephalic and caudal levels these com- missures are interrupted. The lateral nerve trunks may be seen to contribute largely to the formation of the large ventral commissure. The other cross connections seem to be more exclusively from cells on the sides of the ganglia and from these cells also other cross or diagonal fibers may be followed. The dorsal group of cells which seems to be to a large degree for association, sends fibers through the ganglion to the cells of the lateral and ventral groups, so that these fiber tracts may be found above or below the commissures penetrating to the opposite side, or part way through when the median com- missure is present. THORACIC GANGLIA. Methylene blue method. (Fig. 3). The three thoracic ganglia are quite a little larger than the abdominal and the branches come off differently. There are on each side three main trunks the most cephalic of these has its most cephalic branches pure sensory, but No. 2 was not determined, also No. 1 of trunk B or the middle trunk seems sensory while other branches of the middle trunk are more or less mixed and the last which goes into the leg is also mixed. So then the more cephalic nerves are sensory while the rest seem to be mixed. The exact nature of the two parts of the last or leg branch was not determined, but there was no reason from the staining reactions to indicate that they were of greatly different composition. In the thoracic region as in the abdominal, the main trunks easily took up the stain, but here greater difficulty was encoun- tered in surface studies because of the larger opaque mass of the ganglion. Cells and fibers were however made out and found 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 233 to be in a general way similar to the conditions found more caudally. The main tracts of the connectives and of the nerve trunks enter the central portion of each center as in the abdom- inal region, but their distribution within was harder to make out. There were tracts entering the last thoracic ganglion from below, leaving it again as in the abdominal centers. Fic. 3. Third thoracic ganglion from below. Methylene blue. x30. Fic. 4. Connective branch leading off between the 2d and 3d thoracic ganglia, nerve fibers from above and below enter the nerve trunk from the connective. Also large and small nerve fibers shown. Methylene blue. x45. Tracts from the first abdominal pass up the outside of the con- nective and cross over into the middle line, but from the third thoracic to the second, and from the connectives of the second to the first no such tract was clearly recognized. Fibers enter- ing laterally both from motor and sensory nerves all pass in towards the central part of the ganglion. In other words there was no indication of a tract passing from cephalic branches into the edge of the ganglion to run without termination up the out- side of the connective to the next center. But there was an indication of fibers passing through or into one ganglion from the one below it. In the cephalic part of the thoracic ganglia fibers coming from above may some of them be traced as a fine tract ending 234 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, in the cephalic portion of the ganglion. Other than these differences, there were no essential ones between these nerve centers and those of the abdominal region. In regard to the arrangement of cells as shown by methylene blue, it was found that the lower ventral and lateral regions had the greatest number, great masses of them, with many more cells than in the smaller ganglia. For the most part similar arrangements of individual fibers were seen. Nerve cells sending fibers directly into motor trunks, cells of medium or rather small size, were observed, but these were few in num- ber. Most of the cells seen had their processes running into the ‘‘punktsubstanz” of the ganglion. Large and smaller asso- ciation cells were found as in the lower regions and of various sorts such as already described for them, some at the surface of the ganglion other at the edges of the “‘punktsubstanz.”’ Between the third and second and the second and first thoracic ganglion, there are branches off from the connectives, a pair between each of these, and between the subesophageal and the first thoracic there are two pairs. The upper of these last were not so well stained in any of the preparations but all of the others were quite well colored and found to be motor. These branches when studied as to their composition did not differ much from each other and in each one, fibers could be seen descending to run out the nerve trunk from the ganglion next above and also from the ganglion below. These two tracts of fibers entering the lateral trunks were clear and dis- tinct from each other for quite a distance into the nerve trunk. (Fig. 4). THORACIC GANGLION IN SECTION. (Plate XV, Figs. 1+.) The internal structure of the thoracic ganglia is much more complicated than the abdominal, due to the fact that the larger branches from the more numerous nerve cells are more inti- mately woven together, and it was practically impossible to follow commissures or tracts very far except in a very general way. However, a general description as detailed as seems necessary will be given of one of the thoracic ganglia, the first. From above the connectives which enter as in the abdom- inal ganglia are in every way similar. Not many cells are seen scattered in the upper part of the ganglion, then two large 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 235 groups appear one on eact side laterally and a small ventral group. (Fig. 1-3, Plate I). These masses at the sides of both large and small cells are at least three deep. The three groups a little farther along become united by a single row of cells which farther up becomes double layered and all the cell groups are not distinguishable in the single mass. There are also at about this level as a part of this mass a few cells in the mid-ventral line between the bundles of fibres of the connectives. Farther up, the connective tracts are less clearly all longi- tudinal fibers and the lateral part of the nerve cell mass gives way for the entrance of the first or most cephalic of the three nerve trunks, the fibers of which pass into and mingle as trans- verse and dorso-ventral fibers in the connective tracts. The fibers of this nerve are very extensive and may be followed into the center of the ganglion, both dorsally and ventrally. Fibers from the ventral cells on either side of the ganglion enter the center of each lateral half from below and are there lost and partly pass into the nerve trunk. Fibers from the cells in the mid-ventral line, which cells form a wedge shaped mass at higher levels between the connective masses, run to the dorsal side of each of these masses of longitudinal fibers, and from here circle about to become associated with the fibers of the nerve trunks and with other more median strands on each side of the ganglion and with the strands described above which come from the ventral mass. Slightly beyond this part and nearer the center of the ganglion the two central masses of fibers or connective masses become fused together, the cells disappear and commissures, a dorsal, a ventral and a median, connect to some degree the sweeps of fibers already described. (Fig. 4, Plate XV, just above this level.) Farther down, two commissures, a median and a dorsal are seen but numerous fibers cross the middle line at many levels and angles. Farther on but one commissure can be noted, a ventral, but many other fibers cross at different angles and the whole lateral portion of the ganglion is a dense system of complicated interlacing fibers having a dense meshwork. On the lateral part of each ventral half the fibers stain darker, probably due to more numerous fine branches in this region and on the dorsal median line a little wedge shaped group of cells makes its appearance, the only cells of this region. These send their fibers through the center of the ganglion to the ven- 236 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, tral side, while a central commissure crosses these to end in the tangled mass of fibers on either side of the ganglion. Farther along, these dorso-ventral bands a little one side of the middle line do not cross the now larger central commissure, but run in to it as do the other fibers from the ventral side, running from the more deeply stained ventral mass already spoken of. Farther along and at the level of the next nerve, three com- missures, a ventral, a dorsal and a median may be again recog- nized while the fibers of the middle nerve both end in the lateral portions of the fibrous mass and contribute to the three commis- sures. In this level only a few scattering nerve cells were seen. Beyond this a ventral, almost a lateral group appears again on each side and fibers from these form a little arch about the now smaller mass of darker staining fibers. On the mid-dorsal line fibers from this arch and others from these cells also ramify into all parts of the ventral portion of the ganglion. Along from this the dorsal part comes to be separated into two separate masses of longitudinal fibers of the connectives again. Far- ther along the arch becomes in its dorsal portion fused into a median commissure which soon disappears as the cleft between the connectives becomes deeper and reaches way down to the now small area of deeply staining substance which now forms a ventral commissure. The ventral cell group has become more lateral at this level and another large group has come in just dorsal to it, but still only on the side. In the mid-ventral line also, there has come in a small new group of cells. The last nerve trunk comes to be associated with this com- missure of deeply staining fibers on the ventral side and farther along fibers also pass freely into it from the lateral group of cells which has been spoken of as coming in more dorsally, this for a time remains distinct from the other more ventral groups. Along farther these cell groups unite to form a large thick single lateral mass and from them more fibers run into the com- missure of deeply staining fibers and ‘‘ Punktsubstanz.”’ Soon after this the commissure breaks through as the two connective bundles separate, each with a little of the darkened mass which soon disappears as do the cells of the ganglion. Although the above description is only a very general one, it will be seen that the ganglion is more complicated than the abdominal, but the general plan of arrangement and structure is asin the abdominal region. The nerve cells as in the abdomi- 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 237 nal ganglia are chiefly grouped in the caudal, cephalic and ventral regions and may be seen to take direct part in the for- mation of commissures as well as diagonal strands. While dorsal cells on the median line and ventral median cells, send fibers through the ganglion dorso-ventrally, as well as associa- tion fibers to different tracts and lateral groups. In both thoracic and abdominal ganglia dark staining masses made up of very minute fibers fused together are chiefly found on the ventral side and associated with a ventral commissure. eG y ee ae d \ \ Zi ~ —_ 4 pe S el oe Fig. 5. Fic. 5. Nerve cells from the central nervous system. (a) Motor nerve cell from the 3d thoracic ganglion. (b, c and d) Association cells from the.same. (e) Cells from the brain. x100. 238 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, THE SUBESOPHAGEAL GANGLION. (Figs. 6 and 7, Plate XVI, Fig. 5.) This ganglion is larger than the others described, and is less flattened and less easy to study from the surface. The branches have already been traced quite well to the periphery and I will only mention them briefly. Fic. 6. Subesophageal ganglion from the ventral side. Methylene blue. x30. c........connective with brain. co.......commissure mx......maxillary m.......mandibular ie coeela bial Poets PUStALOLY. Fic. 7. Subesophageal from the dorsal side. x30. The caudal portion of the ganglion becomes thick soon after the connectives have entered. The cephalic lateral portion of the ganglion is connected with the supraesophageal above by two large connectives, but smaller than those from the 1st thoracic ganglion, These cephalic connectives or crura cere- bri are connected together a short distance away from the gan- glion by a cross branch or commissure. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 239 From the cephalic end there are three pairs of large nerve trunks, the mandibular, the maxillary and the labial. The mandibular is the largest the labial the smallest and most ventral. All appear to be mixed nerves, both sensory and motor. Either side of the middle line on the cephalic border are two small nerves, the gustatory, which are motor in part at least. On either side of the ganglion not far from its central portion is a small ventral nerve and not far from the connectives near the entrance of the caudal tracheal tubes are the small salivary nerves. I know nothing of the composition of these two last pairs. The dense central mass of the ganglion prevents one from tracing nerve fibers very deeply in surface preparations, but a few more fortunate specimens gave now and then a fiber or a tract which could be easily followed. In general with the nerve trunks and connectives of other ganglia, these bundles of fibers entered the central portions and like them, too, the nerve cells were chiefly grouped on the sides with scattering cells on the dorsal and a denser mass on the ventral and caudal portions, but in this the dorsal side has more cells than was usual with the other ganglia. The same arrangement of cells and fibers was noticed as in others, that is, most of the peripheral cells could be seen to send their processes into the central portion. Fibers from the connectives above and below could be traced through the ganglion, but there were such masses of them that it was difficult to tell whether they were branched or not. Fibers from the lower connectives were seen to end in the caudal portion of the “‘punktsubstanz’’: (a) On the same side, (b) Crossing over the middle line. These were both superficial fibers and resembled those in the bases of the abdominal gan- glia. Probably deeper fibers end higher up. Fibers running down the upper connectives run: (a) Down the connective to end in the central portion of the ganglion; (b) Down the connective to end in the caudal region of the ganglion. Probably among both of these groups of fibers there are some which cross over into the opposite side of the ganglion. Fibers running down the connectives and crossing over to the opposite side through the commissure connecting the crura cere- bri: (a) Cross over in the commissure to the opposite side and run down to end in the upper or lower portions of the ganglion. 240 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Two other sorts may be given although no complete fibers were traced through such a course; (b) It seems probable from the specimens that fibers cross to the opposite side in the commissure and run over to the oppo- site side of the ganglion: (c) Probably some fibers cross in the commissure and run back to the brain. Fibers running straight through the ganglion from above and from below were not traced but it is very possible that such are present as in other ganglia. THE NERVE TRUNKS. The mandibular branch sends its fibers into the cephalic dorsal border of the ‘‘punktsubstanz.’’ Some of its fibers seem to end here, others pass in deeper. The maxillary sends its fibers into the very center of the . upper half of the ganglion and here some of them seem to end or cannot be traced farther in surface views. This is true of the more cephalic branch of the maxillary in part at least, while the rest of. the fibers of this and those of the caudal branch are traced in laterally a little farther down. The fibers of the labial nerve; some of them run in deeply about where the branch enters the ganglion, others go down farther and may be traced as far as the place where those of the ventral nerve trunk enter the mid-lateral portion of the central fibrous mass. The salivary nerve fibers run in and can be traced to near the point where the ventral nerves were. The small gustatory nerves run some distance down into the ganglion from the point where they take their exit and a motor nerve cell was found sending out its axon directly into this tract. SUBESOPHAGEAL GANGLION STUDIED IN SECTION, BEGINNING AT THE CAUDAL END. The connectives which run up to the subesophageal ganglion are much like the others described. As the caudal portion of the ganglion is reached these two longitudinal tracts of fibers become fused although they may be distinguished from each other. A group of nerve cells appears on the lateral sides, and a group of large ones on the median side dorsally, some of these 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 241 penetrate in between the tracts and a few cells appear ven- trally on the median line, while the cells become more numerous laterally. The salivary nerves enter latero-ventrally and unite with the mass of longitudinal fibers. The cells disappear dor- sally, but some are between the mass of fibers of each con- nective and the lateral cell group has become more ventral. There is at this level a transverse commissure on the dorsal side and fibers running down ventrally in the ventral line. Farther along the fibers do not so many of them run from dorsal to the ventral side and a median commissure comes to be formed. More cells come in laterally and ventrally and these sending their fibers into the central mass contribute to its complexity. These cells also run into the large but ill-defined median commissure. Two little spots of darker more dense fibers come in on the ventral side and fibers from the ventral cells form an arch about them. Farther cephalad the median commissure becomes less well defined. The dorsal is lost and a median group of cells comes in dorsally again. Fibers from the ventral and dorsal cells, especially the former go in curved sweeps to the dorsal and ventral sides of the fiber mass, fibers also run in laterally from the lateral cell groups. Farther along no clear commissure can be seen, but sweeps of fibers cross from both sides, those of opposite sides interdigitating to some degree. The ventral darker mass of fibers mentioned a short time ago has now become a transverse mass and is larger, being joined by fibers from the labial and ventral nerves. At the level of this entrance only a few scattering groups of cells are seen. The dark fiber mass becomes expanded to the center of the “Punktsubstanz.”’ The broad cerebral cruri are reached. From the central to the dorsal side laterally four small groups of nerve cells mostly small, with now and then a large one are seen. Fibers from the cerebral crus can be traced to the center of the fiber mass and into one or more of the several irregular masses of dark fibers. Dorsally and ventrally fibers cross from side to side and run diagonally from the dorsal to the ventral side. Farther along a ventral commissure of dark fibers is present, some of its strands reaching up into the dark fibers in the direction of the com- missure and farther along breaking through it. t y 7 i , : Pe eer Seow tame Hrs oem! Soe Tt ———— ae a ee a mnt ie ee Lo hee . ge A STRUCTURAL STUDY OF THE CATERPILLARS.— II. THE SPHINGIDAE. WittraM T. M. Forses, New Brunswick, N. J. This paper may be considered a continuation of that pub- lished in the ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, III, 94--132, with plates 10 to 20. The references to figures with the prefixed numeral I, refer to plates 13 and 14 of that article. In the caterpillar stage the SPHINGIDAE may be defined as follows: With secondary hair on the body, epicrania, front, clypeus, maxillae and labium, but never on the antennae or distal parts of the maxillae and labium. There is almost always secondary hair on the adfrontals. It is present on the mandibles in Cressonia only, and the labrum bears a single _ additional hair in Pachysphinx. Front not more than half the height of the head (measuring here and elsewhere in this paper from the base of the front to the vertex. The frontal punctures are close together, and when distinct the primary setae are somewhat further from them than they are from each other, but they are distant from the outer edge of the front. The lobes at the two lower outer angles of the front tend to be large. Adfrontals not very wide, often narrow, not extending between the clypeus and mandible when distinct in the lower part; puncture a little below the upper seta. Clypeus narrow in the middle, often grading into the membrane below. Labrum well marked, often with very deep notch; vi distant from the margin, and usually directly below ii. Mandible with a large scrobe, bearing the two usual setae, one at the tip, and the other about half way out, toward the posterior side. Antennae with second joint most often twice as long as the first; the remaining joints exceptionally minute. Maxillary palpi stout, the second joint somewhat shorter than the first; submenta ill-defined, and mentum broad at the base. Spinneret broad, flat and short, with the usual three sclerites; labial palpi similar in form, and set obliquely to it, forming with it a sort of scoop (which would seem more useful in feeding than in spinning). Claws not distinctly notched, broadening abruptly at their base. Prolegs with a double row of hooks, about 20 to 60 in number; not very regularly arranged in Hemaris, etc. The hair on the prolegs is never as rudimentary as higher on the body. 261 262 Annals Entomological Society of America. [Vol. IV, Secondary hair always minute, rudimentary, mostly visible only under a lens; but the body is often roughened by the tubercles; primary hair (iii and v alone are easy to identify but in Proserpinus flavofasciata i and ii are marked by larger black spots) often considerably better developed; but their tubercles are never raised, even when the others are. Segments with 8 or 9 annulets, usually ill-defined in front. Usually with a wart, horn or peculiar marking on the dorsum of the eighth abdominal segment—if a horn, bearing tubercles and secondary hair. With other armature only in Ceratomia amyntor, Lint- neria eremitus and some exotic Smerinthinae. Tree-feeders with a few exceptions (L. eremitus, Deilephila, Protoparce, Choerocampa) or feeders on vines. In synoptic form the Sphingidae are distinguished as follows: 1. Maxillary palpi three-jointed; the four upper ocelli in a rectangle; the upper setae. of thoracic ‘segments. on) a leveliin cy: om.) -yere eieveyniotie jac eer JUGATAE Maxillary palpi with but two free joints; the four upper ocelli in a curve; the upper set of the thorax, when single, one above the other..(FRENATAE) With outer hooks on the prolegs.................- Microlepidoptera, etc., etc. With a single inner band of hooks on the prolegs..............-+.0+5---e005s 3 Hooks of prolegs alternately of three lengths................ Butterflies Hooks of prolegs all of the same length............2....0--2---eeeeeees Noctuidz, Notodontide, Arctiide, Eucleidz, etc. Hooks of prolegs alternately and regularly of two lengths.................. 4 Secondary hair present on antenne and palpi...............- Lasiocampide INoIsecondary aly OnuAM Gomme OL Dal Din anette stete stole testa feuerenr et bet len Weteis tetas 5 Secondary hair if present, confined to leg-bases..Geometride, Thyatiride With dense secondary hair on body and head, including labrum........ Apatelodes (Eupterotide ?) With considerable secondary hair on body and head, but little or none on i Ello qs feo ae Et TS DOCG Sere AAA RSD OO ADO Ohad fiesta Mato hb nes oty 6 Primary tubercles represented by branching spines, or warts bearing several lot iho PRISMS OOO IMMaOGO Gein icine GeCobdan oon Ucn Gen dso O Saturnoidea Primary tubercles bearing minute simple hairs, hardly distinguishable from the Helelopelolehmeaseachatolliy- lll lsizhuersoabanshier Sug any semenoacasadnoouUod SPHINGIDAE i oe CTU UCI ea) eater BON SEMANOPHOR2 and ASEMANOPHOR are separated rather by different tendencies than by sharp differentiating characters, and the same is true to an even greater extent of the subfamilies of each. Marking in a general way the Asemanophore there may be mentioned the strong tendency for the head to taper toward the vertex (which none of the Semanophore show); the densely granulated skin of the middle stages (except Lapara, and shared by one or two Semanophore); the generally higher front, with more tendency to develop lobes at the lower outer angles. The first abdominal segment is never swollen, and the horn is never replaced by an eyespot; the clypeus tends to be wider, at least at the ends. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 263 In the majority of the Semanophore the last thoracic or first abdominal segment is much swollen, and the horn is fre- quently replaced by an eyespot. The front often makes a perfect equilateral triangle. The skin is very sparsely if at all granulated in the last stage, and is rarely granulated in the earlier stages. On the labrum, seta ili is quite generally on a level with ii, in the Semanophore more often nearer the level of vi, at least in normally formed labra. Normal oblique stripes are rather rare. If we except Pachysphinx occidentalis we might define the SMERINTHINAE as caterpillars with heavily granulated body in the last stage, and more or less granulated head, with the setz rising from the apex of the granulations. All except Pachy- sphinx have an acute triangular head, and even in this the head tapers strongly toward the vertex. The labrum is always nor- mal in arrangement of its setae, with the distance between the sete ii full half the width of the labrum, and with moderate, flaring notch. Except in its smooth skin, and normal horn Pachysphinx occidentalis agrees exactly with P. modesta, and in horn it agrees with Smerinthus. The SPHINGINAE, which comprise the rest of the Asemano- phore, are less homogeneous. Ceratomia has a densely gran- ulated skin, but is distinguished from all the Smerinthine by possessing a row of middorsal granulations. In the more specialized forms the labral sete are closer together around the notch, and this reaches its extreme in Cocytius, which has a head of normal Smerinthid form. Lapara, also with a triangular head, is easily separated from the Smerinthine and placed in this series, as its labrum. (as well as markings and habits) agrees closely with Hyloicus. I cannot distinguish the three subfamilies of Semanophore, even by tendencies, and am inclined to treat them as a single subfamily. The eyespot in place of a horn occurs only in the Philampeline, but they are not all of the same type. Humped caterpillars occur in all three (Choerocampa, Darapsa, etc., Erynnyis) and cylindrical ones also (Deilephila, Sphecodina, Pseudosphinx); reduced horns (Pergesa, Pholus vitis, and Erynnyis) and normal ones (Xylophanes, Darapsa, Hemaris) ; rounded heads (Deilephila, Macroglossa, Pseudosphinx) and squarish ones (Choerocampa, Darapsa, Erynnyis). The labrum of Pseudosphinx and Erynnyis is a little peculiar, but that of 264 Annals Entomological Society of America _ [Vol. IV, Deilephila comes as near as that of Hemaris, to it. Hemaris croatica is an almost perfect connecting link between Hemaris and Macroglossa. Altogether a tabulation of the genera which shall be workable must be mainly artificial in its arrangement. THE GENERA (AND SUBGENERA) OF SPHINGIDAE. LY? tHead*highGand! tridngular, soi WORiemmae ite: s 2. «ai a cicisiectere mire aainctae Lapara 1. Head rounded, or horn more or less developed..............2.00-:0e-c+ees 2 2. Head half higher than wide, horn well defined, enlarged tubercles on anal 10) lee eee eee ara io o< (lm Ho oO omIO EER ELON ituea Osc 3 Dav (OCB EK WAS ais ier oyoa hs = ere Saco Eee ES te tone, Hor: regularly pointed’. facia esis o-oo. Wie wore rence ce den eee tate meen 13. Notch very shallow, in depth only 1-7 height of labrum.. "Sipidecahaies 13. INotch of labrum at least twice as ideep: o)..... ss. voclewta ama rteiiom ieee aia 14 14. Horn very slender, head well rounded at the sides........ Daremma (catalpz) 45” “Hom-norinal Orshortus eae acest. «a isis alist heenatl eine stearate meee 15. 15. Mesothorax acutely humped, sometimes surmounted with a tubercle.... Lintneria 15.. ‘Body, mortal in fort? ooacetctaeeis oo 0)s.s cere eteont oe ee eeeaee Cee ee 16. 16. Head normally with two pair of back side-stripes.................... Herse 16. Head normally with one pair of dark side-stripes.................. Sphinx 17. Head heavily granulated, body cylindrical, with normal obliques on sides. . 18: 17. Head not granulated, or body swollen, or without oblique stripes but with a continuous subdorsal picked out in enlarged granulations............ 19 18. Body somewhat granulated in last stage, especially on the obliques, etc. Atreides. v8, Body-unusuailty Smoother, mec) seice sie 1s aie: ts jedake ere pate eucke fetenets fepeterayate te inners Dolba * Exotic genera in parenthesis. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 265 19. Setae i, ii and iii of the labrum on a level; labral notch very shallow, abdo- Meus cylmeniccimAnGeraAbMer SIONS. -) kc ie cise orem aisles seceinise tivis.e wins eee 20 Setae i higher than ii and iii, ii usually decidedly higher than iii........... 21 Metathorax swollen, supraanal not noticeably armed.......... Erynnyis Cylindrical, supraanal with two large tubercles.............. Pseudosphinx Horn reduced to a granule or replaced by an eyespot; metathorax strongly swollen; head full as wide as high and squarish.................... Pholus Horn present in all forms with swollen body, swelling rather belonging to the first segment of the abdomen than to the thorax; head rounded, or if SCI TLS eM EL ee cL Sm ED AS PVG a) on > nlss Aiohafar cleye aude. ai steicie s aysicisla.svntereve! al acer 22 vo ramyyouaisin epevapeee staee cash aliorae "oasis afubtgp ie sicse-ae-e a iesels (Deilephila vespertilio) Horn replaced by an eyespot........... LVAD to nile re eis Bethe Rite ara 23 GEN COMIGHIME NAGE VELOPEG vs niis,-)sessrates o ernie acisrd\ei thie cjhala cieiseelerecclvoie Su aio. 24 Head very rough in last stage, horn very slender in middle stages, replaced bya bight tubercle: in. the next to-last- <0. 0.2.5.5 foas eset Sphecodina Head nearly smooth in the last stage; horn stout in penultimate...... Proserpinus (in part) Horn blunt and cylindrical; body marked with a large subdorsal eyespot on the thorax, and with well defined distant annulations, beginning with tae second abdominallsecmentts 2 .jeis is eee ea oseslle.cla seins ous panhats) Hormracutie; Hore yeEspOpOn Side Of Chora oc nn s ce saw ce ce oe e oe ecieciacetes Body more or less swollen on first segment of abdomen, thence tapering e ITC mL CA Clemens eet te ea Ata sed rg eee epee yet A srale janch spelt ecRgewey of istere aid he of akt 30 BOW AMOLASWOLeD AR cites cers slopiehiem ciopeian static Srelamomwe tlaansie Wen ous 26 Head and general surface of body distinctly but sparsely tuberculate, the sete rising from the apex of the tubercles; cervical and anal shields noupher than: therestiot the iDOdy... i... nasceoees vod elcclsmieda sina aeeg's 27 Body smooth, head rarely with very slight tubercles, from the slope of which TEESE cca IISC Lee ate erst topatersiacsyScrancvate aye frei siaist Balets (sia auf caevsayaye cueWeasle mievase/e.a 28 tubercles. only ‘visible winderay lens... osc sibs nee ee ieee (Macroglossa) Head and cervical shield appearing rough to the naked eye.......... Hemaris Notch of labrum hardly 1-3 its height; sete i and ii spaced about in the ratio 2:3; vi only 1-3 way up from the apex of the lobe toward ii and much nearer hegre A cebitle ete i.e? Siteeuisvsiate chase stera Says ake cvs Daiciarcis a hornekveeend Deilephila Notch of labrum deeper, sete i and ii only about half as far apart as the sete ii are from each other; vi nearer to ii than to the apex of the lobes... .29 Front about half as high as height of epicrania; without normal oblique stripes (with) reversed) oblique spots)).7<.-5.2..--0...-. Proserpinus (in part) Front smaller; with seven mormal obliques. ..:...2....2000ceccreeceeeeee 14 Horn not so long ae Sly OLEG ECrereysteln) lata clepaintarois'nieco determi okt ciereieisve aera 31 FLOR VEU MS CNG Ener mrs Sie yateGn tlie cit anise aos sieve uletavarorete aippotion) UL OET OTM alle. vepameeees alae ee eo vias sareteTe ca ai ote SPlare eter stesa?s artlely fuiciladyce, o diehsdhe Head very finely granular, appearing under low power smooth and dull (Pergesa) Fede distinctly amen eula gerd crim sect iteicies 2 s/ctete o ccya/aiatele erste tra atale Amphion Meade snarse yibubencia tere rors wa: a soca. s cs seicteensisysrerc ets clctane eeraieis vies 33 Head smooth and dull under low power, granular under high power, with SMOOLM aT edStabOMmin ude Setdern Stimciio-secsaidas ca. cieieie st satarenceNiereres esas 34 Body slightly swollen, spiracles pale with two black bars.......... Deidamia Body much swollen, spiracles dark with a white dot at each end........ Darapsa, Ampeloeca, (Clarina) Bronte hiehersthane wade prpvamrset acters |cte cae aterm clele aiaiatotetelaraitei lle (Theretra) Brontnwacer coems ii oti danse Pp bbe BIN OUOOmwD > Gr, POSE ARM gO i Ss Q99ZZ2ze a OW bo “I SY FIELD KEY TO THE SPHINGID CATERPILLARS.* OF THE EASTERN UNITED STATES. Horn completely wanting, head half higher than wide and triangular...... Lapara coniferarum and bombycoides Eighth abdominal segment bears a little hard nodule (caterpillar brilliantly marked with black, white and red).......... Pholus fasciatus (vitis) Eighth abdominal segment with an eyespot, otherwise unarmed.......... B Eighth abdominal segment with a horn, otherwise unarmed .............. F Eighth abdominal segment with a horn, mesothorax sharply humped or tuber- AGUAS te atc as cca che) atten kaha atmts ot cbctote,s cf ataie arodetalatetaiays Lintneria eremitus Eighth abdominal segment with a long horn, and thorax with four much short- © Gita eo ano sia cnon abet See an Deen hres Ceratomia quadricornis Diane Witte, PaLCbes OD GE SIGES coe ect ers elafs Aal-le ate Ale cla cers «sa)eye aif eves ele G Pale on the sides, obliquely mottled, eyespot white. .Pholus labruscae (Fla.) Otherwise marked; eyespot dark-ringed..................2 cece eee eee D White patches are full three times as long as broad........ Pholus achemon White patches are 214 times as long as broad.............. Pholus pandorus Checkered contrastingly with red and green........ Proserpinus juanita INSITE ect Remsen a tiStiR ots cri Paa ci ctarensccyoee ee ansetal oie te ora apr ae Miliss tetas E Eyespot ringed with jet-black.................... Proserpinus flavofasciata Byespot minged! with brown: «nc ene eee cle eietere ts ose vs Sphecodina abbotii Slanting lines on the sides, sloping upward toward the rear................ G Slanting lines, if present, running in the opposite direction................ NG Slanting lines dark and more than seven, with a double set on the dorsum Amphion nessus A single slanting line running up to the horn.............. Cocytius antezus Numerous slanting lines, on the dorsum only ............ Cocytius cluentius Slanting lines indefinite in number or evanescent; spiracle marked with two vertical bars, caterpillar a little humped........ Deidamia inscriptum Slanting; lines*six or seven, and! distant... ..5. 6.00.2 cle sue e rience ee shee H Head rounded, with two pair of vertical dark stripes; on Convolvulaceae Herse cingulata Head mostly with one or no vertical dark stripes; on other plants.......... I Iie saree ang ene teAiraye: oi Se =< 2 chain, =s0e (ue + ele Tose co clgye He: abeieiers .. Pachysphinx modesta Horrasmonrwas mead: On longer: «25 ...-12cc s+ cen ai nic aol scon ett nieieer. Hae J Skin rough and granular, head triangular... 2.2.5.2... 5 0. este e see cee ees K Skin nearly smooth, but with the stripes marked with raised granulations..O ORL GOMES Sita a tics create Suede. retire cle eietiore visieieye tale: a hide Wipers = we Peasieia eee Horn well defined and much longer than height of head. .Cressonia juglandis Horn about as long as height of head, and not very distinct from body, GIR ASOT epee 20 COO ao lk OE Geen ee ESE On Gere cic Oana ra on The oblique stripes irregularly shaded with red patches....Paonias astylus One of two pairs of red spots alone, or with one or two much larger than the OUNCES mE Pere RIE Te nie crit stats nays Sanelen caper Acute ee Paonias myops With a number of equal red spots or with none................0.. eee e eee M With none, horn normally blunt, or blueberry................ P. astylus Hl onraalorany sy ct be seas merce teen a yt ont ictetereis atelsel Mderigys, rahdiciaios duels sl alatete N Horn pink, violet or blue.............. Smerinthus cerisyi and jamaicensis Horn normally: blue-preen..... 6)... eee ce neces eee Paonias excecatus Horn normally yellow-green, yellow on the sides............ Paonias myops Head broad and rounded, granulated.................... Atreides plebeius Head high and tapering, nearly smooth.......... Chiznogramma jasminearum Head broad and tapering, nearly smooth..............2..2...-eeeeeeee Phlegethontius rusticus, and occasional specimens of Sphinx chersis, etc. First segment of abdomen much swollen, subdorsal stripe well developed. .Q Caterpillar nearly cylindrical, subdorsal stripe present on thorax only....S Subdorsal.stripe complete................0-5.-5 : ...Ampelophaga myron * See ‘‘Field Tables of Lepidoptera (1906) p. 69. 278 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, WR PARO a Subdorsal stripe broken unyihe middlere rnc 2. > lat eroeeeictsee tere eee R Horn near twice as long as head, and down-curved............ A. versicolor Horn little longer than head and nearly straight.............. A. cheerilis With pale substigmatal bands on the segments which have obliques, meeting the obliques to form chevrons................ Phlegethontius 5-maculatus No “Stigmidtal. sthamditas acetate terser sia spe os 2c = <5 neetetro tare Donne al ae ener aieate Ab With the obliques showing no trace of red and edged above with a row of black, 'spotsjhorn: reddish Sis uy.pecnn: roe Phlegethontius carolina Obliques not edged above with a row of black dots; usually with red or violet. U Horn little longer than the height of the head, which is decidedly higher than VLG Ve Oa scche Aane cicis a cee w sitio eens a Mii ete: estos Daremma undulosa Horn about half longer than the head, which is as wide as high............ y Ground color very pale green (or the alternative pink or fawn).... Sphinx chersis Ground color bright grass green (or crimson or brown).................... W Only six stripes are fully developed (pink); head broad and rough to the maked: (eyes: 2 Rotel ate phere sae ease oe seageioe rea ine Dolba hylzeus With seven equally well-developed stripes..............:-..--+---:- Ree Horn green, black at the sides, straight; stripes with pink........ Jogos Sphinx gordius and luscitiosa Horn deep red (as also the stripes on the head); stripes violet ...... ae Sphinx drupiferarum Stripes heavily marked with black, and often shaded with blue........ Sphinx kalmize With oblique stripes running up toward the front .....................2-. Z With pale transverse stripes; black............ Pseudosphinx tetrio (Fla.) Catocala-like with small horn and a tubercle on middle of abdomen Madoryx (M. pseudothyreus occurs in Fla.) Wath subdorsal JEvespotsis. syste We nce cetaeing aceke ict Reqeate erect aT ny ae eetone A Checkeredor;wiath patchesiofivellow: dots... cients mrtotes reer (& Metathorax sharply humped with a dorsal eyespot.....................0-. E More jor‘ less striped! longitudinally. .2 ject ysis emis 1-10 bis eye sats ots ee F Oblique stripes and subdorsal red........:........... Proserpinus gaurae Oblique stripes and subdorsal yellow.................. Pachylia ficus (Fla.) A single eyespot on segment Al................ Xylophanes porcus ? (Fla.) An eyespot on Al dark-pupilled, the rest light-pupilled....Xylophanes tersa All theveyespots alike .05sctencacaties oleae eakis ete eeiate seer acter B Ground color bright green; last eyespot quite like the others, lower part of head) Vipin 29 We chistes «cet pose eg Ree Meee eens Deilephila lineata Ground color olive green; last eyespot often stretching out toward the horn; head with avblack band: ibelowi srs cnet aisles) steve ee eare Deilphila gallii Hon very) Slender: cen «eee sek ore eek Aaah ee aaa: Daremma catalpe 13 foyaa alovcce (earn Rent ten Gna enere ee oS OR MeO Aone Onion eee D Subdorsal yellow powdering if present continuous with that lower on the Sides; lower, pant..Ob, face bl aekerempe moll ten. icher2 oie apaittetsiere Deilephila gallii Patches of subdorsal yellow powdering on each segment; or checkered with black and green; lower part of face concolorous...... Deilephila lineata IBvespot black twibhira pale sain sods cele teyesrcerais chester bores ete Erynnyis alope Byespot black, with some red behind..................., Erynnyis ello Byespot red, witha black centers ..5<.. ./sics. = n2s0m sania: - Erynnyis crameri Horn slender; with red dorsal stripe and two white stripes or rows of white SpOtS On Pe SiG eSMem acme at on exe meni caeval core aks eas Hyloicus cupressi Horn various; otherwise marked, not feeding on pine....................-- G Front edge of cervical shield raised and rough................:.0t.:.2:5.- H Cervical shield lightly and evenly granulated........:......0.-.....--- Younger stages of Proserpinus flavofasciata, Hemaris, and very young stages of many Sphingide. Dorsal dark stripe edged on both sides with pale; horn much longer than EAE SEE cre Sea RL 2 poe SER eh ari PASE ney heen. teers Hemaris thysbe Dorsal dark stripe vague; horn about as long as head........ Hemaris diffinis 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 279 EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES. PLATE XVII. Fic. 1. Front view of head of Sphinx ligustri. It is fairly typical of the spe- cies in which the head tapers moderately, but more rounded out on the sides than the average. The front is also wider and less lobed at the bottom. Fic. 2: Labrum of Hemaris thysbe. Compare Annals E. S. A. IIT; Pl. xiv. Fig. 50. Fic. 3. Proserpinus proserpina. Typical of the Semanophore; compare also Figs. 6 and 14. Fic. 4. Front view of head of last stage of Ellema harristi. The triangular head, which is more typical of the Smerinthine. Fic. 5. Labrum of the same. Hyloicus is similar. Fic. 6. Labrum of Hippotion celerio. Fic. 7. Labrum of Pachysphinx modesta. P. occidentalis.is the same, and the normal Smerinthine differ only in having one less marginal seta. Fic. 8. Labrum of Sphinx (Lintneria) eremitus. typical of the lower species of Sphinx. For one of the higher type see Annals E. S. A. III, Pl. xiii, Fig. 40, which is S. gordius, labelled ‘‘Dolba hylaeus’”’ in error. The species labelled gordius is certainly S. drupiferarum. Fic. 9. Deilephila lineata. The other species are about the same. PLATE XVIII. Fic. 10. Front view of head of Hyloicus pinastri. Sphinx drupiferarum is similar in outline, and so are all the species described as having a broadly rounded head. Fic. 11. Labrum of Daremma catalpae, showing seta iii high, as in the Semano- phore. ; Fic. 12. Next to last stage of Cressonia juglandis. Inthe same stage Lapara has the same peculiar shape. Fic. 13. Labrum of Cressonia juglandis, last ‘stage. Fic. 14. Labrum of Amphion nessus. Typical Fic. 15. Head of Hippotion celerio, showing the slightly squarish form which is most frequent in the Semanophore. Fic. 16. Héad of Hemaris croatica.. It is broader than our species of Hemaris, and resembles Macroglossa except in the small front. ANNALS E. S. A. Vou. LV, PLATE XVII. William T. M. Forbes. ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. IV, PLATE XVIII. William T. M. Forbes. SOME NOTES ON HEREDITY IN THE COCCINELLID GENUS ADALIA MULSANT.* By Mirram A. PALMER. It is the purpose of this paper to give a report of some experimental investigations in heredity which were made with four different forms belonging to the genus Adalia Mulsant. These forms shall herein be designated as melanopleura Leconte, annectans Crotch, coloradensis Casey, and humeralis Say. Melanopleura (Fig. A, Pl. XIX), as met with in this paper, is described as follows: Head black, with fine apical line of white, and with a whitish triangle next each eye with the apex pointing mesad and nearly reaching the median line. Some- times a median strip of whitish connects these spots and extend- ing forward to the apical line, which may also widen, leaves only a pair of black spots or brownish dots, one on either side of the median line on the anterior part of the head. (See head markings in Figures A, B, C, and F, Pl. XIX). Pronotum pale, with black M-shaped design and a lateral black spot, except in an unusually albinic form where the spot is absent or repre- sented by a mere dusky area. The black spot when present may vary from a moderate sized area well enclosed by the surrounding white, to a large area which may break more or less widely through the surrounding white so as to connect with the M design. See pronotum markings in Figures A, B, and C, Pl. XIX). The basal marking is usually large in this form but may be rather small in some cases. Elytra brownish red and immaculate, or with faint dot on lateral margin of each elytron. Legs yellowish brown, darker on outer margin. Length 4-6 mm., width 3-4 mm. Annectans, Figures B, C, and F, Plate XIX, includes quite a range of variation. The group as met with in this study is described as follows: Head as in melanopleura, pronotum as *This paper is an outgrowth of breeding cage work with the Coccinellids, assigned me by Professor Gillette as a part of his Adams Fund project on Life Histories of the Plant Lice and Their Enemies. { These determinations are according to Major Thos. L. Casey, who very kindly criticized my determinations of the forms referred to in this paper, excepting that annectans includes also an unusual and rather rare form (Fig. F, Pl. XIX), the status of which seems to me a little uncertain, but which Mr. C. W. Leng deter- mines as annectans. Lacking any biological proof to the contrary I have included it under annectans. 283, 284 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, given for melanopleura except that the basal marking is on the average somewhat smaller and is, in rare cases, even absent. The lateral black spot also is absent in an unusually albinic form, Figure F, Plate XIX. Elytra reddish yellow, usually lighter than melanopleura, quite yellowish for several weeks after emergence, becoming redder with age, though some never develop much of the red color. In the individuals reared of the more albinic form, Figure F, Plate XIX, the red color began to appear immediately after emergence but was paler in the region of the spots, giving a sort of blotchy appearance. This paler area may persist even in old beetles which have hibernated. Each elytron typically with a longitudinal posteriorly pointed black dash from the base at each side of the suture, and two sub-basal spots, the outer more basal, also with a transverse series of three black spots just before the middle, and two more at apical fourth, the outer very close to the margin. These black spots may vary from mere dots with some absent, to large blotches which may have more or less tendency to con- fluence; so that in color pattern many resembled ovipennis Casey, and a very few came very close to transversalis Casey as figured by Johnson.* Mr. Casey, however, to whom I sub- mitted specimens of these beetles, says that they are not his species as they do not show the proper punctuation. Some specimens show a rather definite pattern of red spots, two on each elytron, one a large oblong spot at the humerus and the other a smaller round spot close to the suture and between the middle and apical series of black spots. Legs and size as in melano pleura. In the more albinic form, Figure F, Plate XIX, the anterior spots were always lacking and the middle and apical series were irregularly represented. Altogether this form differs from the rest of the group in three respects; namely, in lacking the anterior or basal elytral black spots, the absence of the lateral black spots on the pronotum, and in the presence of the redder coloration of the elytra. Three individuals of this form appeared in one batch of annectans, and one in another batch of annectans, also two from a batch of larvae, from melanopleura parents, which produced both melanopleura and annectans. In these broods there were also some individuals which might be * Johnson, Roswell H., 1910—Determinate Evolution in the Color Pattern of the Lady-beetles, Carnegie Institution of Washington. Pub. No. 122. Papers of the Station for Experimental Evolution, No. 15. 1911] Heredity in Adalia * 985. considered as intergrading forms to some extent. This form presents a rather strikingly different appearance from the rest of the group, since all of these characters seem as a rule to go together, making a rather pronounced gap in the series of variation. It seems indeed to be closer to coloradensis than to annectans. Furthermore, among the 109 annectans which were reared from eggs of two annectans females and two melano- pleura-annectans hybrid females, mated with one annectans male and one melanopleura male, not one of these forms appeared, which fact seems to show that it is not a common fluctuating variation at least. It seems that the heredity might be segregate and experiments are now in progress to determine this point. It is on this account that I have thought best to call attention to it separately though for the rest of this paper it will be included under annectans. Coloradensis Casey, Fig. E, Pl. XIX, is described as follows: Head black with fine apical margin of whitish, and triangular pale spot next each eye as found in annectans. Pronotum black with very fine apical pale margin sometimes obliterated, the posteriorly pointed median pale dash from the apical margin very small when present, sides with same pale pattern as melanopleura but lacking the black lateral spot, basal mark- ing absent. Elytra brownish red, about the same color as melanopleura, with a duplex black spot at the middle, some- times in the form of a band, sometimes appearing as two sep- arate spots, also a similar series of spots, two in number at apical fourth, the inner one the larger. Legs and size as in melanopleura, but the shape perhaps a little more narrowly oval. Humeralis, Say, Figure D, Plate XIX; Head same as in melano- pleura, except that sometimes a different pattern appears as shown in Figure D, Plate XIX. Pronotum black with fine apical line and narrow side margins pale, apical line sometimes oblit- erated, basal marking always absent. Elytra black with a large oblong yellowish red to bright red spot at humerus and another small round one at three-fifths and close to the suture. The red marking on the elytra seems identical with the red pattern above mentioned as appearing in some specimens of annectans. Legs and size same as given for melanopleura, shape usually a little more rounded posteriorly. The work with these forms was at first undertaken merely for the purpose of obtaining specimens for life history drawings of melanopleura and annectans. In rearing these forms the 286 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, fact of their interbreeding with each other and with humeralis was discovered, and then the work was directed along the line of heredity investigation. About four hundred beetles were reared to maturity from about three thousand eggs hatched. These beetles proved much more difficult to rear than the larger species such as Hippodamia convergens and Coccinella quinque-notata because of their more limited range of food and more delicate constitutions. All large aphids brought disaster in the breeding cage and sometimes even the small cottonwood louse, Chaitophorus populicola Thos. was rejected. In the latter case it was perhaps due to an odor left by a certain species of attendant ants, since these lice did not always prove objection- able. One feed of unfavorable lice would sometimes cause the death of from one-half to nine-tenths of a cage of larvae. Work was begun with these beetles with the capture, May 13, 1910, in the foothills near Fort Collins, Colorado, of a pair of annectans. Eggs of this female were laid in the lab- oratory and the larvae reared. When the beetles eight in number emerged, four proved to be like the parents and four were humeralis. Three subsequent batches of larvae giving nine adults, were reared from eggs laid by this female and her spotted daughters with the result that three of the beetles were annectans and six were humeralis. For the purpose of obtaining more material and also of ascertaining how frequently such mixing occurred, two or three dozen pupae of this species were collected outdoors, and as soon as the beetles emerged and the colors developed the different forms were isolated in separate cages. About fifteen percent were humeralis and the rest were about evenly divided between melanopleura and annectans. The humeralis beetles escaped by accident, but from the eggs of the other forms a considerable number of larvae were reared to maturity. From the eggs laid in the melanopleura cage thirty beetles were reared, and in each batch a large proportion were annectans, sometimes over half the batch and once the entire batch. Practically the same proportions were obtained from eggs of one or two females captured at other times. Besides the forms already mentioned three individuals of coloradensis appeared among the progeny of the above mentioned cage. Unfortunately these were not used for breeding purposes but were pinned up and put in the collection. Breeding experiments are now, however, in prog- ress with this form. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 287 From the cage of annectans only annectans were obtained. Twenty-five adults were reared from eggs laid in this cage, and fifty-seven from eggs laid by a female tested in a way to be explained later, making eighty two beetles in all, and every one proved to be annectans. The eggs of one annectans female captured out of doors produced several melanopleura but this female had probably been fertilized by a hybrid male or even by both melanopleura and annectans males before it was captured. The humeralis beetles reared from the first pair mentioned were used for breeding purposes and all the individuals reared came true to type, about thirty beetles maturing. It was now indirectly evident that mixing was quite com- mon between melanopleura and annectans and that it sometimes occurred between annectans and humeralis, but there was no evidence that it occurred between melanopleura and humeralis. To ascertain whether this latter were possible and also to make the actual crosses in the other cases in order to further investi- gate the law of heredity, efforts were made to cross humeralis as often as possible with annectans and melanopleura. Humer- alis was found to hybridize just as freely with one form as with the other. No more difficulty was encountered than would be expected even among members of the same form under the same circumstances. On one occasion an annectans male chose a humeralis female even though a female of its own kind was present in the cage. Unfortunately only one female of humeralis was available for this purpose sufficiently early in the season, but there were several males which proved capable and these were crossed with females of both melanopleura and annectans. The female of humeralis that was used was probably the one that produced all of the above mentioned 30 humeralis, all true to type, she, at any rate produced a large proportion of them. This beetle was crossed with an annectans male but she died so soon that only two beetles were reared from this union. They were annectans but were too feeble for further breeding. An annec- tans-humeralis hybrid female was mated with a melanopleura male and later with an amnnectans male. This female had previously been kept in a cage with its brothers and the eggs laid had produced seven humeralis and four annectans, but after these’ crossings no more humeralis appeared though forty-seven beetles were reared. Three crosses were made by means of the humeralis males and melanopleura and annectans 288 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, females and from these 169 beetles were reared in the first generation. All but one were either melanopleura or annectans according to the composition of the female. This one excep- tion was a humeralis beetle. A noticeable character of the progeny of these crosses was the greater vigor of the individuals so that a larger percent matured as compared with the purer strains. From one of the above three pairs, an annectans female and a humeralis male, the first generation of which con- sisted of fifty-seven annectans, four second generation beetles were reared and they proved to be two annectans and two humeralis. The beetles then refused to lay any more eggs and seemed to be preparing for hibernation. They had been unavoidably subjected for a few days to a temperature low enough to stiffen them up considerably and cause them to nearly cease eating and the subsequent removal of them to an almost summer temperature, though it caused the eggs to hatch in half the time they had under the low temperature and increased the appetites and rate of growth of the larvae quite remarkably, failed to cause the beetles to lay any more eggs. Work had, therefore, to close for the season at this interesting point, and the beetles were put into hibernation.* From these crosses there is another lesson to be learned besides the relation of annectans and melanopleura to humeralis, namely; something about the heredity between melanopleura and annectans themselves. The process of mating these forms with humeralis which is recessive to both, served as a test of the germinal composition of the member of the pair carrying the dominant characters. In the case where two melanopleura females, which had been isolated from annectans from time of emerging were crossed with humeralis males there were pro- duced 29 melanopleura to 25 annectans, and 31 melanopleura to 26 annectans respectively. Melanopleura was in each case a little in excess of 50 percent. In the case of the annectans- humeralis hybrid female mated with the melanopleura-annec- tans male the progeny was 19 melanopleura and 28 annectans. The higher percent of annectans was doubtless due to the fact that an annectans male was put into the cage during the latter * Just as this article was ready to send to the publisher a lot of second genera- tion beetles, from the melanopleura females crossed with the humeralis males, emerged. From the eggs of the first generation melanopleura-humeralis hybrids there were reared 19 melanopleura and 7 humeralis. From the eggs of the first generation annectans-humeralis hybrids there matured 12 annectans and 5 humeralis. These figures come very near to the Mendelian ratio for progeny of hybrids. 1911] Heredity in Adalia : 289 part of the period, because just before the last three batches the proportion was 16 melanopleura and 18 annectans, and the last three batches gave 3 melanopleura and 10 annectans, thus mak- ing a sudden change in the proportion. This male was in all probability pure annectans as there has not been found, in my experience, any proven case of annectans carrying melanopleura characters. The characters carried by the female could have had no influence whatever in the results, since neither of the characters carried by the female was dominant to the -char- acters carried by the male. Either the melanopleura or the annectans characters of the male would realize themselves whether they met an annectans or a humeralis character of the female. These results approximately show that the melano- pleura-annectans hybrids carry the characters in the proportion of half and half. The somewhat high percentage of melano- pleura obtained in these cases was more than balanced by the extremely low percentage obtained in the case of the progeny of the cage of melanopleura-annectans hybrids, in which case melanopleura constituted less than half of the progeny when it should have constituted three-fourths. The mortality in this latter case, however, was so great that the data are hardly sufficient. Another melanopleura female from melanopleura-annectans hybrid parents after being fertilized by some of its melano- pleura brothers was isolated for a few days, during which time it laid three batches of eggs. From these eggs were reared 9 melanopleura, 3 humeralis, and 1 annectans. Excepting the one annectans, this was just the right proportion for the progeny of two hybrids according to the Mendelian law. This annectans individual, Gf it did not get in by mistake which was: very unlikely, great care having been exercised) must have been due to fertilization by a melanopleura-annectans male probably before the melanopleura-humeralis male. The female was then mated with a humeralis male and after that 14 adults were obtained, 6 melanopleura and 8 annectans. The results in this case seem to indicate that there had been a cross between the melanopleura ancestors of this female and humeralis, while still in nature and that in the first generation reared in captivity the dominant melanopleura had kept it concealed, so that it was not until the second generation that the crossing between two hybrids happened to take place, thus allowing the humeralis | character to appear. 290 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, From the cross between an annectans female (reared from melanopleura parents) and a humeralis male 57 beetles matured all annectans. This showed the female to be pure strain though descended from melanopleura parents. The foregoing results are given below in tabulated form: mel. | col. | ann. | hum. | total Crosses 1 Male—annectans Female—humeralis US BS eC ts 2 2 2 Male—humeralis....... IsGieeni ere oon .se 57 57 Female—annecitans..... P06 WT exc) oar AOI 2 2 + 3 Male—humeralis....... Aeticen 29 25 54 Female—melano pleura * Bon Dalen 19 7 26 4 Male—humeralis....... ra pian Sak 12 Be 7 Female—melanopleura*{-°* 8©"- 31 26 1 58 5 Male—melanopleura* and later annectans......... Ist gen. ft 16 18 Female—annectans-humeralis Yo 38 10 47 hybrid Humeralis Hybrid 1 Female—annectans-humeralis . : Male—annectans-humeralis... _ sofispring Mee 7 10 7 Female—melanopleura-humeralis.......... Male—melanopleura-humeralis (probably). 9 1 3 13 Also melanopleura-annectans (prob.) Female—melanopleura-humeralis \ : Male—humeralis................ joftspring. 6 8 14 Melanopleura-annectans Hybrids Cage of males and females—offspring...... 11 3 16 30 Female captured, male annectans? —offspring} 7 6 13 Two females and one male mated with recessive.... ;offspring....| 76 69 1 (See crosses 3, 4 and 5) 94 3 91 1 Annectans Cage of males and females—offspring...... 19 19 One female, captured, male unknown, OHSpringenisahemes coarser Ruieeere 6 6 One female with humeralis male (See Cross, 2)—offspringy) ose eee sess cine 57 82 RUM eralis? cL ode oe te RR ee eee One female with 3 males—offspring....... 30 30 (Female used later in cross 1) MO ball Payeee tes is Geaione eiers wictwle es 407 * melanopleura-annectans hybrid. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 291 From the foregoing results the following conclusions seem to be quite evident: I. Melanopleura is dominant over annectans, coloradensis, and humeralis, and the heredity is segregate. 1. Over annectans since a. The hybrid form between melanopleura and annectans is melanopleura. Of the progeny, 30 in number, of a cage of melanopleura, annectans constituted over half. In the progeny of two females and one male tested by mating with humeralis there appeared 76 annectans and 69 melanopleura, altogether, which is very close to the Mendelian ratio for the segregation of characters in hybrids. b. Annectans has in no case given evidence of carrying melano- pleura characters. The 25 progeny from a cage of annectans showed no melanopleura characters nor did any of the 57 progeny of the annectans female mated with humeralis. 2. Over coloradensis since the hybrid form between melanopleura and coloradensis is melanopleura as is shown by the fact that 3 coloradensis appeared among the offspring of melanopleura parents. 3. Over humeralis since a. The hybrid form between melanopleura and humeralis is melanopleura. In*the first generation from three crosses of melano pleura with humeralis or with annectans-humeralis hybrids, humeralis appeared but once among 159 individ- uals. A melanopleura-humeralis female mated with its brothers gave 9 melanopleura, 1 annectans, and 3 humeralis. The same female mated with a humeralis male gave 6 melanopleura and 8 hwmeralis, approximately showing the segregation of characters to be according to the Mendelian law. The second generation from crossings of melanopleura with humeralis consisted of 19 melanopleura and 7 humeralis. b. Humeralis has given no evidence of carrying melano pleura characters. The 30 offspring from humeralis parents all came true to type. II. Annectans is dominant over humeralis since a. The hybrid form between annectans and humeralis is annectans. In the cross between annectans and humeralis humeralis did not appear at all in the first generation of 57 progeny, but did appear in half of the second gen- eration which consisted of 4 beetles. Annectans-humeralis hybrids mated with each other produced 7 annectans and 10 humeralis in one case, and in another 12 annectans and 5 humeralis. ; b. Humeralis has given no evidence of carrying annectans characters, as shown by the 30 offspring of humeralis parents all true to type. 292 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, This subject is still unfinished and experiments are now in progress to determine the relation of coloradensis and the rather albinic form of annectans to the other forms. It would be interesting to interbreed these forms with other species of Adalia, especially with the European frigida Schneider and with bipunctata Linneaus. Observations were also made on the beetles used in the foregoing experiments for the purpose of ascertaining the heritability of the characters of the spots on the elytra in annectans and of the markings of the pronotum in this same form and in melanopleura. The progeny resulting from the mating of annectans and melanopleura beetles with the recessive humeralis were examined when the number was large enough to afford sufficient data. The beetles in these cases were par- ticularly advantageous for this purpose because the dominant characters would be the only ones to show in the first genera- tion, thus reducing the number of strains which would appear to one or two. In the case of the melanopleura-annectans hybrids there would be one strain of annectans and one of melanopleura, which would afford a very simple series and show very plainly whether these characters behave at all as unit characters or whether they seem to be fluctuating variations. The results are shown in the drawings Figures 2 to 7, Plates XX to XXII. In the markings of the pronotum, special attention was paid to the character of the lateral black spot and the extent to which was it enclosed by the surrounding white. The median posteriorly pointed dash of white from the apical margin and also the basal marking of whitish are sometimes very small or even absent; but in this study only secondary attention was paid to these and the drawings, except curve (e), Fig. 7, Plate XXII, are arranged in series according to the aforesaid black spot. The pronota of melanopleura and annectans are arranged separately in each case. In the case of the elytra primary attention was paid to the confluence of the spots, and the series is arranged according to the number of confluences in each case. The parents of each series are drawn in full or designated above and the first gen- eration progeny in a row below. The numerals below each drawing indicate the number of individuals in that class. As the humeralis parent seems to have no influence on the char- 1911] Heredity in Adalia 293 acters of the first generation it was not thought necessary to draw this parent. Figure 2, Plate XX represents the annectans-humeralis hybrid female and her progeny resulting from union with a melano- pleura-annectans hybrid male, and also for the last few days of the experiment, with a pure annectans male. The numbering of the spots is after Weise taken from Johnson 1910. In this case the progeny would contain four strains of annectans, one from the mother, one from the melanopleura-annectans father, and two strains from the annectans father, which, however, could hardly have affected more than the last three batches of eggs. This would be just the number of strains to be repre- sented if two members of annectans were mated. The males in this case were both lost and so can not be shown in the figure. Of the batches after the annectans male was introduced, in the elytra series, one beetle was in class (d), six in class (e), three in class (f), and one in class (i). In the pronota series four were in class (k) and seven in class (1). There was considerably less variation among these than in the foregoing batches, but whether it was due to the annectans male or to environmental influences can not be ascertained with certainty; but as these were reared later in the season than the foregoing batches, during the latter part of August and the early part of September, during which time an unusually cold wave occurred, the only environmental influence would probably have been a lower temperature. This factor, however, would, from the experience of Tower* and Johnson, be expected to produce a melanic effect, but here the difference was albinic rather than melanic, so the case does not seem to be explained by the environmental factor, and unless it was produced by some unknown cause, seems most probably to have been due to heredity factors introduced by the annectans male. It will be noted in this case, Figure 6, curve (a), Plate X XI, and Figure 7, curves (a), and (b) Plate XXII, that all of the beetles, of both melanopleura and annectans, which were reared from this female were rather at the albinic end of the scale as to both elytral and pronotal characters. In the elytra none have more than two full confluences and the mother ranks at * Tower, William Lawrence, 1906. An Investigation of Evolution in Chrysom- elid Beetles of the Genus Leptinotarsa. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Pub. No. 48. 294 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, about the middle of the series and at one of the highest points of the curve. In the case of the pronotum the mother was decidedly more melanic than the apex of the curve for either: annectans or melanopleura. The curves for these two forms were not alike, annectans having the greatest number, 45 per cent at the albinic end of the scale with the black spot well enclosed by the surrounding white. In the melanopleura series only 11 per cent were at this point, the largest number, 83 per cent, having the black spot rather weakly enclosed. None of the annectans here showed the red pattern on the elytra, as shown in Figure B, Plate XIX, though the mother shows it faintly. Figure 3, Plate XX, represents the annectans female crossed with humeralis male. In this case we would expect to find only two strains of annectans. Here, however, the variation was considerably broader than in the former case where four strains were represented, the curve beginning at the same point of albinism as the former case and extending to four and a half confluences (that is to four and a pronounced tendency to a fifth confluence), Figure 6, curve (b). The mother was several degrees more albinic than the highest point of the curve. Note here that in the mother there is an absence of spot 4 and also that there is a small spot between spots 1 and 2, which, though very unusual, probably denotes tendency to confluence between spots 1 and 2. Neither the presence of this extra spot nor the absence of spot 4 show in any of the progeny examined, though both confluence and tendency to confluence appear between spots 1 and 2. The mother of these seems to have shown nothing of the red pattern mentioned above and shown in Figure B, Plate XIX, but in the 37 off- spring, 9 showed it very plainly, 16 moderately plain, 4 faintly, and in 6 it was absent. Figure 4, Plate X XI shows a melanopleura-annectans hybrid female, crossed with a humeralis male, and her first generation progeny. Here there can be but one strain of annectans to appear in the progeny. The curve of variation, Figure 6, curve (c), Plate XXI, covers a somewhat wider range of variation than in the case of the first instance, curve (a) where four strains are represented, the largest number of confluences being three. Here 23 out of 27 or 85 percent lack spot 6. In the pro- nota of annectans a peculiarity was observed in that sometimes either the basal marking or the apical median dash were lacking. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 29: on For these pronota two curves were given, Figure 7, curves (d) and (e), curve (d) to show the variation of the lateral spot only and (e) to represent the general melanism when the other markings are considered, each degree representing about the equivalent of the melanism of the state of the lateral spot as given in the legend for the respective columns. The curve for annectans in this series was much broader than that for melano- pleura. The mother was rather toward the albinic end of the series for annectans and at the melanic end for melanopleura. All of the annectans, 27 in number, had the red spots on the elytra, as shown in Fig. B, Plate XIX. Figure 5, Plate III, shows another melanopleura-annectans hybrid, female mated with a humeralis male, and her first generation progeny. Here again would be but one strain of annectans. The range of-variation in the elytra of annectans was not very broad, showing none of the more albinic forms, the curve, Figure 6, curve (d), Plate X XI, beginning at one con- fluence and extending to three and a half confluences. In the pronota of the annectans series, Figure 7, curve (g), Plate XXII, uniformity almost obtains, 93 per cent having the lateral spot well enclosed and 7 per cent being one-fifth enclosed. In the melanopleura series, however, the curve, Figure 7, curve (h), Plate XXII, is very broad extending to a degree of melanism that is quite rare. The mother ranks at the albinic end of the scale though the highest part of the curve for her melanopleura offspring is four degrees further to the melanic end of the scale. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. In comparing the curves for the elytra it must be born in mind that the chief points of comparison are the melanic positions of the range and highest points of the curves. Since the number of individuals represented by each of the curves was not uniform, the exact number on any one line shown by the different curves is not truly comparable; only the melanic position of high and low points and range in each curve can be compared with the same in another curve. It will be noted that each curve has one or two points that are much higher than any other points in the curve, and that these high points in the different curves vary greatly in melanic position, also that the curves vary considerably in their range. It seems as though these high points in the curves might repre- sent centers of variation. The curves would then signify that different strains of these beetles have different centers of 296 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, variation and different scopes of variation. Curve (c), Figure 6, Plate X XI, which represents but one strain of annectans covers a wider range than curve (a) which represents four strains. Curve (d), which also represents one strain is quite narrow, seeming to signify that this strain had a greater degree of con- staney than the others. The mother in each of these cases occurred within the range of variation for her progeny but not always at the highest point of the curve though in both of the instances where this observation was possible she occurred at one of the high points, see curves (a) and (b), Fig. 6, Plate X XI. Two of the mothers being melanopleura had no place in the elytra series, and since in the cases where the mother was annectans two or more strains were represented, the fact of the highest part of the curve not being at the same position as the mother might in this case be explained as due to one of the other strains involved. There seemed in some cases to be a certain measure of her- itability of different characters in the color pattern of the elytra. The absence of spot 6 in Figure 4, Plate X XI, seemed to be inherited to a large degree since it was lacking in 21 out of 27 beetles. The mother being melanopleura could not be observed on this point. This spot seems from my observations to be the one most frequently lacking in this form, indeed almost the only one except in a small minority of beetles. Spot 4 was absent in only three beetles in this study, in Figure 3 (a), Plate XX, and in two others not drawn but ranked with (f) and (g) respectively in Figure 2, Plate XX, spot 5 was faint in one, Figure 3 (c). The absence of spot 4 seemed not to be inherited in these cases, as no case of absence occurred in the 37 progeny of the mother, Figure 3 (a), which lacked it, and it appeared only twice in the 30 offspring in Figure 2, Plate XX. Some observations were made on the order in which con- fluences take place. Spots 6 and 7 seemed to be the first as a rule to connect, as in this study there was only one instance where a beetle showed confluences and had these spots separate, see Figure 3 (ce). There were three such cases where spot 6 was absent, but even in the case of absence there was often a pro- jection toward its position from spot 7 as though in these instances the confluence was even more persistent than the spot itself. After this confluence no further order was observed except that between spots 4 and 5 it seemed to be the most unusual and perhaps the last in order. 1911] Heredity in Adalia_ - 297 In the case of the pattern of reddish spots on the elytra of annectans Figure B, Plate XIX, it seemed as though there might be segregation in some cases at least, and that the absence of the character was dominant to its presence. In the series in Figure 2, Plate XX, it shows faintly in the mother (the dimness may be due to fading after death as this character was not recorded during life) and it was plainly evident in the mother and a brother of this beetle, in fact in all of the individuals of this strain that have been preserved. It shows in none of the 30 progeny of this beetle, but this absence may be explained as due to the males, which being lost, can not be examined as to their possession of the character. In the series in Figure 3 where the mother does not show the marking but carries two strains of annectans, it appeared in five-sixths of the beetles to a greater or less degree. As the male in this case was humeralis both of these strains must have come from the mother and its absence in her development would seem to signify the dominance of the absence of the character over its presence. The proportion, however, found in the progeny seems rather puzzling unless the humeralis character from the male could have had any influence in the proportion, which seems unlikely. In the series in Figure 4, Plate X XI, it appeared in all of the 27 annectans progeny. The mother, being melanopleura of course does not show it. Inthe seriesin Figure 5, Plate XXI, some show it and some do not. The exact number in each case can not be determined as some of the beetles have developed so much of the red color in their elytra during hibernation that it is impossible to tell with certainty whether they possess the character or not. The mother being melanopleura of course does not show the character. The fact that some clearly show its presence and others just as clearly show its absence when they are all from one strain of annectans seems to be evidence against segregation in this case. In the pronota curves in Figure 7, Plate X XII, the matter is a little more complex as there are both annectans and melanopleura to be represented for each female except one, Figure 2, Plate XX. As the curves for these two forms even when from the same parents were different in every case not only in the position of the apex but also in range and sometimes very different, it would seem that each strain keeps distinct; that is, the pronotal characters of annectans do not mix with those of melanopleura. 298 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, When, however, the characters of the mother are compared with those of her offspring which are of the same form as herself little uniformity was found. In no case did she rank at the highest point of the curve, neither did she ever occur at the lowest point, nor ever outside of the range of variation for the offspring. There seemed to be some degree of heredity but it was not constant. The results appear a good deal the same as in the elytra, that there are centers of variation and a certain limit of range that were inherited to a greater or less degree, but with no evidence of segregation of unit characters such as occurs between melanopleura, annectans, and humeralis. ADDENDA. Since sending the foregoing article to the publisher results have been obtained in the experiments concerning the relation of coloradensis, the so-called albinic form of annectans, and a similar form of melanopleura to the other forms treated. The albinic form of annectans, so-called for want of a better name is above described separately under annectans and figured at F, Plate I. The albinic form of melanopleura is identical with that of annectans in pronotal characters, namely, it lacks the lateral dot, the lateral margin of the pronotum being broadly pale as in coloradensis; in all other characters it agrees with melanopleura. The results obtained are tabulated as follows: Parents F es — | Ist gen. Offspring Male | Female Coral : : | Characters : | Characters al.| al. Appearance carriedt Appearance carriedt |M/M|Aj)A/C}H| © | C and H H a } | Ail Vey unknown | M and A ace ta ei a Ny a 8 H | H al. A CandA \ 3/9 5 H H al. M CandM | 3 1 4 (© C and H M MandH | 6] 7 4/16 PB} al. A. |CandA |M MiandH ~ 3713 nee 11 al. A. Cand A alee GandA | TB) |) 23 { H H 7 10 17 tA AandH | | \(A A and H 11 Zee als alyhi ne CandM (j|al.M. C and M 4 4 | Total... .|16 |16 |14 |30 |18 |21 | 115 * A means annectans; C, coloradensis; H, humeralis; al. A. albinic annectans; al. M, albinic melanopleura. 7 These are givenas shown by the offspring when not known from pedigree breeding. t This male was, judging from appearance, an intergrade between annectans and albinic anmnectans. It lacked the basal spots on the elytra but possessed the lateral dot on the pronotum, which latter seems to be the ultimate distinguish- ing character. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 299 These results seem to furnish conclusive evidence 1. That coloradensis is a good variety or type equal with melanopleura, annectans, and humeralis, acting as a unit character in heredity. 2. That when crossed with annectans, coloradensis produces a blended hybrid, in both elytral and pronotal characters, namely the form above referred to as an albinic form of annectans. 3. That when crossed with melanopleura a blend is produced in the pronotal characters, identical with the annectans blend; but in the elytra melanopleura dominates entirely.* This form was mentioned in the description of melanopleura as a ‘“‘more albinic form.” 4. That when crossed with humeralis coloradensis dominates perfectly so that the hybrid form is indistinguishable from the pure strain of coloradensis. It seems that in every instance the more albinic character dominated over the more melanic one; for example: immaculate elytra, in melanopleura, dominate over the spotted ones of each of the other forms. The absence of the black lateral dot in the pronotum, in coloradensis, dominates over its presence in each of the other forms. The presence of the whitish basal marking on the pronotum, of annectans and melanopleura, dominates over its absence in coloradensis and humeralis. The absence of the basal elytral spots, in coloradensis, dominates over its presence in annectans. The usual absence of confluence in the median and apical series of spots in annectans dominates over the con- fluence in these spots in coloradensis. Humeralis which pre- sents the most melanic characters in every particular in both elytra and pronotum is perfectly recessive to each of the other forms. The inheritance of the faint lateral dot on the elytra. in melanopleura was observed in the specimens at hand but no law was ascertained. It seems to be a mere fluctuating variation. The single humeralis beetle mentioned in the article as appearing among the first generation offspring in the 4th cross in the table, between humeralis and melanopleura parents, was tested in breeding. It proved to be a male and was put into a cage with two humeralis females, from the eggs of which seven progeny were reared to maturity. All of these were humeralis * This statement is to be reconciled with the statement in the foregoing ar- ticle that melanopleura is dominant over coloradensis by the fact that at that time the hybrid was considered as only a variant of melanopleura. 300 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, which seems to prove that the beetle in question was pure strain. This beetle may possibly have gotten into the cage by mistake in spite of the great care exercised as several dozen cages containing larvae of all the forms were being tended and cleaned daily. Five other offspring were reared from humeralis beetles obtained in these experiments, and these all came true, making 42 progeny in all reared from humeralis parents, breeding true in every instance. Two humeralis beetles without dorsal spots were obtained as the progeny resulting from a cross between a melanopleura male, (evidently a humeralis hybrid) from out of doors, with an annectans-humeralis female representing the third generation of humeralis reared in the laboratory. All of the ancestors and progeny, two in number, of this female, by a former mating showed the dorsal spots normally developed. These two beetles were the only progeny obtained from this union and efforts to rear offspring from them, though they proved to be male and female, have thus far been fruitless, seemingly due to a weak constitution as the eggs hatch poorly. The male seemed weak and both beetles died soon. It would seem from this case that the absence of these spots dominated over its presence, which is contrary to the behavior of heredity with regard to the other characters of this group. If this is not the case the strain in the laboratory must have carried this character of absence through three generations without it having a chance to meet its equal so as to be able to realize itself. Another cross which was made between an annectans male and a humeralis female last August but which laid no eggs until this, the following spring, produced in the first geneartion 26 beetles, all annectans. The humeralis female was later used in the first cross represented in the first table in addenda. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 301 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XIX. Fic. A. Adalia melanopleura Leconte. Fic. B. Adalia annectans Crotch. Fic. C. Adalia annectans Crotch. Fic. D. Adalia humeralis Say. Fic. E. Adalia coloradensis Casey. Fic. F. Adalia annectans Crotch. Fic. G. Adalia melanopleura (more albinic form). Fic. H. Pupa of A. annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis, and humeraits. Fic. I. Larva of A. annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis and humeralis. Fic. J. Eggs of A. annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis and humeralis. All drawings are magnified 5 diameters. PLATE XX. Fic. 1 shows in diagram the results of the foregoing experiments in inheritance between annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis, and humeralis. The numerals be- neath the circles in each case indicate the number of individuals in that class. The lines connecting with higher circles indicate parentage in each case. Fic. 2. a and b—characters of annectans-humeralis female, mated with males indicated. 3 c to j—elytral characters of annectans offspring. k to n—pronotal characters of melanopleura and annectans offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in the class in each case. Fic. 3. a—elytral characters of annectans mother, mated with male indi- cated. b to o—elytral characters of annectans offspring. p to v—pronotal characters of annectans offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in each class. PLATE XXI. Fic. 4. a@ and b—characters of melanopleura annectans mother mated with male indicated. c to l—elytral characters of annectans offspring. m to t—protonal characters of annectans offspring. u to v—pronotal characters of melanopleura offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in each class. Fic. 5. @ and b—characters of melanopleura-annectans mother, mated with male indicated. c to d—pronotal characters of annectans offspring. e to k—elytral characters of annectans offspring. 1 to r—pronotal characters of melanopleura offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in each class. Fic. 6. Shows the curves representing the variation in the elytral characters of the annectans offspring, drawn in the foregoing figures. The numerals on the left show the number of individuals. The degrees of melanism are designated by the legend below in each case, the most albinic being at the extreme left and the most melanic at the right. ‘‘Confluence 44'’means one case of tendency to con- fluence, ‘‘confluence }'’ means two cases of tendency to confluence. The latter is here given a rank of its ownas it does not seem equal in melanism to one full con- fluence. The curve above the legend ‘‘spot 6 absent’’ does not represent all the individuals lacking that spot, but only those with no case of confluence. Curve (a) represents the series in Fig. 2, Plate II. The full line triangle shows the position of the mother in this series. Curve (b) represents the series in Fig. 3, Plate II]. The broken line triangle represents the position of the mother. Curve (c) represents the series shown in Fig. 4, Plate III. Curve (d) represents the series shown in Fig. 5, Plate III. The mother of the series for curves (c) and (d) were melanopleura and so have no place in this diagram. 302 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, PLATE XXII. Fic. 7 shows the curves for the pronotal series. Be (a) represents pronotal characters of annectans offspring shown in Fig. 2, Plate II. : Curve (b) represents pronotal characters of melanopleura offspring in Fig. 2, late II. The open triangle represents the mother of the series represented by curves (a) and (b), Fig. 2, a and b, Plate II. Curve c) represents the annectans series in Fig. 3, Plate II. Curve (d) represents the annectans series in Fig. 4, Plate III. Curve (e) represents the annectans series in Fig. 4, Plate III, according to general melanism. Curve (f) represents the melanopleura series in Fig. 4, Plate III. The open triangle represents the mother, Fig. 4, a and 6. Plate III. Curve (g) represents the annectans series, Fig. 5, Plate III. Curve (h) represents the melanopleura series, Fig. 5, Plate III. The solid triangle represents the mother Fig. 5 (a) and (b), Plate III. ANNALS E. S. A. VoL. IV, PLATE XIX Miriam A, Palmer. ee. : ; : Sos eee ANNALS E. S, A. Vou. IV, PLATE XX. Aumerales melanopleura annectans coloradensis melanopleura- X 2 6 6 5 2 1 1-265 20 10 -30 O a fig S b o's xhumeralis S 2 Qa e nnectans e f ; iS Gib, Ba tee Pepe 14 i ‘ : ts ‘: : : ‘: Zz 2 S 2 2 2 7 =15 melanopleura 4 7 4 7 7 he Fig 6 SAP 14 = = 15 K f. 1 12 t 11 10 f- 9 8 7 G o 4 re 2 a | o J * pe v % eee seee (aly Sa = v < oh Oe SS : 3 SQn 4 ns cS 5S a ~ —) Pry St See iat a x - S& ~~ x > Ey sx ™ = a Tar am RG? Lo el COWES Og no conFluence a Fig B Amother fk a ¢ Fig 4 ee Figs vy % rat d he ay Miriam A, Palmer. Vou. IV, PLATE XXII. ANNALS E. S. A. y & YN ~ SY R Gr osw.e uv u D D D Ras u Co Rog 5; tee ye fe er a t S a) i 8 1 g 2 t £ \ E ' ( . .... 8377 discus (Diplolepis)..... Botinoape. See [eytol akan aoe Som pitin Srreic Mie Meera eon 333 discus (Dryophania)................ 336 brevicornis (Synergus)............ 365 Disholcaspis.. oy ates Base 339 brunneus (Andricus)....... Lesoe. Gorsalis (Ceroptres).. Dn eeing saa ONS! brunneus (Compsodryoxenus). . . 376 douglasi (Diplolepis).. Senile cabot 338 californica (Biorhiza).......... . 8384 = douglasi (Dryophanta). .. LA 2 oh aan 338 californica (Philonix).. Beanie LOU GTUStn (ELOLGOS PIS). ie eee 338 californicus (Periclistus).. E BYE) DYE AT NG SOARED A Ree to ae oc 336 californicus Snes) (Callirhytis). 346 dubiosa (Diplolepis)............... 339 Callirhytis.. ne. fe oo4 dubiosus) (Syneraus)) eae .. of2 canescens (Cynips) Pe ore Reaerose. echina’ (Diplolepis) a: 2 sss. ed ee 337 canescens (Holcaspis)..... Pier otonn eGhind. (Dry Phania)inn 7 wae ee OST, canescens (Disholcaspis)........ n 842) echinus (Gyntps) as. eee . 337 Weroptres score ta -eisn oe eases .. 872 ~ eldoradensis (Disholcaspis)........ 340 chrysolepidicola (Callirhytis)...... 354 eldoradensis (Holcaspis)............ 340 chrysolepidis (Disholeaspis)....... 341 eriophora (Callirhytis)........ . 359 chrysolepidis (Holcaspis)........... 841 flavus (Synergus)...-............. 365 chrysolepidis (Andricus)..... .. 346 flocci (Cynips) (Andricus).......... 352 clarimontis (Callirhytis).......... Bit) a larrod (VAN TENS) ion < nid oan napoesen Gan Glayulan(Diplolepis)is. cede. ses 337 guadaloupensis (Callirhytis)....... 363 clavula (Dryophanta)........ Seed Cote Heldae\(GyniHs)im semiect aren ar . 345 Compsodryoxenus........... asst) DLGP we LELOL CAS Pisit Pere cenrac. sey te a ... 8389 congregatus (Andricus)............ 847 kelloggi (Cynips)..... pardtdony: soe ee) 380 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, keaneu | (Andricus) irs snr n eke 350 pomiformis (Callirhytis)............ 355 kincaidi (Diastrophus)............ 375 punctatus (Synergus).............. 367 Lana (CYAUPS) \iarcts- ote oio,5.2 eee eee 352 quercus-agrifoliez (Callirhytis)..... 356 lana) \(Andricus).S.25.- 02s seh ee 352 quercus agrifolia (Cynips)........... 356 lasianl(Callichry tis) isn. aver 356 quercus batatus (Cynips).. ee Lytorhodites.. ohne tees ofo QUerCuS-bapAiMs (Neuroterus).. . 334 maculatus (Synergus). . BRAS oie cate 371 quercus californica (Cyntps).. ... 346 maculipennis (Cynips)............. 344 quercus-californicus (Andricus). a. (O40 maculipennis (Callirhytis)......... 358 quercus flocct (Cynips).....:....... 352 maculipennis (Holcaspis)........... 344 quercus-flocci (Andricus)...... 2s Or maculipennis (Disholcaspis)........ 344 quercus lana (Cynips).............. 352 multiplicatus (Synergus)........... 370 quercus pomiformis (Cynips)........ 355 multipunctata (Cynips)............ 848 | quercus-pomiformis Cl 355 multipunctata (Dryophanta)......... 343 quercus suttoni (Cynips).. a» 800 INGuroterusic na aes « vince seme 386 (WharaererspOn bri Cr eLyOeritil aA tes ara eater careers s\ iicraiay fi cla.alaqe (sree saicre o\e'e arate atene 389 Sens HCH TRy A OR IAES oar CUI faye ars) cinta) hae ee Pept ee ae bar ce) cise ecetesakaraVche, zie! e higias@terere a 391 Food-plants of the Hyperini in America. 0... 0. eee eee eee Fate ise OOS LMS ep Ce SHALOM OLLUT Ole avant okeyaterietel rere wis aVeoah ieletateiaiaya1e « b BOGE URED ORD EECA S Mosc c0 tio 6 COR DECORA Sica ieee 433 DEN STE NEG WTS ROTEL OO) Sete ROO icacte TORI Capt re nO ICE AOC Ore Rac Oe een 434 PETES ROTA TIES TING LES et RIN ora tao she eal ns oho io hs TUR Mere ase Leola es ous A 9,6, oLagel ei Toler ole 435 AS LOUMOMUUS LIE LHINOSLTISS=) 2 a vixla's xi <5) s0,5 3) atu, 074, cel levee shale oXe Sha aiaas tet eo eje aap shs ss 442 TEV DMO PATIOS 4 TONACLINS tS BO tl BOS Re ome ROM Cre Ossett ce ohn ORS Cue ee ack oe aA eee ae 452 INTRODUCTION. The genera Hypera and Phytonomus belong to the tribe Hyperini, a member of the subfamily Curculioninae of the Coleopterous suborder Rhyncophora. Both genera are well distributed over the porters hemi- sphere, being especially abundant in Europe, the last catalog of Heyden, Reitter and Weise listing in Phytonomus from “‘Buropae caucasi et Armeniae Rossicae’’ 64 species, 3 varieties and 21 aberrations. In America Leconte in 1876 listed 9 species, three of which are European. Since that time, we know of the introduction of two more European species. The present paper includes 13 species. One Phytonomus has been described from Mexico and in South and Central America are a number of species of Phelypera, a very closely related genus. In the present paper will be treated only those species known to occur in America, north of Mexico, of the genera * Revised from a thesis submitted as a partial requirement for the degree of Doctor of Science at Harvard University, May 1, 1911. Contributions of the Entomological Laboratory, Bussey Institution, Harvard University, No. 39. 383 384 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Hypera and Phytonomus. Specimens have been seen of all the species reported from this region, and the types of six species have been examined. In connection with the study of the American species the author has studied 45 of the European species, in some cases including .a large number of specimens. Over 500 American specimens have been examined, exclusive of several thousand specimens of P. posticus. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. It is with pleasure that I here acknowledge the generous loans and gifts of material and the receipt of many records from the various sources here given. Marl. Distribution of Hypera and Phytonomus. From the personal collections of C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.; F. A. Sherriff, Melrose Highlands, Mass.; Frederick Blanchard, Tyngsboro, Mass.; C. T. Brues, Bussey Institu- tion, Harvard University; Charles Schaeffer, Brooklyn, N. Y.; R. P. Dow, New York, N. Y.; E. A. Bischoff, Irvington, N. J.; Henry Wenzel, Philadelphia, Pa.; W. S. Blatchley, Indianapo- lis, Ind.; J. D. Evans, Trenton, Ont.; A. B. Wolcott, Chicago, Iil.; Prof. H. F. Wickham, Jowa City, la.; R. L. Webster, Ames, Iowa; Warren Knaus, McPherson, Kan.; Franklin Sherman, Jr., Raleigh, N. C.; Norman Criddle, Aweme, Man.; Trevor 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 385 Kincaid, Seattle, Wash.; G. I. Reeves, Pullman, Wash.; E. C. Van Dyke, San Francisco, Cal.; F. E. Blaisdell, San Fran- cisco, Cal.; Henry C. Fall, Pasadena, Cal.; and C. N. Ainslie, Salt Lake City, Utah. Determined European material of Phytonomus murinus, P. variabilis and P. viciae, has been received from Dr. Edmund Reitter of Paskau; and Prof. Victor Ferrant of Luxemburg, and numerous specimens representing a number of European species from Baron von Rothkirch, Lubben, Germany. From the following institutions I have had material and records: U.S. N. Museum through Dr. L. O. Howard and Mr. E. A. Schwarz; Am. Mus. Nat. History, Mr. Frank Lutz; Department of Agriculture, Dominion of Canada, through Dr. Gordon Hewitt; Brooklyn Academy Arts and Sciences, Charles Schaeffer; American Entom. Society and Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, Dr. Henry Skinner; State Entomol- ogist’s office of New York, Dr. E. P. Felt; Cornell University, Dr. Alex. MacGillivray; Illinois University (Bolter collection) and Ill. St. Lab. Nat. History, Dr. S. A. Forbes; Field Colum- bian Museum, W. J. Gerhard; Colo. Agric. College, Prof. C. P. Gillette; Conn. Agr. Exp. Station, Prof. W. E. Britton; N. J. Agric. College, Dr. J. B. Smith; Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Mr. C. W. Johnson, and last but by no means the least I have had the advantage of studying the collections in the Museum of Comp. Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., and the kind and ever- ready aid of Mr. Samuel Henshaw, Curator, in searching the literature and examining specimens. To Dr. L. O. Howard I am indebted for the translation of a paper by Dr. Martelli that was published in March of this year. To Mr. C. T. Brues and Mr. F. W. Chapman, for aid in securing the photographs of many of the species here illustrated. To Prof. F. M. Webster, of the Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C., and his assistants, who have aided in the alfalfa weevil work in Utah. ; To my associates in Utah, and especially to Dr. E. D. Ball, Director of the Experiment Station, for having made possible the opportunity to study the life history, and to my assistant, Mr. V. A. Sadler, for his efficient aid in the field work on Phytonomus posticus. 386 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Finally, I am greatly indebted to Dr. W. M. Wheeler, of Bussey Institution, Harvard University, under whom much of the systematic work has been developed, for his sincere kind- ness, his encouragement and advice. HISTORY. In 1817 Germar in Germar & Zincker’s magazine published a short article calling attention to the fact that he had for a long time been studying the genus Curculio, and that he had found good characters in the large complex of species upon which to erect new genera. At that time he published the names of these proposed genera, each with one or more included species, promising later to give the descriptions. In 1821, in the same magazine, he published descriptions of several of the genera noted in 1817. Among these was the genus Hypera, which he divided into two groups, containing altogether 14 species. In the former paper he gives no char- acters whatsoever to distinguish the different groups, merely mentioning some of the work he had done and giving the list. The genus dates from this latter paper (1821). \5°~ In 1826 Curtis in his illustration of British Insects figured on plate 116, dated May 1, 1826, Hypera fasciculata, and stated in the appended description that the type of the genus Hypera was Curculio punctatus. He included in his list a number of other species which he had examined. HH. punctatus was one of the species included by Germar in the original description of the genus and hence will stand as the type. In the same year (1826) Schénherr published his work “Curculionidum dispositio methodica,”’ in which in pt. tv, p. 175, he erects the genus Phytonomus, dividing it into two groups, nearly identical with those of Hypera given by Germar. He makes the type of the genus and of his first group Hypera polygoni L. Hyp. punctata was included in his second group. He gave with each group a number of species which he consid- ered as belonging to that complex. He undoubtedly intended to make Hypera a complete synonym, but since the type of Hypera had already been fixed, both genera should stand. At later dates both Gyllenhal and Germar accepted the genus Phytonomus as including all the species under the two groups, upon what grounds it is impossible to state. Giebel cites the ‘species in the collection at ‘“‘Univ. Halle-Wittenberg”’ under 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 387 the name of Hypera. It is apparent that these include Germar’s material and would indicate that he had not changed the name in his own collection. Why later writers (Jekel, Lacordaire and especially Fowler) should attempt to fix other types for the genus Hypera I do not know, unless I have overlooked papers to which they had access. There is no clue to such literature in their articles. Capiomont in 1867-8 in his ‘Revision des Hyperides,” accepts this group as outlined by Lacordaire in the Genera des Coleopteres, tome vi, p. 395. Capiomont creates several new genera in the group and separates Phytonomus from Hypera, but not on the lines given by Curtis. The paper is, however, very valuable, as being the first thorough treatment of the group after Schonherr. Kirsch and Kraatz, each publishing in 1871, contribute nothing new to the separation of the groups included, neither does Seidlitz in his Fauna Transylvanica in 1891. Petri in 1901 in his admirable monograph of the tribe Hyperini closely followed Capiomont’s work. He also gives a very good list of the synonomy of the species. The larger European catalogues before 1901 usually treated the genus Hypera with Phytonomus as a synonym or a sub- genus. Weise in the Heyden, Reitter and Weise Catalog of 1906 has followed Petri except in the synonomy of the species, where he recognizes ‘‘aberrations’’ for most of those forms previously called varieties. This is certainly a step in the right direction, since in the species I have studied these so-called aberrations appear to be nothing more than forms due to one of several causes and likely to appear in any generation of the species. The term evidently should cover all such cases as. immature specimens, color changes due to temperature or food conditions, size forms, and specimens which have lost all or part of their pubescence, especially the scales. Most of these should never have been described, as is evident from the efforts: of both Capiomont and Petri to separate such forms from the: typical species as they conceived it. The literature of the group is of considerable size as may be’ judged from the bibliography of the species here treated. Without doubt references have been omitted that should have been given, but I trust that no serious omissions occur. The effect of this large number of references has been to make the 388 Annals Entomological Society of America _[Vol. IV, synonomy of the species very difficult. It is apparent that the name of Phytonomus meles is in doubt, but I do not care to change it without knowing more regarding the species trivialis Herbst and roeseli Gmelin, both of which were described previous to Fabricius’ description of meles. The species major Herbst which had been assigned here as a synonym is according to Schénherr a Cleonus. Schonherr in his monu- mental work on the Curculionids in 1834 and 1842 gives no further aid on this synonomy. Regarding the Stephens species the papers of Walton have been followed even where they differ from later authors since it is believed that they more nearly represent the true synonomy. Walton was in correspondence with Germar and Gyllenhal and with other continental European entomologists, and exchanged specimens with them. Where there was a further question, the papers of Capiomont and Petri have been followed if possible. I have not attempted to place the American forms in the subgenera given by Capiomont believing that these need so much revision as to names and species included that it is well to let them alone. A more thorough study of the life-history of the various Eurasian species will without doubt introduce more synonomy if the other species of that region are as variable as those introduced into America. The most constant characters are the scale structure, form and shape of thorax, shape and size of beak, and the genitalia. Petri has well pointed out the extreme differences in the stem of the male genitalia, the “‘forceps’’ of Petri. All the species described from America north of Mexico have been identified, and I feel compelled to make one of the Leconte species, Phy. setigerus, a synonym of trivittatus of Say, this latter not having been previously recognized since Say’s description. One new species, Phy. maritimus is described. Hypera ocellata, 1902: (Biol. Cent. Am. Coleop. v. 4, pt. 4, p. 3) was described from ‘‘Omilteme, Guerrero, 8,000 feet, Mexico (H. H. Smith).’’ From the description and figure, it apparently belongs near Phytonomus eximius. The term Phytonomint of Leconte must give way to Hyperini, the genus Hypera being erected prior to Phytonomus. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 389 CHARACTERS OF THE TRIBE HYPERINI. 1863: Lacordaire; Gen. des Coleopteres, tome vi, p. 395 (Hyperides). 1867: Capiomont: Revision de la Hyperides (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. pp. 417-560, pl. 11-12). 1868: Capiomont: Rev. de la Hyperides (con.) (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. pp. 74-284, pl. 1-4). 1871: Kirsch: Zur Kenntnis der deutschen Hyperiden (Berl. Entom. Zeits., pp. 173-191). 1901: Petri: Monogr. des Coleop.—Tribus Hyperini, pp. 210, figs. 58, pl. 3, also as: Bestim.—Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, pp. 1-42. In this group the body is more or less oval, the thorax never exceptionally long, the beak never extremely long and slender; thorax and elytra more or less covered with scales and with hairs that may be simple, emarginate or thickened. The head is small and round, with the beak or rostrum well developed, often with a carina or keel on the upper surface; antennae set in a groove on the side of the beak, the groove usually slopes downward toward the lower side of the eyes; antennae (Pl. XXIV, fig. 17), composed of twelve joints, a long scape, seven funicle joints, the first two of which are longer than any of the others, and a four-jointed club, the antennae rarely reach to the middle of the prothorax; eyes oval, round or elongate-oval, often narrowed below, rather large and close together in front; mouthparts at the apex of the beak as usual, labrum wanting, mandibles, (Pl. XXIV, fig. 3, 4, 15), often with fine punctures, broad, stout, more or less pincer-shaped, with teeth, maxilla (Pl. XXIV, fig. 1, 16) broad, with short, conical four-jointed palpi which are rigid and taper more or less to a point; /acinia provided with stout teeth and rather long hairs, apparently always with short spines on the inner surface; submentum nearly rectangular, emarginate; mentum short and broad, /abial palpi (Pl. XXIV, fig. 2) three-jointed, rigid, conical. Prothorax more or less rounded above as seen from the side, sides usually somewhat swollen, anterior and posterior margins rarely as wide as the middle; oval, transverse-oval or elongate; always with a short process below between the front coxae. Scutellum always minute. Elytra differing greatly in form, sometimes at least three times as long as the thorax, in other species less than twice as long, elongate; oval, broad or obovate; from the side usually rather flat at the base, often rising for a short distance, and then may be abruptly declivous or rounded to the apex; 10 striae and 11 interspaces including the sutural and side spaces. 390 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Venter as in other Curculionidae, front coxae almost con- tiguous, middle coxae separated by the more or less elevated process of the mesosternum and the shorter process of the metasternum; hind coxae usually rather widely separated, the intercoxal process of the third abdominal (first visible) seg- ment being broad, but in all species examined ends in a point which is sometimes concealed beneath the metasternum; side pieces of the mesosternum diagonally divided; side pieces of the metasternum dilated in front usually rather narrowly, the outer angle causing a sinuousity in the edge of the elytron; ventral abdominal segments unequal, first and second con- cealed as usual, the fifth and sixth shortest, usually the seventh or fourth next, the third longest, or in some the seventh the longest; sutures straight or nearly so. Last dorsal abdominal segment in the male with an extra piece, which appears as another segment and is (in the species examined) covered with peculiar many branched hairs or scales, pygidium not exposed. Legs clothed with hairs or scales, usually the femora and coxae with scales only, sometimes these only in front; the apex of each of the tibia possesses a ring or crown of spines of varying length; articular surface of the hind tibiae distinctly terminal, sometimes with a projection on the inner side; tarsi dilated, third joint strongly bilobed, elongate, with a setose pad beneath; claws long, simple, free. The description of the stages relate only to the following species: Hypera punctata, Phytonomus posticus, P. nigrirosiris, P. meles, and P. comptus. The characters seem however, to be common to the species named, where the stages are known. Egg: (not known in comptus): more or less oval, white, yellow or some shade of yellow, reticulated with hexagonal depressions. Larva: In the younger stages (not known in comptus) slender, widest in the middle, head dark, dorsal surface set with dark or black tubercles upon which are inserted hairs, which are usually clavate at the tips, except on the anal seg- ments where they are longer and simple; beneath the thorax the surface is projected into lobes, sometimes each lobe of each of the three pairs is bilobed and set with bristles; abdominal segments beneath with smaller lobes; sides with two swollen areas on each segment, the one on which the spiracles are placed 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 391 has one or more tubercles set with hairs, anal segment of three lobes, two side and one dorsal; a dorsal abdominal median paler line is present, this may extend onto the thorax. Later stages: Head dark, glabrous with very fine transverse lines, antennae minute, two-jointed, situated near the anterior border; labrum emarginate, with a row of hairs near the edge;. mandibles stout, toothed, usually dark; two small ocelli on each side of the head with a long hair between them; palpi two-jointed, a long hair or spine below the first joint. Seg- ments of the body dorsally of two distinct parts, (Pl. XXIV, figs. 23-32), the smaller anterior part always with one pair of tubercles, a tubercle each side of the dorsal line; the posterior part larger, broader and extending almost to the spiracles, containing on the dorsum, at least, one row of tubercles, some of the thoracic and last abdominal segments may have more rows; spiracles black, nine in number situated a little above the middle and well forward on the side of the segments which possess them, below them one or two tubercles, the spiracles and these tubercles are on the first set of swellings or enlarge- ments; the enlargement below the first is usually small, the third is on the venter and contains the leg-like tubercles. Cocoon: All the species noted above spin reticulate cocoons, usually oval or globular, varying considerably in the size and shape of the openings. Pupa: Rather short and wide, all the appendages very evi- dent, wing-pads rather long, thorax broad, the abdominal seg- ments with transverse rows of setae; the thorax with hairs, those on the prothorax regularly twenty in number, a row of five pairs curving around the anterior margin on each side, the fifth of which is sometimes set far back; and a curved row of five pairs beginning near the center and passing backward to the posterior outer angle. The arrangement of these hairs appears to be constant in each species examined (pupa of meles not seen). Life-history: Eggs laid, except with Hyp. punctata, in the spring on the food plants or inserted into some part of the plant, such as leaf, leaf-sheath, petiole, stem, flower-heads or buds. The habit of comptus is not known, but from the time the larvae appear it is probable the eggs are laid in the spring, the same holds for P. eximius. 392 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Larvae upon hatching, generally remain concealed for some ’ time feeding in a protected place, usually not feeding in the open except at night or when very numerous, when they pass out onto the leaves even in broad daylight. Some feed in flower-heads (meles and nigrirostris, prob. also eximius and comptus); others in the leaf-buds (posticus), but all when numerous will defoliate their food plant. The larva when full grown spins a cocoon that may be placed among the flowerets (nigrirostris), on the upper surface of the leaves (comptus); on or near the ground, in leaves or other debris (posticus) or in the ground (H. punctata). Even in the same species there is some diversity of habit. In those species where the cocoon spinning has been watched the process is as follows (Folsom, Titus for Hyp. punctata, Titus, Ainslie, Sadler for P. posticus, Titus for P. nigrirostris). In Hypera punctata the larva buries itself in a small oval cell in the ground, slightly under the surface; this cell it smooths with its head and by turning around and around with its body in’ the characteristic curved position; the other species do not form cocoons in the ground. The spinning in the species observed is done with the mouth. The first hairs are placed as a round network on the surface where the larva is lying, then lying on its back it reaches with the head to one side slowly spinning the thread upward. The thread hardens and is thus sometimes carried over to the other side making a framework upon which to attach other threads. More often the threads are laid down along the first network and gradually built up on each side, the larva often puts its mouth or parts of its mouth through the coarser network and fastens a thread outside. The meshes are gradually reduced, in size by placing other threads in both directions inside the first rows, this is especially true with comptus and punctata. Every few seconds, or at least every half minute the larva reaches back to the anus and apparently from some gland secures a fresh supply of silk, the operation of securing this silk can be better described as sucking than “‘nibbling”’ though it partakes of the character of both. It may be that this is a secretion from the malphigian glands as found by Silvestri to occur in Lebia. Pupation occurs from one to three days after the cocoon is completed. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 393 When the adult beetle appears it rests in the cocoon until the wing-covers are somewhat hardened and then eats its way out. From the descriptions given apparently some species devour the entire cocoon, this has been noticed but rarely with posticus and has not been reported for punctata. The beetles usually feed by night and rest concealed in the daytime beneath rubbish or leaves or even in cracks in the ground. The smaller specimens often lie in the leaves or opening leaf-buds. The beetles cause considerable injury by their feeding habits at this time, gnawing the parenchyma from the stems and feeding upon the leaves. The introduced European species, and probably all the species, hibernate as adults. The group has in common with some other Curculionidae the habit of distributing themselves by flying at some stated period, in Phytonomus it appears at least in three species (nigrirostris, posticus, meles) to be in the spring. P. posticus has two flights, the second occurring in the summer, Hypera punctata has at least late summer or fall flight. Food-plants: Kleine has published (1910) the food plants of the European species of Phytonomus so far as known. They include plants in many different groups, but especially among the legumes (Fabaceae) and buckwheat (Polygonaceae) families. The native American species whose food-plants are known are comptus on Polygonum, eximus and quadricollis on Rumex; trivittatus (setigerus Lec.) on Lathyrus, and maritimus on » Vicia The introduced species. are primarily leguminous feeders, attacking especially clovers and alfalfa; probably they will feed upon any species of Trifolium, Medicago or Melilotus. They will also attack the Astragalus group and the vetches. Hyp. punctata will live upon beans in both larval and adult stages. Other food- plants reported for them, such as golden-rod, potatoes, timothy, wheat and cabbage, are doubtless more or less accidental. Along the Atlantic Coast the introduced species are but occasionally noticed as injurious to the crops, but as they move westward across the Alleghany Mountains, their injuries increase. It is probable that when Hypera punctata from the East and Phytonomus posticus from the West meet on the western plains, we will hear much more regarding their injurious feeding habits. It is certain that the alfalfa weevil (P. posticus) 394 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, is a most serious pest in the parts of Utah where it is at present common and doubtless will be so in any of the western alfalfa regions. Railroads lead in all directions and it. is only a matter of time until this species has reached the other alfalfa growing localities. (Map 11.) In the dry regions. where there is little rainfall during the hot summers and very little humidity in the atmosphere, it is very doubtful if the fungus diseases will work. In the coast regions the fungus is undoubtedly the one enemy that keeps the species there present in check. Cultural methods, the introduction of better methods of farming, rotation of crops, use of gathering machines, careful stamping out of incipient colonies and the hope of parasites from Europe are all factors leading toward the control of the species of this group in the more arid climates. Plates XXXIII and XXXIV illustrate something of the problem from the standpoint of the western farmer and show what is being done to aid in cultural lines. Plate XX XIII is adapted from Bul. 110 of the Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., which gives an account of the work accomplished against P. posticus up to July 1, 1910. GENERA HYPERA AND PHYTONOMUS. While these two genera are closely related, there are unmis- takable characters that readily separate them. Hypera has the beak short, blunt and thick; scarcely one-half longer than the remainder of the head; mandibles never emarginate;. elytra much wider than the thorax; usually wider or as wide as the distance from base to point where the elytra curve down- ward; humeri very prominent, convex; alternate interspaces beginning with the sutural one strongly elevated and wider than the others; intercoxal process broad, stem of male genitalia (Pl. XXIV, fig. 14), fully as wide as long. Type: Hypera punctata Fab. In Phytonomus the body is never stout, broad and thick, beak never short and blunt; intercoxal process somewhat narrowed at tip; mandibles always more or less emarginate; elytra as wide or a little wider than the thorax; stem of male genitalia (Pl. XXIV, figs. 5-13), much longer than wide, generally two or three times longer. Type: Phytonomus arator L. (polygoni L.) 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 395 FHypera lays eggs in the fall, some larvae hatch then, others the next spring. Cocoon may be formed in the ground, and the meshes are very. much closer than in any Phytonomus cocoon known. Phytonomus lays eggs in the spring (so far as known); the cocoon apparently never formed beneath the surface of the earth. TABLE OF SPECIES. Beak stout, never longer than prothorax. Large robust species, beak shorter than prothorax; hairs of prothorax and elytra long and slender; scales striate, narrowed toward tip, emarginate without processes, concave, rounded at base....... Hypera punctata Elongate, rather stout, sides of elytra almost parallel, thorax longer than broad, beak scarcely as long as prothorax; setae on prothorax thick, numerous, scales sparse, parallel-sided, deeply emarginate. Phytonomus diversipunctatus Beak more slender, always longer than prothorax. Front between the eyes narrower than eye at widest part.................. 1 Front between the eyes always distinctly wider than eye at widest part, US tleillliyme SLUtatlivanC ORGANIC! Metcncsc-cy Mertus, oleate aclen meade ed dedegartawteceNe rag 8 NCHeESIMOL ab all Glefivor Emarsinaten. waco. «tick even ence ears 2 NIGHIESINGOTerOrMeSSy Cticr UN ALe s,s. cacc.ctere sys nictare aeeieiden amciate anh acter 4 SAIS CIAIES 5 seca Oe weer ee a ae Me MEER eet one Beit dts Scan mtcibcnte 5 2. Body not elongate, flattened, sides of elytra never parallel; scales trun- cate, concave, widest at middle, striate........ Phytonomus eximius Body elongate, flattened, sides of elytra parallel...................... 3 3. Thorax deeply punctured, polished; scales concave, truncate, widened at tip, finely striate; setae thickened at tip, more numerous on posterior DAtra OMMelighT ater satatelt rs ato clay \eid.c, c.g vtekes e afetwctartent Phytonomus quadricollis Thorax not polished, punctures shallow, indistinct, glabrous, more or less confluent; scales parallel-sided or narrowed at tip, thick, indistinctly Shiianemmon Hair nOnmOOrsitml.. ...aaen esi oe een Phytonomus comptus 4. Scales finely striate, deeply emarginate, sides curved; hairs thick at base and near tip abruptly narrowed to a point; prothorax as wide as long; punctures of elytral striae with minute setae.Phytonomus trivittatus Scales deeply emarginate; hairs on prothorax thick, sides parallel, tip notched; prothorax longer than wide, setae in elytral striae short, Wionyelle Senate, yiilaul Se mee aces ect ee eee eaekome ecto Ee Phytonomus maritimus Scales deeply emarginate, processes and elytral scales as long as body of scale; beak scarcely longer than prothorax, species small, stout. Phytonomus pubicollis De mocalesielehtmean lyn Or! Cutie tO) DASE s)..s. 1 c\cic:+ sneleratete/a oye oslo elena she teymatont 6 moalestnot nearly: GLEBE SCOMDASE S).01-.-14s.. oisld neler arsed mianrstie natchmteeraer 7 6. Prothorax much wider than long, sides prominently rounded. : Phytonomus meles Prothorax not wider than long, species rather narrow, elongate; hairs on donsumelone atiney pombedse ... a).cu weneee oe - Phytonomus nigrirostris Prothorax almost as wide as long; hairs on dorsum, especially on posterior part of elytra, semi-decumbent, long and pointed. .Phytonomus posticus ~ 8. Scales of elytra cleft to or almost to base; prothorax with numerous emarginate hairs mixed with sparse cleft scales, front distinctly con- cave, beak much longer than prothorax........ Phytonomus seriatus Scales of thorax and elytra all deeply cleft, some scales on head are cleft; prothorax with sparse, thickened, blunt hairs, beak scarcely longer NARS PLOLMOT ae wp bare) tals ss cseteuetersit oe cyetetaOaranoie re care as Phytonomus castor bf 396 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Hypera ocellata—described 1902: Biol. Cent. Amer. Coleop- tera, v. 4, pt. 4, p. 83, would appear from the figure and descrip- tion to be related to Phy. eximius, except that the beak is described as short and widened at the tip. The species has eleven black elytral spots and ochreous and gray scales. The two specimens were collected at “‘Omilterre, Guerrero, 8,000 feet (H. H. Smith) Mex.” The following names are undoubtedly nomina nuda but if opportunity offers someone should examine the specimens provided they are still in existence and correctly determine them. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. Coll. Dejean. p. 286. Phy- tonomus confusus—Amer. boreal. 1869: Giebel: Col. Univ. Halle Wittenberg, p. 44, No. 28, “Typera nudirostris Germar in litt., Nord Amer.’”’ No. 31 an unknown species from ‘‘ Nord Amer.” Hypera punctata Fabricius. 1762: Geoffroy: Ins. 1: 279. ‘‘Curculio no. 5.’’ 1779: Schaeffer: Icones Insectorum, tab. 25, fig. 6. Curculio punctatus: 1775: Fabricius: Systema Entom., p. 150, no. 119. 1781: Fabricius: Species Insectorum, 1: 190, no. 166. 1781: Laichart: Verz. u. Besch. d. Tyrol Ins. Kafer, 1 (pt 1): 16, no. 221 1787: Fabricius: Mantissa Ins., 1: 117, no. 221. 1787: Schneider: Neus Mag. Entom. 3(pt 2): 116, no. 190. 1788: Zschachii: Pars Entom. p. 21, no. 458. 1789: Villers: Entom. Fauna Suec., 1:218, no. 169; 4: 279, no. 169. 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. xiii, p. 1786, no. 378. 1790: Olivier: Hist. Nat. Ins., 5: 541, no. 315. 1790: Rossi: Fauna Etrusca, 1: 131, no. 335. 1792: Fabricius: Entom. Syst. emend. 1(pt 2): 472, no. 329. 1792: Paykull: Monog. Cure. Suec., p. 111, no. evii. 1795: Fabricius: Nomen. Entom., p. U. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6:505, no. 540. 1795: Panzer: Entom. Germanica, p. 329, no. 174. 1795: Rossi: Fauna Etrusca, (Hellwig ed.) 1: 139, no. 335. 1795: Weber: Nomen. Entom. sec. E. S. Fab. p. 57. 1796: Fabricius: Index Alphabeticus, E. S. emend., p. 54. 1797: Bergstrasser: Epit. Entom. Fab. Nomen. p. 68, 71. 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecica, 3: 306, no. cxxix. 1801: Fabricius: Sys. Eleutherat., 1:529, no. 133. 1805: Illiger: Magaz. f. Insektenkunde, 4: 133. 1828: Boitard: Man. d’Entom., 1: 409. 1853: Moretti: in Gene, ed. 2. Rhynchenus punctatus: 1802: Fabricius: Ind. Gen. et sp. Sys. Eleuth., p. 69, no. 54. 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 1 (pt 3): 108, no. 38. 1820: Billberg, Enum. Ins., p. 42. » 1827: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 1(pt 4, app. 3): 572, no. 38. Brachyrhinus punctatus: 1804: Latreille: Hist. Nat. Gen. et parc. 11: 171, no. 59. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 397 Hypera punctata: 1817: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag. 2: 340. 1821: 1821: 1826: 1826: 1829: 1829: 1831: 1848: 1849: 1861: 1863: 1869: 1869: 1869: 1871: 1871: 1877: 1880: 1880: 1883: 1884: 1888: 1889: 1890: 1891: 1891: 1891: 1893: 1894: 1903: 1908: 1909: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag., 4: 344, no. 22. Dejean: Cat. coll. Coleop., p. 89. Curtis: Brit. Entom. 2: no. 116, 1 (fixes type of genus). Sturm: Cat. Ins. Sammlung, 1: 157. Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Ins., p. 50, no. 3. Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 167, no. 1707. Stephens: Entom., 4: 93. Walton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) 1: 297. Walton: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 10: 259. Waterhouse: Cat. Brit. Coleop., p. 71, no. 1. Lacordaire: Hist. Nat. Ins. Coleop., 6: 401. Giebel: Verz. z. Mus. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg p. 48, no. 1. Targione-Tozzetti: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 1: 80-81. Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutsch., p. 52. Kirsch: Berl. Ent. Zeit. 15: 184. Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Europe, ed. 2, p. 148. Koppen: Die Schadlichen Ins. Russlands, p. 209. Rupertsberger: Biol. die Kafer Europa, p. 200. Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur. et. Cau., ed. 4, p. 159. Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 170-1. : Rass. Biol. Rinc. Europei, p. 97. Bedel: Col. Bassin de la Seine, p. 255. Fauvel: Rev. Ent., 8: 157, no. 458. : Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 22: 275. Fowler: Brit. Coleop., 5: 229, 231. Schneider: Coleop. & Lepidop. Bergen, p. 112, no. 34. Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eu. Cau. et Arm. Ross., p. 303- Bertolini: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital. 25: 244, no. 6. v. d. Hoop: Tijd. v. Entom., 37: 172. : Eckstein: Deutsch Fisch. Zeit. Stettin., p. Everts: Coleop. Neerlandijca, p. 600. Torka: Entom. Blatter, 4: 77. Cecconi: Rev. Col. Ital., 7: 46. Phytonomus punctatus: 1826: 1829: 1830: 1833: 1833: 1834: 1837: 1839: 1842: 1843: 1843: 1844: 1847: 1849: 1849: 1849: 1851: 1853: 1853: Schonherr: Cure. Dispos. meth., pt. 4, p. 175. Gebler: in Lededour Reise, p. 168. Gebler: Bemerk uber d. Ins. Sib. vorz. Altai, p. 168. Carmagnola: in Villa: Cat. Coleop. dupl. p. 24. Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 264. Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curc. 2 (pt 2): 401. Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean. ed. 3, p. 287. Falderman: Neue Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., 6: 189. Schonherr: Gen. et sp. curc., 6 (pt 2): 346. Sturm: Cat. Kafer Sammlung, p. 201. Schmidt: Stett. Entom. Zeit., 4: 23. (Dohrn:) Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 52. Hochhuth: Enum. Russelkafer, Kaukasus u. Transk., p. 491, no. 98- Gaubil: Cat. Syn. Coleop. Eu. et Alg., p. 156, no. 3. Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, pp. 433-4. (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eu., p. 61. Perris: Mem. Ac. Se. Lyon, n. s. 1:373. Murray: Cat. Col. Scotland. Zebe: Syn. der bisher Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop. p. 75. 1855: Jac. du Val.: Gen. Coleop. d’ Europe, p. 109. 1857: 1858: 1858: 1858: Lentz: Neue Verz. der Preuss. Kafer, p. 124. Dohrn: Cat. Col. Eur., p. 78. Mathieu: Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., 2: 197, no. 188. Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, ed. 2, p. 727. 398 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1862: Schaum: Cat. Col. Europa, ed. 2, p. 89. 1864: Jekel: Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. (4) 4: 562, 563. 1865: Disconzi: Entom. Vicentia, p.79, 81, no. 36. 1865: Thomson: Skand. Coleop., 7: 161. 1866: de Marseul: Cat. Coleop. Eur. et. conf., p. 100, no. 2. 1867: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 121-3, pl. 11, fig. 12; 12, f. 1. 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 421. (sep. p. 201). 1868: Villa: Rel. sugli Ins. d. Trifogli. 1868: Villa: La Lombardia, 13 giugno. 1874: Siebke: Enumeratio Ins. Norvegicum, fasc. 1, p. 264-5. 1877: Heyden: Jahrb. Nassau. Vereins, 29: 311. 1878: Schneider & Leder: Beit. kennt. Kauk. Kaferfauna, p. 287. 1879: Targione-Tozzetti: Ann. Agr. Minis. Agr. & Com. p. 30. 1881: Heyden: Cat. Col. Sibiria, p. 165. 1881: Riley: Amer. Naturalist, 15: 750-1. 1881: Lintner: Husbandman (Elmira, N. Y.), 14 Sep., p. 3, 6, 7. 1881: Lintner: Cultivator and Coun. Gent., 46: 631, 29 Sep. 1881: Lintner: Cultivator and Coun. Gent., 46: 647, 6 Oct. 1881: Riley: Amer. Naturalist, 15: 912-4. 1882: Leconte: Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 9: proc. p. xxxvi. 1882: Riley: Amer. Naturalist, 16: 248-9. 1882: Riley: 12th Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 17. 1882: Lintner: 41st Rep. N. Y. St. Agr. Soc., pp. 40-50. 1882: Lintner: Rural New Yorker, 41: 616, 9 Sep. 1882: Riley: Report of the Entomologist, p. 111-9, pl. 10, fig. 1. 1883: Riley: in Rep. U. S. Dept. Agr. f. 1881-2, pp. 171-9, pl. 10, f. 1. 1883: Lintner: First Rep. St. Entom. N. Y., pp. 247-53, fig. 1883: Lintner: Rural New Yorker, 42:310, 19 May. 1883: Mann: Psyche, 4: (Bibliog. rec. 3309, 3325, 3326). p. 96. 1884: Lintner: Country Gentleman, 49: 457, 29 May. 1884: Lintner: Ont. Co. Times (N. Y.) 29 May, 4 June. 1884: Devereaux, Clyde Times (N. Y.) 29 May. 1884: Lintner: Tr. N. Y. St. Ag. Soc. f. 1877, v. 33:221-34, fig. 1884: Kilman; Canad. Entomologist, 16: pp. 144-5. 1884: Lintner: Canad. Entom., 16: 182. 1884: Moffat: Canad. Entom., 16: 215. 1884: Sanders: Can. Entom., 16:209-10. 1885: Henshaw: List Col. of Amer. N. of Mex., p. 187, no. 8227. 1885: Lintner: 2nd Rep. St. Entom. N. Y., pp. 3, 14-15. 1885: Kilman: 15th Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 32. 1885: Sanders: 15th Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 152. 1886: Arthur: Botanical Gazette, 11: 14-17, pl. 2 (Entomophthora). 1886: Arthur: 4th Ann. Rep. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., f. 1885, p. 241-65, fig. 10. 1886: Riley: Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1: 20. 1888: Forbes: Psyche, 5: 10, 45-6. 1888: Lintner: 4th Rep. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 178. 1888: Thaxter: Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 4: 172-175, pl. 17, figs. 200-21. 1889: Kilman: Canad. Entom., 21: 136. 1889: Henshaw: Bibliog. Ec. Entom. pt. i11. 1889: Hamilton: Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 16: 155, no. 454. 1889: Lintner: 5th Rep. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 272, fig. 40. 1889: Lintner: 4th Rep. N. Y. St. Museum, pp. 151, 244. 1889: Smith: 10th Rep. N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 241, 313. 1890: Liebeck: Entom. News, 1: 12. 1890: Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 3: 70-71. 1890: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 250. 1890: Lintner: 6th Rep. St., Entom. N. Y., p. 182. 1891: Smith: Ins. Life, 3: 231-2. 1891: Lintner: 7th Rep. St. Entom. N. Y. p. 315, fig. 33. 1891: Smith: Ins. Life, 4: 270. 1891: Hamilton: Ins. Life, 4: 270. 1911] 1891: 1891: 1891: 1892: 1892: 1892: 1892: 1892: 1893: 1893: 1893: 1893: 1893: 1893: 1893: 1893: 1893: 1894: 1894: 1894: 1894: 1894: 1894: 1894: 1894: 1895: 1895: 1895: 1895: 1896: 1896: 1896: 1896: 1897: 1897: 1897: 1898: 1898: 1898: 1898: 1898: 1898: 1898: 1898: 1899: 1899: 1899: 1899: 1899: 1900: 1900: 1900: 1900: 1901: 1901: 1901: 1901: 1901: 1901: 1901: 1902: Hypera and Phytonomus in America 399 Osborn: Orange Judd Farmer, 10 Oct., p. 229. Seidlitz: Fauna Transsylv., p. 674. Weed: Ins. & Insecticides, pp. 235-7, fig. 126 Webster, F. M.; Ohio Farmer, 4 June, p. 422 Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 4: 401. Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 5: 54. Smith: Ins. Life, 5: 98 Webster: Ins. Life, 5: 99. Butler: Indiana Farmer, 14 Jan., figures. Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 5: 279. Lintner: Country Gentleman, 58: 386, 18 May. Webster, F. M.: Ins. Life, 6: 186. Lintner: 8th Rep. St. Entom. N. Y., p. 300. Lintner: 9th Rep. St. Entom., N. Y., p. 440. Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 6:328. Webster: Canad. Entom. 25: 255. Meinert: Fort. z. Mus. Bille Larver Coleop., p. 279, no. 508. Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 6: 328. Webster, F. M.: Ohio Farmer, 10 May, p. 377, figs., 17 May, p. 39. Wheeler: Bul. 116, Mich. Agr. Exp. Sta., pr 47-52, fig. 1-3. Hopkins: Ins. Life, 7: 145. : Michigan Farmer, 8 Sep. Webster, F. M.: Ins. Life, 7: 203. Howard: Insect Life, 7: 273. Buckhout: Rpt. Pa. Agr. Exp. Sta. f. 1893, p. 92. Lintner: 10th Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., pp. 448, 511. Schwarz: Bul. 6, Div. Ornith. & Mam., U. S. Dept. Agric., p. 62. Henshaw: Bibliog. Am. Ec. Ent., pt 4, auth. A—K inc. Webster: Ohio Farmer, 23 May, p. 417; 30 May, p. 487, fig.; 13 Je, p. 477 Henshaw: Bibliog. Am. Ec. Ent., pt 5, auth. L-Z ine. Webster: Bul. 68, Ohio Ag. Exp. Sta., pp. 27-31, fig. Kellicott: Journ. Columbus (O.) ents Soc. pp. 48-49. Smith: Economic Entomology, pp. 229-30, figs. 234, 235. Johnson: Bul. 9, n. s. Div. Ent. U. 5. Dept. Agr., pp. 80-82. Packard: Psyche, 8: 125. Webster: Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 5:202. Banks: Bibliog. Am. Ec. Ent., pt 6, 1888-1896 inc. Beutenmuller: Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 6:40. Webster: Ohio Farmer, 19 May, p. 403. Felt: Country Gentleman, 26 May, 63: 406. Howard: Yearbook f. 1897, U. S. Dept. Agr. p. 529. Johnson: Bul. 57, Md. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 116. Johnson: Bul. 17, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 92-94. Felt: Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., pp. 246, 257, 329, 336, 337, 374, 378. Hunter: Ann. Rpt. Neb. St. Bd. Agr. p. 24. Kilman: 20th Ann. Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., pp. 90-91. Sanderson: National Rural, 2 Noy. Lugger: 5th Rpt. St. Ent. Minn., p. 189-90, figs. 198, 199. Lugger: Bul. 66, Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 85. Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 343, figs. 154, 155. Chittenden: Bul. 22, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 57. Johnson: Bul. 26, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 96. Fletcher: Bul. 26, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr. p. 96. Evans: 31st Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 34. Fletcher: 31st Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 62. Fletcher: Rpt. Ent. & Bot. Dom. Canada, p. Banks: Bibliog. Ec. Ent., pt 7, 1897-1899 inc. Sanderson: 28th Rpt Del. Agr. Exp. Sta. p. — Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, pp. 120, 202, pl. 3, fig. 1D. Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop. Hft 44, Hyperini, pp. 19, 39. Felt: 17th Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 845, 400 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1902: Osborn, Bul. 37, Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 115, 116. 1902: Sanderson: Ins. Inj. Staple =o pp. 177-79, fig. 98. 1902: Ulke: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 25: 33, 55 (Dist. Col. list). 1902: Webster: 32nd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 64. 1902: Dury: Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., 20: 107, 182 (sep. p. 1) 1902: : Nuove Relaz. Staz. Ent. Agrar. Firenze. 1903: Chittenden: Yearbook f. 1902, U. S. Dept. Agr. p. 728. 1903: Balkwill: 33rd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 44. 1903: Bethune: 33rd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 44, 98. 1903: Fletcher: 33rd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 44, 98. 1903: Felt: 18th Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 123. 1903: Sempers: Inj. Insects (W. A. Burpee Co.) 17th ed., p. 178, fig. 155. 1903: Tower: Zool. Jahrbuch, 7 (pt 3): 520. 1904: Titus and Pratt: Bul. 47, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 67. 1904: Felt: 19th Rpt. St., Ent. N. Y., p. 184. 1905: Banks: Bibliog. Am. Ec. Ent., pt. 8, 1900-1904, inc. 1905: Currie: Bul. 53, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 32. 1906: Fletcher: 386th Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 84. 1906: Folsom: Entomology, ed. 1, pp. 58, 381. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., ed. 2, p. 655. 1907: Close: 16-18th Rpts Del. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 106. 1907: Pierce: Ann. Rpt. Neb. St. Bd. Agr., p. 258. 1907: Webster: Bul. 69, Bur. Ent. U.S. Dept. Agr., pp. 55, 89. 1908: Pierce: Bul. 79, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 41. 1908: Houghton: Journ. Ec. Ent., 1: 297, 298, 299. 1908: Fletcher: 38th Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 127. 1908: Sanderson: Ins. Inj. Staple Crops, ed. —, pp. 177-9, fig. 98. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. 1909: Folsom: Bul. 134, Ill. Agr. Exp. Sta., pp. 155-164, figs. 13-16. 1909: Bur. Ent.: Yearbook f. 1908, U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 569. 1910: Webster, R. L.: Journ. Ec. Ent., 3: 502. 1910: Pettit: Bul. 258, Mich. Agr. Exp. Sta., pp. 44-46, figs. 11, 12. 1910: Titus: Bul. 110, Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 19. 1910: Titus: Journ. Ec. Ent., 3: 460. 1910: Smith: Cat. Ins. N. Jersey, p. 381, fig. 157. 1911: Webster, F. M., in Westgate and Hillman, Farmer’s Bull. 455, p. 39, fig. 22 Curculio austriacus: 1781: Schrank: Enumer. Insect. Austriae, p. 123, no. 334. 1784: Herbst: Fues. Archiv., 5: 82, no. 70. 1789: Villers: Entom. Suec. Fauna., 1: 214, no. 177; 4: 281, no. 177. 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii, p. 1778, no. 324. 1790: Olivier: Hist. Nat. Ins. 5: 571, no. 56. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 243, no. 207, T. 77, fig. 11. 1795: Panzer: Fauna Ins., civ. no. 8. 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecia Insecta, 3: 306, no. cxxix. 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 302, no. 184. Brachyrhinus austriacus: 1804: Latreille: Hist. Nat. Gen. et parc., 11: 179, no. “89. Rhynchenus austriacus: 1813: Panzer: Ind. Fauna Germ., p. 200, no. 21. 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suecica, 1 (pt 3): 108, no. 38. 1819: Samouelle: Entom. Useful Comp., p. 369. 1819: Samouelle: Nomen. Brit. Ent. Alphab. Arrang., 1: 36. 1820: Billberg: Enum. Insect., p. 42. Hypera punctata var. austriaca: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phytonomus punctatus v yar. austriacus: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri. Bestim._Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 401 Curculio pictus: 1785: Fourcroy: Entom. Paris., 1: 117, no. 5. 1789: Villers: Entom., Fauna Suec., 1: 216, no. 187; 4: 282, no. 187. Hypera punctata var. picta. 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Curculio linzensis: 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii, p. 1799, no. 477. Hypera punctata var. linzensis: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phytonomus punctata var. linzensis: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.—Tab. Coleop., Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39. Curculio medius: 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 302, no. 185. Phytonomus proximus: 1833: Carmagnola: in Villa Cat. Col. Eur. dupl., p. 24. 1843: Sturm: Cat. Coleop. Sammlung, p. 201. Hypera punctata var. proxima: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phytonomus rufus: 1834: Boheman in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 2 (pt 2): 402. 1842: Boheman in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curc. 6 (pt 2): 1844: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eur., p. 52. 1849: (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 61. 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 79. Hypera punctata var. rufa: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 2, p. 148. 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Coleop. Eur., ed. 4, p. 159. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 303. Phytonomus punctatus var. rufus: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.—Tab. Coleop. Hit. 44, Hyperini, p. 39. Phytonomus punctatus var. hostilis: 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. Coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 287 (credited—-Ziegler). 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.—Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39 (hortilis). Hypera punctata var. hostilis: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phytonomus opimus: 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of North America, p. 124, 415. 1884: Reinecke: Buffalo Freie Press, 12 Aug. 1884: Reinecke: Bul. Br’klyn. Ent. Soc., 7: 76. 1882: Leconte: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 9: proc. p. xxxvi. Hypera opimus: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Am., p. 45, no. 8881. Phytonomus fallaciosus: 1896: Desbrochers: Frelon, 5: 67. 402 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Original Description: Fabricius, 1775, p. 150, as Curculio punctatus. “punctatus. 119. C. brevirostris, fuscus, elytris punctis, holoseri- ceis elevatis; marginecue flavo. “Habitat in Suecia. “Major, ovata, Rostrum brevissimum. Thorax gibbus, glaber. Elytra striato punctata, et praeterea punctis elevatis, holosericeis atris adspersa.” Adult: (Plate XXV). Length 5 to 10 mm. Width 3 to 5.7 mm. Stout, black or brownish black. Clothed with blackish brown pale brown, yellow-brown or gray scales which are short broad and emar- ginate at the tips, and with short erect bristles, edge of elytra yellow brown or at least paler than remainder of scales. Head clothed with short metallic yellowish scales; front not as wide as breadth of eye, densely clothed with dark yellow hairs or scales which extend over two-thirds of the beak. eyes elongate oval, narrowed beneath, rather prominent; beak scarcely two-thirds the length of the prothorax, and one-half thicker at tip than width of front, beneath on the sides and near the tip polished and densely punctate; an elongate impression on dorsal surface above the antennal groove; antennal groove black, deep, punctured; antenne reddish-black, scape reaching to middle of eyes, not as long as funicle, not greatly enlarged at tip; first joint of funicle distinctly longer than second, enlarged at the apex so that it is about one-half as thick as long, second joint equal to three and four united, joints three to seven regularly shorter and broader, seven as wide as long, club elongate-oval, pointed at tip, antennze with many fine hairs, those on club very fine and dense. Mandibles polished, dull red, not emarginate at tip, maxille and all the palpi pale brownish-red. Prothorax broader than long, broader in female than in male, in the female broadly widened in front of the middle, in the male converging more behind than in female; sides broadly impressed, only slightly swollen; dorsum densely rather coarsely punctured, densely clothed with scales and with many slender pointed hairs; usually with a narrow pale median dorsal line bordered by wide dark, almost black in some, bands of scales which reach to the sides; sides and beneath with dark yellow scales, generally with a dark spot on sides behind and an indis- tinct dark line running from this spot toward the front. Scutellum extremely small, narrowly triangular, clothed with pale scales. Elytra very broad, at tip broadly rounded, sides especially in the male nearly parallel, humeri prominent and clothed with darker scales. Suture and alternate interspaces more strongly elevated than others, deeply striately punctured, striae without setae; each interspace with a single row of black setae pointing backward and partially decumbent, more erect behind; tip of elytra and often the sides with some short white hairs. The coloration of the scales varies from solid gray to black, through various shades of brown yellows. Some specimens are tes- selated with brownish-yellow and black, the tesselation usually on the more elevated interspaces. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 403 In the male the outer interspaces have paler scales even in the darkest specimens, in the female this pale coloration is sometimes, but rarely, entirely absent. Venter with lighter colored scales and many light hairs; front coxee slightly separated, mesosternal process between middle coxa broad perpendicular, triangular at tip; imtercoxal process of first abdominal segment very broad, coxee separated by more than their width. First segment in male impressed, emarginate posteriorly. Stem of male genitalia (Pl. XXIV, fig. 14), nearly or quite as broad as long. Legs short, stout, especially the femora; black, tarsi often fer- ruginous, claws long curved, red and darker at tips; front tibize and hind femora distinctly curved, front tibia more so in male; legs usually clothed with lighter scales and hairs than the body, femora scaled, tibize and tarsi sparsely haired; middle tibiz with a distinct apical hook. Egg: elongate oval, 1.1 mm. to 1.2 mm. long, 0.5 to 0.6 mm. broad, very regularly hexagonally sculptured. The sculpture at one end often merging into striae. As the larva develops the egg changes from an orange or chrome yellow to a dull black. Larve: (Pl. XXVI, fig. 1). (Descriptions from Riley, Folsom and observations by the author). First stage: 1.5 to 2 mm. long, narrow, thickest at middle, tapering toward both ends; head brown, blackish- brown or black, with many fine transverse lines on the face; eyes very small, circular, projecting; mandibles terminating in two large sharp teeth, more or less separated, the lower one again divided into two or three parts; palpi pale yellow, mandibles brown or dark brown; dorsum of first thoracic segment with a rectangular dark band interrupted by a paler dorsal line which is the continuation of the stem of an inverted Y on the face, this dorsal band becomes wider on the abdominal segments and extends to the tip of anal segment. Hairs on the tubercles clavate as in several other species. Color varies with place of feeding, if con- cealed in bud or stalk is very pale, if exposed is more or less green. Second stage: Color greener, head dark brown, front and sides of rectangular plate on first thoracic segment dark, the remainder green- ish; dorsal median line with a fine dark border, darker than the remain- der of the larva. Side line below spiracles indistinct. Length 44.5 mm., width 2 mm. Third stage: Black lines on each side of dorsal line very distinct; head as in second stage, eyes densely black, antennee darker; color of larvee (Folsom) may be blue green. Usual color pale green. Length 5 to 7 mm., width 2.5 to 3 mm. in the middle. Fourth stage: Dorsal line very white indistinctly bordered by rose ‘color, usually rather pale but sometimes rosy-black, the outer borders of this coloration are black and form distinct lines, interrupted on the margin of each segment; head very dark brown; larva much darker green; lines below the spiracles dark both showing a tendency to be brown or blackish, anal segments brown; the surface of the body much rougher in this stage than in others, the triangular points of the cuticle standing out prominently; tubercles on the thoracic segments below very strong and the hairs more prominent than in earlier stages. Length 8 to 14 mm. 404 Annals Entomological Society of America __[Vol. IV, Cocoon: (Plate X XVI, fig. 2). A fine network of rather coarse brown threads, not so dark as in comptus, but the reticulations closer than in any species studied. Oval, 9-10 mm. long and 6.5 to 7 mm. wide. Pupa: (Plate XXVI, fig. 4, 5). When first formed with yellow-green head, small brownish-black eyes, yellow antenne, legs and wing-pads paler. Abdomen dark green with a distinct pale dorsal line that extends onto prothorax but in those I have seen not onto the head. Frontal row of hairs rather distant from margin; central pairs close together, three following pairs form a curved line ending near the posterior outer edge; a few hairs on remainder of thorax; transverse rows of blunt setze on each dorsal abdominal segment; hairs on beak rather short and thin; those on anal segment moderately long, stout and dark. Length 5.5-7 mm. Width 3.5-4.5 mm. Probably some are larger than these measurements show. Map 2. Distribution of Hypera punctala Fab. in America. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 405 Distribution: The species was described by Fabricius in 1775 from Sweden, and both Schaeffer and Geoffroy list it without a name. Nearly all of the earlier writers mention it and in 1826 Curtis made it the type of Germar’s genus Hypera. It is common over all Europe and northern Asia, occurs and probably also. common in central Asia and in China. Asia Minor and the north coast of Africa appear to be more rarely inhabited by this species, zsabellinus taking its place in Egypt. It is becoming well distributed over the United States and southern Canada, occurring now on both coasts and at least as far south as Texas, Tennessee and North Carolina. The following records are based on literature, specimens seen, and records sent me by various collectors. The type of opimus is from the Melsheimer collection and is an almost perfect specimen of the pure gray form. The Canadian specimen mentioned in 1876 by Leconte was received by him from Mr. D’Urban of the Geol. Survey of Canada about 1850-55. It was not until 1881 that the species was again reported, when it occurred at Barrington, N. Y.; in 1882 Lintner took a specimen in Vermont. In 1884 punctatus reached Canada in numbers, flying across the lake from Buffalo to Ridgeway, 1889 it occurred in several places in Ohio, prob- ably having reached there the previous year. Hamilton reports it from Western Pennsylvania in 1891 and Schwarz identified a beetle taken from the stomach of a crow killed in Michigan in 1892 as this species. Southward by 1890 it had spread over New Jersey and reached Philadelphia where it was very common (Liebeck). The year 1894 gave records from Maryland, Michigan, W. Virginia (Hopkins), and Indiana. C. T. Brues took it in 1897-98 along the shore of Lake Michigan at Chicago, it being one of the very common species at that time. Folsom records its first appearance at Urbana as 1903 and it was common there in 1904. In Pennsylvania, Stewart and Rath- von report it in 1891 and it apparently soon afterward reached Maryland and the District of Columbia, since in 1894 it was seriously damaging clover in western Maryland. Lintner in 1893 received specimens from a correspondent at Hillsboro, Va., where it was then troublesome. Franklin Sherman, Jr., writes me that he collected specimens in North Carolina in 1901; there are specimens in the Brues collection from Austin, Texas, 1901-2. I have specimens collected at Memphis, 406 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Tennessee, in 1906, and took one female at N. Topeka, Kansas, 17, September, 1910. R. L. Webster reported it from Iowa in 1910. On the west coast Hanham reported it from Van- couver in 1902 (Fletcher) and in 1906 E. S. Wilmot states it that was up the Fraser River as far as Harrisons, about twenty miles from the south line of British Columbia. It was not until 1905 that it was reported from Ottawa, Ontario (Har- rington). There are specimens in the Blaisdell and Van Dyke collections from San Francisco, 1908, and in the Van Dyke collection from near Seattle, Washington, 1907, G. I. and Miriam Reeves collected it at Vancouver, Wash., in 1911. Felt (2m litt 1911) gives a large number of New York records and says distributed commonly over the entire state. Blatchley (zm litt. 1911) states that it is in all parts of Indiana. Maine: Old Orchard Beach (Fall coll.); York Beach (Frost coll). ' New Hampshire: Base Mt. Washington ix-19-09 (Frost). Vermont: Hartland (U.S. N. M.). Massachusetts: Framingham viii-4—06, vii—5—06, ix—7—07 (Frost); Bedford (Frost); Forest Hills winter and fall 1910-11 common; Salisbury, Lynn, Wakefield, Marion (Fall coll); Stoneham iv—2 (Sherriff); Brookline viii-13, Boston viii—20—02, iv-6-04 Parshley (B. S. Nat. Hist.); Nantucket Id (Bolter eoll.). Rhode Island: Providence 18-Sep-02 Armstrong (U. S. N. M.); Kingston. Connecticut: Stratford 1891 (Ins. Life); common from rec- ords by Britton, (zm /itt, 1911), which include the following: New Haven, 9 Nov., 1903, pair in coitu, H. L. Viereck; 16 Oct., 1903, 18 Aug., 1903, B. H. W.; 16 Aug., 1904, B. H. W.; 9 July, 1909, B. H. W., 12 Sep., 1907, W. E. Britton; Poquonock, 7 July, 1903, B. H. W.; Cromwell, 14 Aug., 1903, B. H. W.; E. Hartford, 21 Aug., 1903, B. H. W.; Colebrook, 21 July, 1905—June, 1911 (Titus); Branford, 20 Aug., 7 Sep., 1905, H. W. W.; Westville, 3 Sep., 1905, 9 Sep., 1907, W. E. B.; Stonington 7 July, 1906, G. A. Hyslop. New York: Oscana Lake, Aug., 1891, (Van Dyke coll.); Ithaca, 1895 (Ohio U.) 1885, 18 July, 1 Sep., and 1890, 10 May, and many other dates (Cornell Univ.) Thousand Isles 9-21, Danley Corners 16—Aug.—85, Motts Corners, 23 Aug.,—85 (Cornell U.); Berington, Yates Co., July, 1882, J. B. S. (U.S. 1911] Eypera and Phytonomus in America 407 N. M.); Dundee 13-3, Rockaway Bch (U. S. N. M.); Babylon Je 18, G. D. Bradford, Staten Id (A. M. N. H.); Buffalo in many collections; from Dr. Felt (im litt.) Albany, Buffalo, Canandaigua, Coeymans, Ithaca, Karner, Mosholu, Marl- borough, Newport, Oswego, Phoenicia, Pike, Sheepshead Bay. New Jersey: Distributed over entire state, (J. B. Smith). N. Brunswick, June, vi-15, Monmouth, Chester ix—1; Sea Isle City 5-29, Jamesburg, June; Woodbury 6-19; Anglesea 6-26, Avalon 7—25, Westville 8-13; Atlantic City 6-24 (coll. J. B. Smith); Anglesea 1-28; Phila. Neck 1-31, Malaga ix—18 (coll. Wenzel); Highlands N. J. (U. S. N. M., Mich. Agr. Coll.) ; Cape May, Ft. Lee (A. M. N. H.); Highlands 8-7-90, (Soltau) Anglesea 22-7 (U. S. N. M.); Hopatcong (A. M. N. H.). Pennsylvania: Bucks Co (J. B. S.); Crooked Ck, Allegheny (Felt coll.); W. Park (Wenzel); ‘‘Pa’”’ (Horn coll.); Pa (Bolter coll.). : Maryland: See records above under general distribution. Delaware: Close 1907, records from state. District of Columbia: Washington 11-8, 11-7 (U. S. N. M.) common (Schwarz). Virginia: Falls Ch. (Felt list). Common (Schwarz). West Virginia: Berkeley and other counties (Hopkins); Morgantown (Felt list). North Carolina: Raleigh 22 Oct., 1901, Newton, Aug., 1902 (Sherman). Tennessee: Memphis (Titus coll.) 1906. Texas: Austin, 1901-2 (Brues coll.). Michigan: Detroit, Sep. 2, Hubbard and Schwarz (U. 5S. N. M.). Common. : Ohio: N. E. Ohio, 1890 (Webster); Wooster, 1893:( Webster) ; Lucas Co., 1893 (Hine); Cincinnati 1892 (Dury); Wauseon, April, 1894 (Hine); Sandusky, July 12, 1899; Big Chicken Id. L. Erie, 25 July, 1908, Columbus (Ohio State University); Cleveland, June 23 (Webster); Cuyahoga Falls, 14—viii-04 (Warner, U. S. N. M.). Indiana: Indianapolis (Fall coll.); Stilesville ix-18 (Wick- ham coll.); common throughout state (Blatchley). Illinois: Chicago, 1897-1898, common (Brues); Urbana, ix—26-10 Titus; Cobden ix—25-10, (Titus); in coll. Field Col. Mus: Willow Spr. viti-17—07, viii-31—07; Roby ix—7—-06; Cook Co. (Chope); Chicago ix—2, (Brand); Glencoe v—381-09, (Ger- hard); Carbondale ix—22—09 (Gerhard). 408 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Wisconsin: Bolter coll; Lugger coll.; Beaver Dam ix—4-10: (Van Dyke). Iowa: Burlington, April, 1910 (Webster, R. L.). Kansas: North Topeka, 17 Sep., 1910 (Titus). Washington: Washington Lake near Seattle v-9-07, ix—9-07 (Van Dyke); Vancouver (G. I. & M. Reeves). California: Mt. Lake near Presidio Mil. Res. San Francisco,. May, ’08, (Blaisdell and VanDyke). . Oregon: “Ore.” (U. S. N. M.). British Columbia: Victoria 1902 (Hanham), Harrison, 1903 (Wilmot). Food Plants and Life History: In Europe this species has several times been reported as injurious locally, but only for short periods. The earliest record I have found is Villa’s statement at the time of the outbreak in the region of Lom- bardy in 1868, when he says that Moretti in a revised edition of Gene’s publication in 1853 reports this species as injuring clover, and believes that this referred to a previous serious injury about 1834-35. I have not seen the work mentioned. In 1868 the species caused serious damage in northern Italy so that a commission was appointed to investigate the matter and published several papers giving recommendations. Targione-Tozzetti in 1879 notes a severe outbreak in the region around Florence; Koppen in 1880 mentions its injuries to agriculture in Italy. Bargagli in his work on the Rhynco- phora writes of the species as injurious and in 1884 reports that the previous year it had been excessively abundant. He believed that this was due to the very dry year killing off the predaceous and parasitic insects that ordinarily keep it in check. Bertolini reports it from clover at Trento in 1893. It was again injurious in the region of Florence in 1902-1903. In America its first notice as an injurious species was in 1881 in New York when there was a severe outbreak and from this place it rapidly spread in all directions year by year. Five years later Arthur of the Geneva station studied the fungus that was then attacking it. This disease keeps the species well in check throughout the eastern states. However, when the species reaches the dry western climates it is probable that it will cause much more serious damage. The life history of the species was published by Riley in 1882 and a more recent paper by Folsom (1909) gives much additional information regarding its habits and distribution. 1911] FHypera and Phytonomus in America 409 The following account is condensed from Folsom’s most excellent paper on this subject, supplemented by observations I have made the past fall, winter and spring on the species in captivity and on the grounds of the Bussey Institution and other places around Boston. I have succeeded in forcing the larve through to pupation by the middle of March. The beetles of the year lay eggs throughout the fall from September until winter forces them into hibernation. Folsom states that he rarely found the weevils in early spring, those found being “either dead or in the last stages of decrepitude and evidently incapable of doing anything toward the propagation of their kind.” Eggs are laid in old clover stems, on the outside of green stems, leaf petioles and among young leaves, or on the ground amongst the debris at the base of the plant. In captivity the beetles freely deposited their eggs in the stems of growing alfalfa and clover. As related by R. L. Webster the adults stand head downward boring the hole in which to deposit the eggs with their beak. Apparently the majority of the eggs hatch in the fall, the young larve wintering over in various sizes ranging from those newly hatched of 1.5 mm. length to specimens 5 to 7 mm. long and certainly three-quarters grown. During the winter they may be found inside hollow stems, among the young leaves, or among the dried leaves about the base of the plants. On warm winter days they come out to feed on the young leaves, I have found them feeding in the bright sunshine on warm days in January and February; Glascow also reported finding larve feeding at this time of year (Folsom). In early spring the overwintering eggs begin to hatch and the larve that have been hibernating come out on the plants and feed. The very young larve eat small holes in the leaves. while the older ones cut pieces out of the edge or even cut off young leaves. The damage to clover is sometimes quite severe and alfalfa plants show the riddling still plainer. The beetles feed on the leaves and stems, both eating off the parenchyma and making feeding punctures in the stems. Folsom gives the length of the egg-period in as 23 to 45: days. One lot of 54 eggs laid by one beetle in the insect- ary at Forest Hills were divided, 27 kept inside hatched in 18 days, while those placed outside hatched with an average of 31 days. 410 Annals Entomological Society of America __[Vol. IV, According to Folsom the average for the first larval stage is about 9 days; and the others very variable. Larve reared by me in 1910-11 passed the first stage in 8-9 days, the second in 10-12, third in 15-16 and spun their cocoons 12-16 days later. The cocoon spinning occupies one or two days, Pupeze are apparently formed about two days after the cocoon is finished. The pupal period (Folsom) is from 10 to 20 days. Beetles appear in Illinois as early as May 9 and as late as July 15. The period of greatest emergence being ‘‘the last week in June.” Copulation does not occur for several weeks or even more than a month after their appearance. Meanwhile they spend their time hidden during the day and coming out at night to feed. Both beetles and larve usually feed during the night. The largest number of eggs reported by Folsom was 40. Taking advantage of their propensity for continued mating I have supplied a female with fresh males and fresh food-plant after each egg-laying period; this combined with a warm room seemed to act as a stimulant and I received 68 eggs. Dissection later showed many undeveloped eggs in the ovaries. Folsom gives as foodplants ‘‘all kinds of clovers and alfalfa as well.’’ In central Illinois red clover is most heavily infested, alfalfa second and white clover third. Webster found that one year in Ohio the white clover was most seriously injured. Lintner reports the larve and adults feeding on ’ beans, the latter especially on the pods. Kleine gives as the food-plants in Europe: Medicago sativa, Trifolium pratense and T. incarnatum and Helianthus tuberosus. Enemies: Riley reported Collops quadrimaculatus in the larval stage feeding on the eggs, and Cicindela repanda prob- ably preying upon the larve. Webster notes that larve are eaten by birds and that turkeys (especially), and chickens are very fond of them. In Europe Torka in 1907 reported, evi- dently quoting from Eckstein, finding the species in the stomach of Botaurus stellaria. The worst enemy of the insect is undoubtedly a fungus disease which attacks the larvae under favorable conditions sweeping them off in great numbers. This disease was first noted by Arthur in New York in 1885 and has since appeared wherever the Phytonomus has been distributed throughout the eastern and central states. Folsom states that it requires 1911] Hypera and. Phytonomus in America 411 ‘damp and not too cold weather to develop and affects the larvee in October and November and again in April and May. This fungus is known as Entomophthora sphaerosperma Fres., and is a common disease upon many insects, the only other representative of the Coleoptera reported as attacked is a Lampyrid larva. The list of its hosts includes (Thaxter, 1888); in the Lepidoptera, imago of Colias philodice and larve of Pieris; in Hymenoptera several Ichneumons, and a Halictus; in Diptera, imago of the common house fly (Musca domestica) and representatives of several families of small diptera; in Coleoptera as noted above; Hemiptera, Aphis, Typhlocyba, larve, pupe, imagines; in Neuroptera; imago of Limnephilus(?); Thrips in various stages of a species on Solidago. This species of fungus occurs in Europe as well as in America, here being known from Maine to North Carolina and westward into the Mississippi Valley. The fungus develops in the body of the host, as a network of branching mycelia, some of the branches push through the ventral wall and become attached as rhizoids to some surface; over the body is formed a gray velvety coating of fine threads which have penetrated the skin; on the tips of some of these are formed conidia from these come temporary spores which are shot away for some distance and may thus alight upon another host and begin to grow. Resting spores develop inside the host and probably may thus live over until the next season. . The sick larvee crawl up the plants during the night, ascend- ing as high as possible, if on a slender stem or a grass blade they coil themselves about it in a horizontal position. Arthur (1885) states that they die by noon, remaining in this position and during the late afternoon have changed to a velvety gray. By the next morning the larva is only a blackened shriveled mass. This disease is so destructive to the larve of Phytonomus nigrirostris and Hypera punctata that there is rarely any cause for worry on account of their injurious habits in the Eastern States. When they appear in numbers any season they are nearly all killed before reaching maturity. Al12 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Phytonomus eximius Leconte. Phytonomus eximius: 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 414, no. 4-5, p. 415. 1877: Popenoe: Tr. Kans. Acad. Sc., 5:38-9. 1881: Riley: American Naturalist, 15: 912. 1882: Riley: Report of the Entomologist, p. 111. 1883: Riley: in Rpt. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 171. 1883: Lintner: lst Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 248. 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8231. 1898: Beutenmuller: Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1:40. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. Hy pera eximius: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check list Coleop. N. Amer., p. 45, no. 8885. Adult: (Plate XXVII, fig. 6-8). Length 4.8-5.5 mm. Width 1.5-2 mm. Black, densely clothed with golden-yellow, rust-red, brownish-black or black scales or some combination of the colors, hairs sparse, usually pale. Head densely, finely punctured, scales dense on head, especially between the eyes, sparse on beak; front narrow, scarcely as wide as beak at tip, about as wide as one eye; eyes oval, scarcely elongate, narrowed beneath very slightly; beak not as long as prothorax, generally covered with fine punctures which often merge into striz that extend almost to the tip which is a little widened, apical two-thirds of beak sparsely clothed with long pale or black hairs; antenne black, not densely haired, very long in proportion to size of the insect; scape reaching at least to the eyes, first funicular joint as long as three following, enlarged at tip, second joint as long as third and fourth united, club long pointed, densely pubescent with very fine short hairs. Prothorax as long as wide, narrowed in front, sides obliquely sloping back for two-thirds of length, then slightly contracted to posterior edge, sides somewhat swollen, impressed behind; dorsum and sides clothed with ribbed scales that are almost quadrate in form, and with a few short pale or white hairs. Scutellum narrowly triangular, scales yellow. Elytra at base one-third wider than widest part of prothorax, gradually widening for two-thirds of length where they become almost one-half wider than prothorax, then gradually sloping to the rounded tip; scales as on prothorax, hairs on interspaces very sparse, inter- spaces flat; punctures of the striz without hairs. In some specimens the scales are dark yellow with tesselated brown or black spots on alternate interspaces ‘beginning with the sutural area; others are rust- red either uniformly scaled or with spots of brown, yellow or gray scales intermixed, or they may be covered entirely with gray scales. Venter with entire surface clothed with paler scales and fine pale hairs; these hairs are especially evident in a small area on the mesoster- num; abdominal surface often rubbed so that it appears spotted with black; mesosternal process between middle cox elevated, narrowly linear, ending in a rounded point; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment broad; male genitalia (Plate XXIV, fig. 7) with stem broad, sides obliquely sloping to a broadly rounded tip. 1911} Hypera and Phytonomus in America 413 Legs black, last tarsal joint, especially of hind legs usually pale, femora all clothed with scales, tibia and tarsi with pale hairs, front tibize in male curved, with a distinct thin process apically on the inside, crown of spines on tibiee pale yellow. YY. eX mivs, oY. quedxicollis Map 3. Distribution of Phytonomus eximius Lec. and P. quadricollis Lec. Distribution: Type locality, Topeka, Kansas, 2 specimens from E. A. Popenoe, one of which is in the Mus. Comp. Zool., in the Leconte collection. : Dom. of Canada: Manitoba: Aweme, 2—vii-07, 11—June-03, 7—vii-08, 15—viii-O8 (all in coll. Norman Criddle). United States: Illinois: 5 in Bolter coll. Univ. of Ill. Iowa: Iowa City (coll. Wickham) (R. L. Webster 7 Jitt.) 414 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Nebraska: ‘‘Neb.” (collections U. S. N. M., Schaeffer, Fall, Wenzel); Lincoln, H. Soltau, 5-5 (U. S. N. M.); Lincoln, Bruner, May 3 (Mich. Agr. Coll.) Malcolm, vi-20-09, C. R. Oertels, vi-22-09 (coll. Frost); Lincoln, Salt basin, vi-26-09, H. Shoemaker (coll. Wickham); Kearney (coll. Wenzel). Kansas: ‘‘Kan.” (Horn coll. Am. Ent. Soc., Mich. Agr. Coll., U. S. N. M., Fall coll.); Douglas Co. May, Bridwell (U. S. N. M.); Wilson Co. 4-17-97 (coll. Cornell Univ.); Benedict Ks, 4-23-96, W. Knaus; Onaga Ks (coll. VanDyke). Texas: Dallas (Mich. Agr. Coll.); Bolter coll. 1. Colorado: Florissant June, '07, Cockerell, (2 in Fall coll.): Horn coll. Am. Ent. Soc. 1. : Food plants: Rumex brittanicus and probably other species. Life History: Popenoe (1877) bred the type specimens from pupae in cocoons found on the leaves of Rumex brittanicus. He states that the cocoon is yellow brown, loosely interwoven, broad in outline, and the pupz very ‘‘nervous’’ when dis- turbed. Warren Knaus, McPherson, Kansas (im litt 1911) states that he collected specimens in copula 23 Apr., 1896 in Wils.n Co., Kansas on a species of Rumex and that young larve were then present feeding on the leaves and flowers, the season was late and the beetles were disappearing. Phytonomus quadricollis Leconte. Phytonomus quadricollis: — 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of North America, p. 126, no. 8, p. 415. 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8235. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81 (in error). Hypera quadricollos: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check list Coleop. N. Am., p. 45, no. 8888. Adult: (Plate XXVII, figs. 3-5). Length4mm. Width 1.5 mm. Elongate, black or “blackish brown”’, with dense closely set gray or dull yellow small rounded scales; legs pale rec, Head clothed with coarse hairs; front mueh wider-than width of eye, flat; eyes elongate-oval; beak as long *prothorax, rather slender, at least three times as long as wide; tip sligiitly enlarged, a few sparse punctures on the glabrous portion, feebly carinate; antenne brownish red, scape reaching to the eyes, smooth, first joint of funicle as long as two following or nearly so, club elongate, second and third funicle joints subequal. Prothorax square, slightly narrowed in front, sides variable but never more than scarcely rounded; polished with closely set shallow punctures in which the scales and hairs rest. Elytra much wider than posterior margin of prothorax, oblong- oval, humeri rounded, sides almost parallel, rounded at tips; striz 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 415 impressed, punctured, each puncture with a short white thick hair or seta; a single row of white sete, short and stout in front and longer behind on each interspace; interspaces not elevated. Setz on all parts of insect more or less decumbent; scales very evenly, regularly set, so that they appear almost as if in rows on the interspaces; color very uniform dull yellow or dirty white or gray. In one specimen there is almost a complete tesselation, with pale brown quadrate macule on the yellow ground. Venter with scales usually paler and on abdomen intermixed with transverse rows of short white hairs; mesosternal process between middle cox long, narrow, enlarged at tip, elevated; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment broad at base and rapidly curving to a blunt point. Stem of male genitalia (Plate XXIV, fig. 8) gradually and evenly rounded to the blunt tip, sides parallel for two-thirds of length, edges not strongly curved inward. Legs pale red, claws dark red; femora only little curved; femora clothed in front with scales; tibie and tarsi and usually the femora clothed behind with long stout hairs; tibiae and tarsi clothed in front with hairs or scales or both, crown of spines on posterior tibize short and yellow; sometimes all the legs are entirely covered with short hairs or setee and with scales. Distribution: (See Map 3). Type locality, “Dacota,” 1 specimen in Leconte collection, Mus. Comp. Zoolog,_ I have seen a number of specimens of this species collected by Norman and Evelyn Criddle on Rumex venosus along streams at Aweme, Manitoba (23—vi-08, Criddle coll.) (v-26-04, Wenzel coll.), vi-11-03, (Wickham coll.) and also one specimen in the Horn collection (Am. Ent. Soc.) from Colorado, R. L. Webster (1909) records the species from ‘‘Ykn,” Las Vegas, N. Mex., and Wyoming (Bolter coll.), but an examination of these specimens shows that they do not belong in the tribe Hyperini. Phytonomus comptus Say. Phytonomus comptu 1831: Say: Desc. of N. American Curculionidae, p. 12-13. 1834: Gyl’~ il in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc. 2(pt. 2): 384. 1842: Gyll-. 1al in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc. 6(pt. 2): 380, no. 70. 1853: Melsheimer: Cat. Desc. Coleop. United States, p. 95. 1859: Leconte: Comp. Writing of Thomas Say, 1: 274. 1873: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. of N. Amer., p. 118, no. 6992. 1878: Hubbard & Schwarz: Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 17: 663. 1879: Dury: Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 14. 1880: Zeisch & Reinecke: List Coleop. vic. Buffalo, p. 14. 1881: Zeisch & Reinecke: Bul. Buf. Soc. Nat. Hist., 4: 14. 1881: Riley: American Naturalist, 15: 912. 1882: Riley: Report of the Entomologist, p. 111. 1883: Riley: in Rpt. U. S. Dept. Agr. f. 1881-2, p. 171. 1883: Lintner: First Rpt. St. Entom. N. Y., p. 248. 416 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1883: Brodie & White: Check List Ins. Dom. Canada, p. 47. 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Amer. N. of Mex., p. 187, no. 8230. 1890: Smith: Cat. Ins. N. Jersey, p. 250. 1898: Beutenmuller: Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1: 40. 1899: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 348. 1902: Dury: Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., 20: 182 (sep. p. 76). 1902: Ulke: Proc. U. S. N. Museum, 25: 355. (Dist. Columbia list). 1902: Wickham: Bul. Lab. Nat. Hist. St. Univ. p: : 1907: Pierce: Ann. Rpt. Neb. St. Board Agr. p. 258. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. 1910: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 381. Hypera compta: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleoptera, 8: 2381. 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Col. N. America, p. 45, no. 8884. Phytonomus diversus: 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 263. 1834: Gyllenhal in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc. 2 (pt 2): 371. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. 1842: Gyllenhal in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt 2): 372. 1873: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. N. America, p. 118, no. 6992a. Phytonomus rumicis var. diversus. Phytonomus rumicis var. comptus: 1901: Petri: Monog. d. Coleop.-Tribus, Hyperini, p. 129, 202. 1901: Petri: Bestimm.-Tabel. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. Original description: Say, 1831, p. 12-138: “2. P. comptus.—Elytra with subquadrate, brown spots. Inhabits United States. “Body cinereous-olivaceous covered with small scales; rostrum shorter than head and thorax, rather narrower at base; antenne and feet rufous; thorax somewhat rounded, with a much dilated brown, somewhat metallic vitta (p. 13) scutel small triangular; elytra with slightly im- pressed, but punctured strie, interstitial lines flat, with more or less brown quadrate spots, particularly near the suture, where they are alternate. “Length much over three-twentieths of an inch.” Adult: (Plate XXIV, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6, 17; Plate XXVIII, figs. 1-4). Length 3.3-5 mm. Width 1.2-1.7 mm. Rich brown to reddish black and more rarely black, thorax usually darker than the elytra; elongate; closely covered with small scarcely striate rounded scales. Antenne and legs ferruginous. Head small, very finely punctured, beneath with fine transverse lines; covered above and below with very narrow blunt scales, on the sides wider and more numerous; these scales are almost hairlike in character; © eyes oval, slightly elongate without a fovea behind; front never as wide as an eye; beak about as long as the prothorax in the females, shorter in the males; slightly widened at the tip which is almost always entirely red, never with a carina, rarely curved strongly, usually with many short, scale like hairs on the black portion and a few long slender hairs near the tip on the polished portion, these are set in minute punctures; antennal groove not deeply curved downward, roughened, above it on the beak an elongate depression; antenne only slightly hairy, scape not nearly reaching to the margin of the eyes, polished, equal in length to the 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 417 funicle, first funicle joint nearly twice as long as second, second longer than third, seventh joint broader and shorter than the others, last joint of club more elongate, longer than others, all covered with fine pube- scence; antennz inserted about one-third back from tip of beak. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, widest in the middle, anterior and posterior margins of almost the same width, sides rounded and im- pressed posteriorly, a deep impressed groove near the anterior sternal margin which extends upwards on the sides gradually becoming indis- tinct; anterior margin below with a fringe of hair projecting forward over the suture; punctures rather coarse and dense in each puncture lies a small narrow truncate or rounded scale. Scutellum small triangular, elongate and usually covered with finer paler scales. Elytra elongate-oval, narrow in front, sloping gradually outward for three-quarters of length and then quickly narrowed, from the side only slightly declivous behind; strize distinct, punctured, interspaces scarcely elevated, scales arranged irregularly on interspaces as compared with quadricollis, but much more regular than in other species, often over- lapping, but never lying across the striz; 0 sete in the strial punctures. Venter covered with fine generally paler scales, abdomen flatter in male than in female and with a faint indication of an impression on the first segment; mesosternal process between the middle coxe elevated for half its length and broadly triangular, then curved backward contracted and again enlarged near the truncate point; the process of the metaster- num appears to fit into a socket on the under side of the mesosternal process; intercoxal process of third segment of abdomen not as wide as coxa, projected further forward than usual. Male genitalia (Plate I, figs. 5-6) with stem having elongate parallel sides for two-thirds of the length then curved smoothly in to the rounded point. Legs with all the coxe, and femora in front clothed with narrow scales, tibize and tarsi with hairs which are sparsely set almost in rows and sometimes short and stout; crown of spines on hind tibia short and stout, spur of hind tibia very short, stout and red; tarsi above and claws usually darker than remainder of legs; pad on the third joints long and pale. The color of the adult beetle varies extremely; from a large number of specimens bred by Dr. J. B. Smith, at Trenton, N. J., I have found almost all the varieties sent from various localities over the United States. The prevailing color seems to be rust-red, which is evidently the color of the specimens described by Gyllenhal as diversus. Other specimens are brown, gray, grayish-green, metallic-red, gray or gray- green; others tesselated over the entire elytral surface with brown and black maculz on a background of red or brownish yellow scales; a few are metallic greenish-black. The specimens sent Schoenherr by Say are evidently small males of the obsoletely tesselated reddish forms. The relation with P. rumicis is only superficial and extends neither to the thoracic form, elytral markings, scale shape or genital structure. The metallic vitta mentioned by Say as occurring on the prothorax appears 418 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, usually in the spotted forms and is rather rare; the common elytral basal spot so characteristic of the genus is indistinct or absent Egg: unknown. Larve: (Plate XXVIII, fig. 7). First stage not seen. Second or third stage: 4.5 mm. long, .6 mm. wide in the middle, dark brown above, pale below, Hairs very long and pointed, head jet black, first thoracic segment pale. Fourth stage: 5-6 mm. long, 0.7—-0.8 mm. wide in middle, very dark brown above except first thoracic segment and interrupted pale lines; paler on sides and below. A central dorsal row of pale spots occurs between the tubercles from the first abdominal to the anal segment; only faintly indicated on the thoracic segments. Tubercles of the ab- dominal dorsal segments in two rows, the first containing one tubercle on each side of the dorsal median line, the second having four pairs of tubercles, these are jet black and between them there are always pale spots; first lateral enlargements on each segment with a pair of black tubercles, second enlargements each with a single tubercle; anal segment on each side with a pair of tubercles in front of the second and third tubercles of the second row; last segment with the four tubercles of the second row on each side arranged in a diamond, more elongate laterally. Each tubercles is set with a long slender dark hair, none of the hairs appearing blunt or truncate. On the thorax the tubercles are more numerous on the first segment but on the others arranged as on the abdominal segment but without evident pale spots between. (De- scribed from alcoholic specimens loaned by Dr. J. B. Smith, collected in June on Polygonum at Trenton, N. J.) The colors of the living larvae may be somewhat different from those of alcoholic specimens and the arrangement of the thoracic tubercles, especially those on the first segment could be better understood from non-shrunken specimens. Cocoon: (Plate XXVIII, fig. 5). 4-5 mm. diameter, coarsely reticulate, of brown coarse threads, usually almost globular. (Speci- mens from Trenton, N. J., Indian Territory, Columbus, Ohio and Peg- rim, Ill.) Pupa: (Plate XXVIII, fig .6) 4mm. long by 1.8 mm. wide across the base of the wing-pads. Anterior line of prothoracic hairs close to margin, first three pairs in front, fourth and fifth on side; the two central pairs are on a line, almost with the fourth and fifth anterior and form a square; three posterior pairs on a curved line near the hind margin about equidistant from each other and the inner one the same distance from the posterior hair of the central pairs; all of these hairs very long and slender; hairs on the head and beak not so long; transverse rows of setze on the dorsal abdominal segments and rows of hairs on the terminal segment. Pupa dark on head, base of wing pads, parts of legs, meta- thorax above, and on parts of abdomen. (Described from one specimen from Dr. J. B. Smith, same lot as larve.) The coloration of the speci- men appears to have been affected by the alcohol in which it is preserved. Some of the segments are somewhat shrunken, especially on the abdomen. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 419 —— | wn Q aa Cie, COST, nf in ae) SUR Map 4. Distribution of Phytonomus comptus Say. Distribution: Type locality, ‘United States,” Say 1831. Generally distributed over the United States, Ontario and perhaps other parts of Canada. Ranging from Michigan to Texas, and from the Atlantic seaboard to the Rocky Moun- tains, also occurring in Oregon and Washington. Dominion of Canada: ‘‘Can.”’ (Horn coll. Am. Ent. Soc.; Mus. Comp. Zool.; Coll. Mich. Agr. Coll.); Grimsby, Ont., (Pettit) (coll. Mich. Agr. Coll.; Amer. Entom. Soc.) United States: Massachusetts: ‘‘Mass.”’ (coll. Blanchard; coll. Horn, Am. Ent. Soc.); Tyngsboro 6-12-89 (Blanchard); Lowell (Blanchard); Chicopee 3, (Cornell Univ.); Framingham vi-24-08 (Frost); Sherborn vi-16-—09 (Frost); Andover vi-9-07 (Frost). 420 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, New York: “N. Y-” (Bolter coll.; U. S: N. M.; Am. Ent. Soc.; Dietz coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.); Staten Id, 7-6—91 (Fall); Long Island, Staten Island (Linell, U. S. N. M.); Buffalo (Am. Ent. Soc.). New Jersey: “N. J.’ (U.S. N. M.); Berkeley Hts. (Bischoff coll.); Ft. Lee (A. M. N. H.); Phila. Neck, Westville 4-26-, 6-23, Gloucester 8-17 (Wenzel coll.); in list Insects N. J. 1910 are recorded: Hopatcong (Palm); Ft. Lee (Schaeffer); Hudson Co. (Linell); Newark Dist. (Bischoff), Westville, Gloucester; and ‘“‘on Polygonum;”’ I have also seen specimens of adults, larve and pupe from Trenton (J. B. Smith). Pennsylvania: “Penn.” (Horn Coll. Am. Ent. Soc.; Mels- heimer, Mus. Comp. Zool.). District of Columbia: Washington 7-11, 14-4, 8-4 (U. S.. NE): ; Michigan: South Haven 6-1—91 (Mich. Agr. Coll.) Grand Ledge 6-6 (Hubbard and Schwarz, U.S. N. M.); Detroit, June (Hubbard & Schwarz); ‘‘Mich. 144046”’ (Leconte coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.); also recorded in Wickham’s Lake Superior list. Ohio: Columbus (Ohio State Univ. coll.); recorded by Dury from vicinity of Cinicnnati. Indiana: ‘‘Ind.” (coll. F. M. Webster; coll. Blanchard); Vigo Co., 5-29-92, 5-21-93, 6-25-92, 6—7—93, 6-10-98, 4—23-03, 7—8-02 (Blatchley). . Tilimois: “‘Tll.” (Bolter coll.); “N. Ill.”. (Lugger coll.; Peabody coll. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist.; Dietz coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; Bolter coll.); ‘‘S. Ill. Soltau”’ (U. S. N. M.); Algonquin 17-July—0O9 Nason 222; Pegrim 4-—Oct.—02 (Titus,. coll. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist.); the Nason specimen is in the Fall collec- tion. Missouri: ‘‘Mo.” (Dietz coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; Bolter coll. M11. St. Latb.). Iowa: Wickham coll. and Dietz coll. (Mus. Comp. Zool.). Arkansas: Blanchard coll. - Indian Territory: ‘I. T.” (U.S. N. M.) one specimen with cocoon and another specimen of the same form and color. Texas: Columbus 8-11 (U.S. N. M.). Nebraska: Horn coll. (Am. Ent. Soc.); Mus. Comp. Zool. Colorado: Colo. Springs (R. L. Webster im /itt); Dixon Can. on willow, 30—June—92 (Gillette) and Spring Canon (Wick- ham’s list). These two latter localities are west of Ft. Collins in the edge of the foothills. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 421 Oregon: Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1. Washington: ‘‘W. T.” two in Horn coll. (Am. Ent. Soc.). The specimens reported by Dejean and Schénherr were given as from ‘‘America boreal.’’ Probably the Say specimen of comptus was from the Mississippi valley region, though his statement ‘‘United States’? would lead one to believe that he had specimens from a number of places. Food Plants and Life History: Riley (1881) reports breeding this species from ‘‘ Polygonum nodosum.” Dr. Smith bred it from a species of Polygonum in New Jersey. I have seen specimens from Columbus, Ohio, (Osborn), with the cocoon still attached to a leaf that appeared to be Polygonum. Through the kindness of Dr. S. A. Forbes I have permission to use some notes made by me while connected with the State Entomologist’s office several years ago. In October, 1902, I found several species of larvee feeding on leaves and flowers of a Polygonum (identified for me by Dr. Gleason as probably P. hartwrightit) on the Hartwell ranch near Pegrim, Ill. At that time the country was flooded with water, only the top of the plants being above the water. The larve were almost full grown and some were already in the cocoons, others had changed to pupe. The cocoons were made on the upper side of the leaves, the edge being bent over to aid in concealment. I bred a number of adultS’ and some parasitic Hymenoptera. Dr. Forbes very kindly loaned me this material and from it Mr. J. C. Crawford of the U. S. Nat. Museum has described . The parasitic pupe of this species were naked, jet black and formed in the cocoon of the host. In Biol. Cent. Am. Coleop. v. 4, pt. 4, p. 2, this species is incorrectly referred to as probably a synonym of P. rumicis. Phytonomus diversipunctatus Schrank. Curculio elongatus: 1792: Paykull: Monog. Curc. no. xlv. (nec. Fab. 1775). 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecica; Insecta, 3:236, no. liii. 1834: Sahlberg: Ins. Fennica, 2: 49, no. 28. Rhynchaenus elongatus: - 1813: Gyllenhall: Insecta Suec. 3:99, no. 31. 1820: Billberg: Enum. Insect. p. 42. 1840: Zetterstedt: Ins. Lapponica, p. 180, no. 11. Hypera elongata: 1821: Dejean: Cat. coll. Coleop., ed. 1, p. 89. 1826: Sturm.: Cat. Ins. Sammlung, p. 157. 1848: Walton: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2) 1:300. 1849: Walton: Stett. Entom. Zeit., p. 258. 422 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. 1869: Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutsch., p. 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2382. 1871: Kirsch: Berl. Ent. Zeit., 15: 190. 1877:, Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur. ed. 2, p. 143. 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Amer., p. 45, no. 8882 1884: Bargagli: Rass. Biol. Rinc. Europei, p. 93. 1884: Bedel: Col. Bassin de la Seine, p. 258, no. 13 and p. 78. 1881: Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 166. 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur., p. 159. 1889: Fauvel: Rev. Entom, 8: 157. 1891: Fowler: Brit:: Coleop., 5: 230, no. 234. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur. p. 304. 1896: Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, ed. 2, p. 152. Phytonomus elongatus: 1826: Schoenherr: Curc. dispos. meth. pt. 4, p. 175. 1829: Gebler: Lededour Reise d. Altai, p. 168. 1830: Gebler: Bemerk. d. Ins. Sibiriens vorz. d. Altai, 3: 168. 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 263. 1834: Gyllenhal in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure. 2 (pt) 2: 374, no. 9. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. 1842: Boheman in Schénherr: Gen et sp. Curc. 6 (pt 2): 369, no. 44. 1843: Sturm: Cat. Coleop. Kafer Sammlung, p. 201. 1844: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Europe, p. 52. 1848: Gebler: Bul. Imp. Soc. Mosc. 21: 354. 1849: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eur. p. 61. 1849: Gaubil: Cat. Syn. Coleop. d’Eur. et d’Alg., p. 156. 1849: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, p. 805. 1853: Zebe: Syn. d. bisher in Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop. p. 75 1855: Jac. du Val: Gen. Coleop. d'Europe, p. 109. 1857: Lentz: Neue Verz. d. Preuss. Kafer, p. 124. 1858: Matheiu: Ann. Ent. Scce. Belg., 2:197, no. 192. 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Coleop. Eur. p. 79. 1858: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, ed. 2, p. 726. 1859: Schiodte: Berliner Entom. Zeit., p. 141. 1862: Schaum: Cat. Col. Eur., p. 1865: Thomson: Skand. Coleop., 7: 164, no. 6. 1866: de Marseul: Cat. Coleop. Eur. et. conf., p. 100, no. 40. 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 193, 283. 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 125. 1877: Heyden: Jahrb. Nassau, Vereins, 29: 312. 1878: Schneider & Leder: Beit. kennt. Kauk. Kaferfauna, p. 287. 1881: Everts: Tijd. v. Entom., 24: 40. 1884: Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 166. 1885: Henshaw: List Col. Am. N. of Mex., p. 187, no. 8228. 1889: Hamilton: Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., 16: 155, no. 455. 1891: Seidlitz: Fauna Transsylv. p. 676. 1893: Everts: Tijd. v. Entom., 36: 81. 1901: Petri: Monog. Coleop.-Tribus Hyperini, p. 175, 201. 1901: Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 29, 37. 1903: Everts: Coleop. Neerlandica, p. 602. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Europ., p. 656. 1910: Kleine: Entom. Blatter, 6: 200. Curculio dwersipunctatus: 1798: Schrank: Fauna Boica, 1 (pt 2): 494, no. 546. Hypera mutabilis: 1821: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag. 4: 341, no. 13. 1869: Giebel: Verz. z. Mus. Halle Wittenberg, p. 44, no. 25. Phytonomus mutabilis: 1834: Gyllenhal in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 2 (pt 2): 374, no. 10. 1844: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eur. p. 52. Go 1911} Hypera and Phytonomus in America 42 Hypera punctulata: 1821: Dejean: Cat. coll. Coleop., p. 89. (Credited to Ziegler). Hypera elongata var. variabilis: 1821: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. ed. 1, p. 89 (Credited to Ziegler). Phytonomus elongatus var. variabilis: 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean ed., 2, p. 264. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. Original desrciption: Schrank: 1798, p. 494-5: “Curculio diversipunctatus. : W ohnort:—Um Gern. AUSMESSUNG. Lang vom Grunde des Ruckenschildes bis zum After ........ 24" Breit uber die Flugeldecken .................... 1%’ Anm. Die Fohlhorner, Schienbeine, und Fussblatter muschelbraun; Russel und Kopf braunschwarz, erhaben punctirt, mit rostgelben einzelnen sehr kurzen Harchen in den Vertiesungen. Die Flugeldecke (denn es ist nur eine einzige, ohne alle Nahe, die zugleich die Seiten des Hinterleibes ziemlich an der Bauch hinab bedeckt) schwarzlicht braun mit Punctreisen; die Puncte entfernt, vertieft. Die Flugeldecke ist mit niederliegenden grauen sehr kleinen Haaren dicht bedeckt, die ihr das Ansehen geben, als wenn sie mit rothlichen Puncten dicht besaet ware. Vielleicht ist dieser Kafer Hrn. Herbsts Curculio suspiciosus und wenn das ware, so musten unsere beiderseitigen Benennungen in die viel bessere; Cure. Millefolii abgeandeart werden, indem die Larve des Herbstichen Kafers dei Blatter der Schaafgarbe abweidet.”’ Adult: (Plate XXVII, figs. 1-2). Length 5-11 mm. (according to Capiomont, although Petri saw no specimens as large as 11 mm.) Width 6 mm. (measured from three specimens Lignitz, Hildesheim, and the Greenland specimen in the Mus. Comp. Zoology). Body elongate, black, rather stout, scales cleft to the base, in the specimens seen the pubescence always gray or brown, very uniformly distributed and generally of an uniform color. Head with front as broad as width of eye or broader, flat, densely pubescent; eyes nearly circular in outline; beak scarcely narrower than front at base, about, two-thirds as long as prothorax, densely punctured, punctures often in irregular striz, keel at base very indistinct, a long groove above the antennal insertion; antenne inserted near the tip of the beak, pale reddish brown or reddish yellow, club darker, scape reaching over the edge of the eyes but not to their middle, not as long as the funicle, first and second funicular joints very long, the first the longer, the second as long as third and fourth united, club elongate oval, pointed, densely pubescent, The fifth funicle joint is much the smallest. Prothorax broader than long, widest in front of the middle, strongly rounded, sides densely punctate, the punctures forming irregular striz, dorsum densely punctured, clothed with brown hairs, no scales present, and sometimes show a median and two side lines that are paler than the rest of the prothorax. Elytra narrow at base, only slightly wider than the thorax before the middle; humeri not very prominent, sides of elytra obliquely widened 494 ' Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV,. until the elytra become one-third wider than at base; deeply strongly punctate in the striz; interspaces strongly elevated (less strongly so in female according to Petri, but I can see no difference); scales gray or brown, hairs brown and never occurring in single rows on the interspaces, rather short and depressed. Scales cleft‘to the base, processes not. elongate. Venter sparsely clothed with scales and hairs, the former often metallic and not so deeply cleft as on dorsum, gray or gray-green; mesosternal process between the middle coxe elevated, narrowly triangu- lar at the point; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment broad and subtruncate at tip, last abdominal segment longer than two previous: ones united, a distinct depression on the first segment in the median line that extends onto the metasternum (at least in the male, the Greenland specimen has this portion hidden). Legs rather short, stout, femora in male nearly clavate, anterior tibiee of male slightly curved, hind tibiz with a curved spine (said by Petri to be long) inside at the tip, crown of tibial spines short, stout, yellow. All the legs sparsely clothed with gray or silvery gray hairs. The mucronate process on hind tibize appears to be widened at the tip and slightly emarginate. One of the specimens seen shows a tendency to be tesselated on the alternate interspaces beginning with the sutural one, the maculz being brown on a gray background, but they are very indistinct. Larve: Lueas von Heyden (1877) in his Kafer Nassau states that his father, C. H. von Heyden, took the larvee of this species when sweep- ing for insects in a meadow back of Offenbach (Germany) in May, near the end of the month; they were green with a white dorsal median line and in June changed to pups without spinning a cocoon! ‘‘Ohne” is quoted either to emphasize the fact or to note that it was so in the notes. of his father. He quotes then the description of the larvee of Phy. plantaginis given by DeGeer, stating that the larve of Phy. elongatus is much like this description. However plantaginis spins a cocoon as. both DeGeer and Heyden note and DeGeer’s description would fit almost any green Phytonomus larva. Distribution: The species was described by Paykull from: Sweden as Curc. elongatus. Schrank’s specimens of diverstpunc- tatus were from ‘‘Gern.’’ Capiomont reports the species from North and Middle Europe, N. France, Belgium and England. Petri from E. Prussia and various points in Germany, Austria. and Hungary. The species is here included because of a single specimen received by Leconte from Chr. Drewsen from Greenland and now in the collection of Mus. Comp. Zool. at Cambridge, Mass. This one specimen is identical with European specimens I have in my collection. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 425 The name elongatus is preoccupied by a Fabrician species - (1775), and must give way to diversipunctatus of Schrank or mutabilis Germar (1821). Germar states under his description of mutabilis that it is scarcely different from diversipunctatus Schrank. A comparison of the two descriptions leads me to believe that they are the same species. So far as I can ascer- tain no one has since Schdnherr’s Monograph mentioned Schrank’s species, while mutabilis is generally considered a synonym of elongatus. Map 5. Distribution of Phytonomus diversipunctatus Schr. over world (page 61). The species appears to be more common in the northern parts of Europe and is recorded by Zetterstedt and others from Greenland, Finland, Norway and Sweden. Gebler records it from Barnaul, Siberia, as rare. Walton states the Stephens, Curtis, and other early English references to this species are incorrect, that they did not possess “‘elongatus’’ and that it is doubtful whether it occurs in. the British Isles. Fowler says very rare, but I believe he is referring to the earlier writers’ notice of the species and not to any records that were certain. I have been unable to find further references to the names palustris, variabilis and punctulata than those given in the Dejean catalogues. It does not appear to me that the Dejean species were really described. Gyllenhal’s palustris is certainly not this species. Kleine gives as food plants Plantago major and P. media. 426 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Phytonomus seriatus Mannerheim. Phytonomus seriatus: 1853: Mannerheim: Bul. Soc. Imp. Mosc., 26 (pt 3): 107, 2438, no. 228. 1873: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. of N. Am., p. 118, no. 6993. 1889: Hamilton: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 16: 155. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. Hypera seriata: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2387. 1889: Fauvel: Revue Entom., 8: 157, no. 458. Phytonomus pubicollis: 1909: R. L. Webster: Entom. News, 20: 80. Original description: Mannerheim, 1853, p. 243: “228. Phytonomus seriatus: oblongus, niger, dense brunneo- aureo-pubescens et squamulosus; antennis pedibusque rufescentibus; rostro breviore, parum arcuato; thorace crebre punctulato, convexo, utrinque antrorsum rotundato, lineis tribus e pilis pallidoribus flavescentibus notato, elytris subtiliter tenue e pilis palpunctulatis, sutura infuscata, interstitiis alternis 3, 5 et 7 nonnthil elevatioribus pilis flavogriscis densius obductis, 1,3, 5 et? maculis nigris seriatis. Longit. sine rostro 3 lin. Latit. 1 1-3 lin. “ Habitat in insula Kadjak, ubi mense August exemplare singulum in baccic Rubi cepit D. Holmberg. “Ph. suspiciosus Herbst, Schonh. (militi Gyllenh.) affinis, sed thorace angustiore, densius squamoso, subtilius punctato, ante medium et non in ipso medio-rotundato-dilatato, elytrisque longioribus, levius striato- punctatis, maculis nigris in series quatuor regulares dispositis ab illo dignoscendus.”’ Adult: (Plate X XIX, figs. 6-7). Length 5.5-5.7 mm. Width 1.8 mm. Body black and legs dark, antennz rufous, club darker; oval, closely finely covered with broadly emarginate hairs and scales that are split almost to the base. Head clothed with thick hairs which are usually notched at the tip; distance between the eyes as great as the width of the eye in the female and almost as wide as the length of the eye in the male; eyes scarcely oval, medium in size; beak stout, not as long as the prothorax, at the tip wider than at base; hairs dense and long, simple at the tip, dorsal carina scarcely evident but the elongate depression above the antennal insertion is very plain, tip smooth somewhat elevated and with two small punctured side grooves; mouth parts reddish; many small punc- tures scattered over the beak, especially near the tip; antennal grooves not smooth polished; antenneé with scape smooth, polished, enlarged at tip, not reaching to the eyes and shorter than the funicle; first funicle joint slightly longer than second and is twice as long as third; club very dark, almost black, elongate oval, pointed and densely pubescent with pale hairs. Prothorax polished, closely deeply regularly punctured, narrower anteriorly, widest about one-third of distance from front where it is almost as wide as the elytra at the base, sides abruptly drawn in to the venter, closely densely covered with long thick hairs which are deeply broadly notched at the tip. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 427 Elytra broadly elongate-oval, almost as wide at tip as at base, humeri not prominent, elytra gradually widened for two-thirds of their length and then abruptly obliquely narrowed to the truncate tip; strize deeply punctured, interspaces elevated, the alternate ones beginning with the sutural space more so, all with fine sparse punctures. Scales of the elytra cleft to the base, fine and very elongate, making a dense covering; long white hairs present on posterior portion of interspaces, remainder of the elytra with interspaces having scattered black and white hairs, more or less decumbent. Venter clothed with deeply cleft scales, very dense on the sternal portion, rather sparse on the abdomen, last segment distinctly longer than the two previous and in male with a shallow impression near the center; third segment deeply impressed back of the intercoxal process which is broad and gradually curves until near the middle when it abruptly terminates in a sharp triangular point. Male genitalia with the stem broadly rounded at the point. Mesosternal process between the middle coxz elevated, narrow linear. In the single female I have seen there is at the apex of the seventh abdominal segment a deep impression. Legs with femora black and densely clothed in front with deeply cleft scales, tibiz and tarsi very dark red, clothed with fine long silvery hairs, hind tibie slightly curved, front tibiz more strongly so, hind tibize with a prominent mucronate process which at the apex is bifurcate in the male; the process scarcely evident in the female. The tesselation in these specimens is remarkably different and con- sists of a mixture of gray and brown scales with very small macule of black scattered over the interspaces; on the thorax there is an indis- tinct trilineation, the outside paler lines being very narrow; some of the scales are metallic. 575 tude Fo Map 6. Distribution of Phytonomus seriatus Mann. 428 Annals Entomological Society of America = [Vol. IV, Distribution: Type locality: Kadiak Island, Alaska, one specimen collected by H. J. Holmberg in August, 1851. Man- nerheim relates that Holmberg was.picking raspberries and found this, the only beetle taken on the island, on a berry. Through the kindness of E. C. Van Dyke and of Prof. Trevor Kincaid I have had the opportunity of examining three specimens of this species. One very perfect male (coll. Van Dyke) collected by Trevor Kincaid on Pribilov Islands viii-15— 97; and a fine female collected by Mr. Kincaid on St. Paul Island, viii-15-97, and loaned from his collection; the third a specimen collected by Mr. F. E. Blaisdell at Nome, Alaska, it is also a male and a very dark form with the scales much sparser and grayer. The specimen belongs to Mr. Van Dyke. Both males have the tip of the penis projecting and have the mucronate process at the tip of the hind tibiae. Mr. Kincaid (in litt.) states that he has another specimen remaining from those collected by him. Prof. Washburn sent me from the Lugger collection, one specimen of this species collected in ‘‘Alaska.’’ This is prob- ably the specimen mentioned as P. pubicollis by R. L. Webster (1909). In the collection of the U. S. Nat. Museum are several specimens of this species collected, according to Mr. Schwarz, by the International Seal Expedition. This is an interesting species on account of its scale and hair formation bringing it between pubicollis and trivittatus. Further collections from this region will doubtless give us evidence of a greater distribution and it may be that the species occurs on both continents. Some of the Siberian forms described are impossible for me to separate from several Euro- pean forms, especially from P. suspiciosus, on account of the meager descriptions, but this latter species can be readily sep- arated from P. seriatus by the scale and hair characters, the hind tibiz and the last abdominal segment. Phytonomus trivittatus Say. Phytonomus trivittatus: 1831: Say: Desc. N. American Curculionides, p. oe “As. 1859: Leconte: Comp. Writings of Thomas Say, 1: 273-4. 1873: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. N. America, p. 118, no. ,. 6998, 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 430, app. sp. 7 (unrecog.) 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 187. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 429 Hy pera trivittata: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Am., p. 45, no. 8889. Phytonomus setigerus: 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 125, no. 3, p. 415. 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8229. 1889: Kilman: Canad. Entomologist, 21: 136. 1890: Wickham: Canad. Entom., 22: 171. 1903: Evans: Canad. Entom., 35: 319. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20:81. Hypera seligera: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. of N. Amer., p. 45, no. 8883. Phytonomus castor: 1909: Kwiat: Entom. News, 20: 335 (nec castor Lec.) 1909: Titus: Journ. Ec. Entom., 2: 149. 1910: Titus: Bul. 110, Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 72. Original description: Say, 1831, p. 12: “ P. trivittatus. Blackish-brown with numerous scale-like hairs. Inhabits North-west Territory. Body blackish-brown, with numerous robust hairs almost resembling scales, which are longer in three yellowish metallic thoracic vitte of which the lateral ones are broader and terminate in a spot on the hum- erus; the vittae and spot are pale brownish cinereous; antenne rufous; elytra with large costal spots, interstitial lines obsoletely alternating ‘with blackish and pale brown-cinereous; suture behind the middle also pale brown-cinereous; thighs beneath near the tip emarginate; anterior tibize a little incurved at tip. Length one-fifth of an inch.” Adult: (Plate XXIX, figs. 1-5). Length 3.75-6.5 mm. Width 1.5-5.5 mm. 3 Black or dark brownish red, elongate oval, usually densely pubescent with scales and hairs. Legs black or reddish-black. Head densely closely pubescent with long slender hairs the pube- scence extending some distance down the beak, especially dense on the front which between the eyes is narrower than the width of a single eye; beak with a smooth flat carina or keel, possessing above the antennal groove a long shallow narrow impression, sides and tip of beak more or less sparsely finely punctured, with a few long slender hairs. Some of the -hairs on the head above and behind the eyes are broader. Eyes elongate oval, without a fovea behind; antennal groove deep, strongly sloping towards the base of the eyes; antenne rufous or reddish testa- ceous, scape reaching the margin of -the eye, at least as long as the first six joints of the funicle, first funicular joint stout, one-half longer than the second which is distinctly longer than the third, club elongate-oval, darker and finely densely pubescent, more or less pointed at tip. Prothorax narrowest anteriorly, strongly widely rounded near the middle, but nowhere as wide as the elytra at their base; the dorsum with a narrow light median longitudinal line bordered on each side by a much wider dark line or band, and beyond these on the edge the scales are again light, the lower part of the sides and part of the venter with dark scales; the side band of light scales extends back onto the elytra near the humeri and in one specimen partially covers it, in the others examined 430 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV,. the humeri are very dark. Thoracic hairs all pale, striate or ribbed thick at the base and near the tip pointed, there are narrow elongate scales and wider scales emarginate at the tip and in the wider forms the processes are more prolonged; no fringe of forward directed hairs on the anterior border beneath; prothorax polished, punctures circular, rather deep, and distinctly separated. @ Pivilvotus. © PRmavilinus. + FP yevicollis: SKY. Castor. Map 7. Distribution of Phylonomus trivittatus Say, maritimus Titus, pubicollis Lec., and castor Lec. Elytra about four times as long as prothorax along the dorsum, or in some specimens longer; strize very distinct, their punctures especially so on the dorsum, in each black circular puncture there is a short stout hair; the interspaces have elongate hairs which are thickened and ribbed for two-thirds of their length and then abruptly narrowed on one side and slender to the point; scales of the elytra striate only slightly emar- ginate, points produced as long slender processes. All the elytral and 1911] FHypera and Phytonomus in America 431 most of the thoracic hairs are more or less decumbent, curved backward, especially on the prothorax and near the base of the elytra. Alternate interspaces often tesselated with dark brown, especially on the sides. Hairs on interspaces white, except for an occasional black one, humeral spot very large and distinct, brownish-gray or even black or parti- colored, this spot extending back on the interspaces for a considerable distance; a dark common central basal elytral spot is present Venter with scales of under side of thorax shorter and wider, on the abdomen some are arranged in transverse rows at the posterior margins of the segments; mesosternal process between the middle coxe elevated, curved backward, narrowly elongate and ending in a sharp point; a short triangularly produced process from the prosternum is also evident between the front coxze; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment rounded broadly to a point. Legs vary from black to reddish-brown, all the femora darker than tibize and covered with long narrow emarginate scales, the points of which are very long and slender; crown of spines on anterior tibize yellow and blunt;tibie and tarsi hairy, first three joints extremely setose beneath with silvery hairs; front femora of the male not strongly curved. The declivity of the elytra in this species is very evident as will be seen from the illustration, but not as great as in P. maritinius, where it extends quite to the tip. Distribution: Type locality for trivittatus; ‘ North-west Territory,” and for setigerus: ‘‘Kansas.’’ The type specimens of setigerus are in the Leconte coll. in Mus. Comp. Zoology, type no. 398; there are two specimens marked type. Dominion of Canada: Manitoba: Aweme, iv—23-10 (E. Criddle). Alberta: “Edmonton, Ont.’ (James White) Kilman records this specimen in 1897, I have not seen it. British Columbia: “Ft. McLeod, N. W. Ter.” (U. S. N. M.) Vancouver Id. (Wickham), recorded in 1890, specimen not seen. United States: Illinois: Palos Park (Kwiat) vi-28-07 (coll. Wolcott, Fall, Titus, Liebeck). Nebraska: West Point, 4-88 (U. S. N. M.). New Mexico: Gallinas Can. (Snow) R. L. Webster in Litt. The Ft. McLeod record is possibly from one of the specimens reported by Evans (1903) as collected by John MacCoun in “Northwest Territory of Canada.’ Through Dr. Hewitt, Mr. J. D. Evans has loaned one specimen which is labeled ING Wise ta Caiins We Iie NS ie Food Plants and Life History: The Palos Park, Illinois, specimens were bred by A. Kwiat from larve collected on a 432 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, ground pea Lathyrus venosus 30 May, 1907; they spun reticulate white cocoons, one of which I have seen, and transformed to adults June 28, 1907. Mr. A. B. Wolcott tells me that he also has bred it from the same locality and that the larva is deep green in color. The cocoon is pure white and rather loosely woven. Phytonomus maritimus new species. Phytonomus rumicis: 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom News, 20: 81. Adult: (Plate XXIX, figs. 8-9). Length, 5to 6.5mm. Width 2 to 2.6 mm. Stouter and thicker than frivittatus, elytra much more declivous; reddish black, clothed with pale yellow scales and white and black hairs. Head densely pubescent with rather stout hairs, a few notched at tip; beak with a smooth median carina, front between eyes narrow, an elongate, narrow, polished groove above the antennal groove; eyes elongate oval rather large; antennal groove deep, black, smooth; antenne reddish, scope reaching margin of eyes, longer than first six funicle joints, club elongate oval, second and third joints shortest, fourth rather long pointed at tip, entire club finely pubescent with gray hairs. Prothorax not polished, narrower in front than behind, widest in middle, shaped much as in ?rivittatus but sides are fuller and more rounded; punctures large, often confluent; dorsum of prothorax with two wide dark bands separated by a very narrow, light line, sides darker than center line; in some specimens the dorsum is entirely light. Scales broad, deeply emarginate, striate; hairs stout, white and usually notched at tip, sides parallel; scutellum very minute, covered with fine gray or white pubescence. Elytra at base but slightly wider than prothorax, one of the Nan- tucket Id., specimens tessellated almost all over, the darker spots alternating along the central line; elevations between striae, each with a single row of white hairs, each hair stout, parallel-sided and notched at tip; striae with a fine short pointed white hair in each puncture. All the hairs semi-decumbent; scales on the elytra more elongate than on thorax, processes more slender and pointed; the dark spots are velvety black scales, rarely with a black hair on the part of the interspaces where they occur; there is a tendency on all the specimens for a black band to occur on the third interspace beginning at the base of each elytron and gradually fading out. Venter; scales more of the shape of those on the elytra than of the thoracic scales, prosternal process short, triangularly pointed; meso- sternal process between middle coxe long, curved, pointed; intercoxal process of third abdominal (first visible) segment broad, rounded almost to the center and terminating in a short, sharp point. In the male this segment is emarginate posteriorly. Legs; dark red, clothed in front with elongate emarginate scales, tibial crown of spines pale red or yellowish red, a distinct emarginate process on each tibia at the tip, not as prominent as in seriatus. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 433 The declivity of the elytra is extremely prominent and extends quite to the tip. The scales beneath the elytra on the abdomen are sparse except for a dense fringe on each segment posteriorly. Distribution: (See Map 7). Type: U.S. N. M., Nan- tucket Id. Massachusetts: Nantucket Island (U. S. N. M., Field Col. Mus., Bolter Coll. Univ. of Ill.); Edgartown Martha’s Vine- yard Id. vi-27-10 Johnson (Coll. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.); Chatham, vii-14-07 (Coll. Frost). The Nantucket Island specimens are, I believe, all from the same lot and were probably collected by H. Soltau. They have stood in the various collections under the name of Phytonomus rumicis L. They, however, do not belong to this group of the genus. One of the specimens is marked collected on vetch, and another specimen ‘‘on Vicia sativa.” Superficially the species resembles P. murinis Fab. more than P. trivittatus Say but it belongs in the group with the latter species. Phytonomus castor Leconte. Phytonomus castor: 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 126, 415. 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 187,. no. 8233. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. 1910: Titus: Journ. Ec. Entom., 3: 470. Hypera castor: 1880: Austin: Supp, Check List N. Am. Coleop., p. 45, no. Adult: (Plate XXX, figs. 7-9). Length 5-5.5mm. Width 1.8-1.9 mm. Black, elongate oval, small, densely pubescent with fine gray and black scales and hairs. Legs black or reddish black. Head covered with very fine hairs and with scales which are cleft to the base or nearly so; front as wide as eye, in one specimen wider, with a distinct fovea; eyes elongate oval, narrower below; beak shorter than prothorax, widened at the polished tip which is jet black, sparsely punctured, along groove above the point of antennal insertion on the dorsal carina which is very indistinct; antenne inserted very near the tip, the groove deep and wide, scape polished reddish yellow, reaching almost to the eyes (in one specimen almost black), longer than the seven funicular joints, first funicle joint about one-third longer than second, which is longer than third; club pointed, finely, densely pubescent, darker than remainder of antennz. Prothorax longer than wide, narrowed in front, sides rounded, widest in front of middle, densely punctured, clothed with numerous brown and white hairs and with gray or grayish-black scales cleft to the base; distinctly trivittate with white in some, in others there is scarcely a trace of the lighter lines; scales on sides and venter of prothorax some- tiems shorter and broader, metallic in color, but always deeply cleft. 434 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Scutellum minute, triangular, clothed with pale scales. Elytra one-third wider than prothorax at their widest point, back of the middle, at base scarcely one-quarter wider; humeri distinctly clothed with jet black scales; interspaces elevated, each with a more or less complete row of white or brownish-white setae, processes of the scales more slender and elongate, causing the pubescence to lap over the strie; where the strial punctures can be seen they contain very short pale setae; the type specimen has beautiful pearl-gray scales intermixed with brown and black scales to form an almost completely tesselated surface; other specimens seen possess the tesselation on parts of elytra, costal edge of elytra of all specimens seen covered witli paler scales. Venter with gray or brownish gray scales and short white sete, on the abdomen the scales are arranged in transverse rows; mesosternal process between the middle coxze somewhat elevated, linear, apparently with a triangular point (very densely covered with scale); intercoxal process of third abdominal segment broadly truncate. Legs with femora and coxe black, tibiz and tarsi dark brown or reddish brown, femora clothed in front with scales, eslewhere the legs are covered with hairs; tibial crown of spines pale. Distribution: Type locality “‘Canada”’ 1 specimen, Mus. Comp. Zool.; also Aweme, Manitoba, 24—vi-09 (N. Criddle). All the specimens seen are males. Life history is not known. The species is very closely related to P. trivittatus Say and to the European P. viciae. Phytonomus pubicollis Leconte. Phytonomus pubicollis: 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 125, no. 5, p. 415. 1885: Henshaw, Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8232. Hypera pubicollis: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Am., p. 45, no. 8886. Adult: (Plate XXIX, figs.10-12). Length 3.24.5 mm. Width 1.5 mm. Black or reddish black, rather stout, clothed with fine gray or brownish gray pubescence of scales and hairs; legs black. Head clothed with gray or yellow-brown hairs; front narrow, not as wide as one of the eyes; a distinct fovea between eyes on front; eyes oval, not prominent; beak two-thirds as long as prothorax, polished near the tip, sparsely punctured, a groove above the insertion of the antenna, not carinate, projections above tip of antennal groove more evident than in any species but seriatus; antennal groove black, polished; antenne rufous or piceous, scape reaching to the margin of the eyes, but not longer than the funicle, first funicluar joint much longer than second, or as long as second and third united, second nearly twice as long as third, the funicle joints are darker from the third on and the club is dark, densely pubescent with fine hairs, oval, pointed. Prothorax almost quadrate, a little wider in the middle and narrowed anteriorly, never nearly as wide as elytra at base, clothed with brown, gray and white hairs and intermixed scales; the scales are deeply, 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 435 roundly emarginate, the processes long and slender, scales never cleft; thorax polished, closely densely punctured. There is an obsolete- trivittation on the thorax caused by a few pale scales in the center and on the side in longitudinal lines, the intermediate bands are of brown scales. Elytra at base at least one-third wider than prothorax, humeri rounded with dark scales (sometimes almost black), striae, especially the first and second, deeply punctured, interspaces elevated, a quadrate common spot at base reaching the second interspace, darker brown in color (more evident in type specimen); interspaces clothed with gray and brown scales alternating with brown and black tesselations, es- pecially evident on the last third of the sutural space; hairs or bristles decumbent, sparse on the dorsum at the base, more numerous behind and lying closer to the scales. From the side the elytra show a distinct elevation about two-thirds of the distance towards the tip, then are rapidly obliquely slanted to the blunt tip. Venter clothed with fine deeply emarginate scales, a depression on the first and last segments; mesosternal process between middle coxze very narrow, linear, elevated, clothed with paler scales; intercoxal process of first segment not broad, pointed. } Legs with femora black or brownish black, tibize and tarsi testaceous, claws and last tarsal joint sometimes darker; posterior tibiae with a very short crown of spines, anterior tibie strongly curved inward, anterior femora deeply contracted near the apex. Distribution: (See Map 7). Type locality ‘‘Vanc. Id.”’, one specimen, a male, in the Leconte collection, Mus. Comp. Zoology. I have examined one other specimen, also a male, from Vancouver Island, loaned me by Mr. H. C. Fall, Pasadena, Cal. R. L. Webster (1909) determined a specimen from Alaska in the Lugger collection as this species. I have seen but one spec- imen from this collection marked Alaska and it is P. seriatus Mann. Phytonomus meles Fabricius. Curculio griseus: 1776: Muller: Zool. Dan. Prodr. Anim., p. 88 (nec. Fabricius 1775). 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii, p. 1757, no. 204. 1827: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suecica, 4 (pt. 4 app.): 372, no. 40. Curculio meles: 1792: Fabricius: Syst. Ent. emend., 1 (pt. 2): 466, no. 300. 1795: Fabricus: Nomen. Entomologicus, p. U. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 495. 1795: Panzer: Entom. Germanica, p. 325, no. 148. 1795: Weber: Nomen. Entom. sec. E. S. Fab., p. 56. 1796: Fabricius: Ind. Alphabeticus, E. S. Emend., p. 57. 1801: Fabricius: Syst. Eleutherat., 2: 523, no. 97. 1828: Boitard: Man.d’ Entom., 1: 407. Brachyrhinus meles: 1804: Latreille: Hist. nat. Gen. et parc., 11: 165, no. 31. 436 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. Rhynchaenus meles: 1813: 1820: 1828: 1840: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 3 (pt 3): 97, no. 29 pedestris). Billberg: Enumerat. Ins., p. 42. Zetterstedt: Fauna Ins. Lapponica, 1: 319, no. 35. Zetterstedt: Ins. Lapponica, p. 179. Hypera meles: ¢ 21: Germar: Germ. & Zinck. Mag., 4: 340, no. 9. 1833: 1844: 1848: 1849: 1861: 1863: 1869: 1871: 1871: 1877: 1874: 1879: 1880: 1880: 1882: 1882: 1883: 1884: 1884: 1884: 1891: 1891: 1891: 1893: 1894: 1896: 1896: 1903: Villa: Cat. Coleop. Eur. dupl. coll. Villa, p. Villa: Cat. dei Coleop. della Lombardia, p. Walton: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) 1: 299, no. 12. Walton: Stett. Entom. Zeit., 10: 261. Waterhouse: Cat. British Coleop., p. 71, no. 12. Lacordaire: Hist. nat. Ins. Coleop., 6: 401. Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutschland, p. 52. Kirsh: Berl. Ent. Zeit. 15. 189. Gemminger et Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2383. Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur. ed. 2, p. 148. Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Kafer, 2. 254. Tacshenberg: Die Kafer und Haubflugler, 2: 123. Koppen: Die Schaflichen Ins. Russlands, p. 209. Rupertsberger: Biol. d. Kafer Europa, p. 201. Fuast: Deut. Entom. Zeits., p. 259. Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 165 (subg. Dapalinus). Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 4, p. 159. Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 167. Bargagli: Rass. Biol. Kinc. Eur., p. 94. Bedel: Coleop. Bassin d. 1. Seine, p. 79, 259, no. 16. Fowler: British Coleop., 5: 230, no. 235. Schneider: Coleop. & Lepidop. Bergen, p. 113, no. 37. Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 302. Bertolini: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 25: 245. Rupertsberger: Biol. d. Kafer, p. 209, 294. Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 152, (subg. Dapalinus). Martirelli: Ann. d. Hist. nat., 26: 295 (sep. p. 15). Everts: Coleop. Neerlandica, p. 603. Phytonomus meles: 1833: 1834: 1837: 1842: 1842: 1843: 1843: 1844: 1847: 1849: 1849: 1851: 1853: 1855: 1857: 1858: 1859: 1860: 1862: 1862: 1868: 1869: 1871: 1872: 1874: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 264. Gyllenhal in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 2 (pt 2): 390, no. 32. Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 287. Boheman in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt 2): 382. Germar: Stett. Entom. Zeit., 3: 101. Schmidt: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 4: 24. Sturm. Cat. Kafer Sammlung, p. 201. (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Europe, p. 52. Hochhuth: Bul. Imp. Soc. Mosc. (2) 1: 493, no. 103. (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Europe, p. 61. Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Kafer, p. 436. Perris: Mem. Acad. Sc. Lyon, n.s., 1: . Zebe: Syn. d. bisher in Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop. p. 75. Jac. du Val: Gen. Coleop. d’ Europe, p. 110. Lentz: Neus Verz. Preussichen Kafer, p. 125. Dohrn: Cat: Coleop. Eur., p. 79. Motschoulsky: Col. d. Gov. Jak. (Melang. biol. Ac. Petrop.) pv. Motschoulsky: Cat. Ins. Amour, p. 9. Laboulbene: Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., (4) 2: 569-573, pl. 13, fig. 29-33. Schaum: Cat. Coleop. Europa, ed. 2, p. 89. Capiomont: Revis. de Hyperides, p. 173-175, pl.’2, fig. 20. Giebel: Coll. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg, pp. 44, 47. Brischke: Schr. d. Naturf. Ges. in Danzig, n. f., 2 (3): 23. Bertolini: Cat. Syn. e Top. Coleop. Ital., p. Kaltenbach; Pflanzen Feinde, p. 121. IV, 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 437 1874: Siebke: Enum. Ins. Norvegicum, 1: 266, no. 9 (miles). 1878: Schneider & Leder: Beit. kennt. Kauk. Kaferfauna, p. 287. 1881: Riley: Amer. Naturalist, 15: 912. 1882: Riley: Report of Entomologist, p. 111. 1883: Riley: in Rpt. U. S. Dept. Agric. f. 1881-2, p. 171. 1883: Lintner: First Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 248. 1891: Seidlitz: Fauna Transsylvanica, p. 677. 1901: Petri: Monog. Coleop.—Tribus Hyperini, p. 158-9, 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop., Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 38. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 65. 1909: Ferrant: Die Schlad. Ins. Land-u. Forst. pt. 2, p. 187. 1910: Kleine: Entom. Blatter, 6: 199. 1911: Titus: Psyche, 18: 74. 1911: Champlain: Psyche, 18: 173. Curculio trifolit: 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 266, tab. 80, no. 5. 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecica, 3: 232, no. 49. Rhynchaenus trifolu: 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 1 (pt 3): 111, no. 40. 1827: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suecica, 1(pt. 4, app. 3): 572, no. 40. 1834: Sahlberg: Ins. Fennica, p. 43, no. 33. Hypera trifolu: 1821: Dejean: Cat. Coll. Coleop., p. 89. 1826: Sturm: Cat. Ins. Sammlung, 1: 157. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 169, no. 1726 (?trilineatus). 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 100, no. 20 (?trilineatus). 1868: Villa: Relaz. Sugli Ins. che. devas. il Trifogli, p. 1. Phytonomus trifoli: 1874: Kaltenbach: Pflanzen Feinde, p. 121. Phytonomus meles var. trifolii: 1874: Kaltenbach: Pflanzen Feinde, p. 124. Curculio borealis: 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suec., 3: 249, no. 68. Rhynchaenus borealis: 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 1 (pt 3) :115, no. 48. 1828: Zetterstedt: Faun. Ins. Lapponica, 1: 321, no. 38. 1840: Zetterstedt: Ins. Lapponica, p. 181, no. 44. Hypera borealis: 1821: Germar: Germ. & Zinck. Mag., 4: 339, no. 7. 1827: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec. 1 (pt 4, 100. 3): 572, no. 43. 1884: Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 167. Phytonomus borealis: 1858: Matheiu: Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 2: 198, no. 206. Curculio plantaginis: 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 267. Hypera plantaginis: 1829: Stephens: Cat. Sys. Brit. Ins., p. 169, no. 1725. 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: , no. 19. Curculio stramineus: 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 267, no. 88. Rhynchaenus stramineus: 1819: Samouelle: Entom. Useful Comp., p. 369. Hypera straminea: 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entom., 2: no. 116. 10. 1829: Stephens. Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 169, no. 1727. 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 99, no. 438 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Hypera picipes: 1821: Dejean: Cat. Coll. Coleop., p. 89. 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean. Dejena, ed. 2, p. 264. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 287. 1844: (Dohrn) Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 52. ITypera picipes: 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 168, no. 1721. 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 93, no. 15. Hy pera murina: 1829: Stephens: Cat. Sys. Brit. Ins., p. 168, no. 1722 (nec. Fabr.). 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 93, no. 16. Phytonomus castor: 1910: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 381 (nec. Lee.). “300. C. brevirostris griseus thoracis dorso fusco linea albida, elytirs nigro punctatis, sutura ante apicem albida. “Habitat in Germania. Dom Smidt. “Paullo minor C. corvli. Caput griseum rostro cylindrico, nigro. Thorax supra grisues dorso lato, fusco linea media grisea. Flytra striata, moz grisea. mox magis ferruginea, nigro punctata sutura ante apicem linea distincta, albida. Pedes concolores.” Adult: (Plate XXIV, figs. 9, 15, 16; Plate XXX, figs. 4-6). Length 3.5-5mm. Width 1.7—-2.1 mm. Black or reddish black, elongate-oval, small, sides of elytra nearly parallel; scales cleft to the base, hairs never long and erect. Head small, finely closely regularly punctured; front very narrow, never as wide as the eye, densely pubescent; beak long slender, cylin- drical, curved, in female longer than thorax; distinct central keel terminating opposite the antennal insertion in a wider smooth portion which possesses an elongate depression, one or more rather regular punctured striz on the sides; tip reddish, smooth, polished sparsely punctured and with a few long hairs; eyes elongate oval, large; antenne yellowish red or red, inserted near apex of beak, scape reaches margin of the eyes, first funicle joint twice as long as second, following except third shorter than broad, seventh very broad, club oval, pointed, densely pubescent. Prothorax very wide, sometimes one-fourth wider than long, widest about the middle, sides strongly widely rounded, anterior margin narrower than posterior, dorsum almost flat, densely punctured, but punctures distinctly separated by smooth shining part of prothorax; usually rather sparsely covered with metallic gray or pale brown scales, a long central paler line may be generally distinguished, and the sides are uniformly paler, the bands between are often irregular in width. Scutellum paler, small distinct, narrowly triangulate. Elytra at base scarcely wider than prothorax in widest part, nearly rectangular, very slightly rounded at sides, humeri rounded somewhat prominent; finely striately punctate, interspaces a very little elevated, scales rather uniform in color over the elytra, but in some specimens the elytra are almost entirely tesselated with dark brown on a paler brown background; sutural scale often darker than others especially in front; all the scales sometimes metallic green or gray or brown gray or even 1911] ITypera and Phytonomus in America 439 dark brown. Hairs black, dark brown or white placed on interspaces, curved, directed backward, never erect, not placed in regular rows on the interspaces. Venter not so densely scaled, gray or pale brown, terminal abdominal segment with long gray hairs; third abdominal segment of the male with a shallow impression near the center; intercoxal process of third segment truncately broad but ending in a short triangular point, the segment closely deeply punctured, more so than in any other species studied; mesosternal process between the middle coxe elevated, narrowly triangular. Legs short, femora stout, thickened; fore tibize of male curved inward, femora scaled in front, remainder of legs hairy, femora darker than tibize and tarsi but not black, remainder of legs reddish yellow to nearly black, tarsi usually a little paler. Egg: White or very pale yellow when first laid, oval, sculptured . with fine hexagonal depressions. Length 0.40 to 0.45 mm., width 0.25 to 0.80 mm. Larva: (Laboulbene 1862, and Brischke 1871): These authors state that the larvee are deep green, first thoracic segment yellow, a long whitish-yellow median stripe interrupted on the posterior edge of each segment, another paler line below the black spiracles. Head yellow beneath, dark in front, anterior border almost straight, sides rounded, labrum emarginate with eight short stout hairs, mandibles tridentate, brownish, black at tips; prothoracic segment with an rectan- gular brown or blackish band across it, interrupted in the middle, the other two segments lack this band (as is usual in the other species examined); color of abdominal segments varying from yellow to clear green or dirty yellow, the median line is wide and evident. The first thoracic segment has three rows of fine brownish tubercles (Brischke) the other segment with two tubercles on the front part and six pairs in the second row; the anal segment without tubercles. All the tubercles possess hairs which Laboulbene states are on the tubercles of the dorsum short, stout and clavate at tips; tenth, eleventh and twelfth have longer hairs, not clavate. The second series of enlargements have on the thorax each three hairs. The description of Laboulbene is long and very complete, but I have quoted here only the essential parts since he states that he had the larvee of a variety ‘‘Phytonomus meles var. trifolii’’ and that it is different from the larvee of meles. Personally I believe the variety is only a form that may occur in any generation but it will probably be better to leave a full description of this species until we can secure larvee in America for the purpose. Cocoon: According to Laboulbene the cocoon is ovoid or oval, white or amber color and remarkable for its reticulations. Pupa: Laboulbene only states that there is nothing in particular to describe. 440 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Raxcuas \ © Your 7 \ sh “6 wt eo esr How" Si, Nero e Vhyliono mus amoates: “abs. + snaritimes (Sus. Map 8. Distribution of Phytonomus meles Fab., and P. maritimus Titus. Distribution: Type locality of the Fabrician species was Germany. The species was described from Denmark, by Miller as C. griseus. Capiomont and Petri give its distribution as over all Europe, except Spain and Portugal, and occurring in parts of Siberia and Transkaukasus and along the north coast of Africa. In the United States I have examined specimens from the following places: New Hampshire; Claremont (R. P. Dow); Massachusetts; Framingham (Frost); Springfield, June 1911 (Titus). New Vork: Albany, 9 July, ’08 (E. P. Felt); West Point, 28 April, 08, W. Robinson (A. M. N. H.); Westchester County, (Schaeffer); Brooklyn (Schaeffer); Rockaway Beach (Bischoff). Connecticut: Hamden, 16 May, 1910, A. B. Champlain (U. S. N. M.); New Haven, 28 May, 1910, A. B. Champlain 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 441 (coll. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta.); Meriden (Britton in litt. May 29, 1911); Colebrook, June, 1911 (Titus); Hartford, June, 1911 (Titus). New Jersey: Ramsey, 31 May, 1908 (Schaeffer); Hewit (Schaeffer) ; Rahway, 23 July (Bischoff); Newfoundland, 30 May (Bischoff); Lake Hopatcong, 30 May (J. A. Grossbeck). Also Mt. View (Bischoff 77 /itt). Mr. E. A. Bischoff writes me that this is the species listed as Phytonomus castor in the Smith Cat. Ins. of New Jersey. He states further, ‘‘ Mr. Dow from New York was the first to collect it at Rockaway Beach and had it identified as castor. He was kind enough to let me have a pair; Mr. Grossbeck of New Brunswick collected it at L. Hopatcong and let me have another pair, after which I collected it at Mountain View, Newfound- land, and Rahway, N. J.” Mr. R. P. Dow (in litt. 16 May, 1911) states that he first collected this species in June, 1907, in the ‘Rockaway Washup.”’ In 1908, he collected specimens in a back lot in Brooklyn and received specimens from Torre Bueno collected in White Plains. Mr. Dow states that he took the same species in Claremont, N. H., ~ June 238-29, 1909-10.” Food Plants and Life History: Gyllenhal and Germar both report the species as feeding on clover in Europe, and Herbst certainly must have taken his trifolii from clover. Kaltenbach (1874) notes that it feeds on young shoots of lucern; Brischke reported it as feeding on lucern in Germany, and Laboulbene took it from Trifolium pratense in France. Kleine gives the food plants as Medicago sativa, M. falcata, M. lupulina, M. media, Trifolium pratense and T. incarnatum. It has been reported as causing injury in Germany, Austria and Southeast Russia to lucern. Dr. E. P. Felt bred his specimens at Albany, N. Y., from red clover. Dr. Britton very kindly sent me living specimens collected by Mr. Champlain at New Haven, in May. From these I secured eggs. The eggs were deposited on and in the stems and leaf petioles of clover and alfalfa and on blossoms of clover. Five to nine in a place in the stems and singly in the other situations. 442 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. Phytonomus nigrirostris Fabricius. Curculio nigrirostris: 1775: Fabricius: System Entomol., p. 132, no. 24. 1781: Fabricius: Species Insectorum, 1: 167, no. 33. 1783: Herbst: Fuesels Archiv., 4: 69, no. 8, T. 24, fig. 3. 1787: Fabricius: Mantissa Insect., p. 100, no. 44. 1789: de Villers: Entom. Fauna. Suec., 1: 187, no. 43; 4: 267, no. 43. 1790: Brahm: Insektenkalendare, p. Ixvii, 78, no. 250. 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. xiii, p. 1744, no. 105. 1790: Olivier: Hist. Nat. Ins., 5: 483, no. 55, T. 33, fig. 508, p. 140. 1790: Rossi: Fauna Etrusca, 1: 114, no. 292. 1792: Fabricius: Entom. Syst., 1 (pt 2): 407, no. 56. 1792: Paykull: Monog. Curculionidum,.p. 56, no. li. 1794: Herbst: Fues. Archiv (Fr. ed.) p. 119, no. 5, pl. 24, fig. 3a. 1795: Fabricius: Nomen. Entom., p. T. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 281, no. 254. 1795: Panzer: Entom. German., p. 302, no. 19. 1795: Panzer: Fauna Germ., p. 36, no. 14. 1795: Rossi: Fauna Etrusca, (Hellwig ed.), 1: 121, no. 292. 1795: Weber: Nomen. Entomol. sec. E. S. Fab., p. 53. 1796: Fabricius: Ind. Alphab., E. S. emend., p. 58. 1797: Bergstrasser: Epit. Ent. Fab. Nomen., p. 67. 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecica, Ins., 3: 247. 1801: Trost: Kleine Beyt. Entom., p. 39, 428. 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 267, no. 89. 1804: Latreille: Hist. nat. Crust. et Ins., 11: 131, no. 19. 1819: Samouelle: Entom. Useful Comp., p. 205. 1855: Nordlinger: Die Kleinen Feinde d. Landw., p. 152. Rhynchaenus nigrirostris: 1801: Fabricius: Syst. Eleuth., 2: 448, no. 53. 1802: Fabricius: Ind. G. et sp. Sys. Eleuth., p. 69, no. 448. 53. 1805: Illiger: Mag. f. Insektenkunde, 4: 141, no. 53. 1807: Olivier: Hist. Nat. Ins., 5: 140, no. 98, pl. 33, fig. 508. 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 1 (pt 3): 114, no. 42. 1813: Panzer: Ind. Ent. Fauna Germ., p. 190, no. 7. 1817: von Beck: Beit. z. baiersch. Insektenf., p. 41, no. 73. 1819: Samouelle: Entom. Useful Comp., p. 369. 1820: Billberg: Enum. Insectorum, p. 42. 1827: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec. 1: (pt 4, app. 3): 572, no. 42. 1828: Boitard: Man. d’Entom., p. 422. HHypera nigrirostris: 1817: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag. 2: 340. 1819: Samouelle: Entom. Useful Comp., p. 205. 1821: Germar: Mag., 4: 338, no. 5. 1821: Dejean: Cat. coll. Coleop., p. 88. 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entom., 2: no. 116, 19. 1826: Sturm: Cat. Ins. Sammlung, 1: 157. 1829: Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Ins., p. 50, no. 21. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins. p. 169, no. 1728. 1831: Stephens: Entom., 4: 98, no. 17. 1834: Sahlberg: Ins. Fennica, 2: 45, no. 35. 1848: Walton: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) 1: 297, no. 9. 1849: Walton: Stett. Entom. Zeit., p. 261. 1861: Waterhouse: Cat. Brit. Coleop. p. 71, no. 9. 1863: Lacordaire: Hist. Nat. Ins. Coleop., 6: 401. 1869: Giebel: Verz. z. Mus. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg, p. 45, no. 52. 1869: Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutsch., p. 52. 1871: Kirsch: Berl. Ent. Zeit., 15: 191. 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop. 8: 2384. 1871: Brischke: Schrf. d. Naturf. Ges. Danzig, n. f., 2 (pt 3): 24. 1911] 1873: 1874: 1877: 1877: 1879: 1880: 1880: 1882: 1883: 1883: 1880: 1884: 1884: 1889: 1891: 1891: 1893: 1897: 1903: 1907: * Hypera and Phytonomus in America 443 Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 5: 96. Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Kafer, 2: 255. Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 2, p. 148. Piccioli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital. 9: 228, no. 143. Taschenberg: Die Kafer u. Haubflugler, 2: 124. Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Am., p. 45, no. 8887. Koppen: Die Schadl. Ins. Russlands, p. 209. Piccioli & Cavanna: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 14: 379. no. 58. Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 15: 321. Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 4, p. 159. Rupertsberger: Die Biol. Kafer Eur., p. 210. Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 168. Bargagli: Rass. Biol. Rinc. Europei, p. 95. Bedel: Coleop. Bassin d. 1. Seine, pp. 79, 260, no. 20. Fauvel: Revue Entom. 8: 157, no. 460. Schneider: Coleop. & Lepidop. Bergen, p, 113, no. 36. Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 304. Bertolini: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 25: 245, no. 19. Kenipers: Tijd. v. Entom., 40: 177. Everts: Coleop. Neerlandica, p. 604. Wachsmann: Rovar. Lapok, 14: 19. Phytonomus nigrirostris: 1833: 1834: 1837: 1842: 1843: 1844: 1847: 1849: 1849: 1849: 1849: 1853: 1853: 1855: 1857: 1858: 1858: 1858: 1859: 1862: 1865: 1866: 1868: 1873: 1874: 1874: 1875: 1876: 1876: 1877: 1878: 1877: 1878: 1879: 1881: 1882: 1883: 1883: 1883: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 264. Gyllenhal in Schonheer: Gen. et sp. Curc., 2 (pt 2): 393, no. 37. Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. Schonherr: Gen et sp. Curc., 6 (pt 2): 384, no. 86. Sturm: Cat. Kafer Sammlung, p. 201. (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 52. Hochhuth: Enum. Russelkafer Kauk. et Transk., p. 494, no. 107. (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eur., p. 61. Gaubil: Cat. Syn. Col. Eur. et Alg., p. 156, no. 63. Lucas: Exp. Sc. d’Alg., Ins., 2:425, no. 1133. Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, p. 4838, 437. Murray: Cat. Col. Scotland. Zebe: Syn. d. bisher in Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop., p. 75. Jac. du Val: Gen. Coleop. Europe, p. 110 (in part). Lentz: Neue verz. d. Preuss. Kafer, p. 125. Dohrn: Cat. Col. Europe., p. 79. Matheiu: Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., 2: 198, no. 205. Tyrer: Ent. Weekly Intell., 4 (no. 4) p. 6. Belke: Bul. Soc. Imp. Mosc., p. 53. Schaum: Cat. Coleop. Europ., ed. 2. p. 89. Thomson: Skand. Coleop., 7: 173, no. 15. de Marseul: Cat. Coleop. Eur. et. conf., p. 100, no. 79. Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 227, T. 1, fig. 5. Girard: Traite Elem. d’Entom., 1: 670. Siebke: Enum. Ins. Norvegicum, fasc. 1, p. 266. Kaltenbach: Pflanzen Feinde, p. 124. Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 6: 261 (as nigrocornis). Everts: Tijd. v. Entom., 20: xxviii. Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 126. Heyden: Jahrb. Nassau. Verein, 29: 313. Dimmock: Psyche: 2: 164 (Bibiiog. record). Provancher: Le Naturaliste Canad., 9: 324. Hubbard & Schwarz; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 17: 663. Veth: Tijd. v. Entom., 22: 95. Riley: American Naturalist, 15: 912. Riley: Report of Entomologist, p. 111. Riley: in Rpt. U.S. Dept. Agric. f. 1881-2, p. 171. Lintner: First Rpt. St. Entom. N.Y ., p. 248. Brodie & White: Check List Ins. Dom. Canada, p. 47. * 444 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1884: Fletcher: Canad. Entomologist, 16: 215. 1884: Harrington: Canad. Entomologist, 16: 217. 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 187, no. 8234. 1885: Riley: Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 1: 20. 1889: Hamilton: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 16: 155, no. 456. 1889: Heyden: Ver. Nat. Nassau., 42: 147. 1889: Vitale: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 21: 150. 1890: Smith: Cat. Ins. N. Jersey, p. 250. 1890: Fletcher: 2ist Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 41. 1894: Hanham: Canad. Entom., 26: 352. 1895: Harrington: 26th Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 49-51. 1899: Fernald: 11th Rpt. Hatch Exp. Sta. (Mass.), p. 103. 1899: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 343. 1900: Harrington: 30th Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 94-96. 1900: Fletcher: Bul. 26 n. s. Div. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 96. 1900: Fletcher: 30th Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 96. 1901: Petri: Monog. Coleop.-Tribus Hyperini, pp. 164, 203. 1901: Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop, Hft. 44, Hyperini, pp. 27, 38. 1902: Felt: 17th Rpt St. Ent. N. Y., p. 845. 1906: Fletcher: 36th Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. $4. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 656, ed. 2. 1907: Close: 16-18th Rpts. Del. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 106. 1907: Pierce: Ann. Rpt. Neb. St. Bd. Agric., p. 259. 1907: Schwarz: Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 9: 114. 1907: Wachsmann: Rovar. Lapok, 14: 19. 1908: Houghton: Journ. Econ. Ent., 1: 297. 1909: Ferrant: Die Schad. Ins. d. Land-u. Forstw. p. 137, fig. 82. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. 1909: Webster, F. M.: Bul. 85, Bur. Ent., U.S. Dept. Agr., pp. 1-12, figs. 8. 1909: Bur. Entom.: Yearbook U.S, Dept. Agric., p. 569. 1910: Schwarz: Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 12: 71. 1910: Titus: Journ. Ec. Entom., 3:461. 1910: Hooker: Exp. Sta. Record, p. 256. 1910: Kleine: Entom. Blatter, 6: 199. 1910: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 381. 1911: Webster: Bul. 85 (rev. ed.) Bur. Ent. U. S. D. Agr., pp. 12, figs. 8. 1911: Gibson: 41st Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 12. Curculio variabilis: 1781: Fabricius: Spec. Insect., 1: 67, no. 34. 1787: Fabricius: Mant. Ins., p. 100, no. 45. 1789: Villers: Entom. Fauna Suec., 1: 187, no. 45; 4: 267, no. 45. 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii, p. 1744, no. 105. 1790: Olivier: Hist. Nat. Ins., 5: 483, no. 56. 1792: Fabricius: Ent. Syst., 1 (pt 2): 407, no. 57. 1795: Fabricius: Nomen. Entom., p. T. 1795: Panzer: Entom. German., p. 302, no. 20. 1796: Fabricius: Ind. Alphab. E. S. emend., p. 58. 1797: Bergstrasser: Epit. Ent. Fab. Nomen., p. 67. Curculio nigrirostris var. variabilis: 1792: Paykull: Monog. Curc., p. 56, liii. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 281, no. 254, var. 4. 1855: Nordlinger: Die Kleiner Feinde Landw., p. 153. Rhynchaenus variabilis: 1801: Fabricius: Syst. Eleuth., 2: 448, no. 54. 1802: Fabricius: Ind. G. et sp. Syst. Eleuth., p. 69. 1805: Illiger: Mag. f. Insektenkunde, 4: 141, no. 54. 1817: v. Beck: Beit. z. Baiersch. Insektenfauna, p. 42, no. 74. 1822: Illiger: Mag. f. Insektenkunde, ed. 2, 4: 141, no. 54. Rhynchenus nigrirostris var. variabilis: 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suecica, 1 (pt 3): 115, no. 42, var. d. 1828: Boitard: Man. d’ Entom., 1: 422. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 445 Phytonomus nigrirostris var. variabilis: 1858: Matheiu: Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., 2: 198, no. 205, var. 1901: Petri: Monog. d. Coleop.—Tribus Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.—Tab. Coleop., Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39. Curculio virescens: 1790: Quensel: Diss. ign. Insect., p. 16. Curculio fulvipes: 1801: Turton: Gen. Sys. Nat., 2: 215 (syn. by Stephens). 1802: Stewart: Elem. Nat. Hist., 2: 54 (syn. by Stephens). Phytonomus steirlini: 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 223. Hypera steirlini: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop. 8: 2387. 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2387. 1871: Kirsch: Berl. Ent. Zeit., 15: 191. Hypera nigrirostris var. steirlini: 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 303. Phytonomus nigrirostris var. steirlini: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Tribus Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.—Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 37. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 656. Erirhinus viridis: : 1877: Provancher: Petite Fauna ent. Can., 1: 518, Phytonomus nigrirostris var. hirtus: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Tribus Hyperini, p. 165, 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.-Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 37. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 656, Original description: Fabricius, 1775, p. 132, as Curculio nigrirostris. “nigrirostris. 24. C. longirostris, viridis, rostro atro. Habitat in Anglia. D. Banks. Caput fuscum, rostro cylindrico, atro, nitido. Thorax gibbus, rotun- datus, viridis, lineis duabus dorsalibus, fuscis. Elytra tomentosa, viridis, immaculata. Pedes fusci, femoribus simplicibus.”’ ; Adult: (Plate XXX, fig. 1). Length 3.54.5 mm. Width 1.3-1.7 mm. Yellowish-red to black, elongate-oval or elongate; scales cleft to the base, metallic gray-green, yellowish, gray-brown, green, deep green or blue green, apparently depending upon the maturity of the specimen. Head densely black, small, closely finely punctured, clothed with fine pale hairs; front narrower than eyes; beak as long as prothorax or longer (in female especially so), curved, cylindrical, polished, with a median dorsal keel the whole length, interrupted above the antennal insertion by an elongate narrow depression; eves much elongated, narrowed below, an indistinct fovea on the front between the eyes; antennal groove narrow, black, punctured; antenne red or yellowish-red, scape reaching almost to middle of eye, first funicle joint not twice as long as second, joints three to seven becoming regularly shorter and broader, seventh broadly oval, club not elongate-oval, dark, densely pubescent, the re- mainder of the antennz with many fine white hairs. Prothorax one-third longer than wide, coarsely punctured, pube- scent, the narrow anterior margin polished, sides almost parallel a little widened one-third of distance from anterior margin, posterior edge wider than anterior; clothed with scales deeply cleft, hairs sparse, more on anterior edge and on sides; each puncture on the sides has a scale set in 446 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, it; dorsum often with a median longitudinal pale green line bounded by rich darker bands of scales that reach to edge, the sides paler. Elytra elongate-oval, at base slightly rounded, sides nearly parallel, humeri prominent and usually darker; strie distinctly punctate; inter- spaces somewhat elevated posteriorly; scales may be uniformly of one color, or the alternate interspaces with scales of different shades of the same color or of different colors, or the elytra spotted with more or less indistinct gray or brown macule on a green or gray-brown background, especially along the suture; edges often with pale or reddish-brown scales on the last or last two interspaces, at the apex this coloration extends forward for some distance on each side of the suture; hairs or bristles white or black, varying in length, at base, but uniformly longer behind and usually more erect. There appears to be a tendency in this as in other species having both black and white hairs to have the colors alternating on the interspaces but this is not a fixed rule. Some specimens have a blue green longitudinal stripe on the seventh and eighth, or seventh to ninth interspaces. Venter on the thoracic portions coarsely punctured, abdominal segments with the punctures finer; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment nearly triangular; mesosternal process angularly elevated between the middle cox, narrowly triangular, never linear or parallel sided, last abdominal segment longer than two previous ones, in the male with an impression on the disk. Legs varying in color, even in matured specimens from red or reddish brown to very dark red or more rarely black; clothed with fine pale or silvery hairs sparsely set, never with scales, except on cox; femora stout, anterior tibiz of male strongly curved with the apical process distinct, claws and upper side of tarsal joints often darker, pads of tarsal joints silvery-white. Egg: Ovoid pale-greenish, surface distinctly sculptured, not as hexagonal in specimens examined as in Hyp. punctata eggs. The eggs darken as incubation progresses and become almost jet black, and shining. “Length, 0.55 mm. to 0.63 mm.; width, 0.35 mm. to 0.36 mm.” according to Hyslop and Webster in Bul. 85, 1909. I have not had enough specimens to care to furnish data as to length at the present time, since mine seems to vary more than that given above. Larve: early stages: ‘“‘The newly hatched larva is 1.25 mm. in length and 0.25 mm. broad. Color white, with pinkish tinge, best seen on ventral surface. Head large with the cervical shield pale brown, the latter divided by a broad median white line, the inverted V-shaped mark on head also white; body with sparsely placed sete longer and more conspicuous on the anal segments. In a short time the pink tinge disappears, the head becomes black, and the inverted V-shaped line extends across the now black thoracic shield, and along the entire length of the body it is produced in a very delicate, pale median dorsal line. (Described by Wildermuth and Webster).’”’ From Bul. 85, Webster, 1909. Later stages: ‘‘The full grown larva. (Plate XXIV, figs. 26,28, 31). The full grown larva is of a greenish straw color. The inverted white 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 447 line is still quite visible on the head. Head light brown. The cervical shield has lost its color, but the faint dorsal white line is still noticeable throughout the whole length of the body. The sete are still prominent, there being four long ones on each segment, those on the last two seg- ments being very long. (Description by Wildermuth and Webster).”’ From Webster, Bul. 85, 1909. Cocoon: (Plate XXX, fig. 3). Constructed of very fine white threads intermixed with coarser threads, more nearly globular than cocoon of P. posticus. Meshes rather irregular and open, not finely, closely, evenly arranged. Pupa: (Plate XXX, fig. 2). “Pupa distinctly resembling the adult. Abdomen almost colorless, with a slight tinge of yellow. Head, thorax and appendages increasing in density of black from time of pupa- tion until emergence. A very distinct white line passes through center of dorsal surface of thorax and head, and continues on through the beak where it reaches its greatest width. (Description by Wildermuth).”’ From Webster, Bul. 85, 1909. Mar 9. Distribution of Phyfonomus nigrirostris Fab. 448 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Prof. F. M. Webster, of the Bureau of Entomology, very kindly loaned me specimens of the larvae and pupe, but the alcoholic specimens are somewhat shrunken and I do not care to attempt a full description of them, hence I have quoted from his bulletin. The tubercles on the larve are very distinct and in two rows on most of the segment as in other species, but there are certainly more than four.on some of the segments. In the pupa the hairs on the prothorax are rather long, the first four pairs near the margin and equidistant from each other, on the posterior portion are at least three pairs of hairs and two pairs on the dorsum, this would leave one pair missing, the pupe examined were however alcoholic specimens and may have been tubbed. It is probable that with a sufficient number to study the anal segments would show characters that might be used in separating the species. Distribution: Type locality “Anglia. D. Banks,’’ Fabricius, 1775. In 1781 Fabricius again described this species, under the name variabilis from specimens from ‘‘ Hamburg. Dom. Schulz.”’ In 1783 Herbst had specimens from Berlin. Petri and Capiomont record it as occurring over all Europe, British Isles, Egypt, Asia Minor, Caucasus and Transkaukasus, and Algeria. It is mentioned in Hochhuth’s “Russland”’ list but has apparently not been recorded from Siberia. The first published record from America is in Leconte’s Rhyncophora in 1876, where he states that it occurs in ‘‘ Massachusetts and Can- ada.’’ I have a specimen from Mr. Frederick Blanchard, taken on Mt. Washington, in New Hampshire, in 1874, so that it had doubtless been here for many years previous to that time. _ Hubbard and Schwarz collected it in eastern Massachusetts in 1873-4. Provancher in 1877 under the name Erirhinus viridis described it from Quebec. Since that decade it has been gradually spreading westward and southward. Being a small, rather inconspicuous species it is easily overlooked. I have seen many specimens from various places and have records of many others which are here included. Dominion of Canada: New Brunswick (Fletcher, 1884) at Dalhousie. Prince Edwards Island: Charlottetown (U.S. N. M.). Ontario: Ottawa (Harrington, 1884); also specimens in coll. Cornell Univ.; Toronto, Nov. (Wickham coll.) ; 25-5—96, 97, 24—5-97 (Cornell Univ.) 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 449 Quebec: Provancher record 1877. Fletcher in 1884 reported a cocoon at ‘‘ Brome in Eastern Township.” “‘Can.’’ 1 specimen in U. S. N. M. marked ‘1874, det. Lec.” United States: Maine: Lewiston, S. Stebbins (Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist.); Monmouth 12—Aug. ’03, Wales vi-15 (Frost coll.) ““Maine”’ (Fall coll.) New Hampshire: Mt. Washington, 1874, (Blanchard coll.) ; Manchester, 13 July (Wickham coll.); E. Wakefield vi-17 (Hub. & Schwarz, U.S. N. M.); ““N. H.” (Fall coll.) Vermont: Bennington Co. (Cornell Univ.) Massachusetts: ‘‘Mass.” (Fall coll.); E. Mass. (Hub. & Schwarz); “‘Mass. 1876” (Leconte coll. M. C. Z.); Amherst 1899 (Fernald rec.); Cambridge, 1873, Henshaw (B. S. Nat. Hist.); Lowell (Wells coll. Field Col. Mus.); Mansfield 5-3, Lynn 19-3 (Hub. & Schwarz, U. S. N. M.); Melrose Hds. Clemons, 23-iv (U.S. N. M.); Concord, Tolman (Wenzel coll.) ; Wellesley 11 July, Sharon 20 July (Wickham coll.); Lenox (A. M. N. H.); Grafton (Sherriff coll.); Lynn 19-31 (Leconte coll. M. C. Z.); Forest Hills, 14 January 1911 (Titus); Fram- ingham v—l5—-07, 5-5-09, iv—17-10, vii—20-07, 30-May-05, vii-+_07, May-08, v—8-09, Natick iv—10-09 (Frost coll.); Nantucket Id (Bolter coll.) Rhode Island: Providence July (Frost coll.) Connecticut: S. Woodstock, 1888 (Chittenden record). Cole- brook (Titus) Je., 1911. Britton (7m litt. 1911): New Haven, 13 April 1898, 1 June, 1898, 26 June, 1899, W. E. B., 28 June, 1904, E. J. S. Moore, 6 July, 1904, H. L. V., 8 June 1904, W. E. B., 14 June 1909, B. H. W., 21 April, 1911, A. B. C.; West Haven, 27 June, 1905, H. L. V.; Chapinville 26 May, 1904, W. E. B.; Hamlen, 12 May, 1910. New York: Felt (im ltt. 1911) states distributed over entire state, and gives following as localities represented in their collections: Albany, Cortland, Denmark, Deer Park, E. Green- bush, Karner, Ithaca, Moshulu, Nassau, Newport, Oswego, Ossining, Poughkeepsie. Peekskill (Cornell Univ.); Peekskill June 98 (Van Dyke); Stony Id. 8-July—96; West Pt. 10—April, 28—April08, 22—April—08, Babylon 4—June—93 (A. M. N. H.); Potsdam (in many coll. prob. recd. from Houghton); Coney Id. 1891 (Chittenden record); Chittenden (in Webster loc. cit.) says that it did not occur at Ithaca in 1884. 450 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, New Jersey: Smith in 1910 list says distributed well over the state. Westville 1-28, 2-25 (Wenzel); Ft. Lee (A. M. N. H.) New Brunswick vi-28, vi-6, Red Bank 5-1, 4-20, Sea Isle City 5-24, 7-4, 7-12, Madison 17—April—98, Atco 6-1, Riverton 5-1, Jamesburg 7-4 (J. B. Smith). Pennsylvania: Mt. Airy (J. B. Smith coll.) ; Phila. 11-28-05 (Am. Ent. Soc.) ; 21—-Nov.—08, Hyslop at Marion (Webster 1. c.) Maryland: Somerset Hts., 1905 (Titus); Plummers Island; Weverton, 20 May ’08, C. N. Ainslie (Webster 1. c.); Arundel (Schwarz). District Columbia: Chevy Chase Circle 6—June—08, Caudell & Ainslie (Webster 1. c.); Washington, common (Webster). Virginia: Fortress Monroe (Schwarz). Michigan: Detroit (Schwarz) about 1875. Indiana: Vigo Co. (Blatchley zn /itt.) Minnesota: reported by Schwarz (Webster 1. c.) Food Plants and Life History: Gyllenhal (1813) recorded it from ‘‘Ononts arvenist’’. Germar (1821) mentions that the species lives on Dianthus and “‘in Europe graminosis.’’ Samou- elle (1819) says it occurs in April and May in moist places on banks of ponds. Brischke in 1871 reports it as feeding in north Germany on lucerne and as occurring on “Carex filiformis’’. 1858 Matheiu had said it injured clover and occurred on T. agraricum, Bargagli (1884) gave a short account of its feeding habits on Trifolium pratense and notes its occurrence on various Ononis especially spinosa, and in the heads of Buphthalmum salicifoium. Kaltenbach (1874) reports Hoffman’s observa- tions on its habit of feeding in the flowers of Buphthalmum salicifolium, the cocoon being spun in the chaff scales, and states also that it feeds in the flower heads of Trifolium pratense. Ferrant (1909) gives it as one of the three injurious Phytonomus to lucern in Luxemburg. Kleine in 1910 gives no other food- plants. The best accounts of the life history have been written by Houghton (1908) and Webster (1909), but there are many points still unknown. In America Fletcher first reported the species from clover as injurious at Dalhousie N. B., in 1884, Harrington the same year reported it as occurring at Ottawa in numbers but not injurious. The eggs are laid in early spring (March, April and May) the period probably extending over about six weeks. They are generally deposited inside the leaf sheath 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 451 next to the inner epidermis (Webster), only afewinaplace. In captivity they may lay eggs in the leaves, petioles, stems, and even on the leaves. The eggs hatch in seven to eight days, the larvee feeding in the flower buds and heads. The larval period varies from seventeen to twenty days, “the larva molts twice, the first instar occupying three to seven days, the second six to seven days and the third about seven days’’ (Webster 1. c.) The pupal stage is about six days, the pupa being formed in a pure white rather closely netted cocoon that may be spun on the - leaves or near the ground or in flower heads. Food plants reported in America are Trifolium pratense, T. medium, Medi- cago sativa, Trifolium incarnatum, T. repens and T. hybridum. It will also feed on Medicago lupulina. Webster (1909) gives a very complete account of the earlier notices of the species in America. Both Webster and Schwarz believe that the occur- rence of the species into the Virginia region is due to a new introduction. Webster discusses the possibility of the species having reached the southern coast through the influence of the return ocean currents, floating in on debris. This appears to me improbable; many persons have tried the effect of salt water on insects and found that it is rare for them to survive longer than a few hours, generally scarcely a few minutes, the first wave killing them or so stupefying them that they are soon lost. It is much more probable that this weevil either entered this region by flight, passing a little further: southward year by year or was carried there by means of railroad trains. Houghton reports a spring flight of the species in April in Delaware. Enemies: Webster has reported the only insects known to feed on the species. From a specimen collected by Mr. Caudell June 12 near Chevy Chase, on June 23, a small fly issued (from a puparium formed in the cocoon of P. nigrirostris), which was determined by C. H. T. Townsend as Anisia species near variabilis Coq. A larva taken from a clover head 26 June, 1908, ‘‘ developed into an adult hymenopterous parasite that emerged July 8, 1908”. Determined by J. C. Crawford as Bracon sp. The fungus disease (Entomophthora sphaerosperma Fres.) attacks this species. For an account of its manner of attack see under Hyp. punctata, p. 411. 452 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Phytonomus posticus Gyllenhal. Curculio haemorrhoidalis: 1784: Herbst: Fues. Archiv. 5: 78, no. 52 (nec. Fabricius 1775). 1794: Herbst: Fues. Archiv. (French ed.) p. 125, no. 37. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 266, no. 235, T. 80, fig. 4. 1818: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag. 3: 369. Rhynchaenus haemorrhoidalis: 1820: Billberg: Enumeratio Insectorum, p. 42. Curculio variabilis: 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 263, no. 232, T. 80, f. 1 (nec. Fabr. 1781). 1807: Illiger: Magaz. f. Insektenkunde, 6:328. Rhynchaenus variabilis: 1813: Gyllenhal: Insecta Suec. 1 (pt 3): 104, no. 35. 1820: Billberg: Enum. Insectorum, p. 42. 1827: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec. 1 (pt. 4, app. 3): 572, no. 35. Hy pera variabilis: 1821: Dejean: Cat. Coll. Coleop., p. 89. 1826: Sturm: Cat. Ins. Sammlung, 1: 157. 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entomology, 2: no. 116. 10. 1829: Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Ins. p. 50, no. 18. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins. p. 169, no. 1731. 1831: Stephens: Entom., 4: 101, no. 25. 1833: Villa: Cat. Coleop. Europ. duplet. in coll. 1844: Villa: Cat. dei Coleop. della Lombardia. 1848: Walton: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) 1: 298. 1849: Walton: Stettin. Entom. Zeit., 10: 261. 1853: Murray: Cat. Coleop. Scotland. 1854: Wollaston: Ins. Maderensis, pp. xl., 400. 1861: Waterhouse: Cat. Brit. Coleop., p. 71, no. 11. 1863: Lacordaire: Hist. Nat. Ins. Coleop., 6: 401. 1864: Wollaston: Cat. Coleop. Canaries, p. 328. 1869: Giebel: Verz. z. mus. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg, p. 44, no. 42. 1869: Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutsch., p. 52. 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2388. 1871: Kirsch: Bul. Ent. Zeit., 15: 187. 1873: Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 5: 96. 1874: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca. Kafer. 2: 254. 1876: Perris: Larves Coleop., p. 385. 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Coleop. Eur., ed. 2, p. 143. 1878: Mocsary: Adatok Z. es Lip. Meg. Faunajahoz, p. 240. 1880: Koppen: Die Schadl. Ins. Russland, p. 209, no. 6. 1880: Rupertsberger: Biol. die Kafer Europ., p. 200. 1882: Baudi, Piccioli & Cavanna: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 14: 75. 1882: Piccioli & Cavanna: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 14: 379. 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 4, p. 159. 1884: Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 167-8, 173. 1884: Bargagli: Rass. Biol. Rinc. Europei, p. 100. ' 1887: Wollaston: Cat. Coleop. Mader. in Brit. Mus., pp. 118, 119, 218. 1888: Bedel: Coleop. Bassin de la Seine, pp. 79, 215, no. 15. 1890: Carpentier: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 22: 275. 1891: Fowler: British Coleoptera, 5: 230, 235. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop., p. 304. 1893: Bertolini: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 25: 245, no. 16. 1894: Hauser: Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 38: 25. 1894: Rupertsberger: Biol. d. Kafer, 2: 210, 294. 1896: Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 152. 1897: Fauvel: Revue Entom., 16: 463, no. 544. 1903: Everts: Coleop. Neerlandica, p. 605. 1907: Wachsmann: Rovar. Lapok, 14:19. (JS) 1911] Fypera and Phytonomus in America 45 Phytonomus variabilis: 1826: Schénherr: Curc. disposit. meth., pt. 4, p. 175. 1834: Gyllenhal in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 2 (pt 2): 384. 1839: Audouin: Ann. des Sc. nat. (2) 11: 107-8. 1839: Falderman: Neue Mem. Soc. Moscou, 6: 189. 1842: Boheman in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt 2): 380, no. 69. 1844: Germar: Stett. Entom. Zeit., 3: 101. 1847: Hochhuth: Enum. Russelk. Kauk. et Transk., p. 493, no. 105. 1849: Gaubil: Cat. Syn. Coleop. Eur. et Alg., p. 156. 1849: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, p. 435. 1849: (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 61. 1851: Hochhuth: Bul. Imp. Soc. Mosce., p. 42. 1853: Zebe: Syn. der Bisher Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop., p. 75. 1855: Jac. du Val: Gen. Coleop. Europ., p. 110 (in part). 1857: Lentz: Neus Verz. Preuss. Kafer, p. 124. 1857: Costa: Pergrinazioni sul Monte Alburno, p. 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Col. Europ., p. 79. 1858: Matheiu: Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., 2: 198, 200. 1858: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, ed. 2, p. 729. 1862: Schaum: Cat. Coleop. Europ., ed. 2, p. 89. 1865: Disconzi: Entom. Vicentia, pp. 79, 81, 126, no. 37. 1865: Thomson: Skand. Coleop., 8: 168. 1867: Kanall: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 28: 123 (? species). 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 205, 284, fig. 1871: Brischke: Schr. nat. Ges. Danzig, n. f. 2: 23. 1871: Kirsch: Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 1. 1873: Giard: Traite Elem. d’ Entom., 1: 671. 1873: Rondani: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 6: 156. 1876: Lafontjn: Tijd. v. Entom., 20: xxi. 1877: Heyden: Jahrb. Nassau. Verein, 29: 312. 1878: Schneider & Leder: Beit. kennt. Kauk. Kaferfauna, p. 287. 1882: Fabre: Nouy. Souvy. Entom. vi, pp. 83-88. (Odynerus spinnipes). 1886: Faust: Horae Soc. Ent. Rossicae, p. 86, no. 146. 1888: Bedel: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) Coleop. Bas. Seine, p. 260. 1890: : Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 22: 275. 1891: Faust: Oefers Finsk. Vetensk. Soc., p. 91. 1891: Seidlitz: Fauna Transsylv. p. 676. 1901: Petri: Monog. Coleop.—Tribus Hyperini, p. 181, 203. 1901: Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 31, 40. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 656. 1908: v. Wanka: Entom. Blatter, 4: 230. 1910: Kleine: Entom. Blatter, 6: 198. 1911: Martelli: Boll. Lab. Zool. gen. e agar. R. Scu. sup. Agric. Portic., 5: 226-30. Curculio bimaculatus: 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 266, no. 86 (nec. Fabricius 1775). Rhynchenus pollux: 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suecica, 1 (pt. 3): (mec. Fabr., et al.). Rhynchenus posticus: 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 1 (pt. 3): 113, no. 41. 1827: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec., 1 (pt 4, app. 3): 572, no. 41. 1828: Zetterstet: Faun. Ins. Lapp., 1: 320, no. 37. 1834: Sahlberg: Insecta Fennica, pt. 2, p. 44, no. 34. 1840: Zetterstedt: Ins. Lapponica, p. 179, no. 43. Hypera postica: 1821: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag. 4: 340, no. 10. 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entom., 2: no. 116, 13. 1829: Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Ins. p. 50, no. 15. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins. p. 169, no. 1728. 1831: Stephens: Brit. Entom., 4: 100, no. 22. 454 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1869: Giebel: Verz. z. Mus. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg, p. 44, no. 48. 1869: Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutsch., p. 52. 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. 1874: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Kafer, 2: 253. 1876: Everts & Leesburg: Tijd. v. Ent., 20: xxxi. 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Europ., p. 143. 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur., p. 159. 1884: Bargagli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 170. 1884: Bargagli: Rass. Biol. Rinc. Europ., p. 97. Phytonomus posticus: 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, p. 264, ed. 2. 1834: Gyllenhal in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc. 2 (pt. 2): 391, no. 34. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 287. 1842: Boheman in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt. 2): 383, no. 80. 1847: Hochhuth: Enum. Russelkafer Kauk. et Transk., p. 493, no. 103. 1849: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, p. 435. 1849: Lucas: Expl. Sc. de Alg. Ins., 2: 246, no. 1132. 1849: (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 61. 1853: Zebe: Syn. d. bisher Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop., p. 75. 1855: Jac. du Val.: Gen. Coleop. Europ., p. 110. 1857: Lentz: Neue Verz. Preuss. Kafer, p. 125. 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 79. 1858: Matheiu: Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., 2: 198, no. 203. 1858: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, ed. 2, p. 728. 1859: Belke: Bul. Imp. Soc. Mosc., p. 53. 1862: Schaum: Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 2, p. 89. 1865: Thomson: Skand. Coleop., 8: p. 172, no. 12. 1873: Bertolini: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 25: 245, no. 16. 1874: Siebke: Enum. Ins. Norvegicum, fasc. 1, p. 265. Hypera variabilis var. posticus: 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 304. Phytonomus variabilis aber. posticus: 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 656. Hy pera murina var. variabilis: 1821: Germar: Germ. & Zinck. Mag., 4: 341, no. 11, var. B. (nec. Fabr.). Phytonomus murinis var. variabilis: 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 264. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. Hypera sublineata: 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entom., 2: no. 116. 10. 1829: Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Ins., p. 50, no. 12. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 168, no. 1718. 1829: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 96, no. 11. Phytonomus sublineatus: 1842: Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt 2): 384, no. 92 (unrecog.). Hypera villosula: 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entom., 2: no. 116. 21. 1829: Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Insects, p. 50, no. 22. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 168, no. 1720. 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 97, no. 14. Phytonomus villosulus: 1842: Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Surc., 6 (pt. 2): 385, no. 94 (unrecog.) 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 79. Hypera picipes: 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entom., 2: no. 116.3 1829: Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Ins., p. 50, no. 1. 1829: Stephens: Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 168, no. 1721. 1831: Stephens: British Entom., 4: 97, no. 15. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 455 Phytonomus picipes: 1842: Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt. 2): 386, no. 95 (unrecog.). Hypera variabilis var. picipes: 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 304. Hypera phaeopa: 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 169, no. 1729. 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 100, no. 23. Phytonomus phaeopus: 1842: Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt. 2): 886, no. 97 (unrecog.). Hypera rufipes: (syn. of Walton, nec. Petri). 1829: Stephens: Syst Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 169, no. 1731. (mec. Fabr. et al). 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 100. Phytonomus rufipes: 1842: Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Curco., 6 (pt. 2): 386, no. 98 (unrecog.). 1877: Piccioli: Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital., 9: 228 (?species). Phytonomus parcus: 1834: Gyllenhal in Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt. 2): 390, no. 33. 1842: Schénherr: Gen. et sp. Curc., 6 (pt. 2): 383. 1855: Jac. du Val: Gen. Coleop. Eur. p. 110. 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Coleop. Eur.,. p. 79. 1862: Schaum: Cat. Col. Europ., p. 89. Phytonomus variabilis var. parcus: 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 206. 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Tribus Hyperini, p. 203. 1901: Petri: Bestim.—Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. Hypera parca: 1869: Kraatz: Verz. Kaferfauna Deutsch: p. 52. 1869: Giebel: Verz. z. Mus. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg, p. 44, no. 49. Hy pera variabilis var. parca: 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Coleop. Eur., ed. 2, p. 143, 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Coleop., p. 159. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop., p. 304. Phytonomus variabilis aber. parcus: 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 656. Phytonomus tibialis: 1851: Hochhuth: Bul. Imp. Soc. Mosce., p. 44, no. 42. 1881: Heyden Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 166. 1896: Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 152. Hypera tibialis: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. 1885: Heyden & Kraatz: Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., p. 282. 1886: Faust: Horae Ent. Soc., p. 146. Hypera variabilis var. tibialis: 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 304. Phytonomus variabilis var. tibialis: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop.-Tribus Hyperini, p. 204, p. 182. 1901: Petri: Bestim.-Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, p. 40. Phytonomus variabilis aber. tibialis: 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., ed. 2, p. 656. Hyperina murina: 1866: Wollaston: Cat. Atlantidum, p. 305 (in part). Phytonomus variabilis var. siculus: 1868: Capiomont: Rey. d. Hyperides, p. 207. 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, p. 182, 204. 1901: Petri: Bestim—Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. 456 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Hypera variabilis var. sicula: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 2, p. 143. 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Coleop., ed. 4, p. 159. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur. p. 304. Phytonomus variabilis aber. siculus: 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 656. Phytonomus variabilis var. sericeus: 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 207. 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, pp. 182 (scriceas), 203. 1901: Petri: Bestim.-Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. Hypera variabilis var. sericea: 1871: Gemminger and Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. 1877: Stein & Weise, Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 2, p. 143. 1883: Weise in H. R. & W., Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 4, p. 159. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 304. Phytonomus variabilis aber. sericeus: 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop Eur., ed. 2, p. 656. Phytonomus ponticus: 1868: Capiomont: Revis. d. Hyperides, p. 208, no. 46. Hypera pontica: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phytonomus variabilis var. ponticus: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, pp. 183, 203. 1901: Petri: Bestim.-Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. Phytonomus variabilis var. austriaca: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, pp. 182, 203. 1901: Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. Phytonomus variabilis aber. austriacus: 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur. p. 656. Phytonomus variabilis var. decoratus: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, pp. 183, 203. 1901: Petri: Monogr.-Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. Phytonomus murinus: 1907: Titus: Deseret Farmer (Salt Lake, U.) 27 July, p. 7 (no specific name). 1908: Titus: Deseret Farmer, 26 Sep., 3 Oct. 1909: Titus: Journ. Ec. Ent. 2: 148-53. 1909: Titus: Bul. 1, Ext. Dept. Utah Ag. Coll., pp. 4. 1909: Titus: Deseret Farmer: 1 May. 1909: Titus: Utah Independent, 24 June. 1909: Hooker: U. S. D. A. Exp. Sta., Rec., 21: 348. 1909: Bur. Entom. Yearbook f. 1908, U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 569. 1910: Hooker: U. S. D. A. Exp. Sta. Rec., 22: 462. 1910: Ball: Logan Republican (Utah), May. 1910: Blankinship: Salt Lake Tribune, 23 May, figures. 1910: Titus: Bul. 110, Utah Exp. Sta., pp. 17-72, plates 14. 1910: Titus: Journ. Econ. Entom. 3: 459-70. 1911: Webster: Science: n. s., 23: 196-7. 1911: Webster: Journ. Ent. Soc. Wash., 12: 4. 1911: Webster: Cir. 137, Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 9, figs. 10. 1911: Hooker: U. S. D. A. Exp. Sta. Rec. 24: 458. | 1911} Hypera and Phytonomus in America 45 ‘Original description: Gyllenhal, 1813, p. 113. “41. R. posticus: niger, parum cinereo-pubescens, antenis, tibiis, elytrorumque apice ferruginetis, rostro breviusculo, thorace brevi depresso, pectore albido-squamoso. “Curculio haemorrhoidalis Herbst, Col. 6. 266. 235, Tab. SO, f. 4. “Curculio bimaculatus Marsham. Ent. Brit. 1. 266. 86. “ Habitat in pratorum collibus passim. “Descr. Praecedenti (trifolii which is praec. to plantaginis) similli mus, and pro ejus varietate detrita facile habendus, sed paullo major praesertim longior; rostrum brevius, elytrorum apex ferrugineis, et squamulae pectoris non-metallico nitentes. Caput and oculi ut in prae- cedenti (parvum rotundatum nigrum punctulatum, cinereo-pubescens oculis ovatis depressis brunneis); rostrum thoracefere brevius, crassiusculum, arcuatum nigrum punctulatum glabrum. Antenne ut in priori (capite cum rostro longiores, crassiuscules ferrugineae, clava cinereo pubescente). Thoracis structura etjam ut in illo (latitudine multo breviore, basi apiceque truncatus, lateribus valderundato-dilatatus), supra depresseus, niger, margine antico supra rufo-piceo, confertissime et paullo profundius punctatus, pilis squamulisque cinereis, versus latera densioribus, adsper- sus. Elytra thoracis bast dimidii latiora, and illo fere quintuplo longiora, apice compressa, subattentuate, supra convexa, nigro-picea apicem versus plus mimus rufo-ferrigunea, sat profunde (p. 114) punctato-striata, pilis Squamulisque cinereis parcius adspersus. Corpus subtus nigrum, cre- berrime punctulatum, tenue cinereo-pubescens, ano piceo: pectus pube squamulisque cinereio-albdis, non metallico-nitentibus, tectum. Pedes ut in praecedenti (mediocres cinereo-pubescentes) femoribus nigro-picets, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis.”’ The parts in parentheses I have quoted from the previous species to which he refers in the description. Adult: (Plate XXXII, figs. 5-8). Length 3-5.1 mm. Width 1-2.4 mm. These measurements are the extreme from over 1000 specimens. | Reddish-black, brown, brownish-black, or black; legs and antenne always paler; scales cleft about two-thirds of the length, color of pube- scence varying from ash-gray to dark brown. Head with numerous fine punctures, densely covered with pale or gray-brown hairs; front never as wide as beak, scarcely as wide as an eye; eyes transverse oval, narrower below, slightly prominent; beak about two-thirds length of prothorax, narrowed close to eyes, hairy especially beneath and at tip; with a small smooth dorsal keel about one-half the length, followed by a broad smooth triangular dorsal portion that is pointed or nearly so at the tip; a deep narrow longitudinal groove on the base of the wide portion; long narrow punctured striae on each side beneath the dorsal edge reaching at least three-quarters of the distance to the tip; antennal groove deep, narrow, punctured, black; antenne reddish yellow to dark-brown, scape reaching to eyes, shorter than funicle; second joint two-thirds to three-fifths the length of the first; seventh joint as broad as long; club oval, pointed, densely pubescent; mandibles punctured, hairy. Male antenne inserted near the middle of the groove, female nearer the apex of the beak. 458 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Prothorax usually a little broader than long in female, but in male sometimes scarcely as broad as long, never strongly widened as in meles; widest half way between the middle and the anterior edge; sides rounded and swollen, anteriorly strongly rounded, posterior margin wider than anterior; densely roughly finely punctured; dorsum depressed more behind than in front. In perfect specimens the scales form a narrow brown or gray median stripe bordered by wide dark bands, these are bordered by light brown metallic bands which reach down onto the sides, below these again a dark band which extends back onto the humeri, remainder of side and venter pale metallic brown. Pale hairs usually intermixed with scales that form the bands. The entire system of bands or stripes may be obsolete, indistinct or entirely wanting or any one or more of them may be missing, even in specimens recently issued from the pupa. Scutellum minute triangular, clothed with scales of same color as median thoracic stripe. Elytra about three times as long as prothorax, almost egg shape, flattened at the base, humeri strongly rounded, convexly prominent, sides sometimes rounded but usually nearly parallel for four-fifths of the length, and then rounded to the tips which are not sharp; finely striately punctured, interstitial spaces very slightly elevated, sometimes the odd- numbered alternate spaces show more strong elevation; scales usually yellowish brown, gray or dark brown but may vary in both direction, hairs black or white or both; even in carefully bred specimens the pattern is extremely variable, passing from those entirely of one color (gray to dark rich brown) to those which are tessellated on almost all the inter- spaces. In some the sutural interspaces are alternately maculated with pale and dark brown and the alternate interspaces more or less marked in the same manner; usually the scales on the last interspace are paler. A broad common darker sutural basal spot is rather general, this may . extend for any distance back on the elytra along the suture, the farther back it reaches the broader it is at the base. Some specimens have the hairs alternating black and white on the interspaces, others black on all and more rarely white on all; they are however very uniformly curved backward lying about one-half down and are long or short, but slender and pointed. Venter with thoracic portion usually clothed with paler scales, more rarely with intermixed hairs; abdominal portion more hairy, especially in female on last two segments; mesosternal middle coxal process narrow almost linear, parallel sides; intercoxal process of third abdominal segment broad and sloping to a point. Legs: femora usually darker brown than tibie or tarsi, clothed more or less densely in front with scales, behind usually sparsely clothed with hairs, tibize and tarsi variable in color with rather long pale hairs; front - tibiee slightly curved inward in male, spines on the inside of the middle tibia vary in length, crown of spines very short and blunt. Stem of male gentialia (Plate XXIV, fig. 10), from above narrow, parallel, sides uniformly thickened, gradually curved on the last third to a narrowly rounded point; viewed from the side last two-thirds 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 459 scarcely curved, point sometimes very slightly turned up. The side view (Plate XXIV, fig. 11) is never as in meles strongly curved and from the dorsum there can never be seen the peculiar knob-like point possessed by murinus (Plate XXIV, fig. 12). The coloring and pattern of the scales in this species is so variable that it is difficult to describe; and rarely a few specimens have been observed that were as green beneath as nigrirostris and as gray green above as comptus sometimes appears. Egg: (Plate XXXV, fig. 8). Oval, rounded at ends, lemon-yellow in color when first laid, very slightly roughened, hexagonally sculptured, at one end the depressions are drawn out until they appear as fine striz. Two to four days after being deposited a dark spot appears at one end as this enlarges the egg becomes paler in other portions, when ready to hatch it is usually shining black where the larval head is beneath the shell and pale yellow or whitish elsewhere. Length 0.55-0.65 mm. Width 0.32-0.38 mm. Larve: (Plate XXXI, figs. 1-2, Plate XXXII, figs. 1,2,9). First stage: 1.4-1.5 mm. long and 0.36 mm. wide. Head shield dark with only a faint trace of the inverted Y, remainder of body pale dirty yellow with black tubercles of segments distinct. Hairs on anal segments longest, all enlarged at tips. Very faint indication of a dorsal stripe. Second stage: head darker, inverted Y a dirty white, white median dorsal line distinct, remainder of larva green, lighter than plant on which itis feeding. 3.2-4.8 mm. long by 0.7—1.1 mm. wide. Third stage: entire larva dark ergreen, sometimes the dorsal white line has a rosy red border as in Hyp. punctata. A distinct pale stripe is now present on the side of the body below the spiracles; inverted Y on face clear and white. Length 5 to 5.7 mm., width 1.2 to 1.7 mm. Fourth stage: very little different from the third, larve reaches a length of from 7 to 10 mm. and may become as wide as 2.25 mm. The rosy-red of the outer border of the pale median line is much more evident in this stage. ; The arrangement of the tubercles is very characteristic. On the first thoracic segment there are three rows (the tubercles are always arranged in pairs on each side of the dorsal line) the first row with 12, the second with 2 and the third with 10. Second segment and all follow- ing with at least two rows the anterior of which has but a single pair of tubercles. The posterior on the second segment, 12 tubercles; third segment, 16; fourth and fifth the same; the sixth with 18; seventh with 20; eighth with 16; ninth with 14; tenth with 12, in the posterior, and eight in a middle row; eleventh with S in posterior row and 10 in the middle; twelfth with 10 in the posterior row, strongly curved forward in a line. On the sides of the first enlargement below the spiracles are always two hairs situated on tubercles. Cocoon: (Plate XXXI, figs. 3, 9). varying in size from 4 to 8.5 mm. and occasionly one with one of the axes still longer. Usually oval or globular, depending somewhat on where it is formed. It is composed of pure white threads spun in a rather coarse network, meshes not very regular. 460 Annals Entomological Society of America {[Vol. IV, Pupa: (Plate XXXI, fig. 4). Length 4 to 5.5 mm. Width 3 to 4.5 mm. The newly formed pupa is green and after a few hours pale green, the eyes somewhat darkened at an early stage; the posterior ends of the femora and the anterior ends of the tibiz are early darkened. Pale dorsal line extending the entire length and onto head but not always the length of the beak. Dorsal rows of transverse setee enlarged at the tips as in larve, hairs on the anal segment rather long and darker than elsewhere on pupa. Prothoracic hairs long, slender, the frontal row not close to the margin, first three pairs in front, fourth on side and fifth far back; central two pairs forming a small square in front of the center,. three other pairs in a slight curve near the posterior edge. Map 10. Distribution over world of Phytonomus posticus Gyll, Distribution: First described by Herbst as C. haemorrhoi- dalis in 1784 from Germany, later by the same author (1795) as variabilis, in 1802 by Marsham from England as C. bimacu- latus. These names were all preoccupied and in 1813 Gyllenhal described it as R. posticus from Europe as above noted. Capiomont and Petri, with other European writers give its distribution as the whole of Europe, southern Siberia, Turkestan, Asia Minor, Persia, Arabia, north coast of Africa, Maderia and Canary Islands and British Isles. In America it was first reported from Utah, in 1902, and has. since been spreading rapidly. Colonies are now known to: occur in the adjoining states of Wyoming and Idaho. The accompanying map (map 11) will show the distribution as at. present known. 1911] Fypera and Phytonomus in America 461 Owing to the extreme variation in size and color there are recorded many synonyms, and doubtless careful working over of the European species will bring to light others. The species has been generally known over Europe as variabilis, a name which unfortunately was preoccupied by Fabricius for another insect, also a Phytonomus, in 1781. In the paper in which Herbst described his species he noted that the variabilis of Fabricius was merely a variety of nigrirostris. This however does not make Herbst’s name tenable, the first available name being Gyllenhal’s posticus. The species has been reported by most European authors listing Phytonomus. Life History and Food Plants: Little has been written on the life history of this species in Europe, though in late years it has several times been quite injurious. Audouin in describing the collecting habits of Odynerus spinipes stated that the larvee of variabilis and murinus were living on lucerne (1839). Bargagli in 1884 reported it as seriously injurious in Italy and an editorial in the Bul. Ent. Soc. Ital. 1890, noted that it was a serious pest to clover and alfalfa and briefly describes the egg, larva and cocoon. Koppen (1880) reported serious injury to lucern in Russia. More recently Mr. W. F. Fiske of the Bur. Entomology U.S. Dept. Agriculture told me that the alfalfa regions of south- eastern Russia were being seriously damaged by some kind of a weevil, probably a Phytonomus. The present year Dr. Giov- anni Martelli has issued a short contribution to the biology of this species. He states that in April 1909, he observed the medicinal plants in a part of the Gussone park at Portici, Italy, being eaten by larve. These he bred and they proved to be “P. variabilis”’. He also observed the species causing injury at Acireale in 1910. He reports it causing serious damage in 1909 at Campobasso and at Acicastello in 1910. The present year it is numerous in many parts of Italy. Kleine (1910) has reported the following food plants in Europe: Medicago sativa, M. falcata, M. media, and M. lupulina; Astragalus bayonennsis, Phaseolus vulgaris, Solanum tuberosum, Brassica sp., Rubus vitis ideae and Plantago lanceolata, Bargagli reported finding beetles on Atriplex patula at Venice- The Astragalus record is probably from Perris. 462 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, To Ldato,Oregon To [daho od and Ue shineton t Mont ana | ww Reatelle c = & See Ms a 1 Te Nebraska V2 and bie East L Nee EColorads ae : para East Q PRichfiel nets”, M { Milford Z Bee, es : > we rs odena of ayowan tal U y Panguil ° AR fo Southern ‘eS California f ie eo Map 11. Showing distribution of Phytonomus postisus Gyll., in America and the principal railroads leading out of the infected area. (Adapted from Titus, Bul. 110 Utah Agr. Exp. Sta.) The following account of its introduction into America and its life history is condensed from that given by the author in Bul. 110, Utah Exp. Sta. 1910, with some additional information secured since that paper went to press and from an article in the 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 463 Journ. Economic Entomology, Dec. 1910, which gives technical information not in the bulletin mentioned. The earliest record obtainable of its presence in Utah is its occurrence in the spring of 1904 when it was present on a farm on the east side of Salt Lake City. During the years 1905 and 1906 it spread for several miles. I first saw the beetle and larve at work early in July 1907 when I went to Utah as Entomologist; it had not then been reported from America. During the next two years it spread rapidly, reaching a number of outlying districts and probably passed over the first range of the Wasatch Mount- ains into the Weber valley. During 1909 the greatest exten- sion was to the south and southwest. The weevil reached that year a watershed boundary along these lines. On the south at Olivers there is a gap in this boundary through which the Jordan river flows. In Summit county it passed both up and down the stream a number of miles this year. The bound- ary lines between Davis and Morgan and between Salt Lake and Summit counties are on the summit of the first range of mountains as may be seen by examining the course of the streams. It will be noticed that this range did not hinder the spread of the insect. The same year it passed to the north by the narrow gap of uncultivated land near the lake border north of Salt Lake City and reached a very fertile and prosperous alfalfa region, that of Davis county. During 1910 the distribution was extensive, especially to the southward into Utah County’ for a number of miles over a country well supplied with food for the insect. At Provo on the south the mountains again come very close to the lake shore but the insect during the summer of 1910 passed this barrier and reached the south side of the lake, being found as far as Payson (Titus, 1910, Ainslie & Titus, 1911). There is no other barrier to hinder its passage for miles. It has passed the barrier of the short canon between Provo and Thistle and will be able to go easily into the valley southward, the Sanpete and Sevier region growing many acres of alfalfa. In August, 1911, Dr. E. D. Ball took a weevil at Soldier Summit, the highest point in Utah on the Rio Grande railroad. In August, 1911, Mr. V. A. Sadler of the Utah Exp. Sta., took weevils above the Dawson Ranch on Bear Creek, east of Heber. To the north all of Davis and Weber counties have been covered and afew have been found at Collinston, Corinne and Honey- ville, Box Elder county. There are many acres of alfalfa 464 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, throughout the district between Pocatello, Idaho, and Ogden, Utah, including the large and fertile Cache Valley; and to the northwest the lower Bear River and Malad valleys. It has reached the south-west portion of Wyoming at Evanston and Cokeville (H. Smith, 1911), and has been found by Mr. Parks also of the Bureau of Entomology, and by Mr. E. P. Hoff around Bear Lake as far north as Fishhaven, Idaho. There is little food along the Union Pacific railroad for many miles to the east. Westward it has practically reached its limit in the State of Utah, but trains will soon carry it on to the fields of Nevada. The original Summit and Wasatch county infestations are probably due as much to the moving of camp equipments of the sheep-herders as to any other means. Altitude seems not to affect the weevil and they can probably breed wherever alfalfa can grow, since I have taken larve and adults as high as 9,000-— 9,500 feet in the Wasatch Range. It was probably from this region that they reached Evanston and Lyman, Wyoming. As with other species of which the life history is known, the beetles are good fliers and distribute themselves readily in this manner. How long these flights may continue is not known, but from the inspection of various districts into which they are moving it is at least possible for them to fly ten to fifteen miles. With this species there are two periods of flight, one in early spring soon after they issue from hibernation, and the other shortly after the adults of the year are appearing in their greatest numbers. The relation of these flights to their life-history may be better understood by consulting the life-history chart in Bul. 110, Utah Exp. Sta. The sense of concealment for protection gives the weevil additional opportunity for distribution since they crawl into any sheltered place. They are often found in fruit packages that are being shipped. Moving of household goods, or in fact any form of freight may give them an oppor- tunity to reach another locality. It is not unusual to find them on the passenger trains going through the infested district and thus they may reach east to the fields of Colorado, Kansas, and Nebraska, and west to Arizona, California, Nevada, Wash- ington and Oregon. There is practically no danger of distribution in alfalfa seed shipped out of the state, since the weevils even if present, would be screened out in cleaning. At present they do not occur in any region growing seed commercially. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 465 The beetles hibernate in sheltered places of all kinds, road- sides, fences, old orchards, posts, beneath trees in the fallen leaves, in machinery, buildings and haystacks. Some of the adults copulate in the fall. When the first alfalfa begins to grow in the spring the beetles are present and feeding; much is permanently injured by their puncturing the slender stems. Eggs are laid very early in the year and the egg-laying period is enormously extended. The females mate several times. The males may often be seen sitting on the back of the female and after she has deposited some eggs again mating with her. The first eggs are laid in or on the leaves, leaf-sheaths, buds or petioles, but later the majority are placed in cavities in the stalks hollowed out by the beak of the female. From one to 28 have been found in a single puncture. The period of incubation is about 10 days. TABLE I. Dak cia Days of Incubation mes ea of Fees) 7 | gs] 9| 10/11 | 12] 13 | 14/15 | 16 | Hatch 6) Marchi... 5 a) 74 a 0 SiMarchye. nae 30 ae | Bae 9 PH ReRteal | eared | Urerteel h tence | ae 14 21 March...... 112 Peet’) 6 | 74 8 a 1 UM Lees sis 12 22 March...... 86 1 8 | 32 | 34 1 10 30) March....-. 27 2) 19 2 OPApril nee. 38 1 30 5 2 Tor Aprilia. 42-5 7 Ps } 1 4 2 1GeApsill tas: 60 oe 771 (ali Eley ee OM leks 10 1S eA rille wei 140 4 ZO EE e776 8 1 3 19P Aprile. co: 19 ae 5 5 4 So Sail lesa | onan] Perna bruh hs 2 Zoe Aprile cena 246 Soline 8 | 86 | 92 8 4 8 4 4 32 25rAprilsosnoe 138 Re enon |nsene | 22.1 10 : j 9 TOR Miciy aerate 56 S64 po Nae |ee4Ue ee) 16 2OP Mayes ene 27 Sa ewe | bese acs 4 25 May........ ee le: | itt Nae ll SL ianys as ase 46 a5 9 9 | 22 2 4 AOsfune oo 50!) 252 es: 20 Pt Ve 0 1N5}/ J{CEOS Er eines 16 eR allecta QI | reveal eee 212 Nira 2 24 June... 2.5. 13 I re eel | meee eevee eitadl forcac CaN ee Oe |e 8 1139 8 | 55 |156 |500 |200 | 41 | 13 | 15 4 4 1438 Average hatching period=10.22+days. 466 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, The young larve often feed in the stems for a considerable time, (Plate XXXII, fig. 9), some even passing the second molt there. Later they crawl out and up the stem, concealing themselves in the growing leaf-buds where they feed extensively and effectually stop the growth of the plant. When nearly full grown many feed entirely unprotected on the leaves. At this time the plants in a severely infested region become practically defoliated. The larve have the characteristic curled position when feeding and like others of this genus drop to the ground when disturbed. The first stage is passed in five to eight days; the second in twelve to twenty, third in twelve to PWEDE: -five, and the fourth in one to twelve days. When full grown they go to or near to the ground and spin their cocoon in a curled leaf or among the debris on the ground. Some even go to other plants nearby and spin up. From 24 to 48 hours after making the cocoon they change to the pupal stage and remain in this for six to fourteen days before emerging as adults. The adult beetle usually spends one or more days in the cocoon before cutting its way out. The cocoon is not usually eaten, only a large enough place to allow the adult to escape being made. The length of life of the adult varies from ten to fourteen months, and some may live over until the second year. I had one female from a lot of eggs hatched in May, 1909, that lived until May 11, 1911. She was mated with one of the same lot, with a son and with a grandson (bred in cap- tivity the winter of 1910-11) and each time laid eggs which were fertile. She laid at least 312 eggs. The greatest period of emergence is three to four weeks after the first beetles appear from the eggs laid that year. After July or August the weevils feed but little, but up to that time they cause considerable damage by gnawing the parenchyma of the alfalfa and clover stalks. We have bred the weevil from the following food-plants: Medicago sativa, M. lupulina, Melilotus alba, M. officinalis, Trifolium pratense, T. repens, T. hybridium, and T. incarnatum. I have several times found them hibernating under leaves of Astragalus utahensis. Injuries to wheat and potatoes have been reported but I have not observed them. I have, however, repeatedly seen the adults feeding on ripe strawberries. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 467 _ Enemies: The enemies in America are very scarce and do little to aid in checking the insect. Several undetermined ‘Carabids feed upon the weevil, its pupa and larva; three Heret- optera, Acanthorocis musculus, Reduviolus roseipennis Reut. (Det. Otto Heidemann), and Miris affinis have been seen eating the eggs, while several species of ants; including Pogonomyrmex occidentalis Cress. (Det. W. M. Wheeler), capture the larve when crawling on the ground and more rarely ascend the plants for them. Several spiders that frequent alfalfa fields occasion- ally capture larve. Frogs, toads, horned toads, lizards and swifts all do a small part each toward the control. Blackbirds and the western grosbeak often eat them. Even the English sparrow will get one once in a while and very rarely a few are ' fed to its young. Chickens and turkeys readily feed on them, but soon become satiated and will eat no more until the next day. A vole killed in an alfalfa field where they were very numerous had one beetle in its stomach. At the present time the Bureau of Entomology is endeavor- ing to introduce egg-parasites (Mymarids) from Italy, and other parasitic enemies from Europe. In Europe, Audouin, Girard, Fabre and others have reported the capture of the larve of this and another species (Phytonomus murinus Fab.) by a wasp, Odynerus spinipes. The wasp stings the larvee and then stores them in its burrows for the feeding of its young. One of the most fascinating of Fabre’s papers is upon the life-history and habits of this wasp. Bertolini reports that Carpentier cites. a Pteromalus as feeding on this species. A species of Canidia is also reported as parasitic. Dr. L. O. Howard of the Bureau of Entomology at Washing- ton very kindly sent me a translation of a paper by Dr. G. Martelli of the Experiment Station at Portici, Italy. In it is recorded Canidia curculionis Thoms. This species hibernates in its cocoon in the cocoon of the weevil, emerges in February, and deposits its eggs in the small larve of the Phytonomus. The weevil larve attain maturity and spin their cocoon, the mature parasite then feeds on the internal organs, kills the larve and later issues from the skin and spins its own cocoon. This is at first white, but in a day or so becomes dark red and later develops a testaceous brown color with a white band. Its length is 2 to 2.5 mm., and its width over 1 mm. Martelli had adults issue 24 April from parasites born 24 March. He states 468 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, that the larva matures in 11 to 13 days, the pupa in 2 days and the adult issues from 14 to 16 days later. This gives 27 to 31 days from the egg to adult. There are two generations each year, the second hibernating. He also records a species of Eulophus the adults of which appear about the middle to the end of May. The eggs, from one to six in number, are deposited on the outside of the body of the Phytonomus larva. This parasite may also be hyper- parasitic on Camidia. A third parasite recorded is Pimpla maculator F., the life- history of which is unknown. Three hyperparasites are recorded: a Habrocytus, a Chalcid and Dibrachis boucheanus, all living upon the Camidia. Disease: Attempts were made in 1910 by the agents of the Bureau of Entomology to introduce Entomophthora sphaeros- perma into Utah. It isnot yet certain that these were successful and even if introduced it is extermely improbable that the dis- ease will be of any particular value in the arid regions of the West. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 469 INDEX TO SPECIES AND SYNONYMS. PAGE PAGE austriacus Petri, syn. posticus........456 picipes Steph., syn. meles, in part; austriacus Schr., syn. puncata........ 400 POSTICUSIMIPALU- yam oe acm eeelretes 438 borealis Germ., syn. meles........... 437 pictus Fourcroy, syn. H. punctata....401 plantaginis Marsh., syn. meles....... 437 castor Lec., Phytonomus............. 433 x ! ie: pollux Gyll., syn. posticus............ 453 castor Kwiat, syn. trivittatus........ 429 ; ; ; ponticus Cap., syn. posticus.......... 456 GASTON SUB EAGLES 2 . Communications relating to the:Annals, and all orders for Yi ne 4 separate copies or reprints should be addressed to the Managing Editor or to ANNALS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMER-— Ica, Biological Building, State Univ., Columbus, Ohio. in America, north of f Mexico RS pe = ut 254! 1H? 0 } ISIE